ij; 8 IT ii l \ \ r a i:-!., •: i' i)'.: hua ; iv. / wljki.vi iv * MMBm? )v n >! i«&uMWK ;.«*6 ti.:3 1 I? ' jw' ■fTf> 1 ]f TT TD a I ' .,■■■ :., A"K \.J. %,J ii ^./XVut jLjLf ii.RV I C E i VOL 1—1917 PUBLISHED BY Ik*. JOURNAL of TBB AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS .'.:...i.: .liittu v;s;un < ».V; aw* *>.>•; .: vW»fA’.s » »v • b’Kt: ,r«»r-Mf ;«w»wwsw»»«nv/T': i jrmvmwmxz wm mtWMa&iWMammeimttKai THE UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS LIBRARY o^Z\ m '3s v.\ uimr. Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2016 https://archive.org/details/structuralservicOOamer STRUCTURAL SERVICE BOOK Volume I A Revised Reprint from the Twelve Issues for 1917 of The Journal of the American Institute of Architects Structural Service Department D. KNICKERBACKER BOYD, Editor A part of the service of this Department will be to furnish inquirers with ad- ditional information, titles of books, names of authors or publishers, copies of articles, or in any way to afford help to architects and other subscribing construc- tionists wishing to ascertain the latest data available in connection with any material or method. For this service, address the Journal of the A. I. A., the Octagon, W ashington , D . C . The service is free, except where clerical expense is involved, in which case a small fee will be charged to cover actual cost. The inquirer will be advised of the amount of the fee before any research work is undertaken. The price of this book is $3.50. The right is reserved to advance this price without notice Published by The Journal of the American Institute of Architects The Octagon, Washington, D. C. January i, /p/8 Copyright, 1918, by The Journal of the American Institute of Architects Original Announcement of the Structural Service Department D. Knick.erback.er Boyd, Associate Editor From the Journal of the American Institute of Architects, October, 1916 NDER the above heading, the Journal announces that it is ready to take one more step toward the complete ultimate fulfilment of the purpose for which it was founded. It proposes to render not only an invaluable service to architects, but an im- measurable service to the whole art and trade of building. During a period of many years, Mr. Boyd has steadily pursued the most arduous task imaginable, in reading, classifying and cataloguing reports, bulletins, proceedings, and thousands of manufacturers’ catalogues, with the purpose of discovering how best to provide for the accomplishment of these things: First: Bring into active co-relation with the work of the Institute every allied effort which is being made to standardize building methods and materials. Second: Give to architects a monthly classi- fied index of all such work easily available and at the minimum of cost. Third: Encourage architects to make use of all standardizations whenever they have been reached and passed upon by competent or- ganized bodies. Fourth: Encourage manufacturers to con- tinue, through properly constituted bodies, their efforts toward solving problems of standardi- zation, to the end that the resultant savings may reduce the cost of building. Fifth: Through the quick and orderly dis- semination of all such information, bring the architect, the producer, and the manufacturer into the closest possible contact, without loss of time and with the minimum of expense to each. How is this to be done? We shall outline the work very fully in the next number of the Journal, and begin the actual publication of material in the number for January, 1918. It was thought necessary to begin with a new volume, since the work has been planned to extend over a year, and then to be entirely re- covered each succeeding year, with such inter- mediate attention as may be required by hap- penings of sufficient importance. We cannot let this announcement appear without recording our good fortune in finding so willing and so able an editor. Mr. Boyd’s devotion to architecture needs no word from us. His labors are known, and their value recog- nized, not only throughout the Institute, but by members of other professions as well. He takes up this work in the Journal with that same spirit which has carried him through the dry and tedious preparatory work of study and analysis, and which has equipped him with a skill and knowledge not elsewhere to be found. We are very happy in feeling that he has been willing to join with us in our efforts to bring the Journal to the full performance of its mission — the greatest ultimate good for architecture. Thus, beginning with the issue of January, 1918, a part of the Journal will begin to grow, month by month, into a history of the continu- ous advance in building methods — not a per- sonal or prejudiced narrative but a classified and orderly arrangement of the history actually unfolded through the work of recognized societies. We believe that the importance of this undertaking scarcely can be magnified, and that members of the Institute should take every opportunity of pointing out the value of this work to everyone interested in building materials and methods, and of making it known that any- one may subscribe to the Journal. — The Editor. Cligo i '-A -sie i J i> o- i A Description of the Structural Service Idea From the Journal of the American Institute of Architects, November, 1916 T HE purpose of the Structural Service Department was briefly outlined in the Journal for October. From all sources instant approval of the plan and scope of the Department has been received; likewise, assurances of cooperation from individuals, governmental departments, societies, associa- tions, and other potent allied agencies. Such cooperation will afford the surest foun- dation upon which so far-reaching a work can be carried — not to completion, but to the point of constant highest usefulness. For, the shelter- ing of humanity, primarily one of the three simple necessities of life, has, through slow evolution, grown into one of the most complex requirements of modern civilization, involving activities — governmental, professional, techni- cal, commercial and industrial. In these, resources are being developed, ideals promulgated, researches and tests made, standards determined, methods of production and manufacture studied and improved, machin- ery and human labor developed and, we wish we could as truthfully record, all forms of art encouraged, to their utmost. All this is being done, with some cooperation, but without that coordination which is demanded in an under- taking so vast and so vital to humanity. This lack of coordination has been apparent to no one more than to the architect, who exercises the largest selection of materials. To do so properly he should be informed upon the results of the researches, experiments, and conclusions of those best qualified to pass upon the materials and methods employed. Yet such is not the case, although individuals, firms, associations, educational institutions, and others in turn undoubtedly desire to have such activities known and the results made most available, as is evidenced by the flood of bulle- tins, reports, proceedings, pamphlets, cata- logues, and circulars — in all shapes and sizes — flowing in a steady stream, and only vaguely revealing their source, use, or destination. Not only on the part of the architect but on the part of the public there is too little realiza- tion of the services rendered its citizens by the National Government, certain depart- ments of which deal with the source, nature, quality, and durability of materials entering into all phases of building construction. There is a lack of knowledge of what is being done constantly by professional, technical, and other associations; an inadequate appreciation of what the engineering fraternity has long been doing in standardizing constructional materials and processes— a task which architects are not now unwilling to share as fully as possible. And, lastly, there is not due appreciation of the fact that conscientious producers and manufacturers are constantly striving to per- fect their output and to cause a better under- standing as to the use, application, and pro- tection of each; for, as has been pointed out in the current Report of the Bureau of Standards: “The time is not far distant when it will be required that all materials bought or sold shall be as represented, but it should be kept in mind that this is impossible except in the case of those materials where proper standards of qual- ity and methods of measurement have been developed. It must not be assumed that the purchaser or user is the party principally bene- fited in the development of such standards; on the contrary, the manufacturer, first of all, is interested in the quality of all things which affect the quality of his product.” The Report also states: “It is upon quality as well as upon price that competition must finally depend, whether in domestic or foreign commerce. The use of exact methods and scientific results is the greatest factor in the improvement of quality, efficiency or the development of new indus- tries.” How true this all is! It is not at all remarkable that we have failed to absorb all the information, for it has been a practical impossibility to preserve this enormous amount of literature or to keep track THE JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS of even its most necessary portions. The time alone consumed in merely glancing through it all has, in the aggregate, caused a great economic waste, to say nothing of the waste in paper, printing, and distribution because of the inadequate results. The Editor of this Department determined to measure the volume of this stream, dam it up, and study the consequent accumulation. He decided to follow back to the source each branch of information and to endeavor to make it available to all who need to draw upon it. The result is the present plan of the Struc- tural Service Department which is offered as a solution, or an outlet, through the Journal of the American Instituteof Architects as theone logical medium for a centralized source of information. Affording, as the Journal does, twelve oppor- tunities to cover the whole field in one year and reach architects, constructors, and all other interested persons, it has been but natural to devise a classification, which has now been worked out, dividing all building activities into twelve basic parts. The intention is to present in the twelve issues of each year, as complete a resume as possible of all governmental, profes- sional, technical, commercial and industrial activities concerning the art and science of building. In doing this an attempt has been made to separate the construction of a com- posite building into twelve stages of progress. At the same time the fact has been kept in mind that no matter how well devised a classi- fication for reference, filing, or ultimate bind- ing might result, the first essential is to facili- tate instant reference, to have the contents of each number as nearly as possible correlated according to materials and industries on an easily remembered topical basis. In any particu- lar issue will be found not only an index to the current and preceding issues, but a bibliogra- phy of the principal reference books and publi- cations relating to each subject treated, state- ments concerning previous progress and cur- rent activities in each industry, the work of governmental departments, societies, associa- tions, and other bodies relative to each of the various activities, materials or products men- tioned, with a description of the functions of each of such important agencies and the stand- ards evolved. The Industrial Section in each classification will contain informative matter relating to the materials and manufactured products in each particular industry, which will be arranged to describe the character and intended uses, methods of application, and pro- tection, coupled with detailed drawings and suggestions as to accessorial details of installa- tion and cross-references from one to the other. Each issue will bear a serial number, from one to twelve, with subdivisions under each classi- fication, in connection with which the index will afford the means for instant reference to any subject or issue. No one realizes more keenly than do the Editors the comprehensive and laborious char- acter of the work the Journal is undertaking. But the work must be done. In the doing of it we expect to make mistakes, to be criticized, and to learn. Nevertheless, the work must be done. Are we not justified in believing that all those interested in the building industry will look kindly upon our endeavors and help us, by cooperation, suggestion, and constructive criticism, to make a worthy and lasting con- tribution to the art and science of building — a contribution which shall not only make for higher standards and better buildings, but which shall also add its mite in the making of a better citizenship and a finer national life? An Appreciation, January 1, 1918 On the completion of the first year’s work, the Editor of the Structural Service Department desires to express his gratitude to those who have throughout the year so unfailingly given their assistance in the compilation of the material within these pages. These include officials of Government Departments, of the professional and technical associations and of organizations of producers and manufacturers throughout the country. They include architects, engineers, con- structors and others who have reviewed and all those who have followed the work. They also include Charles Harris Whitaker, the Editor of the Journal, R. J. Friedhoff and V. D. Abel of the Associate Editor’s Staff. The fullest cooperation in the further development of the work will be welcomed during the coming year. D. Knick.erback.er Bovd, Associate Editor. IV CONTENTS SERIAL NUMBERS AND GENERAL TITLES Page Serial No. i: Research and General Standardization, Foundational Requirements, Damp- proofing, Cement and Concrete, Iron and Steel 3 Serial No. 2: Lime, Sand and Gravel. Stone Masonry, Stone and Slate . . . 18 Serial No. j: Clay Products and Fire-Resistive Construction 31 Serial No. 4: Fire-Prevention and -Protection 46 Serial No. 5: Timber, Lumber and Wood Construction 58 Serial No. 6: Electricity 73 Serial No. 7: Gas 83 Serial No. 8: Construction by the Government 92 Serial No. 9: Plumbing and Public Health 96 SerialNo.io: Heating and Ventilating, Mechanical Equipment in General .... 100 SerialN0.1i: Metal, Plastic and other Products 117 SerialNo.12: Paints and Painting, Glass and Glazing, Concluding Section 1917 . . . 128 NATIONAL GOVERNMENTAL FUNCTIONS REFERRED TO (See General Index for State and Municipal) Congress of the United States aBge, 11B5C Federal Trade Commission 1 1 D Council of National Defense Commercial Economy Board Government Printing Office nBna Superintendent of Documents 5D1, 12H1, etc. Department of Agriculture Bureau of Animal Industry Bureau of Plant Industry Federal Horticultural Board Forest Service Forest Products Laboratory Office of Industrial Investigations . . . . Office of Public Roads and Rural Engineering . Weather Bureau Department of Commerce Bureau of the Census Bureau of Lighthouses Bureau of Standards Department of the Interior Bureau of Education Division of School Administration . . . U. S. Geological Survey Bureau of Mines National Park Service Reclamation Service Department of Labor Bureau of Labor Statistics 1 2H 1 b . . i2F6a, nHic . . i2F6a, nHif 5A1, i2F6a, i2Hie . . . . 5A1, 5D1 5A1I, 5C . . 1 Bic, i2Hia ioCih, i2Hid . . jDid, ioCij 2Bpd . 1A2, iBia, 3E3 . . . 12G1 . . . 12G4 iE, 1E4, 2A1 . . . 2A3 . . . i2F6a . 9D3, i2F6a 12J Interstate Commerce Commission 5A1I Department of the Navy 3A1, 5D2 Bureau of Construction and Repair 3Aib Bureau of Supplies and Accounts 3Ala Bureau of Yards and Docks 3A1C, 8A Corps of Civil Engineers 3 Aic, 8A Marine Corps 8A Panama Canal Commission, The nBid Post Office Department uB8a Department of the Treasury Office of Supervising Architect cDab, 8B Public Health Service 9M Department of War Corps of Engineers, U. S. Army 5D2, 5F11, 8C Quartermasters’ Department, U. S. Army 5D2, 60 Cantonment Construction Division 8A Signal Corps Construction Division 8A Surgeon-General’s Office, U. S. Army 9M Watertown Arsenal iBib, 2J4C Foreign Governments iAia SOCIETIES AND OTHER ORGANIZED BODIES MENTIONED American Academy of Political and Social Science 12L American Association for the Advancement of Science .... 12L American Association of Engineers 12L American Association of Refrigeration 10A American Boiler Manufacturers’ Association, The 10A American Ceramic Society, Inc 3C1 American Chemical Society 11A American City Planning Institute 12L American Civic Association 12L American Concrete Institute 1E1 American Concrete Pipe Association 9B6 American Electric Railway Association 6B American Electro-Chemical Society 11A American Face Brick Association, The 3CJ American Federation of Labor, Building Trades Department . . 12J11 American Foundrymen’s Association, Inc 1F1 American Gas Institute 7A2 American Gas Light Association 7A2d American Hardware Manufacturers’ Association 11A American Highway Association 12L American Hospital Association, The 12L V CONTENTS— SOCIETIES AND OTHER ORGANIZED BODIES MENTIONED American Institute of Architects, The 1A8 Committee on Allied Arts nCj Committee on Basic Building Code iA4, 3A9B Committee on Contracts and Specifications 3A9d Committee on Fire Prevention 3Aga Committee on Materials and Methods .... iE7, 1F6, 3A9C, 9K1 Committee on Quantity System p. 3 Committee Relating to Work of Underwriters’ Laboratories . 4A1 Committee on School Building Measurements 12G American Institute of Chemical Engineers 11A American Institute of Consulting Engineers, Inc 10A American Institute of Electrical Engineers 6A1 American Institute of Metals 11A American Institute of Mining Engineers 1A7 American Iron and Steel Institute 1F2 American Museum of Safety, The 12J American Mutual Fire Insurance Company 3A7 American Oak Manufacturers’ Association 5Bia American Public Health Association 9B1 American Railway Bridge and Building Association 12L American Railway Engineering Association 1A9 American Railway Master Mechanics’ Association 11B5C American Road Builders’ Association 12L American Scenic and Historic Preservation Society, The. ... 12L American School of Correspondence nDiq American School Hygiene Association 12G8 American Society for Testing Materials 1A4, 8D American Society of Agricultural Engineers 4Gia American Society of Civil Engineers 11A1 American Society of Engineering Contractors, Inc 12L American Society of Heating and Ventilating Engineers, The . . 10A American Society of Landscape Architects 12L American Society of Mechanical Engineers, The 10A1 American Society of Municipal Improvements 11A American Society of Refrigerating Engineers, The 10A American Society of Safety Engineers 12J American Society of Sanitary Engineering, The 9B2, 9G6 American Street Railway Association 6Ca American Uniform Boiler-Law Society, The 10A American Water Works Association 963a American Wood-Preservers’ Association 5Bib Architects’ Samples Corporation nDif Architectural Iron and Bronze Manufacturers 11A Arkansas, University of 1B3 Arkansas Soft Pine Bureau 5Bia Arkwright Mutual Fire Insurance Company 3A7 Armour Institute of Technology 1B3 Armstrong Bureau of Related Industries 4K4 Asbestos Paper Manufacturers’ Association 11A Asphalt Publicity Bureau 11A Associated Calcasieu Longleaf Mills ' 5D6g Associated Factory Mutual Fire Insurance Companies . . . 3A7, 3A8 List of Publications 3A7 Associated Manufacturers of Electrical Supplies 6B Associated Metal Lath Manufacturers 3C11 Associated Tile Manufacturers, The 11A Association of American Steel Manufacturers, The 1F3 Association of Creosoting Companies of the Pacific Coast . . . jBib Association of Edison Illuminating Companies 6B Association of Government Contractors 12L Association of Iron and Steel Electrical Engineers 6B Association of Railway Electrical Engineers 6B Association of Superintendents of Bridges and Buildings. ... 12L Bangor Slate Association, Inc 2K2 Bedford Stone Club Auxiliary 2G3 Blackstone Mutual Fire Insurance Company 3A7 Boiler Tube Manufacturers of America 10A Boston Manufacturers’ Mutual Fire Insurance Company . . . 3A7 Bricklayers’, Masons’, and Plasterers’ International Union . . . 12J11 Brooklyn Bureau of Charities 9C1 Brotherhood of Painters, Decorators, and Paperhangers of America 12A Bucknell College 1B3 Builders’ Exchanges (in 63 cities) 12J9 Building Brick Association of America 3C8 Building Construction Employers’ Association 12L Building Data League, Inc 2A5 Building Industries’ Association 5B16 Bureau of Foreign and Domestic Commerce liD2k California, University of 1B3 California Redwood Association 5Bia California White and Sugar Pine Association 5Bia Canadian Electrical Association 6B Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching .... 12G5 Carnegie Institute of Technology 1B3 Carolina Air-Dried Pine Association jBia Case School of Applied Science 1B3 Cast Iron Soil Pipe Makers’ Associations 9B5 Cement Products Exhibition Co 1E3 Ceramic, Mosaic, and Encaustic Tile Layers’ and Helpers’ International Union 12J11 Chamber of Commerce of the United States of America .... 12L Charity Organization Society of New York 9C1 Chicago Lumber Association 5A5 Cincinnati, University of 1B3 Colorado State Agricultural College 1B3 Colorado. University of 1B3 Columbia University 1B3 Commercial Rotary Gum Association jBlb Confederated Supply Association 9C2 Cooper Union Schools ioOig Cornell University 1B3 Cotton and Woolen Manufacturers’ Mutual Insurance Company 3A7 Creosoted Wood Block Paving Bureau 561b Curtis Service Bureau $Bib Dartmouth College 1B3 Des Moines Gas Company 7B Eastern Lumberman’s Association 5Bia Eastern Sash, Door, and Blind Manufacturers’ Association . . 5Bib Eastern Soil Pipe Association 9B5 East Oregon Lumber Producers’ Association 5Bia Electrical Manufacturers' Club 6B Electrical Supply Jobbers’ Association 6B Electric Power Club 6B Elevator Manufacturers’ Association of the U. S., The .... 12L Employing Plasterers’ Association of Chicago 5M, nD6e Employing Plasterers’ Association of Washington nD6f Enameled Sanitary Ware Manufacturers’ Association 9C2 Engineers’ Club of Philadelphia 11C2C Engineers’ Club of St. Louis nD6jj Engineers’ Society of Western Pennsylvania 11A Enterprise Mutual Fire Insurance Company 3A7 Eucalyptus Hardwood Association 5Bia Factory Insurance Association 12L Factory Mutual Laboratories 3A8 Fall River Manufacturers’ Mutual Insurance Company .... 3A7 Fire Marshals’ Association of North America 3B1 Firemen’s Mutual Insurance Company 3A7 Franklin Institute, The . 11C2C, etc. General Contractors’ Association, The 12L General Gas Light Company . . 7B Georgia-Florida Sawmill Association 5Bla Georgia School of Technology 1B3 Granite Cutters’ International Association of America 12J11 Granite Manufacturers’ Association, Barre, Vt 2E3 Gulf Coast Lumber Exporters’ Association 5D4g Gum Lumber Manufacturers Association jBla Gypsum Industries Association . 11A Hardwood Dimension Manufacturers’ Association 5Bia Hardwood Manufacturers’ Association of the U. S 5Bia Hemlock Manufacturers’ Promotion Bureau 5Bia Hollow Tile Manufacturers’ Association, The 11D6 Hope Mutual Fire Insurance Company 3A7 Humboldt Lumber Manufacturers’ Association 5Bia Hydrated Lime Bureau of the National Lime Manufacturers’ Association 2B5 Hydro-Electric Power Commission of Ontario 6A7 Illinois Coal Operators’ Association 9J4 Illinois Gas Association 7B Illinois Society of Architects 5A5, 11A2, nD6e Illinois State Electrical Association 4Gib Illinois, University of 1B3, 3C2 Illuminating Engineering Society 7N1 Indiana Gas Association 7B Indiana Hardwood Lumbermen’s Association 5Bia Indiana Housing Association 9C1 Indiana Limestone Quarrymen’s Association 2G2 Institute of Electrical Contractors 6B Institute of Industrial Research, The 12A, 12B3 International Acetylene Association 7A4 International Alliance, Amalgamated Sheet Metal Workers . . 12J11 International Association of Bridge and Structural Iron Workers . 12J11 International Association of Fire Engineers 3B2 International Association of Heat and Frost Insulators and As- bestos Workers 12J11 International Association of Industrial Accident Boards, The 12J5 International Association of Marble and Stone Polishers, Rubbers and Sawyers 12J11 International Association of Master House Painters and Decora- tors of the United States and Canada 12A International Association of Municipal Electricians 12L International Association for Testing Materials 1A4 International Brotherhood of Composition Roofers, Damp- and Waterproof Workers of U. S. and Canada 12J11 International Brotherhood Electrical Workers . . . 12J11 International Correspondence Schools 9G25 and 26 VI CONTENTS— SOCIETIES AND OTHER ORGANIZED BODIES MENTIONED International Cut Stone Contractors’ and Quarrymen’s Associa- tion 2J2 International Fire Chiefs’ Association 6Ca International Hod Carriers’ Building and Common Laborers’ Union 1 2 J 1 1 International Textbook Company nDig International Union of Elevator Constructors 12JH International Union Slate and Tile Roofers 12J11 International Union of Steam Engineers 12J11 International Union of Wood, Wire, and Metal Lathers . . 11A, 12J11 International Wood Carvers’ Association of North America . . 561b Inter-State Stone Manufacturers’ Association 2C1 Iowa District Gas Association 7B Iowa, State University of 1B3 Joint Committee, Concrete and Reinforced Concrete 1E7B Journeymen Plasterers’ Association Local No. 96, Washington . uD6f Journeymen Stone Cutters’ Association of North America . . . 12J11 Jovian Order 6B Kansas, State Agricultural College 1B3 Kansas, University of 1B3 Kentucky, State University of 1B3 Lafayette College 1B3 Lehigh University 1B3 Leland Stanford, Jr., University 1B3 Lewis Institute 1B3 Local Underwriters’ Associations 3Aj, 6A6 Louisiana Chapter, A. I.A 4H Louisiana State University 1B3 Low Pressure Covering Manufacturers’ Association 10A Lumber Manufacturers’ Association of Southern New England . 5Bia Magnesia Association of America 4K2 Maine, University of 1B3 Manufacturers’ Mutual Fire Insurance Company 3A7 Maple Flooring Manufacturers’ Association 5Bih Massachusetts Civic League 9C1 Massachusetts Institute of Technology 1B3 Master Builders’ Association, The, of Boston 12J Mechanics’ Mutual Fire Insurance Company 3A7 Merchants’ Mutual Fire Insurance Company 3A7 Michigan Gas Association 7B Michigan Hardwood Manufacturers’ Association jBia Michigan, University of 1 B3 Millwork Coast Information Bureau 5Bib Milwaukee Gas Light Company 7B Minnesota, University of 1B3 Mississippi Pine Association 5Bia Missouri, University of 1B3 Mountain Lumber Manufacturers’ Association 5Bia Municipal Engineers of the City of New York, The 12L Mutual Fire Prevention Bureau 12L Mutual Fire Prevention Bureau of Oxford, Mich 4G1C National Association of Brass Manufacturers 11A National Association of Builders’ Exchanges of the United States and Canada, The 12J9 National Association of Building Owners and Managers .... 12L National Association of Credit Men 12L National Association of Electrical Inspectors 6B National Association of the Granite Industries of the United States, Inc., The 2E2 National Association of Health Officials 9C2 National Association of Insurance Agents 12L National Association of Insurance Commissioners 12L National Association of Manufacturers of Approved Hollow Metal Window Frames and Sash, The 11A National Association of Manufacturers of the United States of America 12J National Association of Marble Dealers 2F2 National Association of Master Plumbers of the United States . 9B4 National Association of Master Slag and Gravel Roofers ... 11A National Association of Master Steam and Hot Water Fitters . 10A National Association of Mixer Manufacturers 12L National Association of Mutual Insurance Companies .... 4GU National Association of Ornamental Iron and Bronze Manufac- turers 11A National Association of Purchasing Agents, The 12L National Association of Real Estate Boards 12J4 National Association of Sand and Gravel Producers 2C2 National Association of School Accountants 12G34 National Association of Valve Manufacturers 10A National Association Sheet Metal Contractors of the United States 1 1 A National Automatic Sprinkler Association 4A3 National Board of Fire Underwriters, The 3A4 List of Publications 3A4 National Boiler and Radiator Manufacturers’ Association, The. 10A National Brick Manufacturers’ Association of the United States of America, The 3C6 National Builders’ Supply Association 12L National Building Brick Bureau, Inc. 3C7 National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc 12L National Canners’ Association 5A1 National Civic Association 12L National Civic Federation 3A3h2 National Commercial Gas Association 7A3 National District Heating Association 10A National Educational Association 12G6 National Electrical Contractors’ Association of the United States 6A4 National Electric Light Association 6A3 National Erectors’ Association 12L National Fire Protection Association 3A3 List of Publications 3A3 National Glass Distributors’ Association, The 12A National Hardware Association of the United States, The . . . 11A National Hardwood Lumber Association 5Bia National Housing Association 9C1, 12L National Industrial Conference Board nBna National Lime Manufacturers’ Association 2B2, 2B5 National Lumber Manufacturers Association, The 5B1 National Ornamental Glass Manufacturers’ Association of the United States and Canada, The 12A National Paint, Oil, and Varnish Association 12A National Paving Brick Manufacturers’ Association 3C9 National Retail Hardware Association, The 11A National Retail Monument Dealers’ Association 2J3 National Safety Council 12J National Terra Cotta Society 3C4 National Tubular Boiler Manufacturers’ Association 10A National Varnish Manufacturers’ Association 12A National Veneer and Panel Manufacturers’ Association .... jBib National Warm Air Heating and Ventilating Association . . . 10A National Workmen’s Compensation Service Bureau . . . 4F2d, 6E3b Natural Gas Association 7B Nebraska, University of 1B3 New England Association of Gas Engineers 7B New England Insurance Exchange 6Ca New England Water Works Association, The 963b New Jersey Housing Association 9C1 New Jersey State Gas Association 7B New York Chapter, A. I.A 3Age Joint Committee on City Departments 3Agf New York State Association of Architects 4J2 New York State College of Forestry 5A6 New York State School of Clay Working and Ceramics .... 3C2 New York University 1B3 North Carolina Pine Association, The 5Bia North Dakota Agricultural College 9C3 Northern Hemlock and Hardwood Manufacturers’ Association . 5Bia Northern Pine Manufacturers’ Association 5Bia Northern White Cedar Association 5Bia Northern White Cedar Shingle Manufacturers’ Association . . 5Bib Oak Flooring Manufacturers’ Association cBib Oak Information Bureau 5D5I Octavia Hill Association 9C1 Ohio State University 1B3 Oklahoma, Agricultural and Mechanical College 1B3 Ontario Agricultural College 4G2g Paint Jobbers’ Association 12A Paint Manufacturers’ Association of the U. S 12A, 12B4 Paper Mill Mutual Insurance Company 3A7 Pennsylvania Gas Association 7B Pennsylvania State College 1B3 Pennsylvania, University of 1B3 Philadelphia Chapter A. I. A. . . . 11C5 Pennsylvania Housing and Town Planning Association .... 9C1 Philadelphia Housing Association 9C1 Philadelphia Manufacturers’ Mutual Fire Insurance Company . 3A7 Plasterers’ Operative and Cement Finishers’ International Asso- ciation 1 2 J 1 1 Plate Glass Manufacturers of America, The 12A Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn 1B3 Portland Cement Association 1E2 Princeton College 1B3 Public Service Gas Company 7B Purdue University 1B3 Railway Bridge and Building Painters’ Association 12A Range Boiler Exchange, The 9F1 Redwood Shingle Association 5Bib Refractories Manufacturers’ Association, The 3C3 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute 1B3 Rhode Island Mutual Fire Insurance Company 3A7 Rockefeller Foundation, The 12L Rose Polytechnic Institute 1B3 Rubber Manufacturers’ Mutual Insurance Company 3A7 Russell Sage Foundation 12L Department of Child Hygiene 12G31 Division of Recreation 12G30 Rutgers College 3C2 vii CONTENTS— SOCIETIES AND OTHER ORGANIZED BODIES MENTIONED Sand-Lime-Brick Association Schoolhouse Department, The, of Boston Sewer Pipe Manufacturers’ Association, The Shingle Branch, West Coast Lumbermen’s Association . . . . Society Advocating Fire Elimination Society for the Promotion of Engineering Education Society of Constructors of Federal Buildings Society for Electrical Development, Inc., The Society of Gas Lighting Southern Cypress Manufacturers’ Association Southern Gas Association Southern Pine Association Southern Sash, Door, and Millwork Manufacturers’ Association . Southern Soil Pipe Association State Mutual Fire Insurance Company State Wood-Using Industry Reports Stevens Institute of Technology Syracuse University Tennessee Manufacturers’ Association Texas, Agricultural and Mechanical College of Texas, University of Throop College of Technology Tin Plate Conservation Committee Tulane, University of 1 1 A 12G13 9B7 jBib 12L 12L 2A4 6A2 7 B cBia 7B tBia 5B1 b 9B5 3A7 5 C 1B3 >83 5Bia 1B3 1B3 iB 3 nD2k 1B3 Underwriters’ Laboratories Publications Union, The United Association of Plumbers and Steam Fitters United Brotherhood of Carpenters and Joiners United Engineering Society Virginia Polytechnical Institute Washington State University Washington University Water Works Manufacturers’ Association West Alabama Pine Association West Coast Lumbermen’s Association Western Association of Electrical Inspectors Western Pine Manufacturers’ Association Western Society of Engineers What Cheer Mutual Fire Insurance Company White Pine Bureau Wisconsin Gas Association Wisconsin Industrial Commission Wisconsin, University of Wood Carvers’ and Modellers’ Association Worcester Manufacturers’ Mutual Insurance Company . . Worcester Polytechnic Institute Yale University iB2a 3A6, 6A7 12L . 1 2 J 1 1 . 12J11 12L 1B3 . 1B3 1B3 • 9B3C 5Bia jBia 12L 5Bia 6B, 11A3 3A7 5Bia • 7 B . jAi 1B3 5B1S 3A7 . 1B3 ■ 1B3 GENERAL INDEX It is hoped that this necessarily inadequate index will be of assistance in locating, within this book, the references, in- cluding those in the Industrial Section,* to countless activities in the structural field, as well as to a vast array of informative data, and that it may emphasize the necessity for coordination and for improvements and additions in subsequent years. Wherever words in the Index appear in Italics these indicate that the references pertain to practice recommended, specifications issued, or standards adopted by various authorities. The alphabetical-numerical designations are “finders” for reference purposes. For example: 9D3 will be found under the ninth month — or September — designated as Serial No. 9 — and D represents the fourth main subject treated, as A, B and C precede it — and 3 indicates that the reference is third under this subject division. Generally speaking, the reference to a publication in any one division or subdivision implies that others listed there may treat of the same subject, but it is impossible, within the limits of this index, so to state in each instance. Abattoir Construction and equipment . . . 964,1 2H Abrasives i iBik, 1 1B14, p.168 Accessories Bathroom 9H1 Garden 12F6 Laundry 9H1 Wood construction iG 4 Accident Hazard, Appliances In- spected for 3A6, 5G3J, p. 141 Accident Prevention (See, also, Life) 4 Eln, 12J5 Acetylene 7A4 Apparatus 7A4, 7Gi6a Gas machines 7Eid Standard Regulations for . ,3A3ai,7M22 Acoustics, Bibliography 12K Auditorium 11D6 Metal lath partitions for . . . 1 1 D6, p. 162 Tile for p. 169 Agricultural Buildings. . . nD4a, 12H Air, Analysis of 9B1 Anemometer readings of ioE3h Baths 10J25 Blowers 10E Standard Regulations for 3A3a2 Cell and wool felt covering 10N4 Conditioning and cleaning 10F Cooling of houses 10E13 Heaters, Electric p. 156 Leakage 4Cig, 10M Washers 10F Alca Lime 2B10C Alleys, Bowling, Sizes and details . . 5L1, 2, p. 159 Alloys 1B2, 1 1 B 1 Aluminum Paint, Specifications for. . 12C25 Anchors, for roofs 4D2C For stone uBioh Terra cotta, and standards 3C4a, 3D1I, 1 1 D 1 g2 4 Apartment Houses. (See Hotels.) Water-heating in p. 212 Appliances, List of. Inspected for Accident Hazard . . . 3A6d, 5G3J, p. I41 Appliances, Cooking, Gas 7L Domestic 7L Electric 6A, pp. 141, 151 Electrical, List of Inspected . . . 3A6C, 6A7a Gas 7A2, 3 Gas, Standardization of 7H Hotel 7L Mechanical, List of Inspected . . 3A6b, 4C3f Power (See, also, Power) . 10O, pp. 144,151 Aqueducts 9D Architects, Professional Practice of, Cir- cular of Advice relative to Principles of, and Canons of Ethics iA8b Professional Practice of, and Schedule of Proper Minimum Charges . . . iA8c State Building Code urged by . . . 4J2 Architects’ Samples nDif Architectural Bronze, Iron, Metals, Stone, Terra Cotta, etc., indexed under respective names. Architectural Competitions, Circu- lar of Advice on iA8d Standard Form of Program for .... iA8e Architectural Monographs On “The Octagon” iA8h On white pine 5G20 Architectural Service . . . 6E4a3, nD2dd Architecture, Rural jBia, 12H “Art Bronze” p. 209 “Art Glass” 12F3 “Art Smithing” llBi2f Asbestos, Building lumber 3A6b Cement jiDi Covering 10N Plaster 11D1 Protected metal 4DU Roofing 3D5f, 4D1-3, 11D2 Shingles 4Dlf Shingles, Specifications for 4D3e Asphalt 1D2C, 1D6, 11C2, 11D1 Fibre-board, Mastic p. 196 Floors 11 64 Pavements and streets 1 1 D4 Roof coverings, Inspected 1 1 D2t Shingles, Slate-surfaced p. 172 Asphalt, Specifications for 1 1 C2a Waterproofing and damp-proofing, I Dio, 1 1 C2 Assembly Halls, Requirements for Public Safety (See, also, Ordinances, and Regulations) 462b Auditorium, Acoustics 11D6 Lighting 6Hig Outdoor 12F6 Automatic gas water-heating . . 7K, p. 212 Sprinklers. (See Sprinklers.) Temperature control 10F Balconies and fire-escapes 4E2a Balloon Framing 5G1 o Balustrades, Garden 12F6J Bank buildings, Limestone p. 145 Vaults 4Bie Vaults, Specifications for 4B3C Barns, Dairy and general purpose . . . 5G2C Feeding floors in, Pavements for yards 1 1 D4 Wood floors in 5E2b (See, also, Farm Buildings.) Basic Building Code .... 3A9b, 4Die, 4J Bath, Air 9J25 Houses * 9J Partitions, and school shower- . . . 9J23 Sun 9J25 Turkish 9J26 Bells, Electric 6G Transformers for p. 156 U. S. Army Specifications for .... 60 Beltway Enclosures, Details for, nD6h, p. 164 Beltway fires 19, 4C2C Bibliographies. (See Literature.) Billiard Tables 5L1, 2 Sizes of and space requirements . . . p.159 Bituminous Materials 11C2 Blower Systems, Regulations for, 3A3a2, 10E4 Report of Committee on loE3a Bluestone 2H2 Boats, Painting and varnishing of, 12C1, p. 189 Boilers, Codes for 10C2, 3, 10 o Down-draft p. 177 Heating, for soft coal p. 177 House-heating .... 10C2, pp. 177, 179 Inspection of p. 144 *For alphabetical list of Producers, Manufacturers and Organizations represented in the Industrial Section see page 139. viii GENERAL INDEX Boilers, Iron for 10C2 Range 9F Rating and testing of 10C3 Steel for 10C2 Water-tube p. 179 Books. (See Literature.) Bowling-Alleys Sizes of, and details 5L1, 2, p. 159 Brass, Architectural nBi2d Commerical 11B1 Committee Report on 8Da Ornamental 11B12 Brick, Churches 3Diy Common 2A1, 3D1 Face .... 2A1, 3D1, 3C1C, pp. 208, 226 Fire 3D1 Fire, Specifications for 3D3e Houses 3C8 Pavements iEgb, 3C9 Paving 3D1 Piers 304a Sewers 9D32, 9L Stains pp. 190, 191, 193 Standard sizes of 3D3C, h Tests of 3D1 Vitrified 3Dij Bridges, Steel, and foundations of . iCig, iF Painting of 12B2 Preservation of timbers in 5Eie Waterproofing steel floors of iDig Wood blocks for floors of 5E2C Wooden 5F3a Broken Stone 2C3, 4 Bronze, Architectural . . . . nBi2d, p.209 Committee Report on 8D9 Ornamental nBi2h Store-front construction 12F4 Store-fronts p. 209 Brownstones 2H4b Building, heights and areas 4E2a Specifications for a Standard .... 403a Building Codes. (See Basic Building Code, and Code and Ordinances.) Buildings arranged in Index alpha- betically, according to kind, con- struction, etc. Bulkheads, Wood 5F11, 8A Bungalows (See, also, Houses) 3C8a, 5Kyb, e Cables, Electric p. 153 Caen Stone Cement p. 205 Calcium Carbide. (See Acetyline.) Canvas, Cotton uDie Paint for 12E, p. 191 Capacity , Calculations for stair .... 4E2a Exit 4E2, 3 Seating. (See Seats and Seating.) Of tanks. (See Tanks.) Carpenters’ Work 5H13 Casement Sash uB7e Cast-Iron iF, 1 iB Boilers 10C2, p. 179 For soft coal p. 177 Columns, bases, and lintels iF5a Committee report on 8D3 Pipe and special castings 7E3f Soil-pipe pp. 222, 223 Specifications for 985a Standards for 1 F6 Street mains 7A2j Water-pipe and special castings . . . 963a Cast, Plaster 1 1 D7 Stone 11C3 Catacombs, Sizes of p. 203 Catalogue Service. . 3D2g, 6Hiy, toOir, s Catalogues, Standard size for .... 12L3 Ceilings, in Concrete buildings , . . . p. 197 Suspended . . 4Dia, 1 1 D6g-k, pp. 163-165 Tile 11C4 Cement .... iE, 11C, 11D, pp. 198, 199 Asbestos 11D1 Blocks 2B6n Caen stone p. 205 Coatings .... 1E9, 10, 11C1, 11D4, 12C, pp. 188, 189, 191, 192, 193 Committee meeting on 11E1 Committee Report on 8D12-14 Curbs 1 Egc Damp-proofing of. (See Damp-proofing.) Field investigation of 11E2 Filler p. 193 Floors. (See Floors.) Cement, Gun uCip, q Hydraulic 2A1, 2B3g Laboratories p. 143 Natural 2A1 Plaster 11D6 Portland . . 1 E, 2A1, 2B3J, 3A6, pp. 198, 199 Sidewalks and pavements I Ega-c Standards and Specifications .... 1E1, iE7a, 1283m Stucco (See, also, Stucco) . 1E7J, pp. 198,199 White pp. 198, 199 Census of Manufacturers loCij Ceramic Tile. (See Tile, Ceramic.) Charts, Conduit 6E4b Duct 10E14 For electric symbols 6E4a Pipe loJ5b Chase Lathing 10L Chimneys and Flues 3Diq, 3D2 And fireplaces 10C4, 10H And stacks 10C4, 10H, 10 O Construction of 3D2a, 10C4 Design and theory of 10H Dwelling House 2C5C Repairing of ioC4dd Standards suggested 4 C2a Churches, Brick 3Diy Heating of 9G, 10H Lighting of 6H71T1, 7N1, 9G4 Sanitation of 9G4 Seating in (See, also, Seating) . . . 9G4 Stained and leaded glass in 12F3 Ventilation of 9G4, 10H Chutes, Hospital laundry . 4Cik, 9H1, p. 213 Mail p. 210 Post office requirements 1 1 B8 For fire exits 4E2a Cinders 2A1 City Ordinances, Suggested. (See Ordi- nances.) City Planning . . . 983a, 12F6, 12J, 12L Civic Education 12F6, 12G1 Clays, and Clay Products . . . 2j5b, f, 3C1 Cleanliness, of premises, alleys and streets 3A 4 d 4 Coal, Bituminous, Economical purchase and use of ioC4bb Boilers for soft p. 177 Companies, Welfare work for ... . 9J9 Gas producers 7G16 Mines, Sanitation at 9J Saving of , in house-heating ioCib Situation, vs. gas piping 7C Tar pitch, Proposed tentative standard for 11 C2a Tar products for waterproofing 1D10, 11C2 Coatings. (Arranged in Index alpha- betically according to kind and use.) Code. (See, also, Ordinances.) Assembly Hall 482 b Boiler ioC2f Building, Basic. (See Basic.) Building, State 483a, 4J2 Building, Recommended . . . 3A4d, 482b For Small Towns, Suggested . . . 3A4d For Villages, Suggested 3A4d Cold Storage 10O2 Dwelling Houses 3A4d Fire-Prevention and -Protection . . . 3A4d For testing house-heating boilers . . . ioC3e Moving Picture Theatre 482b National Electric 6C, 6E3 National Electric Safety 1 B, 6D1 National Gas Safety, Proposed ... 7D1 Of Lighting for Factories, Mills and Work Places 7Nib Plumbing, Progress on 983a Power Test io 02 h Of Practice , Marble 2F2a School 12G Theatre 482b Uniform Boiler ioC2f Cold-Storage Plants 10O Suggestions for improvement as fire- risks 3A3, 4, 7, 4B, 10O2 Cold-Water Paints 12D25 Columns, Building 3E3b, 4Cie Covering for 3E3C Protection of 4Cif, p. 205 Tests of 1F7, 3E3, p. 144 (See various handbooks mentioned.) Comfort Stations 9L48 Community Centers, Schools as, 12G30, 31 Competitions, Architectural. (See Architectural Competitions.) Composition Floors . . 11D4, pp. 174, 175 Concrete iF, 2A1, 4B, C, D Aggregates 1E4-10, 8D18 Architectural stone . . 1 E6m, 1 E7g, h, 1 1 C3 Coatings for . . 1E9, 10, 11C1, 11D4, 12C, pp. 188, 189, 1 91 , 192, 193 Corrosion of iron in 11B21 Construction in rural communities . uCim Decorative possibilities of 11C1I Durability of, in sea water 3A7 Farm uses of 12H, p. 199 Fence-posts 1E4, 12H Fills and top coats 1E9 Standards for 1 E9C Floors and surfaces, Treatment of . . 1E10, 11D4, nD6r Standards for 1E7, 1E9C, 4D3e (See, also, Floors.) Floor-hardeners p. 191 Specifications for 1E10, 4D3e Highways 1E9, 2B6 Industrial Buildings ... iE, Nos. 3, 4, 5 Measurement of , Standard Methods . 1 Eyk Oil-mixed 12H Pavements 1 1 D4, 1 E9 Piles and Piling iC, iC3a, p. 200 Pipe 9B6a Reinforced, 1 E6k, I E7, 1E9C, 4B, pp. 198, 199 Joint Committee Report on .... iE7b Committee Report on 8D15-18 Reinforcement for 1E7C, d, p. 197 Roads 1 E9, 1 1 D4 Sidewalks 1E9, 11D4 Specifications for 1E7, 9, 289a Surfaces, Committee on 1 1 D6r (See, also, Concrete Floors above.) Conductors, Lightning. (See Lightning.) Rainwater, Calculations for .... 1 1 D2 Conduits, Chart for, and sizes . 6A4b, 6E4b Electric 6A, pp. 152, 153, 173 Installation of, and sizes p. 154 Steel nB6g U. S. Army Specifications for .... 60 Conflagrations, Debarment of . . . . 4A2C Reports on 3E1 Conservation, in Buildings No. 4, 9K2, p. 183 Of Hardware iiBiia, b Of fuel in heating. (See Coal.) Of lumber and wood jDi, 5D7 Of paint materials 12E3 Of tinplate uD2k Conservatories 12F6 Contracts, Separate letting of ... . 9G44 And Bonds, Standards. A.R.E.A. . . iA9g And Specifications, Committee on . . 3A9d Standard Documents A. I. A 1A8 Conveyors, Refuse, and Standards . . 10E4 Cooking, Electric 6J, p. 156 Gas 7H, 7L Copper, Coating of 1 1 B2 Corrosion of 1 1 B2 Hanging gutters 11D2 Paint 12C25 Painting of 12C1, 12E7, 9 Plates, rolled bars, shapes, and sheets . 4D3CI Roofing 1 1 62 Ventilators p. 178 Wire gauge 11B5 Electric pp. 148, 152, 153 Specifications 6E3h Tables 6E3j Cornices, Metal ... 11D2 Plaster 1 1 D6 Corrosion. (See, also, Electrolysis.) Of boilers 4Fig Committee Report on iF8f, 8D4 Of iron 1 F8, 1 1B2 Of pipe, iron and steel, 4Fif, g, 11B2, p. 225 Sprinkler 4Fif Protection against 1F8, 11B2, 12C, pp. 193, 194 Of steel 1F8, 1 1B2 Of structural work . . . 1F8, 4Fjg, 1 1B2 Costs of Houses, Comparative .... 3C8J Cottages 3C8a, 5G20, 5K7b, e, jHjd Teachers’ 5G2C GENERAL INDEX Cotton Mills and Warehouses . . . 3A3, 4B2d, 12H (See, also, Factories, and Warehouses.) Covering, Asbestos 10N Column 4C1C Door 4C1J, 4C3 Magnesia 10N Specifications /or 4K2 Pipe 4K2 Roof 11D2 Wall , 4 Cif Window shutter 4C1J, 4C3 Wool felt 10N4 Creosote, for use in wood-preservation,5Ei, 12D Oil, and Standard Analysis of . nC2a, 1283k Crushed Stone 2A1 Culverts 967^ Cut-offs for cellars 4D2a Dairy Buildings (See Farm) . . 12H1, 12H2C Barns for general purposes 5G2C Damp-proofing, Waterproofing and . iD, 11C2, 12C, pp. 190, 192, 193 Dams 9D7 Deadening, Quilt for p. 190 Sound 12K Tile for p. 169 Decimal Gauge 11B5C Decorative glass 12P3 Painting 12E Plaster 1 1 D7 Docks, iC, 5F1S Dry, Navy Yard Specifications for . . 8 A Painting of 12D Wood floors for 5E2b Dolomite 2G4f Doors, Counterbalanced elevator .... 3A6I1 Fire 3A6h, pp. 141, 224 Hardware for 4C3, p. 147 Standards for 4C2a, 4C3 Fire-tests on 1 1 B7f Glass in 4C3, 12F1, 2 Hollow metal p. 219 Metal and sheet metal ... 11B7, p. 224 Sheet Metal, Standard Regulations . . 4C3 Tin-clad Fire, Standard Regulations 4C3 Wood 5H Down-draft Boilers p. 177 Drainage 9G Cast-iron pipe for pp. 222, 223 Specifications for 90?a Farm . 12H Fittings . . . . p. 218 House . . . . 9L Land 9L, 12H Tile 12H Drinking-water Systems 9F Dry Docks. (See Docks.) Dryers 10D Dry Rot 4B2d In factory timbers . . 4C2C Ducts, Charts for . . . . 10E14 Metal 10L Dumbwaiters 6F, pp. 220, 221 Enclosures for. (See Elevator En- closures.) Earth, Allowable pressure on 1C1 Excavations 1G2, 3 Fills, Committee Report on pressure in trenches 8D6, 9L47d Electric and Electrical .... Serial No. 6 Appliances 6E, p. 14I Appliances , List of Inspected .... 6A7a Bells 6G, 60 Cabinets 3A6 Clocks 6G Code, National . . 6C, 6E3 Cooking 6J, p. 156 Data ... 6Elx Devices 6J, pp. 148-158 Dumbwaiters ... 6F Elevators. . 6F, 6L1, pp. 160, 161, 170,171 Equipment, Specifications for. . . . p. 149 Fittings, Approved 6E3e Heat and heating . . 6C2, 6J Information pp. 148-158 Inspected Appliances 6A7a Illumination and lamps . . 6H Lighting, Code of . 6C2, 6H2 Lighting fixtures . . 6H, 60 Mechanical equipment 6E, 6L, 10O, pp. 148, 158 Electric and Electrical. Motors. 6Lik, p.151 Panels, switchboards, etc 3A6, 6E, pp. 148-158 Power equipments, and light . . 6C1, 6E3e Test Code 10O2I1 Signaling systems 6C2, 6G, 60 Specifications, U. S. Army 60 Symbols for wiring 6A4a Telephones 6G Vacuum cleaners 6K, 6Lie Wires pp. 148-158 Copper, Standards 6E3I1 Rubber-covered, Standard . . . 3A6f, 6E3d,e Electrolysis (See, also, Corrosion) . . 6N Effect of insulation on 1184b In underground pipes 1184a Prevention of 12C Elevators, Calculations, sizes, etc.. 6F4, 6Lih Counterbalanced doors for . . . 3A6h, 4C3d Electric 6F, 6L1, 1 1 Biom pp. 160, 1 6 1 , 170, 171 Enclosures for 4C 1 c, 11D6, i2L22,pp. 165,221 Standards for .... 4C2d, 4C3a, 12L22 Handpower pp. 220, 221 Hydraulic 10O1 Regulations for passenger and freight . 12L22 Safety devices for uBiok Shafts for. (See Enclosures above.) Employees’ Homes and Employers’ Housing. (See Houses.) Enamel 12E, pp. 188, 189 Hospital and laboratory p. 193 Specifications for 1283m Enameled Plumbing Ware 9H, pp. 214, 215 Enclosures. (See, also. Partitions.) Beltway. (See Beltway.) Elevator and dumbwaiter. (See Elevators.) For floor openings 4Din, 4D2a Stair. (See Stairways and Exits.) Engineering Services . . pp. 142-144, 197 Engines. (Arranged in Index alpha- betically according to kind.) Equestrian Statues nBi2k Equipment, Auxiliary, and Safeguards. 4Fib Electrical 6E3 Code and other requirements .... 6C2, 6D1, 6E3 Specifications for p. 149 Farm 12H Fire Protection, Serial No. 4. ‘‘Gas, of the Home” 7H Gas power 7G Hotel and restaurant 7L, p. 156 Laundry 7A3f Mechanical, in general . . . . Serial No. 10 Oak for interiors p. 185 Plumbing Serial No. 9 Power. (See Power.) School 12G Service 4F3b Sprinkler 4F3C Rules for Installation . . 4F3, pp. 180-183 Excavations 1C1-3 Exits and Entrances (See, also, En- closures, Partitions, and Stairways) 4E Calculations for. Diagrams of, and Drills 4 E 2 a, 4 E 3 d Hardware for 11B11, p.147 Expanded Metal. (See Metal Lath.) Explosives, Magazines and thaw houses for 5G2b Storage and Handling of. (See Ordinances.) Extinguishers, Fire 4F1 Factory Mutual Laboratories . . . 3A8 Factories, Area and heights of ... . 4A2b Concrete iE, 3E1, 4B1CC, 4C, 4D, pp.197, 199 Electric equipment in ... . Serial No. 6 Electric lighting in 6H1 Exit drills for 4E2a Fire protection in and suggestions for improvements in construction of . . 3A3, 4, 7, Serial Nos. 4 and 5 Gas equipment in Serial No. 7 Heating and ventilation of . 9G4, 10C4, 10E Illumination in 6H, 7M, 7N Lighting in. Code of 6H2, 7Nlb Mill construction, Slow-burning. (See Mill Construction.) Ordinances for. (See Ordinances.) Painting in 12C, 12E Factories. Power equipment in. (See Power ) Plumbing and Sanitation in . . 9D, 9G4, 9L Southern yellow pine in p. 186 Timbers for. (See Timbers.) Wood floors for 5E2 Fans 10E Blast-heating 10E Electric p. 156 Farm buildings (See, also, under re- spective names) . . 5G2c, 5K7C, 12H1, 2 Equipment 12H1 Hazards 4Fle House, Architectural problems of the. 4Gia Heating in, Furnace 10D Plumbing in 9G37 Reservoirs 12H1 Residences and “Rural Architecture”. 5G2C Sewage disposal 12H1 Feldspar 9H Felt covering, Wool ......... 10N4 For waterproofing iD, 11C2 Sheathing 4D3d Tarred iD, 4D3d, 11C2, 11D1 Fences, Iron and Steel 11B6I Posts for, Concrete 1E4, 12H1 Wire iF8a, 11B6I, 12H1 Ferries . . 5F9 Fibre-board . . p. 196 Plaster, Wood . p. 205 Manila 1D56 Field Practice, Inspection Manual . 4B2C Filtration, Water .... 9E, 9F14, p. 216 Fire-Alarms 4F Fire-Doors. (See Doors.) Fire-Departments 3A3CI3 Fire-Drills 3A3D16, 4Eik Fire-Enclosures. (See, also, Enclosures.) 4C2e Fire-Escapes 3A6b, 4E1 Recommendations, Standards . 4E2, 3,11814 Fire-Exits 4E Chutes for . . 4E2a Latches for p. 147 Fire-Hazards 3A3d, 3A4C, d, 3A7b 482b, 4Eim Fire-Hose. (See Hose.) Fire Insurance 4H Requirements for 3A3C, 4B2e, 4H Fire Losses, Reduction of Nos. 4, 5, 5Gia, p. 181 Fire-Pails 4Flb Fire-Prevention and -Protection Serial Nos. 3, 4 and 5, 1E6, 2J5 Appliances for 4C3, 4, 4D3f Architects and 3A2 Building Code Suggestions for . . . 3A4d Committees on 3 ^3., 4A2 Devices for 4pib Hardware 11B, p. 147 Horizontal and sloping features of . 4 D,iiD 3 In Buildings and Structures in General 48 Publications, and Standards . 3A3,3A4, 3A7 Regulations and Standards . . . 4B, C, D, E Sprinklers for. (See Sprinkler Equip- ments.) Vertical Structural Features of . 4C, 11D3 Fire-Pumps, Standards for 4F3 Gas engines for 7G14 Fire-resistive Construction Serial Nos. 3, 4, and 11 Committee Reports on .. . 3 A3, 4B, 8D21 Definition of 3A3I12 Fire-retardant Belt enclosures 3A7a4, 19, p. 164 Construction. . . Serial Nos. 3, 4, 5, and 11. Partitions 4C, 11D3, 6, p. 166 Treatments for shingle roofs . 5Eib, 12D5 Treatments for wood . . . 5A4, 5E1, 2, 12D Fire-Shutters p. 224 Construction recommended 4C2 Rules and requirements 4C3 Fire-Stops in frame houses 5G2c, h, p. 164 Fire Towers. (See Towers.) Fire-Walls 4Clb-h, 4C2e Openings in. Rules for Protection of . 4C3b Specifications, Standard Building . . 4C33 Fire-Windows. (See Windows.) Fireplaces 2C5C, 3Diq, 3D2a-c Construction recommended . . . 4C2a, 5G2C Design and theory of 10H X GENERAL INDEX Fireproof construction. (See Fire-re- sistive.) Discontinuance of this term .... 3A3h2 Floor construction. Standard Tests . . 4D3C, ioD3b Partition construction. Standard Tests . 4 C3g, 1 1 D3C Fireproofing. Serials No. I, 3, 4, 5 and n. Committee Report on 8D25 Concrete pp. 198, 199 Gypsum products p. 205 Hollow tile p. 208 Metal lath pp. 162-167 Fires and Fire-tests, Reports on . 3 Ei, 3E3, pp. 180-183 Fixtures arranged in Index alpha- betically, according to kind. Flagging, Stone 2H2, 3 Floors, Asphalt 11D4 Cement, Navy Specifications for . . . 403 d Treatment of. (See Cement Coat- ings.) Composite, Code suggestions for . . . 4 Dla Test on 4Dih, nD3b Composition 4Dim, 11D4, p. 174 Concrete and reinforced concrete . . 1E9, 10, 4D, 11D4, pp. 197, 198, 199 Specifications for 4D2, 4D3e, Treatment of. (See Concrete Coat- ings.) Coverings for 1 1 D4 Deadening quilt for p. 190 Drainage of 4D2a, 4 D3a, 9G38 Fills and foundations for . . . . 1E9, p. 174 Fire-tests on 4 Dib Glass in 12F1 Grounds for wood 5G4J Gypsum 4D1I1, 11D3, p. 20 J Hangers 4D4 Hardeners for p. 191 Standard specifications 4 Die Flardwood, Specifications for .... 5J6 Laminated 5jia Loads allowed by codes of cities on, iC2a, e, f Allowed by. Suggested codes . 483a, 4 D2a Marble . 2F4 Mastic 11D4 Mill. (See Mill Construction.) Openings in, Enclosures for 4 Din Parquetry sJ Plastic ... p. 174 Scuppers for ... 4C4 Slope of, for drainage .... 4 D2a, 4E>3a Terra cotta 4D1 Terrazzo 2F4, 11D4I Tests for fireproof , standard . . 403c,! iD3b Tests and inspection of p. 144 Tile, Ceramic and clay 3D, 11C4 Waterproofing of . 1D4, 4D1I, 11C2, 11D4, 12C, pp. 191, 193 Watertight, of mill construction . . . 4D2C Wood 4D1, 5J Block 5E2 Costs of 5jia Finish for, 5E, 5H, 5J1, 12E, pp. 188, 189 Grading, Rules for 5D7, 5J In fireproof buildings .... 4Dik, 5j7a Laying of 5J1 Plank 5j2a Yellow pine 5J11, p. 186 Flues. (See Chimneys and Flues.) Forging, Ornamental 11B12 Foundations, Building iC, 2A1 For composition floors .... 11D4, p.174 For concrete floors 1E9 Foundational Requirements . . . 1C1, 1C2 Fountains, Water 12F6 Freight Elevators. (See Elevators.) Fresco 11D7 Fuel. (See, also, Coal, and Oil.) . . . ioCia Appliances for, Gas 7J Economies in house-heating .... 10C4 Industrial 7G3 Lifts pp. 220, 221 Saving ioClb, 10C4 Furring, Metal, 4B1, 4Dia, 1 1 D6, pp. 162-167 Tile, Hollow 4B, 4C, p. 208 Gypsum 4B, 11D3, p. 203 Wood lath jK Furnace, Gas 7A3f Heating ... 10D Panel testing ... .... 3E3e Warm air 10D Galvanized conduits . . . pp. 152, 153, 173 Ducts 10E, 10L Metal, Painting of . . . . 1 1 B5P, 12C, 12E Roof work and cornices 11D2 Skylights 11D2 Ventilators p. 178 Galvanizing iF8f, 1 1 Bj, 1 1D2 Garages, Battery charging outfits for . p. 157 Concrete 4B1CC Fire-Protection of 4 Bie Heating of, by gas 7A3f Regulation of, Suggested 3R4&4 Wooden 5G1 Garbage Disposal 9G7 Gardens, garden houses and accessories 12F6 School 12G33 Gas, Acetylene. (See Acetylene.) Appliances, Standardization of . . . 7H Coal, Producers 7G16 Code, Proposed National Safety ... 7D1 Cooking appliances 7L Data sheets ... 7H12 Domestic appliances. ... 7L Driven generators. . . . p. 150 Engines 7G Equipment 7A3f, 7M Fixtures 7M Heating 7A3f, 7J5, 6, p. 176 Hotel appliances 7L Illumination and ignition .... 7M, 7N Kitchen arrangement 7A3f, 7L Lighting Machines, Standard Regula- tions 7G16 Machines, Gasoline vapor 7M22 Piping (See, also, Piping) . . . 7A2, 7C, 7E Specifications for 7E3 Symbols 7E1J Power equipment 7G, 10O Radiators .... p. 176 Refrigeration .... .... 7A3f, 7L Tank, Concrete . 2B60 Valves, Shut-off 7G16 Water-heating 7K, p. 212 Gasolene, engines 7G Hazards in handling 4F1 a Storage and Handling Regulations . . 3A3ail, 3A715 Vapor gas machines 7M22 Gage and Gauge, Bronze nBi2a Brown and Sharpe 1 1 B5 Circular Mil nB5d Copper 11B5 Decimal 11B5C Metal lath 1 1 D6h U. S. Standard 1 1 B5C Washburn and Moen uB5d Wire 11B5 Generators 6E1, p. 150 Code requirements for 6C2 German Silver, Architectural . . . . p. 209 Glass, Floorlights 12F1 Leaded and Decorative . . 12F1, 3 Plate 12F1 Skylight 12F1 Store-front construction . . . 12F1, p. 209 Tile 12F5C Wired 3D5d, 4Cik, 12F2 Specifications for 4 C3b, i2F2e Glazing 12F Gold, Architectural p. 209 Golf-courses 12F6 Granite 2E1, J, 6, p. 201 Backing protection of p. 193 Mausoleums and monuments . . . . p. 203 Pink p. 202 Granite Terra Cotta p. 206 Grain Storage Buildings .... 3A3, 5G2C Gravel 1E4-10, 2A1, 2C, 8D18 Gravity Tanks, Regulations for . . . 4F3C (See, also, Tanks.) Greenhouses 12F6 Grilles, Heating 10K Gum Lumber Serial No. 5, p. 187 Gypsum, 3D5e, 4B1 bb, 4K3, 4K4, 1 1C1, 11 D3 Floor and roof slabs 4D1I1, p. 2oj Industry, Terms relating to 1 1 D$c Gypsum, Partition and furring tile, specifications p. 205 Wall plasters . . 2A1, 4D11, 11D6, p. 205 Handbooks. (See Literature.) Hangers, Floor 4D4 Pipe 10J Hanging Gutters 11D2 Harbor Improvements, River and . 5F, 8C Hardener, Concrete and floor . 11D4, p. 191 Standard Specifications for 4D3e Hardware 4C4, 4D4, 5G4, 11B11 Details for. Standard . 1 1 B u Fire-door . . 4C3 Fire-exit p. 147 Hardwood finish . . 5H, 12C, pp. 1 88, 189 Hazards, Fire. (See Fire-Hazards.) Life. (See, also, Life.) . . 4 A2d, 4E1, p. 182 Power 7G15, ioC4dd Slipping 4E1, p. 168 Heat Transmission, Insulation, Cov- erings 10N Heaters, Air, Electric p. 156 Gas water p. 212 In general 10C Warm air 10D, 10E Heating, Steam and general 10C4 Water, Electric p. 156 Boilers 10C2, 3, pp. 177, 179 Combination sprinkler and, system . 4Fie Conservatory 12F6 Electric 6J Federal Buildings 10C4 Formulas and calculations for ... 7A3f, 10K, 10M Garage, by gas 7A3f Gas 7A3f, 7J, p.176 Greenhouse 12F Guarantees 10M Hazards 10C4 Hot-water 10C4, 10M Losses from buildings 10M7, 8 School 10C4, 12G Swimming-pools 10C4 Warm air 10D Water, by gas 7A3L 7K, p. 212 Heights of Buildings . . . 3A3d, (12,3, 4 E2a Allowable for factory buildings .... 4 A2b High School Buildings. (See Schools.) Highway Construction . 2C3f, 12G, p. 199 Hog-houses 12H Hoists, Ash and hatchway Serial No. 10, pp. 220, 221 Safe pp. 160, 161 Hollow Metal Doors .... 11B7, p. 219 Hollow Tile. (See Terra Cotta.) Homes. (See Houses.) Hose, Cotton Fire 4F2a, p. 141 Couplings 4 A2e Houses, Regulations . . 3A7a, 4B3C, 5G3C Racks 4 Fib Rubber-lined fire- .... 3A6g, 4F2, p. 141 Hospitals, Dumbwaiters and elevators for (See, also, Elevators) . . . pp. 220,221 Electrical Equipment in . . . Serial No. 6, pp. 148, 158 Enamels for 12E, p. 193 Fire Protection in. (See, Hotels, below.) Gas equipment in Serial No. 7 Heating and Ventilating of, 9G4, 10C4, 10E Illumination in 6H, 7M, 7N Laundry-chutes for p. 213 Military 9M2 Sanitation in 9D, 9G4, 9L Hotels, Equipment for. (See Hospitals above.) Fire Protection in, and suggestions for improvements in construction . 3A3, 3A4, 3A7, Serial Nos. 4 and 5 (See, also, Ordinances.) Ranges, for, Electric p. 156 Water-heating, in, Gas . . . . p.212 Houses, Bath- and Change- 9J Brick 3C8, 3D1 Bungalows. (See, Bungalows.) Concrete 4B1CC Cost of, Comparative 3C8J Colonial, and cottages (See, also, Cottages) 5G20 Dwelling, Suggested Code 3 A 4 d Electrical equipment in Serial No. 6, pp. 148, 158 XI GENERAL INDEX Houses, Farm- and dairy- . . . 5G, jK, 11H Garden- 12F6 Gas equipment in Serial No. 7 Heating and Ventilating of 9G4, 10C4, 10E Hog- (and Swine-) 5G2C, 12H Hollow Tile 3D1 Specifications for 3D2g Hose, Regulations .... 3Aya, 4B3C, 5G2C Ice- 5G2C, 9F13, 12H1 Illumination in 6H, 7M, 7N Implement, and sheds 5G2, 12H For mining towns 9J, 9L,i2j Poultry- 5G2C, 12H School. (See Schools.) Sanitation in . 9D, 9G4, 9L Stucco . . 1E7, 11D6, pp. 162-7, 196, 199 Specifications for. (See Stucco.) Teachers’ 5G2C Wash- 9J, 9 L,i 2j Wooden 56 Workmen’s. . lF2a, 5G, 5K, 9C1, 9L39, 40, 4 i. 12J Housing associations and conferences 9C1, 9L39, 40, 41, 12J, 12L Humidifiers 10F Radiator 10K3C Hydrants, Fire, Standard couplings. 4A2e, Serial No. 10 For sprinkler systems 4F3d Hydrated Lime. (See Lime, Hydrated.) Hydraulic Cement. (See Cement, Hydraulic.) Elevators 10O Hydraulics , . 9D Hygiene 9L Ice-Houses 5G2C, 9F13, 12H Illuminating Gas Serial No. 7 Illumination, Electric . . 6H, pp. 157, 158 Gas 7M, 7N Implement Sheds 5G2C, 1 , 12H Incinerators for refuse destroying, Gas 7A3f Indiana Limestone. (See Limestone.) Industrial Buildings. (See Factories.) Industry, Safeguarding of 9K2 Inserts 4C4a-g Inspection Services pp. 141, 142 Insulation, Electrical, Committee Re- port 8D2 Heat, Committee Report . . 8D21, 10N Wire. (See Wire.) Insurance, Fire. (See Fire Insurance.) Lightning. (See Lightning.) Iron. (See separate headings for Cast Iron, Wrought Iron, Galvanized Iron, etc.) Drainage fittings p. 218 Fences 11B6I Gauges for ■ 1 1 B5 Painting of galvanized 1 1 B?p Pipe. (See Pipe.) Preservation of. (See Preservation.) Sheet 1 1 B ,c Wir e Standards 11B5 Wrought, Ornamental 11B12 Irons, Flat, Electric p. 156 Kaolin 3D1CC, 9H Labor Statistics 12J Laboratories, Bureau of Standards . 1A2 Factory Mutuals 3A8 Military 9M2 Testing and Inspection . . iF, pp. 141, 142 Underwriters’ 3A6, p. 141 Committee Report on 4A1 Lamps, Electric 6H1, 2, p. 158 Gas • • 7G16 Testing of incandescent 6H3 Land-drainage 9L, 12H Landscape Design 12F6 Laths and Lathing, Heat chase . . . 10L Metal (See Metal Lath) .... pp. 162-167 Wood 5M4, 1 1 D6 Latrine Problem, The 9L42 Laundries, Suggested Ordinance . . . 3A4C5 Laundry, Chute 9Hl, p. 213 Equipment, Gas 7A3f Leaded Glass 12F1, 12F3 Leader Connections through roofs 4D4f Capacities and Calculations .... 11D2 Leakage of Air. (See Air-leakage.) Lenses 12F2 Life, Hazards. (See Hazards.) Safeguarding of, . 4E2al, 2, 3, 4F, 4F2d, 9D, L, M, 12J, pp. 180-183 (See, also, Accident Prevention, Regulations.) Life-saving Stations 8C Lifts, Ash-. (See Hoists.) Fuel- and library book- , . . pp. 220, 221 Lighthouses 8C Lighting , Factory, Code of . . . 6H2C, 7Nib Fixtures, Data on 6L1 Electric 6H, p. 148 Gas 7A3f, 7M Specifications for 6L9 U. S. Army Specifications for . . . 60 Mill, Code of 6H2C, 7Nib Residence 7Nid School 7N1 Store 7Nid Street, Systems 7N1, p. 157 IV ork-places. Code of 6H2C Lightning, conductors .... 4Gif, p. I41 On farms 12H Protection 4G1 Rod Equipment, Standards 3.A6k, 4G2C, d, p. 141 Manufacturers 4G2e Suggestion for protection against . . . 4G2d Lime 2B3 Committee Report on 8D19 Hydrated 2B4, p. 20; Mortars 2B6 Standard for 2B9C Quick, Properties of 2B3 Standard for 289b Limestone 2G Bank buildings p. 145 Bedford 2G3, 4 Indiana 2G4, 5 Condensed information, on protection, setting, color, texture, and finish . 2G6, p. 145 Oolitic 2G4 Linoleum, Plastic, floors p. 174 Varnish p. 189 Specifications for 4D3CI Linseed Oil i2Bie, p. 195 Standard Specifications for 12B3 Literature. In addition to the various Handbooks, Pocket-books, and other publications listed under each or- ganized body described and in each Serial Number, bibliographies will be found printed in many of them, as stated. Lists of articles, periodicals, textbooks and proceedings, as well as all other kinds of publications per- taining to various subjects noted, will be found printed in iCig,7A3b, 8C, 9G26, uDig2o, 11D5J3, 4. and 5, and in the “list of publications” of each U. S. Governmental Depart- ment. See, also, Recommendations, Standards, and other publications described under Regulations. Llthophone 12E7 Live-loads. (See under Floors and Roofs.) Lumber (See, also, Timber) . Serial No. 5 Grading of 5Dib, 503b, 5D46 Gum p. 187 Hardwood, Rules for inspection 0} . . 504b Inspection of 5D4 Kiln-drying of 5D1C Oak p. 185 Sizes of 5D7a Standardization and Conservation of 5Di, 5D7 White pine p. 184 Yellow pine p. 186 Macadam Roads. (See Highway Con- struction.) Rock, Standards 2C6e Magazines for explosives . . . 462a, jGab Magnesia 10N Covering, Standard Specifications . . . 4K2 xii Magnesite 11D4 Stucco p. 175 Mail-Chutes p. 210 Post office requirements 1 1 B8 Manufacturing risks 4F2a Marble 2A1, 2F1, 3, 5 Code of Practice, Dealers' 2F2a Floors. (See Floors, Marble.) Mortar for pp. 198, 199 Protection of p. 193 Tests on 2J9 Market-Houses 9G4 Masonry 1C1, 1D4C, 2C Face work, Illustrations of . . . nDig24 Mortar for pp. 198, 199 Stone, Standard Specifications .... 2C6b Mastic Floors 11D4 Materials and Methods, Committee on 3A9C Mausoleums, Detailed suggestions . . p. 203 Mechanical Appliances p. 141 List of Inspected 4 D3 f Mechanical Equipment, Electric . . 6C, 6E, 6L1, 2, pp. 148-158 Gas 7G In Federal buildings 6L In general 10O Sanitary Serial No. 9 Medical Schools, Military 9M2 Metal, alloys 1181 Corrosion of 1 1 B2 Doors (See, also, Doors) . . . 4C3, 11B7, pp. 219, 224 Ducts 10L, 10E14 Standards and Regulations .... 10E4 Expanded. (See Metal Lath.) Furniture 4Bie, 10D1, p. 219 Furring 481 , 1 1 D6 Gages. (See Gage or Gauge.) In general 11B1 Lath. (See Metal Lath.) Moldings for electric wires P -173 Products in general 11B5 Roofing (See, also, Roofing) .... 11D2 Sheet 11D2, 10L Treatment of 11B2 Trim .... 4CU, 4F, 11B7, pp. 219, 224 Wainscoting P-219 Weather-strips 10M Windows. (See Windows.) Work, Ornamental 11B12 Metal Lath. . 3C1 1, 3 Dec, 4B, C, D, E, 1 1 D6 Handbook, Details from . . pp. 162-167 Standardized gages and weights of, nB6h,p. 162 Metallurgy 11B1 Mill-Construction . . 1 04a, 4Bid, e, g, 4B2J, 4C2a, b, c, e, 5G, 5J Accessories 5G4 Description and diagrams 4Dia Floors 4D2a IVatertight 4D2C Standards for 3A7C, 4B3g, 5A4 Southern yellow pine for p. 186 Wood posts in 4C2b Mill-Lighting, Code for 6H2, 7Nib Mill White 12C, 12E Millwork 5Hi4a Miners’ Wash- and Change-Houses . 9J Sanitation in 9L Models of farm buildings and surround- ings 12H Of rural schoolhouses 12G1 Monographs, Architectural The Octagon, Washington, D. C. . lA8h White Pine 5G20 Monuments, Construction of .... p. 203 Mortar . . 2A1, 2B3g, h, k, 2B8a, 2Biob, e, 2G6, p. 205 Committee Report 8613, 15 Specifications for 289a, 2C6a Motion-Picture Houses. (See Theatres.) Motion-Picture Booths 4B2h Regulations for construction of ... . 3A4CI Electrical installations in . 6 A~ja, 6C2, p. 157 Motors, Electrical . . . 6E, 6E1, pp. 1 5 1 , 157 N. E. Code requirements 6C2 Inspected appliances 6A7a Mouldings, Metal p. 173 Wood 5H Plaster 11D7 GENERAL INDEX Mulllons, in wall construction .... 4C1IJ In metal window-frames 11B7C Regulations for construction of . . . 4Cjb Municipal Ordinances, Suggested. (See Ordinances.) Mural Decorating 12E Nails 5G4, nB6m Shingle 5Kyd National Electrical Safety Code . . 6C National Gas Safety Code, Proposed . 7D1 Non-staining Cement .... pp. 198, 199 Nozzles, Roof 4Fib Oak Serial No. 5, p. 18 j Occupancy 4E10, 4F2a5 (See, also, Life, Safeguarding, of Seats, Stairways, Regulations and Ordi- nances.) Office Building, Specification for Con- struction of 4B2C Oil, Fuel, Field Practice ioC^dd Storage and Use, Standards for, 3^3^, 3Ayai 3 Colors ground in p. 189 Creosote 1 1 C2a Linseed !2Bie, p. 195 Mixed concrete 1D1, 12H Standards for: Creosote 12B3IC Linseed 12 63 Raw Tung i2B3e Onyx 2A1 Openings, for exit and entrance ... 4E Fire-doors and shutters for . . . . p. 224 In horizontal and sloping features . . 4C In vertical structural features ... 4D Standard Regulations for protection of 4C3 Windows, doors, and metal trim . . . 11B7 Ordinances, Suggested, for regulating, fire-hazards and building construc- tion 3A3C, 3A4C, d Packing-houses 12H Palls, Water 3A3d Paints and paint materials, 1F8, Serial No. 12, pp. 188, 189 Antiseptic 12D Bituminous materials . . . I D, 5E1, 2, 5F, 11C2, 11D4, 12C, 12D Cold-water 12C, 12E Damp-resisting. (See Bituminous.) . p. 193 Exposure tests i2Bia Fire-retardant 5E1, 12D For cement and concrete. . . . iDi,iiD4, 12C17-19, pp. 188, 189, 191, 193 For galvanized iron . . 11B5, 12C1, 12E7, 9 For metal 12C For tanks 12C1 For wood 5H, 12E Oils. (See Oils.) Pigments 8D11, 12B5 Prepared, and mixed .... i2B3n, 12E25 Radiator 10K, 12C13 Red lead 1 2E Specifications for 1 283m Researches and tests 12B Shellac, Standard Specifications . . i2B3h Shingle 5E1, 12D, p. 190 Specifications for 5Hi3d, 12B3-5 Technology of iF8c, 12B4 Terms, Standard Definition of ... . 12B3 Thinners for. Standards 12B3 Tin, Standard Specifications, Applica- tion of 1 1 D2 Paints for and methods, 12C, 12E, p. 146 Turpentine, Standard Specifications l2B3f Wall- and floor-coatings 12C White lead 12E, p. 195 White pigments. Standard Analysis . i2B3f Panel Boards, Electric .... pp. 154, 155 Paper-hanging 12F. Parish House, Brick 3Diy Partitions, Fire-exit (See, also, Enclos- ures) 4C3a Fire-resisting 4C Gypsum p. 20J Hollow tile 4C, p. 208 Metal lath 4Cif, 11D6, p. 166 Acoustics of 11 D6 Openings in, Standards for Protection of 4C3 Toilet 9J23 Party Walls 4.*\2d, 4C1G Passenger Elevators, Electric . pp. 160, 161, 170, 171, Handpower pp. 220, 221 Hydraulic 10O1 Regulations for construction of . . . . 12L22 Standards for Enclosures. (See Ele- vators.) Pavements, Asphalt 1 1 D4 Brick (See Brick Pavements) ... 1E9 Cement 2B6m, 11D4 Wood block 5E2 {Standards listed under Sidewalks.) Penetrative Coatings, Liquid, 12C20, p. 191 Periodicals. (See Literature.) Piers, Piling, and bulkheads jF Brick, Tests of 3Dih, k For Standard Building 4C3a Terra cotta block, Tests of . . . 3Dih, k Pigments. (See Paints and Paint Ma- terials.) Piles, Concrete iC, p. 200 Bibliography iCig History and present status iEia Preservation of wood 5F1 Steel lC Wood iC3b, 5F Standards for, and driving .... 5F3a Pine Serial No. 5 White p. 184 Yellow p. 186 Pipe, Cast-iron . . Serial No. 9, pp. 220-22 Cast-iron soil-. Standards .... 9Bja, 9G6 Gas. (See below.) Cement 986a Charts 10E14, 10J15 Clay and cement. Committee Report on . 8D22 Coils 10K Corrosion . . . 4F, 9D, 9G, 9L, 10J, 1 1 B2 Insulation against 1164b Covering, Magnesia, Specifications for 4K2, p. 225 Drainage fittings 9L, p. 218 Electrolysis of 1164a Escutcheons 9G44 Flanges and flanged fittings 10J Frost-proof boxing of 4D5 Gas, Cast-iron, Standards 7E3f In buildings , and Schedule for . . 7E Installation of street mains .... 7A2J Hangers 10J11 Insulation 8D2, 10N To prevent corrosion 1184b Iron. (See Wrought Iron below.) Recesses for 4Cif Shafts 4C1C, f Standard pipe, threads and unions . . 10J4, J Standard specifications for welded steel and wrought-iron pipe 4F3e Standardization of , and fittings . . . 4Flf Steel. (See Welded Steel below.) Supports 9G20 Threads and unions 9D, 10J Thread gauges. Standardization of . loj4d Underground, for sprinklers .... 9K1 Laying of, Tentative standard . . 9L47d Welded steel 4F3e, 9G, 10J, 11B2 Wrought-iron 4F3e, 9G, 1 1 B2, 1 1 B6j, p. 225 vs. cast-iron 9B5C Piping, for gas, large buildings . . 7A2k, 7E Houses 7A2I, 7A3f, 7E Symbols 7E1J For heating, Steam, water, vapor, etc. 10J Warm air 10D For plumbing 9G, 9L For sprinklers 4F, 9K1 For vacuum cleaners .... 6K, ioOim Pitch, Coal-tar, Proposed tentative speci- fications for 1 1 C2a Specifications for 1283m Planting 12F6 Plaster, Asbestos 11D1 Board 3A6b, 11D6, pp. 196, 205 Casts 11D7 Ceilings, Suspended 4D, nD6g-l Cement . . iE, 11D5, 6, pp. 175, 198, 199 Decorative 11D7 Durability of, Construction. (See “Technologic Paper.”) Enclosures . . . 4C, 4D, 11D, pp. 1 65, 221 Grounds and furring for . 4C, 5C, 4J, 1 1D60 Plaster, Gypsum 11D6, p. 205 Hydrated Lime 2B, 11D6 Lathing for, Metal . . . uD6,pp. 162-168 Wood 5K, 5M3, 11D6 Lime 2B, 1 1 D6 Ornamental 11D7 Painting of . 11D60, 12C Partitions. (See Enclosures.) Prepared p. 205 Rules for the measurement of ... . 5M3 Specifications for, Interior and exte- rior 2B, 1 1 D6 Stains pp. 190, 191 Standardization of specifications for . 1 1 D6e Stucco. (See Stucco.) Surfaces, Field investigation of . . . uD6r Technologic Paper No. 70: Durability of Stucco and Plaster Construction . 3E3g, nD6e, pp. 162-168 Terms relating to, Tentative defini- tions 11D5C Wood-fibre p. 205 Plastic Linoleum Floors p. 174 Plastic Products Serial No. 1 1 Plate Glass 12F1 Plumbing Serial No. 9 Fixtures. . . . 9A, 9H, pp. 214, 215, 217 U. S. Government Specifications for . . 9A Pocket-books. (See Literature.) Pools, Swimming- 1D.9J.11C4 Water- 12F6W Porcelain 3C1 Plumbing ware 9H, p. 217 Porches, Concrete floors of 11D4 Wood floors of 5 J 1 7 Portland Cement. Serial Nos. I, 11. pp. 198, 199 Post-Caps 404a, c Pottery nC4e Poultry-Houses (See Houses) .... 12H Power appliances and stations, In- spected pp. 150, 151 Equipment, Gas 7G Hazards 7G15 Plants, Electric 6Lij Equipment for p. 144 Operating data on electric ... 6Lim Steam 10O1, p. 150 Test Code io02h Prices. (See Costs.) Prismatic Lights 12F2 Privy, Sanitary 9Lc, d, 12H Systems for unsewered towns .... 9M Public Comfort Stations 9L48 Public Fire Departments 3A3C Public Health 9L, 9M Pulleys 5G4d Pumps, Electrically driven. Serial Nos. 3 and 6. Fire-, Regulations for construction and operation 3A3, 3A7, 4F3 For water 9D Gas-driven 7G, p. 150 Quantity Survey p. I40 Quantity System, Committee on . . p. 3 Quicklime, Standard specifications for . 269b Radiation, Light and illumination . . 6Hib Formulas for amount of, for heat . Radiators, Cast-iron . . 7A3f, 10K, 10M . . . . 10K, p. 179 Electric P- 156 Gas . . . . 7J, p. 176 Humidifiers tor ... . 10K Most effective place for 10K1 Painting of . . . . 10K, 12C Standardization progress ioKia Rams, Hydraulic . . . 9l) Ranges, Boilers for . 9F Coal 10D Electric . . . . 6 J , p. 156 Gas 7L Hotel, hlectnc .... P -156 Gas 7 L Receptacles for electrical installations . For gas installations. . 6C2, 6E, p. 155 7H6 Recreation Facilities iF2a, 5L Red Gum Serial No. J, p. 187 Red Lead Specifications for . . . 1283m Refractory Materials 7A2g, h Xlll GENERAL INDEX Refrigeration and cold storage. . . . 10O Gas 7 A 3f Hazards in loC4dd Standards for 10O2 Refuse, Conveying ioC4dd Destroyers 7A3f Regulations governing, Conveying . . 10E4 Registers 10C4, 10K Regulations. The specifications, prac- tices recommended by various author- ities, regulations and standards adopted are alphabetically arranged in the Index according to the material or process and are printed in italics. For certain of these, commonly known as regulations, recommenda- tions, rules, requirements, or “sug- gestions,” see List of Publications of Associated Factory Mutual Fire In- surance Co's (3A7), National Board of Fire Underwriters (3A4), Nat- ional Fire Protection Association (3A3), Underwriters’ Laboratories (3A6). Reinforced Concrete. (See Concrete.) Roof tile gypsum p. 205 Reinforcement, for concrete. (See Concrete.) Research Work, Educational .... 163a (See, also, Laboratories.) Reservoirs, Concrete 4D5, 9D Regulations for construction of . . . 4F3C Farm 12H Retaining Walls iC Rinks, Skating- 12F6J River and Harbor Improvements. . 5F, 8C Roads, Macadam. (See Highway Construction.) Roofs, Anchorage of 4D2C Asbestos 4D1, 11D2 Asphalt shingle. Slate-surfaced . . . 4D2k, 4D3e, p. 172 Canvas, Specifications uDie Classification of nD2t Composition 4D2a Connections for 4D4 Construction of 4D, 5Gie, 11D2 Copper 11D2 Coverings for 4D3f, 1 1 D2 Covering tests 4Diq Fire-resistive . . ... 4D, 11D2 Ordinance for. Suggested 3A4C8 Flat slate, Specifications and data . . 2K6c, p. 204 Gypsum, Slabs for 4D1I1, p. 205 Inspected appliances for nD2t Loads. (See under Floors.) Metal 4D, 1 1 D2 Openings in. Regulations for , 3A3, 1 1 D2, 1 2F2. Properties and relative advantages of . 11 D2a Shingle. (See Shingles.) Slag, Specifications for . . . . 4D2, nD2t Slate 2A1, 2K, 4D2, 11D2 Data on color, grades, sizes, quality p. 204 Flat. (See above.) Specifications for aKja Slate-surfaced asphalt shingle. . . . p. 172 Tile 3D1, 11C4, p. 208 Tin (See Tin) pp. 224, 22 J Rosin 5A1 Specifications for 1283m Roughcast. (See Stucco.) Rubber for electric work 6A7C, 6E3j Lined fire-hose 4F3 Tiling, Sheet, Specifications for . . . 4D35 Rural Architecture 581a, 12H Rural Engineering . . . iBic, iE9a, 12H Rural Sanitation 9M, 12H “Rust-proofing” Paint p. 194 “Rust-resisting” Paint .... 11B3, 12C Safeguarding Industry 9K2 Safeguarding Life. (See Life.) Safes (See, also, Vaults) 4Bie Hoists for pp. 160, 1 61 Specifications for uDie Safety Appliances, Inspected List of . . 5G3J, 12L22 Code, Proposed National Gas .... 7D1 National Electrical 6D1 Elevator, Devices . . . 3A6I1, 4C3J, 1 1 Biok Safety, from fire . . 4A3, 4B, 4E, pp. 180-183 In frame dwellings 5G2C Mine 2A3 Standards, Universal 4C3J To life. (See Life, Safeguarding of.) Treads p. 168 Specifications for 4E3C Sand 2A1, 2C River uD6mm Standard 2C6c Sandstone 2H1, 4 Sanitation Serial No. 9 Sash, Casement nBye Hollow metal (See, also, IVindows) . . 11B7C Steel (See, also, IVindows) 4Cik Wood jH Saving. (See Conservation.) Schools, Brick 3D Codes for 1 2G4 Committee Reports on 12G Concrete 4B1, 3C4b, 3D2f Cottages for teachers in 5G2C5, 6 Equipment for 12G Evening community 12G Exit drills in 4E2a Fire-danger in 4Eie Fire-hazard in 4Eim Fireproofing of 4B, 4E, 12G Fire-protection in . . 3 A3, 3A4, 4E2a, 12G Grounds and gardens 12G Heating and ventilation of . . . 10C4, 12G Lighting in 7N1 Military medical 9M2 Models of rural 12G1 One-story 5Gia, 12G Painting of 12E Rural 12G Safety in. . 4Eid Stairways in. (See Stairways and Exits.) Sanitation in 9G, 12G Seats and desks in. (See Seating.) Terra cotta 3C4b, 3D2f Vacation 12G Water-heating in, by gas p. 212 Wooden 5Gia, 12G Schedule, of Proper Minimum Charges, and Professional Practice of Archi- tects iA8c Gas Piping 7E2, 3 Scuppers 4C4 Seats and Seating. (See, also, Occu- pancy.) Capacity, based on areas 3A4di Capacity, based on exits 482a In assembly halls 3A4dl In churches 9G4 In motion-picture houses. . . . 3A4CI, di In schools qBig, 12G In theatres 4Bie, 482b Serpentine Stone 2A1 Service, Equipment, Standard Building. 4F3b (See Architectural, Catalogue, Inspec- tion, Laboratories, Research, etc.) Sewage, Analysis of. . . . 9B1, pp. 142-144 Disposal 9D, 9L, 9M Works 9L On farms 9L, 12H Sewers and Sewer Pipe, Analytical data for 9L47C Brick 9D32, 9L Cast-iron 9B5, 9L, pp. 222, 223 Cement and concrete . . . 1E60, 9B6a, 9L Proposed tentative specifications for . 9L47d Clay, Vitrified 9B7, 9L Proposed tentative specifications for . 984yd Construction and design 9L Culverts 987b Fittings for p. 218 Recommended practice for laying. . . 984yd Reinforced concrete 9L35 Tile block 9L35 Terms relating to. Standard definitions of 9847b Trench pressures upon. Tentative speci- fications 984yd Shafts, Dumbwaiter, Plans of .... p. 221 Elevator 4C, 12822 Doors for. (See Elevators.) Plaster 11D6, p.165 Regulations for . . 4C3 Shafts, Elevator and dumbwaiter. details p. 165 Plans p. 220 Pipe 4C1 Stair. (See Enclosures and Stairways.) Sheathing, boards 5K Felt (See Felt) p. 190 Sheds, Implement 5G2C Sheep-Folds 12H Sheet Metal Serial No. 1 1 Ducts 10L Fire-doors 4C3 And shutters p. 224 Standard gage for 11B5C Shellac 12B2 Standard Tests for l2B3h Shelving, Metal 4F2e, p. 219 Shingles. (See, also, Roofs.) Asbestos 4D1P, 11D2 Specifications for 4D3e Asphalt, Slate-surfaced p. 172 Nails for sKyd Other than metal, inspected for fire-re- tardant qualities IlD2t Wood 5Gia, 5K Fire-retardant paints for 12D5 Grading rules for 5K5 Preservatives and fire-retardants 5Ei,i2D Stained 5K18 Stains for pp. 190, 191 Treatment of 5E1, JK19, 12D Wall 5X143 Shuffle-Boards 5L1 Shutters, Fire p. 224 Regulations for construction .... 4C3 Fire-resisting 4C1C Sidewalks and pavements, Brick, Stand- ard specifications 3C9b, 3D3d Concrete and cement . . . 1E9, 10, 11D4 Standard specifications .... I E9, 1 1 D4 Glass in 12F2 Signaling Systems, Electric 6G N. E. Code requirements 6C2 For fire-prevention 4F Standard regulations 3A3ai9, 3A7 Silos 12H Concrete and cement stave 1E60 IV ood. Construction of 5G2C Silver, Architectural German p. 209 Sizes, and Space Requirements. (See, also, Capacity, Heights, Regula- tions, Seats, and Stairs.) Automobiles nDig24 Barrels ilDigi,24 Standard size, Lime 2Bge Bowling-alleys and billiard tables . . . 5L, nDlgi, 24, p. 159 Carriages nDlgl Cars, Trolley and railroad, etc., nDigi, 24 Electrical equipment .... pp. 148-158 Elevators 6F4, 6Lih, 12L22 Factories, Areas and heights .... 4A2b Flue-linings 787c, uDig24 Furniture and fittings nDigi, 24 Mechanical equipment .... Serial No. 10 pp. 220, 221 Plumbing fixtures 9H, nDigi, 25 Standards 9A Recreation facilities jLl Tanks. (See Tanks.) Tennis-courts uD4a Skating-Rinks i2F6j Skylights 11D2 Glass for 12F2 Standard regulations 3A3a2o, 1 1 D2 IV ired glass regulations . . . 4C3, 4D3, 12F2 Slag 2A1 In concrete iEla, 1E4, 5, 6 Roofing. (See Roofs.) Slate, Deposits and production . . . 2K3, 4 For blackboards and other products . 2K3a, nDigi For catacombs p. 203 Government reports on 2A1 Mill stock 2K3a Roofing (See, also. Roofs) p. 204 Structural 2A1, 2K4 Surfaced asphalt shingles P -172 Sleepers for Wood Floors, 4Dia, 5E2, 5G4J, 5J Slipping Hazards 4E, p. 168 XIV GENERAL INDEX Slow-burning Construction. (See Mill Construction.) Smoke-Pipes 2C5b, c, 5G2C2, 10H Smokeproof Towers. (See Towers.) Soapstone 2J6 Sockets, Electric p. 1 55 Soil-Pipe. (See, also, Pipe.) . . pp. 222, 223 Sound-deadening. (See Deadening.) Sound-transmission Prevention . . 12K Southern Yellow Pine, Serial Nos. 4, 5, p. 186 Spar Varnish 12E, p. 189 Specifications. The specifications , prac- tice recommended by various author- ities, regulations and standards adopted are alphabetically arranged in the Index according to the material or process and are printed in italics. For certain of these, commonly known as regulations, recommen- dations, rules, requirements, or “suggestions”see, also, Regulations. Spring-Houses. (See Dairy Buildings.) Sprinkler Equipments . . 4F, pp. 180-183 And heating system combined ... 4Fie As life-savers 4E2a, pp. 180-183 Automatic and open , Regulations . 3A3a2l Committee reports 4E2, 4F2 Installations recommended, 4F2, pp. 180-183 Pumps for, and other standards . . 4F3, 9R Rules for installing 3A7ai6 Underground piping for 9K1 Squash-Courts 5L1 Stables, Wood Floors In 5-E2b Stacks, Boiler and Furnace .... 3D2b, 10H, 10O Stage-construction. (See Theatres.) Lighting, Electric 6C2, 6Hiq Stained Glass 12F3 Stains, Brick p. 19° Shingle jK, 12D, p. 190 Stucco P- 19° Stairways and Exits . . . 4E1, 11B14, 12G Capacity of, calculations and tables . . 4E2a Enclosures for .... 3D, 4C, 4E, 1 1 D3, 11D6, 12F2, p. 164 Regulations for 4C2, 3 Fire-escapes. (See Fire Escapes) . 4E, 11B14 Inspected appliances for 1 1814b Requirements suggested for .... 3A4CI, 6, 3 A 4 d, 4 E 2 a Safety treads for 4E3e, p. 168 Shafts for 4^3a Table of treads and risers for ... . 4Eih, 1 iDigi, 24 Towers for 4E1J Standard Building, Specifications for construction of 4C3 Standard Documents, A. I. A lA8g Standards. The specifications, prac- tices recommended by various author- ities, regulations and standards adopted are alphabetically arranged in the Index according to the material or process and are printed in italics. For certain of these, commonly known as regulations, recommen- dations, rules, requirements, or sug- gestions see, also, “Regulations.” These are, of course, independent of the state or municipal building codes which govern construction in their respective localities. Standpipes 4Fib, 9D State Building Code, Endorsed by architects 4J2 Suggested, and Laws. (See Ordi- nances and Code.) Statues, Equestrian nBi2k Steam Boilem (See Boilers) . . pp. 177, 179 Steel, alloys 1 1 Bi Armored cables. Standards for flexible . 6A7C Boilers, Boiler Code 10C2 Coatings for 1F8, 12C, p. 193 Committee report on 8D8 Conduits . nB6g, p. 173 Corrosion of. (See Corrosion.) Galvanized 1 1 B 5 Gauge, Standard for sheet 1 1 B 5 Laundry-chute, Enameled . . 4Cik, p. 213 Steel, Piling iC Post-caps . . . 4C2e Preservation of 1F8, 11B2, 3, 12C Reinforcement, Tests of p. 143 Engineering Services for P -197 Standards for 1E7C, d Sash 4Cik Structural, for buildings iF Manufacturers' Standard Specifica- tions 1F3 Standard Specifications, A.S.T.M. . lF6a Wainscoting p. 219 W ire standards 11B5 Steps, Garden i2F6j Stirrups 404b Stone, Anchors for nBioh Blue 2H2 Brown 2H4b Broken and crushed 2C Aggregates 1 E4, 5, 6, 2C6 Specifications for 2C5, 6 Cast. 11C3 Coatings for (See, also, Damp-proof- ing) . . . . iD, 11C2, 12C, pp. 191, 193 Concrete, Architectural 1E7, 11C3 Face-work, Diagrams of nDig24 Flag. 2H3 For building and decoration .... 2D1 Government report on 2A1 Granite 2E, pp. 201, 202 Limestone (See, also, Limestone) . . p. 145 Marble 2F Masonry 1C1, 1D4C, 2C Facework, illustrations 4Dig24 Standard specifications for .... 2C6S Measurement of 2J8 Sand 2H Setting and pointing 2j4e Soapstone 2J6 Storage, Batteries 6C2 Of calcium carbide, Regulations . 3A3ai,3A7 Fuel oil, gasolene, etc.. Regulations 3A7, 13, 7G16 Of water (See, also. Tanks) . . . 9D, p. 213 Stores, Fire-exits in 4E2a Store Fittings 12F4 Store-fronts, Bronze 12F4, P- 209 Glass for 12F1 Lighting for 7Nid Terra cotta 3C4d, 3D2f Stoves, Electric p. 156 Heating by 10D Street Lighting, Electric P -157 Gas 7N 1 Structural Iron and Steel. (See Iron, and Steel.) Inspection of p. 143 Stucco (See, also, Plaster) 3C11, 11D5, 6, p. 175 Board P-196 Color tones in, Aggregates for . pp. 198, 199 Construction p. 167 Durability of, Progress report .... 3E3g Houses. (See Houses.) Magnesite, Data on p. 175 Specifications for . . 3Clla, 11D6, pp. 164, 198, 199 Standard specifications for. Cement . . iE7j Stains pp. 190, 191 Sun-Baths 9J 25 Sun-Dials 1 1 D7 Survey, Quantity p. 140 Swimming-Pools (See, also, Water- proofing and Damp-proofing) . 1E60, 9J Heating of ioC4e Ventilating of 10E Swine-Houses 5G2C Switchboards, Approved electrical fit- tings 3 ^ 345 , 3A7a2 Data on 6E, pp. 150, 1 51 Inspected electrical appliances .... 6A7a N. E. Code requirements 6C2 Switches (Same references as Switch- boards) P -155 Symbols, for ducts and accessories . . 10E14, 1 1 Digi, 24 For electric wiring and devices . 6E4, 1 iDig24 For gas piping 7E1J, uDig24 For indicating materials on drawings . 6E 4 a3, 1 1 Dig2 4 Symbols. (Proposed standard, for criticism, published in the Journal, Sept., 1917.) For mechanical equipment . . 10O, uDig24 For pipes, valves, and fittings . . . 10J, 1 iDigi, 24 For plumbing equipment uDigi Standards 9A Tanks, and reservoirs . 4D5 Capacities of . . 9D21, 9D26, 1 1 B5, 1 1 Dig Cooling 9F Concrete, Specifications for 1E60 Regulations for 4F3C Gasolene, Standard Regulations . . . 3 A 3 aii, 3 A 7 aij Gravity 4D5 Regulations for 4F3C, d Oil, Specifications for 9E10 Storage, Regulations for 3 ^ 30 - 9 , 3A7ai3 Painting of 11B2, 12C1, 12E7, 9 Pressure 4D5 Regulations for 4F3C, d Steel, Specifications for 9E10 Regulations for 4D5 Towers for 4D5 Water 4D5, 9D, 9E10, p. 213 IVood, Specifications for .... 405,9026 Tannin and Tanneries 4B2C, jAl Tarred Felt. (See Felt.) Tar products for waterproofing, iD, 11C2, 12C Specifications for 12B31T1 Teachers’ Cottages 5G2C Telephone booths, Heating of . ... 10E Electric intercommunicating .... 6G Ventilation of ioE3f Temperature Control 10E, 10F Tenement Houses, Suggested Code . 482b, 9L (See, also, Ordinances, and Regula- tions.) Tennis-Courts, Concrete 11D4 Terra Cotta 3C, 3D, 4B, 4C Architectural . . 3C4, 3D, pp. 206, 207, 208 Anchors and Details. . . . 3C4a, 481c, f , uDigi, 24 Standard Construction 3C4a Building blocks. (See Hollow Tile below.) Chimney tops, copings, flue linings . . 9B7 Granite p. 206 Hollow tile 3D, Serial No. 4 Column tests 3D1 Committee Report on 8D24 Culverts and Sewers 9L35 Floor systems 4D1 Manufacturers’ Standard Specifi- cations 3D2G Reports on 2A1 Pipe and sewers 9B7, 9L Terminal Stations 4Ela Terrazzo Floors. (See Floors, Terrazzo.) Textbooks. (See Literature.) Testing Laboratories. (See Laboratories.) Theatres, Apparatus for moving-pic- ture p. 157 Regulations for 3A3C8, 6A7a, 6C2 Suggested city ordinance 3A4CI Construction and equipment of. Regu- lations 3A3C9, 482b Exits and drills 4E2a Fire-prevention and -protection in . 4Bie Heating of 10C4, 10E Lighting of 6Hiq, 7M, 7N Motion-picture 482b Booths for 4B2h Ordinances , Suggested, to regulate construction and equipment of 3A4C6, 3A4d4 Outdoor 12F6 Safeguarding life in 4A2a Sanitation in 9G4 Seating in. (See Seats and Seating.) Terra cotta 3C4C, 3D2f Ventilation in 9G4, 10E Thermodynamics 10C2, 100 Tile, Ceramic 3C, 11C4, p. 21 1 Clay 3C, 3D, 3E, 11C4 Drain, Committee Report on . . . . 8D23 Standard specifications for Drainage on farm Encaustic Floors and walls for hospitals • • • 9L47* . . . 12H 1 1C4, p. 21 1 . . uC4a2 XV GENERAL INDEX Tile, For acoustics 12K, p. 169 For bathrooms and other places, 9H1, 11C4 Glass 12F5C Gypsum 4Bibb, p.205 Hollow (See Terra Cotta) p. 208 Making, Craft of 11C4 Ornamental, Reports on 2A1 Roofing (See, also, Roofs) 2A1, 11C5, p. 208 Rubber , Specifications for 4Djd Specifications for 1 1 C4C Specifications for setting liC4ai Swimming-pools nC4a3 Timber Serial Nos. 4 and 5 Branding or trademarking of . . . 5D6 Bridge and trestle, Tentative specifica- tions 5G2g Committee reports on 5A, 8D27 Conservation and standardization of . 5D7 Definition of terms. Standard ... 5 Dqa Density rules for 5A2, 5D3, 5D4 Dry rot in factory 3^7a Fire retardants for ... 5A2, 4, 5E1, 12D Farm, Preservation of 5G2C, 12H Grading, Rules for 5D3 Gum p. 187 In factories and mills. (See Mill Con- struction.) Oak p. 185 Preservatives 5 Ei,i2D Standing jD Specifications for, and Standards and Tentative Standards for Structural . 5D3, 4, 5, 7, 5G3, jD 4 a White pine p. 184 Yellow pine p. 186 Tin, Grading, weight and thickness iiD2h, j Painting of. . . 12C1, 2, 12D7, 9, p. 146 Standard specifications for . . . . 11 D2h Plate conservation nD2k Roofing 4D, 11D2, pp. 146, 224 Detailed drawings for laying . . nD2dd Standard specifications for laying 1 1 D2fi4 Thickness, sizes, etc. . . nD2h,j,p. 146 Tin-clad fire-doors and shutters .... 4C3 Tinned Plate, Specifications for . . . 403d Towers, for fire-escapes 4E Standard building, Specifications for 4E3e For tanks, and Standards 4 P 5 > 9D Smokeproof, in schools 4E, 12G9 Philadelphia 4E3S Stair, Committee Report 4E2a Town Planning 12J Transmission, Electric p. 152 Heat 10N Power 10O, p. 150 Prevention of sound 12K Travertine 2F1 Treads, Anti-slip Safety (See, also, Stairs and Stairways) p. 168 Trim, Metal 11B7, p.219 Trim, Wood 5H Trunk-Lifts pp. 220, 221 Turkish Baths 9J26 Turpentine 5A1 Standard, Specifications Jor 12B31T1 “Underwriter Requirements.” (See Regulations.) Underwriters’ Laboratories . iB2a, 3A6 4A1, 6A7, p. 141 Vacuum Cleaners 10O Electric 6K, 6Lie Gas 7A3f Vacuum Heating 10C4 Valve-pits 4F3C, d Valves 9H, 10J Gas shut-off 7G16 Symbols. (See Symbols, Pipes.) Vapor Gas Machines. (See Gasolene.) Varnish 5H, 5 J, 12B, 12E Architectural p. 188 Specifications for wood finishing with . p. 189 Vault Lights 12F2 Vaults 4Bie For banks and trust companies. Speci- fications 483c Veneer, Wood 5H, pp. 187, 189 Vent Connections through roofs . . 4D4f Ventilating Gas Radiators p. 174 Ventilation, Church 9G4, 10E Ducts for 10E14 Electric Serial No. 6, p. 156 Of Federal buildings 10E And heating 10C4, 10E Laws in the U. S 10E5 Mausoleum p. 203 Minimum Requirements, Committee Re- port 10E2 Natural 10G Of public buildings 9G4, 10E Of telephone booths ioE3f School 9G4, 10E, 12G Of swimming-pools 10E Ventilators .... 10G, 11D2, pp. 178, 224 Vertical Structural Features .... 4C Vitreous china plumbing ware . . 9H, p. 217 Products Serial No. 3 Vitrified clay copings and cappings . . 9B7 Pipes, culverts and sewers .... 9B7, 9L Products Serial No. 3 Wainscoting, Metal 4F2e, p. 219 Wall, 4C1, 4C2 Board 5K, pp. 196, 205 Columns 4C1S Coverings 4Cif Divisions as fire-escapes and preven- tives 4A2, 4C Furring . 3D, 4C, 5K, 11D3, 6, pp. 162-167 Walls 4C1, 4C2 Brick .... Serial Nos. 3, 4, pp. 208, 226 Cement stucco for pp. 198, 199 Coatings for . . 12C, pp. 190, 191, 192, 193 Damp-proofing of. (See Damp-proof- ing.) Fire 4C2e, 4C3 Stops in frame walls, 5G2CI, p. 164 For standard building 4C3a Frame Serial No. 5 Hollow Tile. (See Terra Cotta ) Metal lath and wood studs, Exterior . p. 167 Magnesite stucco for p. 175 Openings in, Protection of. Standards . 4C3 Overcoating for p. 164 Party and dividing 4A2d, 4C1S Stone (See, also, Stone) . . . Serial No. 2, pp. 145, 201, 202 Stucco for, Standard specifications . . 1 E7J Tests of P- ] 44 Terra cotta (See Terra Cotta) . . . pp. 206, 207, 208 Tile for, Interior 11C4 Warehouses, Cold-storage. (See Storage.) Brick 3D, 4B Cement for . . pp. 198, 199 Concrete iE, 4B, p. 197 Fire Protection in, and suggestions for improvements in construction of . . . 3A3, 3A4, 3A7, Serial Nos. 4 and 5 (See, also, Ordinances.) Mechanical features in. (See Factories.) Power equipment for. (See Power.) Southern Yellow Pine for .... p. 186 Wood in. (See Mill Construction.) Watch-Clocks and Watchmen For Fire Protection 4Fib, 4F2, 3 Water, Analysis of ... . 9B1, pp. 142-144 Barrels and pails 3A3d2g Closets 9A, 9H Cooling and circulation 9F Damage and smoke 11C2I Drinking systems 9F Features i2F6w Filters and filtration 9E, p. 216 For sprinklers. (See Sprinklers.) Heating 9F By electricity p. 1 56 By gas lA^f, 7K, p. 212 On the farm 12H Pipes. (See Pipes.) Hammer in 9D36 Pumps. (See Pumps.) Water, Purification and Sterilization . 7A3f, 9D, p. 216 Supply and Storage 9D Tanks p. 213 Tanks. (See Tanks.) Tube boilers 10C2, 10O, p. 179 Wheels and windmills 9D Works 9D Waterproofing and Damp-proofing . iD, 2B6p, 11C2, 12C, pp. 191, 192, 193 Committee Report on 8D26 Weather Reports ioCih Welfare Work (See, also, Houses) . . 9J9, 9L Wells 9D Wharves. (See Docks.) Whitewash, Government Formula . 2Bgd White Lead Serial No. 12, p. 195 White Pine Serial No. 5, p. 184 White Cement pp. 198, 199 Windmills 9D26 Windows, Casement nB7e Fire-retardant 4C1C, uB7d Glass for 12F1, 2, 3 Hardware for 11B11 Hollow metal and trims for. . 11B7, p. 219 Construction recommended . 4C2a, 1 1 B7C Painting of 12C1, 2, 12E7, 9 Standard Regulations for 4C3 Leakage of air through ... 4Cig, 10M Metal 11B7 Weather-strip for 10M Wood 5H Painting of 12E Wire Serial No. 6, 11B5, 6 Copper, Standards for 6E3h Fences iF8a5, 11B6I Gauges 11B5 Rubber-covered pp. 152-154 Standards on .. . 3A3a4, p,A~t 3 .l, 6A7a,c, 6C2, p. 141 Wire Glass .... 3D5d, 4Cik, 4C3, 12F2 Wire Lath, wire cloth, woven wire. (See Metal Lath.) Wiring data ... Serial No. 6, pp. 152-154 Standards. ( See IFire, Rubber-covered .) Symbols. (See Symbols.) U . S . Army Specifications for . . . . 60 Wood Construction (See, also, Walls and Mill Construction) . Serial Nos. 4, 5 Fibre plaster p. 205 Finishes, Specifications for varnish . p. 189 Finish, exterior and interior .... 5H Finishing in general 5H, 5J, 12E Fire retardants . . 5A2, 4, 5E1, 12D, p. 166 Floors. (See Floors, Wood.) Gum p. 187 Lath 5K, 11D6 Oak p. 185 Painting of 5H, I2fi Partitions, Fire-retardant, 5G, 11D6, p. 166 Piling, piers, and bulkheads . . . iC3b, 5F Preservatives 5E1, 12D, p. 190 Seasoning of . . 3A7a45, b36, Serial No. 5, 12H Southern yellow pine p. 186 Specifications for, Government .... 5D2 Treatments of 5E1, 12D Using industries. State reports on . . 5C Veneer 5H, pp. 187, 189 White pine p. 184 Yellow pine p. 189 Wool Felt Covering 10N4 Workmen’s Houses. (See Houses.) Workshops , Lighting of , Code .... 7Nib Sanitation in 9G6, 9J Wrought-Iron. (See Iron.) Yearbooks, Farmers’ 5A1 Yellow Pine, Southern . . Serial Nos. 4, 5, p. 186 Zinc, Application of to metal . . iF8b, 11B5 Paints Serial No. 12 Plates, Rolled or composition. Speci- fications 4D3d Zoning Regulations 12L1 XVI Structural Service Book D. Knickerbacker Boyd, Associate Editor A revised reprint from the twelve issues for 1917 of The Journal of the American Institute of Architects' Structural Service Department , conducted in connection with professional societies and organized bodies working toward the improvement of building materials and methods , and the following Committees of the Institute: BASIC BUILDING CODE William B. Ittner, Chairman . . St. Louis W. W. Tyrie Minneapolis G. F. A. Brueggeman St. Louis Owen Brainard New York Robert Stead Washington E. D. Litchfield New York MATERIALS AND METHODS *Thomas Nolan, Chairman . . Univ. of Pa. CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS Frank. Miles Day, Chairman . . Philadelphia M. B. Medary, Jr., Vice-Chairman, Philadelphia Allen B. Pond Chicago Sullivan W. Jones New York Frederick W. Perkins Chicago Jos. Evans Sperry Baltimore J. A. F. Cardiff New York Goldwin Goldsmith .... Lawrence, Kan. Julius Franke New York FIRE-PREVENTION Robert D. Kohn, Chairman . . New York W. L. Plack ; . Philadelphia G. C. Nimmons Chicago John R. Rockart New York Charles H. Bebb Seattle Lyman A. Ford New York QUANTITY SYSTEM Sullivan W. Jones, Chairman, Washington, D. C. *(Each Chapter has a corresponding member who is chairman of the Chapter Subcommittee.) Foreword H ERE begins the annual review of struc- tural activities throughout the United States with particular reference to the standards adopted or under consideration by the various societies, associations or other potential agencies whose work concerns itself in any way with the materials which enter into building construction, the methods and safety of their production, manufacture and erection. Brief reference is made to standardizations by foreign governments and institutions. Through this work the Editors have the desire to help in perfecting the art and science of building and in advancing the standing of the professions, trades, and crafts which are con- cerned therewith. This will require the fullest cooperation of all those whose interests are in common with this creed. In thanking those officials of the Government and of the profes- sional, technical and other associations with whom we have thus far come in contact for their assistance which has been so generously given, we bespeak that further cooperation of all others which will be so necessary for the full- est fruition of our plans. In this we include our readers, whose indulgence we ask for any omis- sions which may be made this year, due to the magnitude of our task, and we invite such sug- gestions, advice and comments as will help us to do better. Only a limited number of references in each industry can be given and a part of the service of this Department will be to furnish any inquirers with additional sources of informa- tion, titles of other publications, names of authors and pub- lishers, cost of volumes, and to provide any other information possible for which purpose address The Journal of the Amer- ican Institute of Architects, The Octagon , Washington, D. C. Serial No. 1 JANUARY, 1917 INDEX lAl Foreign Governments, Institutions and Architectural Societies. 1A2-9 U. S. Governmental Departments, Pro- fessional, Technical and Other Asso- ciations. IB Testing, Inspection and Research Facilities. 1C Foundational Requirements, Concrete Pil- ing and Steel Piling. ID Waterproofing and Damp-proofing. IE Cement and Concrete. 1E9 Concrete Fills, and Various Top Coats. IE 10 Treatment of Concrete and Cement Floors and Surfaces. IF Structural Iron and Steel. 1F8 Preservation of Iron and Steel. Serial No. 1 3 Vol. I, 1917 STRUCTURAL SERVICE BOOK Serial numbers and alphabetical desig- nations are for reference purposes only lAi Foreign Governments, Institutions and Architectural Societies 1 Ala The importance of maintaining scientific institutions for the investigation and standardization of materials, including those entering into building construction, has been recognized by the leading countries of the world. The most notable organizations of this character are: In England the Engineering Standards Committee of Great Britain, which publishes the British Standard Sec- tions and the British Standards Specifications, the latter dealing with materials and methods of testing materials. This institution is liberally supported by Royal Grant of the British Government, and by the national engineering societies. Great Britain also maintains the National Physical Laboratory. The German government maintains the Konigliches Material-Priifungsamt, a large institution devoted to the investigating and testing of structural, engineering and other materials. In connection with the leading technical high-schools of Germany laboratories are maintained for conducting investigations of building and other materials. In France there is the Laboratoire des Ponts et Chaus- sees, and the Laboratoire Municipale d’Essais des Ma- teriaux. These governments also maintain laboratories whose functions include matters pertaining to scientific and technical standards, physical constants, weights and measures and to some extent the properties of materials. Among these are: In Great Britain the Standards Department of the Board of Trade in charge of the standards and inspection of trade weights and measures. In France the Laboratoire de Conservatoire National des Arts et Metiers. Germany maintains the Normal-Eichungs Kommis- sion, and the Physikalisch-Technische Reichsanstalt. It is generally recognized that these institutions have been important factors in the industrial progress of these countries. These and similar institutions cooperate directly or indirectly with the International Association for Test- ing Materials, with headquarters at 50 Nordbahnstrasse, Vienna II, Austria. This association, developed from a conference of a small group of workers in experimental engi- neering held in Munich in 1882; its objects are “the develop- ment and unification of standard methods of testing; the examination of technically important properties of ma- terials of construction and other materials of practical value, and also the perfecting of apparatus used for this purpose.” In the United States, as will be noted below, the Bureau of Standards combines the functions of many of these foreign institutions and maintains cooperative relations with other governmental departments and with the various professional, technical, commercial and other organizations. lAlb For lists of foreign architectural societies, see Kidder’s Pocket Book, 1916. Pp. 1698-1703. IA2 Bureau of Standards, Department of Commerce, U. S. A. Authorized by Act of Congress, March 3, 1901 ; organized July 1, 1901 Director: Samuel W. Stratton, Bureau Laboratories, Washington, D. C. Publications: (a) Annual Report of the Director. Limited number for free distribu- tion upon request to the Bureau. (£) Scientific papers, (c) technologic papers, and ( d ) circulars: Pub- lished as investigations warrant; obtainable upon application to the Bureau or the Superintendent of Documents at Washington, at prices quoted or without charge if no price is given. (f) Miscellaneous Publications: Reports of weights and measures, conferences, metric charts, tables and equivalents, obtainable upon application to the Bureau. (Note: For separate lists of these publications of a special interest to those concerned with structural matters, and for ex- tracts from Annual Reports, see notes in connection with each industry.) Laboratories: Main Laboratories: Washington, Pierce Mill Road, near Connecticut Avenue. Branch Laboratory: Pittsburgh, Pa., temporarily located in buildings of the War Department, Arsenal grounds. The Bureau is authorized to deal with: Standards of measurement, of values of constants, of quality, of mechanical performance, and of practice. A standard of quality for a given material necessarily takes into account the purpose thereof; too low a stan- dard results in losses, poor efficiency, and even loss of life; too high a one may result precisely in the same thing: that is to say, the material must be suitable for the pur- Serial No. 1 pose intended. The Bureau’s investigations are to enable the user of materials, first, to select intelligently the mate- rial best suited for the purpose; second, to specify it in terms which the producer cannot mistake; and third, to make the necessary tests to ascertain whether the material supplied is in accordance with the specifications. The Bureau does not compete with private testing laboratories, but endeavors to assist them by the develop- ment of standard specifications, methods of measurement, and other matters where uniformity is desirable. The time is coming when all materials bought or sold must be as represented. This is impossible except where proper standards of quality and methods of measurement have been developed. Standards of practice are generally involved in the enactment of laws when technical and scientific matters are concerned, in ordinances regulating public utilities, and in the establishment of building and safety codes. Like standards of performance, they are dependent upon standards of measurement and of quality, and are of the most vital importance to the welfare and safety of the public. In a field so broad, the Bureau can touch only upon the more important aspects of the work — where national uniformity is desired — fields which cannot be covered efficiently in private laboratories. The maintenance by the Government of correct stan- dards of measurement, quality, or performance, calls for continuous scientific and technical investigations of the highest grade, the most competent expert services and the best scientific equipment. Then there still remains the Vol. I, 1917 4 SERIAL NO. 1 serious problem of making the results available and use- ful to the public, a part of which service the Journal will be able to effect through its columns. But the Bureau’s activities are not devoted principally to the interests of the user or consumer, for its work most deeply concerns manufacturers, who are fundamentally concerned, directly or indirectly, with the improvement of methods of produc- tion or quality of output, for it is upon quality, as well as upon price, that competition must finally depend, whether in domestic or foreign commerce, and the use of such methods and scientific results is the greatest factor in the improvement of quality, efficiency, or the development of new industries. The work of testing and investigating the properties of structural materials was taken up and is carried on primarily for the needs of the Government in its structural work, but this information is just as necessary to the public in construction work, and every effort is made by the Bureau to make its findings in a form available to the public generally. In this, again, the Journal can really help, especially if its members will avail themselves of the information. The work of the structural engineering and miscel- laneous materials division includes the investigation, test- ing and preparation of specifications for these materials, such as the metals and their alloys, stone, cement, con- crete, lime, the clay products, paints, oils, paper, textiles, rubber and other miscellaneous materials. Questions pertaining to the manufacture, specifications, testing, and use of the metals and their alloys have become so impor- tant that a metallurgical division has been formed of the experts engaged in these problems. The engineering data resulting from investigations which the Bureau is conducting in reference to fireproofing of building columns, and partitions, should serve as the foundation upon which building codes must be constructed. 1A3 Other Governmental Departments The U. S. Geological Survey and the Bureau of Mines will be referred to in Serial No. 2. The Forestry Service of the U. S. Department of Agriculture and other govern- Some progress has been made recently in compiling the municipal building codes, both with a view to furnishing information to state and city building bureaus and to others interested, and to permit a comparative study of existing codes, to assist in planning a systematic program of investigations of the many important questions about which there are still great differences of opinion. This data will be available to the Institute’s committee on Basic Building Code, whose cooperation will be welcomed. Many inquiries are received annually from architects, engineers, contractors, and builders as to methods of waterproofing concrete, methods of construction to be employed in sea water, physical properties of concretes of various mixtures, the cause of staining of plaster walls and ceilings, methods of preventing the dusting of cement floors, suggestions for building code requirements, the physical properties of marbles, specifications for stucco, fire-resisting properties of structural materials, the cor- rosion of metal lath, and reinforcement of gypsum plasters. From the general public requests are received for information on methods of mixing concrete, laying of con- crete sidewalks, waterproofing basements, suitability of various materials for use in concrete, durability of com- position magnesite floors, physical properties of stones, effect of frost action on concrete, suitability of concrete for oil and acid storage tanks, dampproofing brick and tile walls, dusting of concrete floors. It is hoped that the acquaintances formed with archi- tects, manufacturers, dealers, and consumers will result in mutual advantage to them and to the Bureau, and that they will feel more inclined to place their problems before the Bureau for solution. Thus the Bureau will be better able to understand their difficulties, and be of the fullest possible service to the people of this country. — Rewritten from the current Report to the Secretary of Commerce, by Samuel W. Stratton, Director mental departments will be referred to in later serial numbers in connection with the industries with which they are most concerned. 1A4 American Society for Testing Materials Affiliated with ^jj^^P^Association Secretary -Treasurer: Edgar Marburg, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia. Publications: Proceedings, published annually, in two parts containing: (a) Reports of technical committees and Tentative Standards, published for one or two years for criticism before final action toward their adoption (of which there are now 30). (i) Technical papers and discussions. (r) Book of American Society for Testing Materials Standards, about eight hundred pages, published biennially in the even years and containing the standards adopted by the Society in their latest revised form (of which there are now 103). ( d ) A pamphlet annually, containing list of members, personnel of committees, and general information concerning the Society and the International Association. Circulars of information to mem- bers are also issued at irregular intervals averaging about one a month. () ditto; ( c ) cloth only #7.50; id) $ 1 . Organized 1898 as American Section of the Inter- national Association of Testing Materials. Incorporated 1902 as American Society for Testing Materials, under which designation it maintains affiliated relations with the International Association. Its purpose is the promotion of knowledge of the mate- rials of engineering, and the standardization of specifica- tions and methods of testing. Membership may be held by individuals, firms, cor- porations, technical or scientific societies, companies, teaching faculties, and libraries. For information address the Secretary. The work of the Society is done largely through its technical committees, which present reports and recom- mendations at the annual meeting, usually in June. There are now 36 technical committees with a total membership of 992. On committees dealing with subjects having a commer- cial bearing, either an equal numeric balance is maintained between the representatives of consuming and producing interests, or the former are allowed to predominate with the acquiescence of the latter. Standards: (From “Regulations Governing Technical Committees.”) “Proposed new standards or the proposed amendment of existing standards must originate in the particular com- mittee within whose province such standards properly belong. No action affecting standards shall be taken by Vol. I, 1917 Serial No. 1 5 STRUCTURAL SERVICE BOOK any technical committee except at meetings called for that purpose. Action at such meetings shall be subject to majority vote of those voting, and subsequently to major- ity of those voting on letter ballot of the entire committee. The results of each letter ballot as to the number of the affirmative votes, the number of negative votes, and the number of members not voting, shall be announced in the report of the committee to the Society. Dissenting mem- bers shall have the right to present minority reports, individually or jointly, at the annual meeting of the Society at which the majority report is presented. “Any recommendations affecting standards must be transmitted to the Secretary-Treasurer of the Society at least eight weeks in advance of the date of the annual meeting, and copies of these recommendations, in printed form, must be mailed by the Secretary-Treasurer to every member of the Society not less than four weeks before the annual meeting, so that members may come to the meet- ing prepared to discuss such recommendations, and that members not intending to be present at the meeting may contribute discussions by letter. “At this meeting amendments may be made by a two- thirds vote of those voting. The proposed new standards or the proposed amendments of existing standards, as presented or as amended, shall be printed, on a two-thirds vote of those voting, in the Yearbook under a section designated ‘Tentative Standards,’ on which written dis- cussions addressed to the appropriate committee shall be invited. At the annual meeting in the next even year these proposed new standards or proposed amendments of existing standards shall be subject to amendment by a two-thirds vote of those voting, and to reference by a like vote to letter ballot of the Society. A two-thirds vote of those voting shall be required for adoption. “The term ‘Standards’ shall be applied collectively to standard specifications, standard tests, standard methods, and standard definitions.” The various standards affecting materials or methods of building construction will be separately referred to under the especial material or industry affected. A pamph- let giving a complete list of all Standards may be had upon application to the Secretary. In reference to the Standards of this Society The Com- mittee on Materials and Methods of the Institute calls attention to the following excerpt from the recent report of the Executive Committee, American Society for Testing Materials: “The increasing use of the Standard Specifications of the Society in federal, state and municipal circles, apart from their extensive adoption in ordinary commercial channels, is significant of the confidence placed in the work of the Society and serves to emphasize the reciprocal obligation upon the Society to justify that confidence in connection with everything to which its name is attached. Purchases for the Panama Canal have been made largely under its standards, twenty-seven of the Standard Speci- fications of the Society being now in use by the purchasing department of the Canal. Again, nine of the Standard Specifications have been adopted — in some cases with slight modifications — in connection with the Boiler Code recently prepared by a committee of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, which is expected to be adopted in many states by legal enactment.” The Committee on Basic Building Code of the Institute calls attention to this excerpt: “Similarly, in the current revision of the Building Code of the city of New York, seven Standards of the Society are referred to in some such form as the following: “Except as may be otherwise prescribed by the rules of the Superintendent of Buildings . . . shall conform to the Standard Specifications of the American Society for Testing Materials. . . 1A5 The American Society of Civil Engineers (Reference later) lAs American Society of Mechanical Engineers (Reference later) 1A7 The American Institute of Mining Engineers Secretary: Bradley Stoughton, 29 West 39th Street, New York City. Publications: (a) Transactions, three volumes annually, contain the proceedings of the Institute which constitute an important record of progress in research and practice in mining and metallurgy. {b) Monthly Bulletin contains professional papers, reports of proceed- ings, a forum for discussion and other matters of interest. (r) Papers and discussions printed in the Bulletins are also published as individual pamphlets. ( d ) Year Book containing a list of members and committees. Organized 1871 Members receive ( a ) and (b) free; to non-members the prices are (a) each volume, paper, $5, in half morocco $ 6 ; (b) $12 per annum. Technical committees are actively at work for the advancement and welfare of the profession and to promote discussion and stimulate the preparation of technical papers. The Institute aims to promote the economic production of the useful minerals and metals, and the welfare of those employed in these industries. 1As American Institute of Architects Secretary: W. Stanley Parker, The Octagon, Washington, D. C. Publications: (a) Constitution and By-laws, in which are set forth requirements for membership. (b) Circular of Advice Relative to Principles of Professional Practice and Canons of Ethics. (r) Schedule of Proper Minimum Charges. (d) Circular of Advice on Architectural Competitions. ( e ) Standard form of Architectural Program. Serial No 1 Organized 1857 (J) Circular as to Size and Character of Printed Matter Intended for Architects’ Files. All of the above are free on request. (g) Standard Documents, being Contract Forms prepared under care- ful study and joint agreement with national organizations inter- ested in the building industry. Complete set, in cover, 15 cents, or obtainable from dealers generally. (A) Monograph on the Octagon. An illustrated history of this charm- ing house. $12.50. (») Journal of the American Institute of Architects. Monthly, $3. 50 per annum. Foreign, $5. 6 Vol. I, 1917 SERIAL NO. 1 (k) The Annuary, containing a list of members and committees. (/) The Proceedings, being the transactions of the Annual Conven- tion (k) and (/), are free to members only. To others, $5 each. For list of Chapters and officers, see Journal (_/'). Its objects are to organize and unite in fellowship the architects of the United States of America, to combine their efforts so as to promote the esthetic, scientific, and practical efficiency of the profession, and to make the pro- fession of ever-increasing use to Society. 1A9 American Railway Engineering Secretary: E. H. Fritch, 900 S. Michigan Ave., Chicago, 111 . Publications: (a) Proceedings; annually; contain complete committee reports, full discussion and special articles. (b) Bulletin; ten issues annually; committee reports and monographs. (c) Manual of the A.R.E.A. First Edition, 1905; 2nd, 1907. Supple- ments, September, 1906, September, 1907. Revised Edition, 1911. Supplements 1912, 1913, 1914. The current (1915) edition contains the action of the 1915 Convention and a com- prehensive revision of the action of previous conventions. In- cluded in the contents are: ( d ) Principles of practice. (e) Suggestions and recommendations. (/) Specifications adopted (Standards). (jj) Standard form of contract and bond. Members receive all of the above. Others may purchase them from the Secretary or book-dealers at: («) paper $ 6 , cloth $6.50, half morocco $7; ( b ) per annum $8; (r) paper $4, cloth $4.50, half morocco $5. The object of the Association is the advancement of knowledge pertaining to the scientific and economic loca- tion, construction, operation and maintenance of rail- ways. What an important relation much of this has to the art and science of building construction will become Standing and special committees report through the Board of Directors to each Annual Convention; the reports and action of the Convention are published in the Pro- ceedings (/). Actions of the Board at meetings between Conventions and other matters of interest and information are published monthly in the Journal. Standards: The only standards adopted are those referred to under publications as e,f, and g. ■ A o * Organized March, 1899, under the laws of /AS SCJC 1 d LlOU state of Illinois (not for profit) evident from the references to the work of this Associa- tion under the various industries, as treated. Adopted Specifications: The Manual ( c ) includes only such conclusions relat- ing to definitions, specifications and principles of practice as have been made the subject of a special study by a Standing or Special Committee and embodied in a Com- mittee Report, published not less than thirty days prior to the annual convention, and submitted by the Com- mittee to the annual convention, and which, after due con- sideration and discussion, shall have been voted on and formally adopted by the Association. Subjects which, in the opinion of the Board of Direction, should be reviewed by the American Railway Association, may be referred to that Association before being published in the Manual. Matters adopted by the Association and subsequently published in the Manual shall be considered in the direc- tion of good practice, but shall not be binding on the members. ’Formerly American Railway Engineering and Maintenance] of Way Association — name abbreviated in 1911. IA10 Western Society of Engineers (Reference later) IB Testing, Inspection and Research Facilities Throughout the literature of materials and products, and of appliances and systems pertaining to buildings, there constantly recur the names of departments, bureaus, test- ing stations, laboratories, and universities, with tables, tests and analyses and references to labels, approvals, and lists of inspected materials. This is indicative of a widespread interest and service involving activities which need to be better understood by the building public in order that their significance shall be more fully appreciated. It is also vitally necessary that a full understanding of the functioning of these activities and of the methods employed in the testing and inspec- tion of materials prevail among architects, builders and all contractors. Recognition of tests for the purposes of use intended and of those made by engineers or organizations whose findings are known to be generally acceptable to all con- cerned is a desideratum. The importance to be attached to testing and checking up for continuity of quality and performance is obvious. To quote from the National Electric Safety Code (1 \le ) : “In order to avoid the necessity for a repetition of such examinations by different examiners, frequently with inadequate facilities for such work, and to avoid the con- fusion which would result from conflicting reports as to the suitability of devices examined for a given purpose, it is necessary that such examinations should be made under standard conditions, and the record made generally available through promulgation of organizations properly equipped and qualified for experimental testing, inspec- tions of the run of goods at factories and service value determinations through field inspections, and whose find- ings are subject to appeal to departments of the Federal Government having equipment for such review.” Some governmental facilities and others of national scope and semi-public nature are: IB la Bureau of Standards, Department of Commerce, U. S. A. Functions of the Bureau pertaining to building con- struction in general have been previously described. In reference to testing, the following is taken from Cir- cular No. 45, “The Testing of Materials,” which contains full information and a schedule of the fees charged and may be had upon application to the Director of the Bureau: “Tests of materials are made for the public where the Bureau is asked to act as referee or where an authoritative test is demanded by the nature of the case, or in other Serial No. 1 cases where the Bureau is primarily interested in the test in connection with investigation. The right is reserved to make such use of the results of these tests as is deemed desirable. The Bureau will cooperate with investigators, manufacturers, testing laboratories, and others, not only in executing tests, but also on request, in furnishing any information at its disposal concerning materials or methods of testing.” 7 Vol. I, 1917 STRUCTURAL SERVICE BOOK IB lb Watertown Arsenal, War Department, U. S. A. Publications: The results of all public tests are published in the annual report of the laboratory, entitled (a) “Tests of Metals,” the first volume of which is dated 1 88 1 . When available, these volumes may be purchased at cost by applying to the “Superintendent of Documents, Govern- ment Printing Office, Washington, D. C.” This laboratory is officially designated as the “Testing Laboratory, Watertown Arsenal, Watertown, Mass.” The laboratory is equipped with two horizontal emery testing-machines, one of 800,000 pounds and the other 100,000 pounds capacity, both adapted for tensile or com- pressive tests, and with all necessary accessory apparatus, such as measuring instruments, extensometers, machines for determining hardness, testing cement briquettes, and similar work. All classes of constructive materials are tested, such as iron and steel, in the form of test specimens or full-sized Watertown, Mass. members, cement in briquettes or concrete columns and cubes, brick, or stone. Under the law any citizen of the United States may have tests made by defraying the cost. Immediately upon receipt of application for test an estimate of the cost of the work will be furnished, and a sum equal to this estimate must be deposited before work for private parties can be begun. An official report will be furnished covering each test. All data for private tests is considered confidential, and information concerning same will be furnished only to the party for whom the work is done or his order. A list of all such tests, giving the name and address of the party for whom made, date of test, and kind of material is published in the annual report of the testing laboratory, entitled “Tests of Metals.” tBic Office of Public Roads and Rural Engineering, Department of Agriculture, U. S. A. Director: Logan Waller Page, Washington, D. C. A laboratory is maintained wherein it has been the policy of. this office to test, free of charge, for any citizen of the United States, samples of rock, gravel, sand, clay, lB2a Underwriters’ Laboratories (See, also, 3A6) President: William H. Merrill, 207 E. Ohio Street, Chicago. (Note: For list of publications and further descrip- tion of facilities and service see Industrial Section, page 1 4 1.) This institution began its work some twenty years ago as an electrical testing station. Expansion has continued until now the Laboratories undertake to keep its service available wherever it may be effectively employed in the testing and inspection of materials and products having a bearing on the fire hazard or upon accident prevention. Equipment for this work includes a large plant at Chicago, a branch testing station in New York City and branch offices for the operation of inspections at factories etc., provided they are submitted strictly in accordance with printed instructions which are furnished upon request. Such tests relate to the value of material for use in road- work and a report as to such value only is furnished. Chartered by the state of Illinois, 1901. and labeling of standard products in more than a hundred cities and towns in the United States and Canada, and in London, England. Upon the conclusion of examinations and tests, the results thereof are bulletined to the various insurance organizations and companies subscribing to or cooperat- ing with the Laboratories’ work and a copy of the bulletin and the detailed report is furnished the applicant. Underwriters’ Laboratories was established by, and is maintained by, the National Board of Fire Underwriters for service, not profit. For the work of the Laboratories, with reference to steel and concrete structural member and fire protection, see current activities under these respective headings. lB2b Associated Factory Mutuals’ Laboratories (See 3A7, and 3A8) 1B3a Educational Research Work In addition to facilities offered through Governmental agencies and semi-public institutions such as the foregoing, important work is being done in many educational insti- tutions of the country which maintain laboratories, con- duct experiments and make tests of building materials. These, while primarily in connection with the work of the students, add annually to the understanding of materials used in building construction, their qualities, action, pro- tection and proper use. In many cases this work assumes proportions that are of value not only to the students and local communities but to a national development. Many of these institu- tions distribute bulletins, circulars, and reports contribut- ing toward this end. Among these may be mentioned the following: (Many of these conduct this work only in con- nection with their instructional activities. Others will make tests on materials which involve investigation and research elements as distinguished from tests of a purely routine or commercial nature. In those from which we have heard, thirty-four in all, where, either through one of the departments or by arrangement with members of the instructive staff, experiments or tests will be conducted for those desiring them, the institution is indicated thus *. In those marked f are located branches of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers where regular meetings are held.) f 1. Agricultural and Mechanical Col- lege of Texas College Station, Texas f 1 . Arkansas, University of * . . . . Fayetteville, Ark. f 3. Armour Institute of Technology* . Chicago, 111 . f 4. Bucknell College Lewisburg, Pa. f 5. California, University of Berkeley, Cal. f 6. Carnegie Institute of Technology . Pittsburgh, Pa. f 7. Case School of Applied Science . . Cleveland, Ohio t 8. Cincinnati, University of ... . Cincinnati, Ohio f 9. Colo. State Agricultural College . Fort Collins, Colo. fio. Colorado, University of* Boulder, Colo. fn. Columbia University New York, N. Y. ji2. Cornell University* Ithaca, N. Y. Serial No. i Vol. I, 1917 SERIAL NO. 1 13. Dartmouth College Hanover, N. H. |3 2 - Ohio State University* Columbus, Ohio f 14. Georgia School of Technology . . Atlanta, Ga. 33. Princeton College* Princeton, N. J. jij. Illinois, University of Urbana, 111 . (See 3C2) | 34 - Pennsylvania State College . . . State College, Pa fi6. Iowa, State University of . . . . Iowa City, Iowa. 35. Pennsylvania, University of . . . Philadelphia, Pa. ji7. Kansas State Agricultural College .Manhattan, Kan. f36. Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn .Brookyln, N. Y. fi8. Kansas, University of Lawrence, Kan. ■j'37. Purdue University* Lafayette, Ind. {19. Kentucky, State University of . . Lexington, Ky. (38. Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute .Troy, N. Y. 20. Lafayette College Easton, Pa. t39* Rose Polytechnic Institute . . .Terre Haute, Ind. f2i. Lehigh University South Bethlehem, Pa. t4°- Stevens Institute of Technology* .Hoboken, N. J. f 22. Leland Stanford, Jr., University. . Stanford University, Cal. f4i. Syracuse University* Syracuse, N. Y. J23. Lewis Institute Chicago, 111 . 42. Texas, University of* Austin, Tex. f24. Louisiana State University* . . . Baton Rouge, La. f43. Throop College of Technology*. . Pasadena, Cal. (25. Maine, University of* Orono, Maine 44. Tulane University New Orleans, La. f26. Massachusetts Institute of Tech- f 45 - Virginia Polytechnic Institute . . Blacksburg, Va. nology* Boston, Mass. t4§. Washington State University . . Seattle, Wash. f27. Michigan, University of Ann Arbor, Mich. f47* Washington University* .... St. Louis, Mo. {28. Minnesota, University of* .... Minneapolis, Minn. {48- Wisconsin, University of* .... Madison, Wis. f2g. Missouri, University of Columbia, Mo. f49. Worcester Polytechnic Institute* .Worcester, Mass. f30. Nebraska, University of Lincoln, Neb. f 5 °. Yale University New Haven, Conn. f3 1 . New York University* New York, N. Y. 51. Oklahoma A. & M. College* . . Stillwater, Okla. 1B4 Testing Laboratories and Inspection Bureaus For the practical business assistance of architects, engineers, and others in conducting tests and analyses of earth-pressure, sand, cement, and building materials gen- erally, and in inspecting the manufacture and erection of steel and other structural members, there exists a number of testing laboratories and engineering concerns of national scope. Many include in their management or on their staff prominent members of several of the societies previously mentioned. For general description of laboratory and inspection service of Underwriters’ Laboratories, see Industrial Sec- tion, page 141. For detailed description of engineering, laboratory, and inspection service of Robert W. Hunt & Company, see Industrial Section, pages 142, 143, 144. In the case of each industry, after describing the governmental departments and professional, technical, com- mercial and other associations interested, the order of presentation to be followed, as nearly as possible, will be. Introductory Remarks. Information Obtainable. Practice Recommended. Standards Adopted , or Progress Reported. Current Activities. 1C Foundational Requirements, Concrete Piling and Steel Piling (Other footings and foundations: Stone, Serial No. 2 ; Brick, Serial No. 3; Wood Piling, Serial No. 5.) Problems connected with soil conditions are encoun- tered throughout the country. Pending actual investiga- tion of the site, an acquaintance with the source of data concerning conditions likely to be found, the require- ICi Information Obtainable (a) The Pennsylvania State College Engineering Experiment Sta- tion (iB 3) U. S. Department of Agriculture (iBic), Bulletin No. 230, 1915; “Oil-Mixed Portland Cement Concrete,” Logan Waller Page. (?) U. S. Reclamation Record (903b), Vol. VI, No. 4, 1915; “Waterproofing Concrete Surfaces,” J. L. Lytel. (r) International Engineering Conference; paper presented at San Francisco, Cal., 1915; “Waterproof Concrete,” Richard L. Humphrey, Philadelphia, Pa. (Same contains a complete bibliography of waterproofing and concreting to which the Editor is indebted for the references herein given as of especial interest to building constructors.) 1D2 Other References (See, also, some of those under Hydrated Lime, 2B6) (3) “Kidder’s Pocket Book,” pp. 1629-1637. (b) “Modern Methods of Waterproofing,” Myron H. Lewis. ( c ) “Asphalt,” Clifford Richardson. id) “The Waterproofing of Fabrics,” S. Mierzinski. (c) “Dampness in Buildings,” A. W. Keim. (/) “Building Superintendence and Construction,” Frank E. Kidder (g) “Merriman’s Pocket Book.” (b) For information pertaining to “Protective Paints,” “Damp- Resisting Paints,” “Damp-Proof Coatings,” and Powder to be Mixed with Portland Cement,” see pages in Industrial Sec- tion, as follows: 1. Samuel Cabot, Inc., page 190. 2. The Solvay Process Company, Semet-Solvay Company, page 192. 3. Toch Brothers, Toch Products, page 193. Serial No 1 IO Vol. I, 1917 SERIAL NO. 1 1D4 Practice Recommended (a) By, Inspection Dept. Asso. Factory Mutual F. I. Co.’s (Serial (c) By A.R.E.A. (1A9A, 1915, Committee on Masonry, “Water- No. 3), Feb., 1915; “Watertight Floors of Mill Construction.” proofing of Masonry.” ( b ) By, N.B. of F.U. (Serial No. 3) “Building Code Recommended ( d ) See, also, Report of Committee under iDig-. by the N.B. of F.U.,” 1915, “Waterproofing of Floors,” pp. 126, 128, 129. 1D5 Progress Reported (See, also, reference to later report under 11C2) “Committee D8 of the A.S.T.M., since its organi- zation in 1905, has, through laboratory tests and experi- ments, together with examinations of work during con- struction and after completion, as well as the study of literature on the subject, sought to secure sufficient information to enable it to formulate definite methods for securing waterproof concrete structures. The work of the Committee was complicated by reason of the fact that there seemed to be so little concordance between results of tests obtained under laboratory conditions and in the 1D6 Current Activities Investigation of Integral W aterproofing Compounds. (a) During the year a cooperating committee was organized, composed of representatives from Government offices, engineering societies, and the various industries, including all known manufacturers of waterproofing com- pounds. This committee cooperated in planning a series of field experiments, which contemplates the construction of concrete tanks by contract, both with and without waterproofing compounds. These tanks are to be located below grade near the Potomac River and subject to tidal water. A questionnaire was also prepared and submitted to architects, contractors, and engineers, to gather infor- mation on the present usage of these materials. Results of this investigation should be available during the ensu- ing year. (1916 Report, Bureau of Standards, 1A2 a.) IE Cement and Concrete The manufacture of American Portland cement first secured recognition at the Centennial Exposition in Phila- delphia, in 1876, when David S. Saylor exhibited Portland cement made at Coplay, Pa. The first recorded statistics of this industry were those issued by the U. S. Geological Survey for 1880, during which year the production reached 42.000 barrels; in the preceding ten years the amount pro- duced amounted to 82,000 barrels. Since 1880 the produc- tion has steadily increased and will probably exceed 90,000,000 barrels for the year 1916. At the beginning of the manufacture of Portland cement in this country, practically all that was used was imported; the earliest statistics of the Geological Survey show an importation of 92.000 barrels in 1878, which steadily increased reaching a maximum of about 3,000,000 barrels in 1895, since which time it has decreased to 42,218 barrels in 1915. This has resulted from the improvement in the process of manufac- ture in this country which has decreased the cost and increased the quality until today American Portland cement is unexcelled. The American manufacturer is successfully competing in the world’s markets; and there lEi American Concrete Institute Secretary :* Harold D. Hynds, 30 Broad Street, New York City. Publications: (a) Journal, containing the Proceedings of Annual Conventions in- cluding reports of committees and also the following: ( b ) Proposed Standard Specifications. (c) Recommended Practice. (1 d ) Standard Specifications Adopted. *Succeeded by H. B. Alvord, 27 School Street, Boston. Serial No. 1 I field and that it was necessary to extend its investigations over a period of years in order to determine the perma- nency of the action noted. The Committee reported that while it had not been able to arrive at sufficiently definite conclusions to enable it to formulate specifications for the making of concrete structures waterproof or for mate- rials to be used in such work, it had reached certain general conclusions which might be of assistance to the constructor in securing the desired result of impermea- ble concrete.” — From “Kidder’s Handbook,”i9i6, p. 1630. Bituminous Materials. 0 b ) Definite methods of tests and specifications have been developed for coal-tar, waterproofing, and roofing pitches, to replace the loose and indefinite requirements which have been more or less in use in the Government service. Methods and specifications are being developed for asphaltic materials. Information is being obtained to insure satisfactory felts and papers for saturation with asphalt and tar products for waterproofing and roofing purposes. Modification of specifications for these latter materials may become necessary, since shortage of rag stock has increased the use of wood-pulp, jute, and manila fiber. (1916 Report, Bureau of Standards, iA2«2.) ( c ) The use of lime will be referred to in Serial No. 2, February. (See especially 2B10 e and /. ) was exported in 1915 over 2,500,000 barrels. The preceding figures are taken from the annual reports of the statistics of the cement industry compiled and published by the U. S. Geological Survey. The following has just been received from U. S. Geo- logical Survey as of date January 1,1917. “Another mineral product which furnishes an index of business conditions is cement, the 1916 production of which is estimated to be 5,000,000 barrels in excess of the output of the previous year, while the shipments were even greater, aggregating 94,500,000 barrels, with the outlook reported as good for the new year. In addition to the governmental departments and other organizations previously mentioned which have taken important parts in developing standard specifications and tests for the manufacture and use of cement the following bodies working specifically in this field have cooperated in the improvement of this product and in bringing about a better understanding of the varied uses of cement and concrete. The following is also issued separately as an authorized reprint from the copyrighted Journal: (4 .36 received by the pro- ducers. In this amount was included 581,114 tons of hydrated lime. 2B2 National Lime Manufacturers' Associa- tion President: W. E. Carson, Riverton, Va. (Information concerning same difficult to obtain.) 2B3 Information Obtainable {Lime) Publications: {a) The source, manufacture and use of lime, “Mineral Resources of the United States” for 1913, pt. 2, pp. 1509-1393, 1914, E. F. Burchard and W. E. Emley. (b) See also chapters on lime in “Mineral Resources of the United States” for each year (2Air and d). ( c ) The U. S. Geological Survey has also issued a large number of bulletins and separate chapters (2A1 d and g) dealing with lime, and other structural materials to be found in various parts of the country. Specific information will be furnished through the Journal or the publications may be had upon application to the Director as noted under 2A1. (d) Proceedings and other publications of the National Lime Manu- facturers’ Association (2B2). (e) Bureau of Standards, Technologic Paper (lA 2c) “The Manufac- ture of Lime.” (/) Ditto, “The Properties and Uses of Lime.” (g) “Treatise on Limes, Hydraulic Cements and Mortars,” Gen. Q. O. Gilmore. (h) “American Civil Engineers’ Pocket-Book,” M. Merriman; "Lime and Lime Mortar,” pp. 518-520. (j) “Cements, Limes and Plasters,” E. C. Eckel. ( k ) “Building Construction and Superintendence,” F. E. Kidder; “Limes, Cements and Mortars,” pp. 126-204. (/) Other information pertaining to lime, generally in connection with its use in mortars for masonry, will be found in most of the pub- lications mentioned under “2C4. Other References.” 2B4 Hydrated Lime The hydrated lime sold in the United States continues steadily to increase, the amount produced in 1915 being stated under “Lime.” The average price per ton, though fluctuating, has on the whole been declining since 1911, when it was $4.50. These changes may suggest that the production of hydrated lime has reached such proportions that its future growth will be at a slower rate than formerly, but as the quantity- sold by producers in 1915 amounted to only 16 per cent of the total lime sold, there is ample room for future growth, especially in view of the marked attention now being given to this kind of lime. The superiority of hydrated lime over lump lime for building is receiving broader recognition, due in part to the activity of the Hydrated Lime Bureau, a branch of the National Lime Manufacturers’ Association. An elaborate series of experiments on the properties and uses of hydrated lime, including its effect upon con- crete, has been commenced by the United States Bureau of Standards (see “Current Activities”). In addition to these developments, improvements have been made in lime hydrators and in the design of lime-hydrating plants, and a process for increasing the plasticity or spreading quality of hydrated lime by the addition of a limited quan- tity of clay during hydration has been patented by W . E. Carson (From “Lime in 1915,” 2 hid). 2B5 Hydrated Lime Bureau of the National Lime Manufacturers' Association Aianager: Norman S. Hough, Arrott Building, Pitts- burgh, Pa. The object of the Bureau is to furnish a central office from which architects, engineers and contractors may receive reliable information relative to the use of hydrated lime for building purposes. Publications: Books, bulletins and pamphlets, some of which are referred to under 2B6 and 2B8. 2B6 Information Obtainable {Hydrated Lime) Publications: (a) See also Chapters on lime in “Mineral Resources of the U. S.” for each year (2Air and d). {b) “Hydrated Lime,” by E. W. Lazell, 95 pp. Published by Jackson- Remlinger Printing Co., Pittsburgh, Pa., 1915; distributed by the Hydrated Lime Bureau, Pittsburgh, Pa. (A general ele- mentary text on the history, chemistry, manufacture, proper- ties, and uses of hydrated lime.) 0 c ) “Hydrated Lime,” by W. B. Joseph, Cement and Engineering News, February, 1915, pp. 45-46. (A brief account of the pro- cesses of manufacture and properties of hydrated . lime.) (d) “Effect of Adding Hydrated Lime” (to Portland cement), Cement and Engineering News, March, 1915, p. 76. (Cities experi- ments by Henry S. Spackman, who concluded “that the addi- tion of hydrated lime will be found advantageous under ordinary climatic conditions in concrete work generally, where it is exposed either to air or to fresh water; and concrete to which such additions have been made, besides being more impermeable, will show less change in volume under varying moisture con- tent.”) (e) Papers read at the thirteenth annual meeting of the National Lime Manufacturers’ Association and published in the minutes of the meeting, February, 1915: “Hydrated Lime Plastering — the Fourth Year’s Development,” by Lawrence Hitchcock; “The Possibilities of Hydrated Lime Products for Plastering Purposes,” by H. S. Spackman; “Hydrated Lime in Oregon State Roads,” by R. S. Edwards; “Hydrate as an Addition to Concrete,” by E. M. Soper; “A Modern Hydrating Plant,” by R. K. Meade. (/) “Advantages in Use of Commercially Hydrated Lime over Ordi- nary Slaked Lime,” by E. W. Lazell, Cement and Engineering News, June, 1915, pp. 125-126. (g) “Perfecting Concrete Roads — the Part That Hydrated Lime Plays in Assuring Absolute Permanency to Concrete,” by Charles Warner, Cement and Engineering News, September, 1915, pp. 198-200. (h) Papers read at the fourteenth annual meeting of the National Lime Manufacturers’ Association, Cleveland, Ohio, February, 1916 (published in the minutes of the meeting). The following are some of the pamphlets and bulletins published by the Hydrated Lime Bureau. (Those referring to “wall plastering” will be mentioned under a later Serial number. See No. 11.) (J) “Tests and Uses of Hydrated Lime,” A. C. Hoff. A reprint from the Current Era of February, 1915. ( k ) “Dependable Concrete — Hydrated Lime and its Effect on,” Bulletin A. 2. (tu) “In the Concrete Chute,” Bulletin A. 3. (/) "Improving Paving Grout,” Bulletin L. Serial No. 2 21 Vol. I, 1917 STRUCTURAL SERVICE BOOK («) "Improved Cement Blocks,” Bulletin M. (o) "Concrete Gas Tank Waterproofed with Hydrated Lime,” Pamphlet D. ( p ) Waterproofing Concrete with Hydrated Lime.” (?) “Improving Concrete Roads,” Pamphlet K. 2B7 Other Ref erences See “Kidders Pocket Book,” 1916, pp. 1462-1467, for lime and a brief description of the process of making hydrated lime. Other references will be found in most of the publications concerned with masonry mentioned under 2C4 and also under 2B3. 2Bs Practice Recommended by Various Authorities Hydrated Lime Bureau (2B5). (a) “The Ideal Mortar for Brick Masonry — Mortar No. 5,” Bulletin J, June 1, 1916. (Contains results of investigation conducted by Prof. J. S. Macgregor, of Columbia University, New York City.) Standard specifications for plastering and other prac- tice recommended for the use of lime and hydrated lime will be referred to under “Plastering” in a later Serial number. (See No. n.) 2B9 Standards Adopted By Navy Department, U. S. A. (a) Specifications for “Concrete and Mortar, and Materials for (cement not included),” Serial designation 59C2r, adopted February 1, 1916, copies of which can be obtained upon applica- tion to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, Navy Department, Washington, provide for lime, lime-paste, lime-cement mortar. By American Society for Testing Materials (1A4C) (b) “Standard Specifications for Quicklime,” Serial designation C5-15. . (r) “Standard Specifications for Hydrated Lime,’ Serial designa- tion C6-15. By Department of Commerce — Bureau of Lighthouses (d) Whitewash Formulas. A document with this title is issued which describes what is generally known as “Gov- ernment Formula” for whitewash of which a verbatim transcript is — WHITEWASH The following formula for whitewashing has been found by experience to answer on wood, brick, and stone, nearly as well as oil paint, and is much cheaper: Slake half a bushel of unslaked lime with boiling water, keeping it covered during the processs. Strain it and add a peck of salt, dissolved in warm water; three pounds of ground rice put in boiling water and boiled to a thin paste; half a pound of powdered Spanish whiting, and a pound of clear glue dissolved in warm water; mix these well to- gether and let the mixture stand for several days. Keep the wash thus prepared in a kettle or portable furnace, and when used put it on as hot as possible, with painters’ or whitewash brushes. A SIMPLER WHITEWASH The following formula for mixing whitewash, when properly made and put on, gives a white that does not easily wash or rub off, viz: To ten parts of best freshly slaked lime add one part of best hydraulic cement; mix well with salt water and apply quite thin. By United States Congress (e) Standard Sizes of Barrels. The Sixty-third Congress passed a bill (H. R. 4899) which became effective July 1, 1916, making the standard size of barrels for all dry measures as follows: Serial No. 2 “Length of staves, 28^2 inches; diameter of heads, inches; distance between heads, 26 inches; circum- ference at bilge, 64 inches, outside measurement; thick- ness of staves not greater than x ^inch. It is further pro- vided that any barrel of different form having a capacity of 7,056 cubic inches, shall be a standard barrel.” Opposition to this bill among lime-producers caused the introduction of another bill in the Sixty-fourth Con- gress, entitled “An act to standardize Lime Barrels” which was approved August 23, 1916, all provisions of the act to become effective January 1, 1917, by which there was established a large and a small barrel of lime, the large barrel to consist of 280 pounds and the small barrel to consist of 180 pounds net weight. (The provisions of these two bills are set forth in “Lime in 1914” and “Lime in 1915” (2A 1 d) and “A General Statement in Regard to the Standard Lime Barrel Law” has been issued by the Bureau of Standards.) 2 B 1 0 Current A cti vities (a) Recent developments in the building-lime trade, by which old objections to lime as a building material are being overcome, are reasons for encouragement. The principal development is the increased use of hydtated lime in preference to lump lime, and the greater care and accuracy required in the process of manufacture of hydrated lime. The danger of pitting or “popping” of wall-plaster, due to incomplete hydration of lime, is eliminated by the use of thoroughly prepared hydrated lime. From “Lime in 1915,” zAid. (h) Wet-Mortar Plants. An interesting development in the lime industry is described by William C. Hay in “How Lime Can Be Reestablished in the Plaster Field,” Bulletin No. 7, National Lime Manufacturers’ Associa- tion (advance of minutes, April, 1916). It is the introduction of a new type of wet-mortar plant that has been in operation for two years in some of the large building centers of the Pacific coast, manufacturing hard-lime mortar, masonry mortar, finishing putty, and other products. The plant buys kiln-run lime in bulk. It is of the continuous type. The lime is drawn from tight storage-bin into slaking-tank, and after the quicklime has been hydrated or slaked to the consistency of thick cream, it is strained off into curing-vats, the lighter fluid into the “plaster-vats” and the remainder into the “masonry vats.” After aging, the putty is mechanically aerated by violent agitation, after which it flows through a feed- valve to mixer. Here it comes in contact with sand and Keene’s cement, which also feed continuously and uni- formly, the cement discharging into the sand-feeder before the sand reaches the mixer. As this mass is being churned through the mixer, fiber or hair is fed by a steadily run- ning “draper” to a picking-drum which disintegrates and feeds the hair in finely separated strands into the cold and continuously mixing mass of mortar. From the end of mixer the mortar is elevated to measured steel loading- tanks, from the bottom of which auto trucks of 4 cubic yards capacity are loaded by the opening of a gate. The expense of hauling the extra weight of water in the wet mortar is said to be negligible where auto trucks are employed. Imperfections due to carelessness of laborers mixing the mortar or to incomplete slaking of the lime are elim- inated, as the finished mortar is delivered ready for spreading. It may, however, like unmixed hydrated lime, be kept for days without noteworthy deterioration. It is estimated that in 1915 these wet-mortar plants purchased approximately 8,000 tons of lime from pro- Vol. 1 , 1917 22 SERIAL NO. 2 ducers, and sold approximately 90,000 tons of mortar, valued at about $270,000, or about $3 a ton. (c) Alca Lime. A recent development in the lime indus- try, is a patented article offered for sale by many licensees in the U. S. under the Spachman patents. See descrip- tion in “Kidder’s Pocket Book,” 1916, p. 1467. (d) Properties 0 f Hydrated Limes. In 1915 the American Society for Testing Materials adopted the standard speci- fications for hydrated lime. (Referred to under “Stan- dards Adopted.”) It was desired to learn just how the material made by different manufacturers compared with the requirements of these specifications. This will serve the double purpose of giving information as to the quali- ties of different brands of hydrated lime, and also enable one to form an opinion as to the justice of certain limiting values placed in the specifications. At the present time samples have been examined from about one fourth of all the factories in the United States. Hydrated lime consists chiefly of calcium hydroxide and generally contains more or less magnesium hydroxide. In the ordinary process of manufacture there is danger of forming a hydrated lime which has “burned during hydration,” a gritty, non-plastic, yellow material, which has a tendency to expand when wet. It is supposed that this phenomenon is caused by partial decomposition of the calcium hydroxide due to the heat generated during the slaking. A study of the temperature required to decompose calcium hydroxide under different conditions was undertaken to eliminate, if possible, this difficulty. — From Report Bureau of Standards, 1916, \hia. 2C Stone Masonry, Broken Stone, In treating of stone for building purposes, rough stone, which is a localized product, will be referred to only in connection with masonry, and broken or crushed stone principally for its use in concrete. Crushed stone is the largest factor in the stone industry at the present time. In 1907, owing particularly to the great increase in the building of macadam roads, the total value of crushed stone exceeded that of exterior building stone, and the excess in value has been increasing almost continuously ever since. The following are among the organizations interested in the promotion of products allied with these industries; as a representative of the industrial activities there exists the International Union of Bricklayers, Masons and Plas- terers, which is a trade union for advancing the interests of its members. 2Gl Inter-State Stone Manufacturers' Association Incorporated 1913 under the laws of the state of Ohio, not for profit Acting Secretary: Claude Clark, Columbus, Ohio. Formed to promote, and increase the use of stone. Standards: (a) Has formulated standards for numbers and sizes of aggregates of broken stone, which, it is stated, will appear in new specifications of the State Highway Department of Ohio. 202 The National Association of Sand and Gravel Producers And other associations exist which are interested in the production and use of rough and broken stone, sand, gravel and other “builders’ supplies.” These will be referred to as their work toward standardization of materials or practice comes to our notice. Serial No. 2 (e) Properties of Lime-Cement — Sand Mortars. It has become general practice to add small quantities of hydrated lime to cement mortars, either for plastering or masonry in order to make them work more freely. It is desirable to know just what effect this lime has on the properties of the mortar. A large number of mortars of varying propor- tions of the three ingredients have been tested for com- pressive and tensile strengths when stored in air or under water, expansion, adhesion to brick and plasticity. — From Report Bureau of Standards, 1916, \\ia. (/) Hydrated Lime in Concrete. Hydrated lime, in small amounts, is being added to a great deal of the concrete now being used for various reasons. It is important to know how such an addition will affect the properties of the concrete. At the request of the Bureau an advisory committee, composed of engineers, contractors, and lime and cement manufacturers, has helped to plan an exhaus- tive research on this subject. It is hoped to determine (1) what proportion of hydrated lime is best for different kinds of concrete, (2) whether or not there is a difference in the behavior of high calcium and high magnesian hydrate, and (3) what effect hydrated lime has on the following properties of concrete: compressive strength, segregation of aggregate, adhesion to reinforcement, resistance to abrasion, resistance to sea water, expansion, absorption of water, and permeability to water. — From Report Bureau of Standards, 1916, 1A2 a. (For other references see “Waterproofing and Damp- proofing,”! D, and “Metal, Plastic, and other Products,” Serial No. 1 1.) Sand and Gravel 203 Information Obtainable (a) The U. S. Geological Survey has issued many bulletins (2 Aid and g) dealing with rubble and range rock, broken stone, sand, gravel and other structural materials to be found in various parts of the country. Specific information will be furnished by the Journal or the publications may be had upon application, to the Director. (See 2A1.) (/>) See chapters on “Stone” in “Mineral Resources of the U. S.” for each year (2A1 c and d). (c) “Production of Glass Sand, Other Sand, and Gravel in 1909” (includes numerous analyses): “Mineral Resources of the U. S.” for 1909, E. F. Burchard. Pt. 2, 1911, pp. 519-542. (d) See also chapters on “Sand and Gravel” in “Mineral Resources of the U. S.” for each year (aAir and d). (e) For the relative value of various aggregates, including round- and sharp-grained sands, gravels and other materials and proper methods for testing aggregates see Techologic Paper No. 58 referred to in 1E4 m. if) For specific information on roads and road materials, apply to the Journal. (See also iDi/>, 1E9, and 2B6.) For masonry and foundations, see also 1C1 and 1C2. For waterproofing and dampproofing, see iD and 11C2. For broken stone, sand, and gravel in concrete and for concrete foundations, see 1E4, 5 and 6. 2C4 Other References ( a ) “A Treatise on Masonry Construction,” Ira O. Baker. (, b ) “Masonry,” Malverd A. Howe. (1 c ) “The American Civil Engineers’ Pocket Book,” M. Merriman. Masonry, Foundations, Earthwork, Highway Engineering. (d) “Kidder’s Pocket Book,” 1916. (e) “Building Construction and Superintendence,” F. E. Kidder. Part x. Masons’ Work. (/) “The Building Estimators, Reference Book,” F. A. Walker. (g) “Design of Walls, Bins and Grain Elevators,” M. S. Ketchum. (ti) "The Building Trades Handbook,” Masonry Construction. ( j ) "Standard Specifications,” J. C. Ostrup. (k) “Handbook of Cost Data,” H. B. Gillette. (/) “Strength of Materials,” Edward R. Maurer. (m) “A Practical Treatise on Foundations,” W. M. Patton. ( n ) “The Building Mechanics’ Ready Reference,” H. S. Richey. Stone and Brick Masons’ Edition. 23 Vol. I, 1917 STRUCTURAL SERVICE BOOK (o) Rock Excavating and Blasting, J. J. Cosgrove. ( p ) “Trautwine’s Civil Engineer’s Pocket Book.” (?) “Highway Construction,” A. J. Byrne and A. E. Phillips. (See also 2J Stone in General.) 2G5 Practice Recommended by Various Authorities (See also Serial No. I, C, D, and E) By American Railway Engineering Association (1A9/): (a) “Waterproofing of Masonry.” By National Board of Fire Underwriters (Serial No. 3): ( b ) “Building Code Recommended,” 1915 — Part VI, “Walls,” pp. 34-50, 86; Part XXVI, “Chimneys, Flues and Heating Appar- atus,” pp. 173-184. (c) “Dwelling Houses, A Code of Suggestions for Construction and Fire Protection,” 1916 — Part III, “Walls,” pp. 21-31; Part VI, “Chimneys, Flues, Smoke pipes and Fireplaces,” pp. 50-64. By N. F. P. A. (Serial No. 3): ( d ) “Specifications for Construction of a Standard Building,” in which is stated “The construction of buried footings is not con- sidered a part of these specifications; retaining wails, if built of stone, must be plastered on the exposed side with )<* inch of cement mortar,” and “If cap-stones are used, they shall be pro- tected against fire by 4 inches of fireproofing,” no other reference to stone being permitted in a “Standard Building.” By American Society for Testing Materials (1A4A: (r) “Tentative Standard Method for Form of Specifications for Cer- tain Commercial Grades of Broken Stone,” Serial designation D35-16. (/) For certain practice recommended with reference to roadwork see 2C3/. 2C6 Standards Adopted By Navy Department, U. S. A.: (a) Specifications for “Concrete and Mortar and Materials for (cement not included),” Serial designation 59C2r, adopted February 1, 1916, copies of which can be obtained upon application to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, Navy Department, Wash- ington, provide for Sand for Concrete, Sand for Mortar, Broken Stone, Gravel, Lime-cement-mortar. By American Railway Engineering Association: (i) “Standard Specifications for Stone Masonry” (1A9/), containing Classification of Masonry, Definitions, Cement (same as iE7a), General Requirements, Bridge and Retaining-Wall Masonry, Ashlar Stone, Rubble Stone, Arch Masonry, Dry Masonry. By American Society for Testing Materials (iA4<-): (c) “Standard Sand,” mentioned in “Specifications and Tests for Portland Cement,” Serial designation C9-17. ( d ) “Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Materials for Roads and Pavements,” Serial designation D8-15. (r) The A. S. T. M. has issued a considerable number of standard tests and methods in connection with macadam rock, broken stone, bituminous and other materials used in roadwork, under the Serial designation D. (iAqr and e.) By Inter-State Stone Manufacturers’ Association: (/) Numbers and sizes for aggregates of broken stone (2Cla). For reference to lack of Standards with respect to the “perch” and other forms of measurement, see 2J8. 2Di Stone: For Building and Decoration ( a ) The development of the stone industry in the United States is fostered and encouraged by the U. S. Geological Survey. In the effective quarrying and methods of production the Bureau of Mines cooperates with the Survey and with the producers. The Bureau of Stan- dards likewise cooperates with all. (See Mr. Burchard’s article under 2A1.) An awakening is now taking place to the importance of a better understanding of the kinds of stones to be used in buildings and the best method to be employed for their finish and setting. To quote from “Stone in 1915” (lAic): “There has been a tendency by some producers to market only stone of the finest quality, even for mediocre uses, instead of conserving resources and using second- or third-class stone where the highest degree of appearance is not demanded. Stone rated as second or third class in appearance may be the equal of first-class stone in strength and durability, a statement well supported by the fact that stones now regarded as inferior in appearance have been exposed in buildings of the older cities of the country for as much as 50 or even 100 years without appreciable evidence of deterioration. Exposure for such periods is the most reliable of all tests of building stone. “Another fact worth mention here is that the settling of dust and smoke upon the surface of light-colored stone soon obscures its original color so that there is no appre- ciable difference in appearance between first-class and second-class stone. If more consideration were given to the probable appearance of a building after it is a few years old than to its appearance when it is new, the cost of the stone could probably be lessened without impairing its durability in the least.” With reference to stone for building and other purposes the publications of the U. S. Geological Survey are numer- ous and complete. Besides treating of all stone produced annually in chapters on stone in “Mineral Resources oi the U. S.” (2Aic), these chapters are issued separately for earlier distribution. Some of the bulletins and other docu- ments pertaining to particular stone industries or localities are mentioned under the various subdivisions of stone and under “Stone in General.” It is quite impossible to list the publications of the various state geologists (2A2) the names and addresses of which organizations may be had upon application to the Journal. 2Ei Granite (For name and address of Secretary of recently organized National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc., see 12L23) In 1915, the granite production of the United States was valued at $17,864,000, divided as follows (by millions) : Building 4.7, monumental 4.87, paving 2.35, crushed 3.82, the balance in curbing, flagging, rubble and riprap. Importations, $144,382. In connection with this industry there exist the fol- lowing national and locality organizations: 2E2 National Association of the Granite In- dustries of the United States Secretary: Robert D. Smith, 161 Devonshire St., Boston, Mass. It is the purpose of this organization to associate in a central body all persons, firms or corporations engaged in carrying on any department of the granite industry in any part of the United States. “The fact that there are three distinct divisions in the industry, viz., quarrying, manufacturing for building and paving work, and manufacturing for monumental pur- poses, is recognized, but inasmuch as neither of these divisions can conduct business without relations with one of the other two divisions, it is considered imperative that all three divisions be comprehended in this organization, provision being made so that the specific values and rights of each department may be preserved.” 2E3 The Granite Manufacturers' Association of Bar re, Vermont Secretary: Harold P. Hinman, Barre, Vt. Consists of over 97 per cent of the quarry owners and manufacturers in the Barre granite center, to promote the best interests of the Barre granite industry. Cooperates Serial No. 2 24 Yol. I, 1917 S ERI AL NO 2 with the Quarry Owners’ Association in a campaign to increase the volume of sales and to improve the quality of memorial and building work. Publications: (a) A house organ known as “Barre Granite” for distribution to mem- bers and discussion of the affairs of the Association. 2E4 Other locality granite associations, concerning whose activities and publications we have not heard, exist in Hardwick, Vt., Milford, N. H., Concord, N. H., Quincy, Mass., and Westerly, R. I. 2 E5 Information Obtainable (A to K, U. S. Geological Survey. To obtain, see 2A1.) (a) “The Granite Industry of the Penobscot Bay District, Maine,” G. O. Smith. Bulletin No. 260, pp. 489-492, 1905. (Exhausted.) (. b ) “Recent work on New England Granites," T. N. Dale. Bulletin No. 315J, pp. 356-359, 1907- , . _ ( c ) “The Granites of Maine,” T. N. Dale. Bulletin No. 313, 202 pp., 1907. 3? cents. p/) “The Chief Commercial Granites of Massachusetts, New Hamp- shire, and Rhode Island,” T. N. Dale. Bulletin No. 334, 228 pp., 1908. (f) “The Granites of Vermont,” T. N. Dale. Bulletin No. 404, 138 pp., 1909. 20 cents. 2 Fi Marble The marble production from twenty-one states in the United States in 1915 was valued at $6, 738, 000, of which by far the largest part was used in building. Dressed Ver- mont marble appears to have averaged $3.20 per cubic foot, while Georgia undressed averaged $1.10, and Ten- nessee undressed, $1.79. Importations in 1915, $600,000. “Onyx” marble, or travertine, is quarried in small quantity annually. In 1915 the average price on the total output of 4,574 cubic feet, from Utah, Kentucky and New Mexico, was $4.21. Importations in 1915, $ 30,000 . In this industry there appears to be no national asso- ciation composed entirely of producers but there does exist the: 2F2 National Association of Marble Dealers Incorporated under the laws of New York, 1903 Secretary: Wm. A. Davis, 1328 Broadway, New York City. Confines its activities to interior marble and has pre- pared, adopted, and circulated a Code of Practice (2D7 a) governing conditions of estimating, awarding of contracts, grades of marble and workmanship. The membership includes practically all of the impor- tant dealers in the United States, exclusive of New York City and the Pacific coast; also includes quarriers, many of whom are finishers as well. In September, 1913, this Association entered into a five-year agreement (iDjb) with the Bricklayers’, Masons’ and Plasterers’ Union, establishing a standard wage rate throughout the country for the installation of marble, which warrants direct contracts between the architect, owner, or general contractor, and the marble dealer. The Association has indorsed the standard documents of the American Institute of Architects (iA8g) and looks forward to their more complete use as a solution of many controversies not now eliminated by the Code of Practice referred to. Publications: {a) “Code of Practice.” Adopted at the Annual Meeting in New York, November 11, 12, 1915. Copies furnished upon request. (, b ) “Agreement” (referred to above), copies of which may be had upon request. ( c ) Bulletins to members at frequent intervals. Serial No. 2 (/) "Supplementary Notes on the Granites of New Hampshire,” T. N. Dale. Bulletin No. 430, pp. 346-372, 1910. 60 cents. Of) “Granites of the Southeastern Atlantic States," T. L. Watson Bulletin No. 426, 282 pp., 1910. (A) Supplementary Notes on the Commercial Granites of Massachu- setts,” Bulletin No. 470, pp. 240-290, 1911. O') "The Granites of Connecticut,” T. N. Dale and H. E. Gregory. Bulletin No. 484, 137 pp., 1911. ( k ) “The Aberdeen Granite Quarry, near Gunnison, Colo.” J. F. Hunter. Bulletin No. 340, pp. 339-362, 1913. 45 cents. (/) See, also, chapters on “Stone” in “Mineral Resources of the U. S.” for each year (2A c and d). 2E6 Other References (See, also, 2j 4 and 5 ) (a) “History of the Granite Industry of New England,” Arthur W. Brayley. (A) For announcement of the purposes of the National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc., and list of members, see p. 201 in the Industrial Section. (r) For information concerning Milford granites, see Industrial Section, p. 202, Webb Pink Granite Co. 2E7 Practice Recommended by Various Authorities (For Mausoleum Specification, notes formulated by Presbrey-Coyken- dall Company, see Industrial Section, p. 203. 2F3 Information Obtainable (A to H, U. S. Geological Survey. To obtain, see 2A1.) (a) “Tennessee Marbles,” Arthur Keith. Bulletin No. 213, pp. 366- 370, 1903. (Exhausted.) (A) "Marble of White Pine County, Nev., near Gandy, Utah,” N. H. Darton. Bulletin No. 340G, pp. 377-380, 1908. (r) “Marble in Chiricahua Mountains, Arizona,” D. Siney Paige. Bulletin No. 380, pp. 299-311, 1909. 40 cents. (d) "Variegated Marble Southeast of Calera, Shelby County, Ala.,” Charles Butts. Bulletin No. 470, pp. 237-239, 191 1. (e) “The Commercial Marbles of Western Vermont,” T. N. Dale Bulletin No. 321, 170 pp., 1912. (/) “Ornamental Marble near Barstow, Cal.,” Robert W. Pack Bulletin No. 340, pp. 363-368, 1913. 43 cents. Of) “The Calcite Marble and Dolomite of Eastern Vermont,” T. N. Dale. Bulletin No. 389, 67 pp. 1913. (A) See also chapter on “Stone” in “Mineral Resources of the U. S.,“ for each year (2Ac and d). The Bureau of Mines is investigating problems connected with the mining and technology of various building stones. The following will be found descriptive of the production of this building material: ( j ) “The Technology of Marble Quarrying.” Bull. No. 106 (2A3A). 2F4 Terrazzo Floors and Marble Floors (a) An interesting series of papers treating of same, with suggested specifications, by Charles A. Marsh, Ernest L. Hesse, Carl C. Holloway and David C. Trott, contained in Journal of the Society of Constructors of Federal Buildings (2A4 a) for Novem- ber, 1914. See, also, “A Recent Experience with Terrago Work,” listed under 11D4/, and other references of interest under 1 1 D4. 2 F 5 Other References (See, also, 2j 4 and 5) . (a) “Marble and Marble Workers,” W. S. Renwick. (A) “Notes on Domestic White Building Marble ” Topic 1081, Bulle- tin of Building Data League (2A3). 2F6 Current Activities The National Association of Marble Dealers is investi- gating the entrance of finished foreign marble into this country free of duty, and has established arbitration methods for settling disputes as to the grades and work- manship of marble. (See “Code of Practice,” 2F2 a.) Vo!. I, 1917 25 STRUCTURAL SERVICE BOOK 2Gi Limestone Limestone was produced in the United States, in 1915, to the value of about $35,000,000. Pennsylvania, Ohio, Indiana, New York, Illinois, Missouri, Michigan and Virginia led in the order named, with productions of over $ 1,000,000 . Only about $3,000,000 of this total repre- sents building stone, the balance (in millions) being used largely for flux 9.6, concrete 5.3, ballast 3.6, and road metal 8.16. Large quantities were also used in the mak- ing of cement. The average price per cubic foot for rough building stone dropped from 21 cents per cubic foot in 1914 to 17 cents in 1915, while the average for dressed stone dropped in the same period from 52 cents per cubic foot to 47 cents. Much work is being done by producers toward improv- ing the conditions of production, sale, and transportation. - — -Notes from “Stone in 1915.” 2G2 Indiana Limestone Quarry men s Asso- ciation Secretary: R. M. Richter, Bedford, Indiana. A voluntary organization of producers of limestone formed for the purpose of diffusing information about this material and its applications and for promoting its greater use. It is understood that this Association will take up officially the question of recommendations or specifications for the setting of limestone and will welcome the suggestions or comments of architects. (See letter from Secretary under Practice Recommended, 2G6.) Publications: (a) “Indiana Limestone,” Vol. I. (See 2G5 b for later issues.) 203 Bedford Stone Club Auxiliary Secretary. R. M. Richter, Bedford, Indiana. Organized to bring about better conditions in the limestone trade as between the cut-stone contractor in this district and the general contractors throughout the country. Publishes a circular enunciating these principles. 204 Information Obtainable (A to J, U. S. Geological Survey. To obtain, see 2A1.) (a) “The Limestone Quarries of Eastern New York, Western Vermont, Massachusetts, and Connecticut,” H. Ries. Seventeenth Annual Report, pt. 3 (continued), pp. 795-811, 1896. 2Hi Sandstone The production of sandstone in 1915 was valued at about $6,000,000, of which about $1,400,000 was in build- ing stone, the balance representing ganister, paving, curb- ing, flagging and rubble. 2H2 “Blue stone" “The figures of production for bluestone, most of which is quarried in southeastern New York and northeastern Pennsylvania, are included in those of sandstone. This stone is used chiefly for flagging, for curbing, and for sills, lintels, steps, and house copings. “The bluestone trade, like other branches of the stone industry, is said to have suffered through lack of organiza- tion and cooperation on the part of producers and lack of insistence on the use of only first-class material where such material alone could give satisfaction.” “Stone in 1915.” Serial No. 2 (i) “The Bedford Oolitic Limestone of Indiana,” T. C. Hopkins and C. E. Siebenthal. Eighteenth Annual Report, pt. 5 (continued), pp. 1050-1057, 1897. (r) “The Bedford Oolitic Limestone (Indiana),” C. E. Siebenthal. Nineteenth Annual Report.pt. 6 (continued), pp. 292-296, 1898. (d) “Limestones of Southwestern Pennsylvania,” F. G. Clapp. Bulle- tin No. 249, 52 pp., 1905. ( e ) “Cement Materials and Industry of the Linked States,” E. C. Eckel. Bulletin No. 243, 395 pp., 1905. (Treats of limestone.) 65 cents. (/) “Limestone and Dolomite in the Birmingham District, Alabama,” Charles Butts. Bulletin No. 31 5G, pp. 247-255, 1907. Of) “Oolitic Limestone at Bowling Green and Other Places in Ken- tucky,” J. H. Gardener. Bulletin No. 430, pp. 373-378, 1910. 60 cents. (, h ) “The Oolitic I.imestone Industry at Bedford and Bloomington, Ind.,” J. A. Udden. Bulletin No. 430, pp. 335-345, 1910. 60 cents. ( j ) “Portland Cement Materials and Industry of the United States,” Bulletin No. 522, 401 pp. (Treats of limestone.) (k) “Some Notes and Letters on Bedford Stone,” Fremont B. Ward. In Journal of the Society of Constructors of Federal Buildings (2A4«), November, 1914. (/) “Report of the Committee on Stone Inquiry,” referred to under 2J4/ and g, treats of limestone. 205 Other References (See, also, 2J4 and 5) (a) “Indiana Limestone” being Vol. 1, now current, the first of a series to be issued by the Indiana Limestone Quarrymen’s Association (2G24). ( b ) For later issues of “The Indiana Limestone Library” and for “Condensed Information” on Limestone, see Industrial Section, p. 145 of the Indiana Limestone Quarrymen's Association. 205 Practice Recommended by Various Authorities (January 31, 1917) “In connection with specifications to cover the setting of Indiana limestone, we have to suggest the following: ‘“The Indiana Limestone to be plastered on the back with ^ inch of lime-mortar — rake out all joints on face to avoid spawling, point up at completion with equal parts of non-staining cement and clean white sand.’ “It is our further opinion, however, that it would be advisable to apply on the back of the stone one heavy coat of hot asphalt before plastering same; also, as a precaution against staining, we would advise that the walls of the building be covered each night and at all times during cessation of work, in order that rain, snow or frost may be prevented from getting into the brick wall, causing possible discoloration by reason of same.” (Signed) Indiana Limestone Quarrymen’s Association (For later and further practice recommended, see Indus- trial Section, p. 145.) 2H3 “Flagstone" This is a name very commonly misapplied. In certain sections of the country, notably in Pennsylvania, where bluestone is largely used for sills, steps, copings, paving of terraces, garden walks and other purposes where rough- ness of texture is sought or smoothness is not a desidera- tum, it is commonly designated as “flagstone.” This should be considered as referring to the treatment rather than the stone, for to the trade this means any good blue- stone or other sandstone, ranging in color Irom gray through a blue-gray to a purplish tint, which has natural split surfaces on the flat exposure and bed and the thick- ness of which runs within the limitation of about to 4 inches. Above this thickness it becomes bluestone stock. 26 Vol. I, 1917 SERIAL NO. 2 2H4 Information Obtainable (a, b, c, U. S. Geological Survey. To obtain, see 2A1.) (a) "The Sandstones of Western Indiana,” T. C. Hopkins. Seven- teenth Annual Report, pt. 3, pp. 780-787, 1896. (b) “Brownstones of Pennsylvania,” T. C. Hopkins. Eighteenth Annual Report, pt. 5, pp. 1025-1043, 1897. 2Ji Stone in General “The stone industry as a whole has advanced with the development of the country in spite of severe competition with brick, Portland cement concrete, and certain other artificial stone products. The use of these materials has seriously affected the production of the lower grades of stone for foundations and to a less degree the production of building stone of higher grade, but it has had little or no effect on the use of monumental stone.” — “Stone in 191 5,” 2Aie. “The producers of building granite in the United States have an idea to try to interest the general public in granite, and will also work directly with architects and builders. “The ordinary man who builds knows little or nothing about stone and frequently he cannot tell one variety of stone from another. Truth compels the admission that a surprisingly large proportion of architects is also woefully ignorant concerning one of the most important materials of construction. These people need to be told, not once nor spasmodically, but constantly and convincingly, of the nature and physical characteristics of stone, of its eventual cheapness because of its durability, and of its beauty, fitness and adaptability for every kind of build- ing work. This is a task that does not belong to the individual quarry or stone mill, but to those associations that are formed to foster the interests of the entire trade.” — “Stone.” Representing the interests of the stone industry in general there are two large national organizations which contain many producers within their memberships. These are: 2J2 International Cut-Stone Contractors' and Quarry men s Association Secretary: Wm. A. Guthrie, 1 West 42ndSt., New York City. Holds an annual convention at which addresses are given and papers read concerning developments and prog- ress in the stone industry. Purposes, membership and publications not stated. 2J3 National Retail Monument Dealers' Association Secretary: Frank Mallon, Port Huron, Mich. Purpose is to elevate the standard of the trade and to en- courage the production of the best kinds of monu- mental work. At each annual convention an exhibition is held exemplifying the progress in granite, marble and bronze work. For the next meeting and exhibition in Phila- delphia, August, 1917, the cooperation of architects is to be invited. (A Code of Ethics was adopted. The Editor of the S. S. D. was privileged to address the meeting.) 2J 4 Information Obtainable ( a and b, U. S. Geological Survey. To obtain, see 2A1.) (a) “The Effects of the San Francisco Earthquake and Fire on Various Structures and Structural Materials, Richard L. Humphrey. Serial No. 2 (r) Sandstone is discussed in "Structural Materials Available near Minneapolis,” in Bulletin No. 430, 1910. 60 cents. ( d ) The Ohio State Survey, Prof. J. A. Bownocker, State Geologist Columbus, Ohio, has published a bulletin on "Building Stones” in which sandstone is referred to. (e) “Report of the Committee on Stone Inquiry” referred to under 2j4£ touches on sandstone. (/) See, also, references under 2J4 and 2J5. Bulletin No. 324 of the U. S. Geological Survey, 1907. Pp. 14-61 50 cents. Also pp. 62-130 in same, “The Effect of the San Fran- cisco Earthquake on Buildings, Engineering Structures and Structural Materials,” J. S. Sewell. The next following Bulletin also deals with the effect of fire on building stone. (b) “The Fire-Resistive Properties of Various Building Materials,” Richard L. Humphrey. Bulletin No. 370, U. S. Geological Sur- vey, 99 pp., 1909. 30 cents. (c) In the annual report of the Chief of Ordinance, Watertown Arsenal, referred to under iBi£ will frequently be found results of tests on various building stones. 0 d ) There are some deposits of building stone within the state of Mississippi that are worthy of consideration. These are de- scribed in Bulletin No. 12 recently issued by the Mississippi State Geological Survey, E. N. Lowe, director. () Slope. — Slate makes a good roof if of good quality and properly watched. It breaks easily and cannot be walked on without damage to the slate. Tile of good quality gives good results. It is not so tight as slate, but does not break easily. It has architec- tural value and its use is growing with improvement in the product and in the variety of colors. Slate and tile of suitable quality, properly protected and fastened, can be recommended on roofs with a pitch of six (6) inches to the foot or over, where expense is not the governing feature, and where they aid in producing the desired architectural effect, except that where there is much chance of driving snow, eight (8) inches to the foot should be the flattest slope allowed. (Committee on Build- ings, American Railway Engineering Association, \A.qe.) (c) Flat Surfaces. — Slate is being much used for flat roofs and for terrace paving, garden walks and similar purposes. For concrete underfills for latter uses see 1E9 and for a suggested flat roof treatment see “Standard Specifications for Use over Concrete” as put forth by the North Bangor Slate Company in collaboration with the Barrett Manufacturing Company, printed on page 204 of the Industrial Section. (d) By the National Board of Fire Underwriters (Serial No. 3): “Building Code Recommended,” 1915. Part XV. “Roofs and Roof Structures.” Pp. 102-108. (e) By the National Board of Fire Underwriters (Serial No. 3): “Dwelling Houses, A Code of Suggestions for Construction and Fire Protection,” 1916. Part IV “Roofings, Approved Fire-Resistive Materials for. P. 135. 2K7 General Standards (a) Roofing Slate — Navy Department Specifications. Serial designation 59 Si> February 1, 1915. General: (1) Slate shall be of the dimensions specified, not less than ^ inch thick, best quality, uniform in size, color, texture, and composition; sound, dark blue or black, or other color desired. Tails and edges shall be cut square and true. Nail-holes shall be drilled and countersunk for the heads of nails. Slate shall be free from warped sur- faces, quartz ribbons, or quartz particles, and the presence Serial No. 2 of injurious carbonates and sulphides shall be cause for rejection. Where unfading slate is desired, or the slate is to be exposed to acid fumes, slates which effervesce with hydrochloric acid applied as follows shall be rejected: Hydrochloric acid having a specific gravity of about 1.20 at 6o°F. or about 38 per cent of absolute acid is to be diluted so that 60 per cent by volume of the diluted acid shall be water. This acid is to be applied to the freshly broken edges of the slate. Trade Name: (2) Bidders shall state trade name of slate, name and locality of quarry, and, where required, submit sample of the slate which they propose to furnish. Note. — Copies of the above specifications can be obtained upon application to the various Navy pay offices or to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, Navy Department, Washington, D. C. (3A141.) (/>) Of Measurement and Size of Roofing Slate . — Roofing slate is sold in the United States by the “square,” a “square” being a sufficient number, of pieces of slate of any size to cover 100 square feet of roof, with allowance generally for a 3-inch lap. The size of the pieces of slate making up a square ranges from 7 by 9 inches to 16 by 24 inches, and the number of pieces in a square ranges from 85 to 686, according to the size of the pieces. The ordi- nary thickness of a piece is from l /% to ^ inch, and the approximate weight per square is about 650 pounds. — From “Mineral Resources of the U. S.,” 1915, iA.\d. (r) Of Laying Cost of Roofing Slate . — “The square is also the basis on which the cost of laying is measured. ‘Eaves, hips, valleys, and cuttings against walls or dormers are measured extra; 1 foot wide by their whole length, the extra charge being made for waste material and the increased labor required in cutting and fitting. Openings less than 3 square feet are not deducted, and all cuttings around them are measured extra. Extra charges are also made for borders, figures, and any change of color of the work and for steeples, towers, and perpendicular sur- faces.’ ” — From “Kidder’s Pocket Book,” 1916. P. 1499. 2K8 Current Comment (a) “The U. S. Geological Survey in ‘Stone in 1915’ says: ‘For several years slate has suffered from competi- tion with artificial roofing materials, which have been aggressively advertised, and from the increasing number of factories, dwellings, schools, and other buildings that have been built with flat roofs. Some slate-producers complain that there is a general apathy on the part of slate companies in meeting these conditions; that inade- quate advertising of slate is largely responsible for the inroads made by well-advertised artificial materials; and that the failure of companies to cooperate in promoting its development has allowed the slate industry to remain nearly stationary or to decline, while other competing industries have made substantial progress.’” (, b ) Graduated and Variegated Roofing . — A decided impetus has in recent years been given the roofing slate industry through the activities of a few resourceful pro- ducers who have cooperated with some architects in pro- curing roofs distinctive in this country though happily to be found in abundance in Europe. There, as here, the effect desired is obtained by utilizing to the full the materials with which the quarries abound including the largest range of color and varying sizes and thicknesses. Naturally, however, the cost of production, transporta- tion and laying increases the cost of the roof but not out of proportion to the effect desired. Notes pertaining to this kind of roofing as the “Old English Method” will be found in “Kidder’s Pocket Book,” 1916, page 1498. (e) As applicable also to slate, see “Selling Stone by Sample” 2J10. Vol. I, 1917 3° Serial No. 3 FIRE-PREVENTION AND -PROTECTION ISSUE Section I. Fire-resistive Materials INTRODUCTION (Written for the Structural Service Book, Vol. I) Considerations looking toward the safeguarding of life and health in addition to the protection of property are constantly receiving fuller attention from all agencies work- ing for the reduction of the fire-hazard. This is evident from the addresses and discussions at meetings and from the committee reports, code sugges- tions, technical letters, regulations, standards and publica- tions of many of the organizations mentioned in this and the next two Serial Numbers, 4 and 5, of this book. Such a tendency, corroborating the statement of Dean Pound of the Harvard Law School that “the greatest thought of this century is the transference of value from property to humanity,” is also apparent in some of the work and publications of the National Government and of the states and municipalities. The first known list of all agencies working toward improvement in structural materials and methods and toward higher ideals in the sheltering of humanity appears in the “ Contents ” to this book. The work of compiling this has emphasized anew the necessity for a greater coordina- tion of all these activities and for a fuller cooperation between all forces in what we have chosen to call the field of Structural Service. In the absence of a centralized National administrative department to control the people’s building policy in all its varying phases, interest naturally centers upon those branches of the Government which perform functions related to this field. These also are listed under the “ Con- tents .” The accomplishments of states and municipalities which manifest themselves through building, sanitary and other codes are referred to not only in this serial number, but throughout the Book, and are listed as fully as possible within the limitations of the “General Index.” As of further interest in this connection, read the ad- dresses and discussions on “Districting, Housing and Build- ing Regulations, National and State Codes” in the Proceed- ings of the nineteenth annual meeting of the National Fire Protection Association, pages 294-323 and “A National Building Policy” in Construction for June, July, and August, 1917. Of significance, also, is Circular No. 75 of the Bureau of Standards entitled “Safety for the Household” issued Jan. 10, 1918, which contains 126 pages of important suggestions including those on “The Fire-Hazard in the House.” CONTENTS Having in the January and February numbers covered foundational requirements in concrete and stone, and in cement and lime of our composite building or typical structure, and having in the same issues treated of the steel and iron work and of the concrete and stonework, our progress in the erection of such a building now reaches the third of the twelve stages and brings us to the point where the enclosing walls with their facings (other than stone), the floors, partitions and some roofings may now be con- sidered, and the skeleton of the structure be brought near completion. These forms of construction cover a wide range of materials and devices, and to simplify the classification they will be divided as follows: March, Serial No. 3, “Fire-resistive Materials;” April, Serial No. 4, “General Building Construction;” May, Serial No. 5, “Wood,” all forms and uses. All electrical features pertaining to fire- and safety- hazards will be referred to under Serial No. 6. “Electricity,” and similarly gas features will be referred to under Serial No. 7, “Gas.” MARCH, 1917 INDEX TO SUBJECTS TREATED IN THIS ISSUE 3A U. S. Navy Department. 3A2 Architects and Fire-Prevention. 3A3 National Fire Protection Association. 3A4 National Board of Fire Underwriters. 3A6 Underwriters’ Laboratories. 3A7 Associated Factory Mutual Fire Insur- ance Companies. 3C Other Agencies Concerned with Fire-re- sistive Materials. 3D Terra Cotta, Hollow Tile, and Brick. 3D5 Metal Lath, Gypsum, Asbestos, and Wired Glass. 3El Reports on Buildings under Fire. 3E2 Reports on Fire-Tests of Materials. 3F Fi re-Tests by U. S. Bureau of Standards. (The Fire-Prevention and -Protection issue, with the Section on General Building Construction, will be con- cluded in April, Serial No. 4.) 31 Serial No. 2 Vol. I, 1917 STRUCTURAL SERVICE BOOK Fire-Resistive Materials Section 3Ai Navy Department, U. S. A. State, War and Navy Building, Washington, D. C. No division of the National Government is more con- cerned with the protection of metal and wood and the prevention of fire than is the Navy Department, because of its control of floating equipment. In this, especially when not in contact with land, the means to control and fight fires is self-contained and must be the utmost in availability and efficiency. The Navy also has control over a large amount of construction on land, as well as at sea, and frequently in combination, so that its functions with respect to con- struction are divided. Standards: (a) For the use of the Government, specifications have been prepared by Boards on Uniform Specifications, representing the Treasury, War and Navy Departments. The “Specifications for Plumbing Fixtures, etc.,” prepared by the Board on Uniform Plumbing Specifications, are described under 9A1. (b) Researches and investigations in connection with materials are constantly being conducted by all the technical bureaus of the Navy, either individually or in cooperation, and at the various navy-yards. The results are not usually made public, but the conclusions drawn therefrom are utilized in the frequent revisions of the “Navy Department Specifications” relative to each material or industry affected, which are issued through the — 3Ala Bureau of Supplies and Accounts Publications (1): ‘‘Index to Specifications Issued by the Navy Department for Naval Stores and Material ” This is revised quarterly and is received by the Structural Service Department through the courtesy of the Bureau. (2) Navy Department Specifications: These are printed and issued by the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts as standards which obtain in securing estimates or hav- ing materials furnished or work done for all branches of the Navy. Copies of the Index (1), and of the specifications when in stock, may be obtained upon application to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, Navy Department, Washington, D. C. 3Aib Bureau of Construction and Repair 3Aic Bureau of Yards and Docks Publication : Bulletin, “Public Works of the Navy,” under the cognizance of the Bureau of Yards and Docks and the Corps of Civil Engineers, U. S. Navy, issued quarterly. Described under 8A1 . Reference throughout the Structural Service Book will be found to the important work and conclusions of these two Bureaus of the Navy. The administration and organ- ization of the Bureau of Yards and Docks, the duties of which Bureau comprise all that relates to the design and construction of public works, including all buildings for whatever purpose needed under the Navy and Marine Corps, will be found described under 8A. 3A2 Architects and Fire-Prevention Architects and engineers should from the inception of their work maintain the closest cooperation with the forces organized to bring about a better understanding of those requirements in construction and occupancy which make for a lessening of the risk of loss in the capital invested in the insurance business. Entirely aside from those ethical considerations, which will always seek the safety of the occupants and the pro- tection of the structure and its surroundings, it should be borne in mind that insurance premiums are in reality a tax levied in the endeavor to stabilize the investment of capital upon which all industry depends. It is a simple proposition that the less the loss, the less the tax; the less the cooperation at the inception, by those charged with building construction with those administer- ing the tax, the greater the subsequent cost due to rein- spection, alteration or readjustment, irrespective of eventual loss. Therefore, besides observing all local building ordi- nances, the standards and other publications of the various authorities and controlling agencies hereafter described should be followed as closely as possible, and even when this be done, the local underwriters should in every case be consulted and their comment and suggestions obtained before construction is contracted for or work commenced. The Editor has the assurance of many local boards of underwriters (which, as pointed out by Mr. Woolson in his description of the National Board, have no connection therewith), and it has also been his invariable experience that these opportunities to discuss conditions before con- tracts are let, instead of afterward when vexatious and perhaps costly changes may be requisite to serve the best interests of the owner and of the community, are wel- comed — never discouraged. (For Cooperation see and 3G2.) 3 A 3 National Fire-Protection Association Secretary: Franklin H. Wentworth, 87 Milk Street, Boston. Publications: (See pages 43, 44, for detailed list.) Standards and literature on varied phases of building construction, fire-prevention and -protection, and on other matters of great importance and value to architects, engineers, constructionists and public-spirited citizens generally are issued as listed on pages 43, 44, under a special classified 3A3 extension index with other publications for members, prices and detailed information. Among them are: “Standard Regulations for Fire-Protection and the Safeguarding of Hazards.” “Suggested State Laws for Regulating Fire-Hazards.” “Suggested Municipal Ordinances for Regulating Fire-Hazards,” which have also been adopted by, and are the official standards of, the National Board of Fire Underwriters. Serial No. 3 Organized 1895 Of the above publications those of especial significance to architects and constructionists will be referred to under each industry, material, or subdivision in this and other issues of the Journal. Many of these will be found, through use, to save much time, trouble and duplication of effort on the part of Architects and others, as well as to afford the satisfaction of having contributed toward the general adoption of standards, so valuable when measured by results obtained. Purposes , Standards and Membership: The National Fire-Protection Association has two func- tions. One is to make the “standards” under guidance of which the fire waste may be checked; the other is to edu- 32 Vol. I, 1917 SERIAL NO. 3 cate the people in the observance of those standards and point out the grievous economic penalties for ignoring them . The character of these standards, rules and require- ments is shown by the list of publications printed on pages 43 and 44. The standards are made by the representatives of the membership organizations, included in which is the American Institute of Architects and 128 others. These representatives are men selected for expertness in one form or another of all phases of building construction or fire-prevention engineering, and serve the Association without pay. There is no public effort in the history of the nation to which there has been so freely given, over so long a period, any more of expert thought and painstaking technical investigation than to the National Fire-Pro- tection Association. This work of compiling and revising standards cover- ing explosives, gases, oils, electric wiring, fire appliances and all methods of construction must continue indefinitely. It is a work for experts and commands the services of those members having not only technical education but wide, practical experience in their special callings. These men meet throughout the year, having member- ship on various committees in the Association, of which there are a large number constantly at work. Those whose activities are of especial significance in connection with building construction are: The Committee on Fire-Resistive Construction , which is composed mainly of engineers and architects with Ira H. Woolson as Chairman, some five years ago decided to establish requirements of construction suited to buildings of the greatest fire-resistance and to define a “Standard Building” applicable to any occupancy, leaving, as much as possible, the details of construction for special occupancy and special use or hazard to be determined later as modi- fications of these standard requirements. This resulted in the publication of “Specifications for Construction of a Standard Building” (3^3^31), which “Standard” has served as a model or framework for the application of the various standard forms of construction adopted by the Association. The Committee later drafted recommendations for forms of construction adapted to buildings of special use, including dwelling houses, and at the Convention in 1916 submitted specifications for a structure of the executive administration type known as “Office Building.” This report of the Committee has been published as “Specifica- tions for Construction of Office Building Grade” (A) and is listed under 3A3#3 i. 3C7 National Building Brick Bureau , Inc. Secretary -Manager: Theo. A. Randall, 21 1 Hudson St., Indianapolis, Ind. Publications: Pamphlets and reprints, entitled “Build with Brick,” and others. Its chief purpose is to advocate the advantages and eventual economy of brick and substantial building con- struction and to encourage a greater use of brick in struc- tural work of all kinds. Holds an annual meeting. Vol. I, 1917 SERIAL NO. 3 3C8 Building Brick Association of America Secretary: H. J. Lee, 40 W. 32c! St., New York. Organized six or seven years ago for the purpose of providing publicity for the brick business and was sup- ported by brick manufacturers. A series of competitions were held through the medium of the Brickbuilder , and over one thousand plans were secured for brick houses. These were divided into three groups and published in three books, entitled: (a) “One Hundred Bungalows.” 50 cents. (, b ) “A House of Brick of Moderate Cost.” jo cents. (c) “A House of Brick for $10,000.” 25 cents. In addition to these a large amount of general litera- ture was published under the following titles: ( d ) “The Beauty of a Brick House.” 5 cents. (1 e ) “The Maintenance of a Brick House.” 5 cents. (/) “The Brick House Safe from Fire.” 5 cents. (g) “Brick or Frame: Which?” 5 cents. (h) “A Revolution in Building Materials.” 5 cents. (j ) “The Cost of a House — a Comparison between Brick, Wood, Cement and Hollow Block Construction,” J. Parker B. Fiske. 10 cents. Support was withdrawn to such an extent that this Association is now in the process of liquidation. In a sense it laid the foundation for the American Face Brick Asso- ciation, which has since been formed and is taking up some of the activities of the former. [Note. — A limited supply of the above publications remain, and copies may be had at the price given upon application to the Secretary.] 3C9 National Paving Brick Manufacturers' Association Secretary: Will P. Blair, Engineers Building, Cleveland, Ohio. Publications: (a) “Dependable Highways,” monthly, $1 a year. Purposes: Dissemination among its membership of technical knowledge relating to the manufacture of their product; to bring to the attention of the public the merits of vitri- fied brick as a paving material; to influence to the great- est possible extent the proper construction of brick streets; furnishing faithfully information regarding brick and other materials, and comparative values as pavements. Standards: ( b ) Specifications for the Construction of Vitrified Brick Street Pavements and Country Roads (furnished upon request), containing: (1) Green Concrete Foundation, (2) Sand-Cement Superfoundation, (3) Sand-Cushion Type. The preparation of these specifications is worthy of especial comment because of the evidence given that an organization expends effort and energy upon the develop- ment of the proper use of the material with which it is concerned and not alone upon the improvement of the material itself. 3C 10 Hollow Building Tile Manufacturers' Association of America. (Information not obtainable.) 3Cil The Associated Metal Lath Manufac- turers. Publicity Bureau, Swetland Building, Cleveland, Ohio. ZenasYt .Carter, Commissioner: Publications: (a) “Metal Lath Hand Book.” Copyrighted 1915. Bound in stiff cloth with 128 pages of text, detail drawings, and other illus- trations, together with notes on acoustics, specifications for plastering and other information. Includes results of tests and makes recommendations for the best methods of using metal lath in building construction. To obtain, and for outline of contents see Industrial Section pages 162-167. (See, also, 11D6A and m.) Purpose: To standardize the manufacture, use and sale of metal lath, so that the architect may be familiar with the grade, weight and type to specify for every kind of work, the contractor may know definitely what he must figure on, and the dealer will best know what materials to carry in stock. Has carried out fire-tests in the East and West to determine the value of metal-lath construction in com- parison with other materials for the same purpose, and has conscientiously endeavored to formulate the stan- dard construction drawings and specifications for the use of metal lath published in “Hand Book” ( a ). Elaborate tests of stucco and metal lath are now being made by the Bureau of Standards in which the Associa- tion is cooperating. (See 3E3£.) Progress report will soon be published of this and also of tests for soundproofing partitions and walls which are now being made at one of the great universities for this Association. (nD6c and d.) In reviewing its work less than two years ago, the Association saw that, while it was accomplishing a great good for the metal-lath industry, the vital need was to have immediate and reliable information regarding the prices quoted on metal lath, and the open-price plan was thereupon adopted. Each member notifies the office of the Association of any change in his quotations, and these are promptly bul- letined to the other members. This simple, fair and right exchange of true market information has cured the cancer of distrust, promoted intelligent competition and put the metal-lath industry on a higher plane. For list of component companies, for detail drawings and other information on the use of metal lath see Indus- trial Section, pages 162 to 167, inclusive. 3C 12 Gypsum Industries Association Reference under 11A18, 11C1 and iiD6w. 3C 13 Asbestos Manufacturing Associations Reference under 10A13 and 11A20. 3C 14 National Glass Distributors Association Reference under 12A8 and 12F1 a. 3D Terra Cotta, Hollow Tile and Brick (Pottery and soil-pipe later under Plumbing; also wall, note that “common” bricks figured to the quantity of floor and roof tile under Serial No. 1 1.) seven billion one hundred forty-six and a half million. The total value of all clay products marketed in 1915 Brick and tile continue to form approximately four was $163,120,232, included in which it is interesting to fifths and pottery one fifth of the total, though the pot- Serial No. 3 39 Vol. I, 1917 STRUCTURAL SERVICE BOOK tery products have been gradually increasing of late years. The most prominent features in the industries were (i) the large increase in production and the even larger increase in value of common brick in Cook County, 111 . The production in 1915 (739,173,000 brick) made it the rival of the New York portion of the Hudson River region, the output of Cook County being less in quantity by only 2,395,000 brick and greater in value by more than £1,000,000; (2) the large increase in production and value of fire-brick; (3) the increase in value of front-brick; (4) the large increase in value of clay products in Illinois and Pennsylvania; (5) the large decrease in value of sewer-pipe; and (6) the small increase in average price per thousand of common brick and the decrease in average price of other varieties of brick. Clay products, except the highest grade, are made principally for local consumption, every state being a producer of clay wares, their low value preventing trans- portation for any considerable distances. Hence none but the highest grades of ware, principally pottery, are im- ported, and the European war has had little direct effect on the brick and tile industries. (Notes from Clay-Work- ing Industries and Building Operations in the Larger Cities [3D ic].) 3Di Information Obtainable (a) The U. S. Geological Survey has issued a great many pamphlets and bulletins (2A id and g ) dealing with clay resources and various phases of the clay-working industry. Specific informa- tion will be furnished by the Journal or complete catalogue of all publications may be obtained as noted under 2A1. (i) See, also, chapters on “The Clay-Working Industries” in “Mineral Resources of the U. S.” (2A1 c) in which all phases are treated and complete statistics given annually. (r) The separate chapter for 1915 (lA\d) published December 22, 1916, is available and is entitled “Clay-Working Industries and Building Operations in the Larger Cities” — 46 pp. of valuable statistics. ( cc ) The U. S. Bureau of Mines (2A2) in its work on the technology of clays, has issued Bulletin 53, “Mining and Treatment of Feldspar and Kaolin in the Southern Appalachian Region,” and Bulletin 92, “Feldspars of the New England and Northern Appalachian States,” and Technical Paper 99, “Probable Effect of the War in Europe on the Ceramic Industries of the United States.” ( d ) In the “Annual Report of the Chief of Ordnance, Watertown Arsenal” (iBi£) will often be found results of tests on clay products. See also “Progress and Current Activities” (3D4) for tests by Bureau of Standards and others on clay products. (f) See “Report of Committee C3 on Standard Specifications for Brick: I, Building Brick, II, Paving Brick.” (The latter adopted as a standard), in “Proceedings” A. S. T. M. (iA 4), Vols. XIII, XIV and XV, containing results of tests and other data and suggestions concerning building brick. (/) “Practical Methods for Testing Refractory Fire-Brick,” C. E. Nesbit and M. L. Bell Pp. 349-378 “Proceedings” A. S. T. M., Vol.XVI.pt.il. (g) See American Ceramic Society for list of informative publications (3C1), (i), (c) and (d). Use (e) as finder for valuable papers and discussions published annually in The Transactions ( a ). (A) “Tests of Brick Columns and Terra Cotta Block Columns,” A. N Talbot and D. A. Abrams. 1909. 25 cents. University of Illinois Engineering Experiment Station (3C2«2); also “An Investiga- tion of built-up columns under load,” A. N. Talbot and H. F. Moore. 1 9 1 1 . 35 cts. (J) Journal of the Society of Constructors of Federal Buildings (2A4*). (1) “The Manufacture of Vitrified Brick,” C. B. Sullivan. November, 1914. (2) “Rough-Texture Brick: A Query,” J. A. Sutherland. May, 1916. (3) “Architectural Terra Cotta,” Thos. F. Armstrong. March, 1916. (k) "Notes on the Compressive Resistance of Fire-Stone, Brick Piers Hydraulic Cements, Mortars and Concretes, Gen. Q. A. Gilmore. (/) “Wall Construction” being Chapter XX of “F'ire-Prevention and Fire-Protection” by Joseph Kendall Freitag, treats of orna- mental terra cotta, with many construction details and notes, and of structural terra-cotta walls and brickwork. Serial No. 3 ( m ) See “Kidder’s Pocket Book:” (1) “Data on Bricks and Brickwork,” pp. 1454-1462. (2) “Terra Cotta, Hollow Tile and Brick” (see Index to Kidder's,). (») For brick construction and data see “Trautwine’s Civil Engineer’s Handbook.” (0) See “Building Construction and Superintendence,” F E. Kidder. Part 1, “Masons’ Work.” (1) “Bricks and Brickwork,” Chapter VII. (2) “Architectural Terra Cotta, Thomas Nolan. Chapter VIII. (3) “Form of Specifications (for all parts of a building) Including Architectural Terra Cotta and Brickwork,” Chapter XIII. (?) See “The Building Estimator’s Reference Book," Frank R. Walker. Sections on Terra Cotta, Hollow Tile and Brickwork. (?) See “Building Trades Handbook:” (1) “Brick Masonry.” (2) “Chimneys and Fireplaces.” (3) “Hollow-Tile Construction.” (r) See the nine publications of the Building Brick Association of America listed under 3C8. ( rr ) See “Hollow Tile Construction,” N. F. P. A. Quarterly (3A4A), Vol. 7, No. 1; and “Terra-cotta or Tile Blocks,” Vol. 4, No. 4. (s) Read “Standardizing Face Brick,” F. W. Donahoe, “Brick and Clay Record,” October 3, 1916. (sj) “The Development of the Ceramic Industries in the U. S.” A “communication” by A. V. Bleininger, presented before the Franklin Institute, Philadelphia, Nov. 2, 1916. (/) See “Brick Houses and How to Build Them,” Radford. (k) See “Practical Brick and Tile Book,” Dobson-Hammond. (v) See “Clays, Their Occurrence, Properties and Uses,” H. Ries. (w) Catalogue, Architectural Exhibition, 1913, St. Louis Architectural Club contains an excellent treatise on brickwork, detailed and illustrated, with an introduction by Wm. B. Ittner. ( x ) See “Brickwork and Masonry,” Mitchell; “Bricks and Tiles,” Dobson; “Clay-workers’ Handbook,” Searles; “Details of Building Construction,” Radford. (y) “The Brick Church and Parish House,” published 1915 by Hy- draulic Press Brick Co., containing Notes on Church Archi- tecture in America and plates and illustrations of the “Brick- builders’ Competition.” See also references under Buildings and Structures in General 4B. See also Other References in February Journal under Stone Masonry 2C4 and under Stone in General, 2J5. See, also, “Atlantic Terra-Cotta” printed monthly for archi- tects and distributed by that Company. (z) For illustrations and other information pertaining to Terra Cotta see pages as follows, in the Industrial Section: 1. Atlantic Terra Cotta Co., p. 207. 2. Federal Terra Cotta Co., p. 206. 3. O. W. Ketcham, p. 208. With respect to Brick, see: 4. Hydraulic Press Brick Co., p. 226. 5. O. W. Ketcham, p. 208. With respect to Roofing Tile, also Hollow Tile Fireproofing, see : 6. O. W. Ketcham, p. 208. 3 D 2 Practice Recommended and Suggested By N.F.P.A. (a) “Chimneys, Flues and Fireplaces, To Provide for the Safe Con- struction of” (3A3C1). (A) Field Practice (3A3 ^i): Chapter II, “Furnace Stacks, Chimneys and Flues;” Chapter VII, “Chimneys and Flues, Their Common Dangers, Means of Safe Construction, Repairing and Main- tenance.” (c) “Chimneys, Flues and Fireplaces” (3A3^3). By National Board of Fire Underwriters: (d) Building Code {^Ayh): Part VI, “Walls,” pp. 34-50. ( e ) “Dwelling Houses” (3A443): Part III, “Walls,” pp. 21-31. See, also, 3A4Z/2 and d\. By National Terra Cotta Society: (/) See 3C4 b, c, and d. The School, The Theatre and Store-fronts. See, also, Standards (3C4«), the same, though showing carefully prepared detailed drawings for construction, does not include any basic recommendations or specification data for setting. By National Fireproofing Co.: (g) For suggested details of wall construction with hollow-tile building- blocks and for “Manufacturers’ Standard Specifications” pre- pared by that Company in collaboration with the editor of the Structural Service Department while acting as Consulting Architect to Sweets Catalogue Service, see pp. 304, 305, “Sweets Architectural Catalogue, 1916.” 3D3 Standards Adopted (Independent of existing municipal and state building codes which obtain in respective localities.) By the N.F.P.A.: [a) “Specifications for Construction of a Standard Building” (3A3431) 40 Vol. I, 1917 SERIAL NO. 3 By the National Terra Cotta Society: (b) “Architectural Terra Cotta, Standard Construction (3C412). By the National Brick Manufacturers’ Association (3C66 .) : (r) The following are the sizes officially adopted as Standard: Com- mon brick, 8 )f X4X2K inches; paving brick, 8^x4 xl'/i inches; pressed brick, 8 x 4.x inches; Roman brick, 12 x 4x1 yi inches; Norman brick, 12x4x2^ inches. It is to be noted that, due to the different kinds of clay used and varying degrees of heat by reason of location of bricks in the kiln, these sizes will naturally vary slightly, though presumably not enough to affect any layout which allows for ample jointing. By the A.S.T.M. (iA 4 r): ( d ) “Standard Specifications for Paving Brick," Serial Designation C7-15. By Navy Department, U. S. A. (3 Ai) Strength of Hollow Building Tile. During previous years, numerous tests of building tiles from different geographical districts have been made, and the data is being studied and coordinated for publication. In addition, a number of tile walls have been tested under compression and transverse forces to determine the physical laws and most efficient types of construction, appropriate mortars, best type of bond, and the relation of strength to hardness of burn. This investigation will be continued during the coming year. It is hoped to furnish adequate data for outlining standard methods of testing tile and preparing consistent specifications for the use of manufacturers and engineers. — From Report Bureau of Standards, 1916, iA la. (c) Effect of Pressure upon Fire-Bricks at Furnace Tem- peratures. In cooperation with the American Gas Insti- tute and the American Refractories Manufacturers’ Asso- ciation, tests have been carried on for the purpose of correlating the effect of varying pressures upon clay fire- bricks at the temperatures 1,300 degrees and 1,350 degrees C. The results obtained have been made the basis of tentative specifications to be adopted by the Gas Insti- tute. — From Report Bureau of Standards, 1916, 1A2 a. Serial No. 3 4 1 3D5 Metal Lath , Gypsum , Asbestos and Wired Glass. Further reference to these will be made under later serial numbers. ( a ) See “Mineral Resources of the U. S.,” Part Non-Metals (2A1, 2), chapters on Gypsum and on Asbestos. r J>) The U. S. Bureau of Mines (2A3) expects to issue within the next few months a report on the manufacture of gypsum. (r) For references to metal lath in this section see 3C11 and 3E3?. Also under Fire Tests (3E2) and under Lathing and Plastering (11D6). For further information and detailed drawings see Industrial Section, pp. 162-167, Associated Metal Lath Manu- facturers. (, 403c and 11D2. 3Ei Reports on Buildings Under Fire, and 3E2 Reports on Fire Tests of Materials (See, also. Buildings and Structures in General, Serial No. 4.) (a) U. S. Geological Survey (lAig), Bulletin 324, 163 pp. text, 55 plates and two maps. (50 cts.) “The Effects of the San Fran- cisco Earthquake and Fire on Various Structures and Struc- tural Materials,” 1907, Richard L. Humphrey. Pp. 14-61. Also contains “The Effects of the San Francisco Earthquake and Fire on Buildings, Engineering Structures and Structural Mate- rials,” J S. Sewell. Pp. 62-130. Also, “The Earthquake and Fire and Their Effects on Structural Steel and Steel-frame Build- ings,” Frank Soule. Pp. 131-158. (b) Same Bulletin gives over forty references for other articles par- ticularly with respect to the earthquake and effects. ( c ) Survey, Bulletin 370 (2Ai|-), 99 pp., illustrated. (30 cts.) “The Fire Resistive Properties of Various Building Materials,” Richard L. Humphrey. Contains results of tests of thirty panels of various building materials made by the U. S. Geological Survey with a furnace in the Underwriters’ Laboratories, Chicago. (d) See the twelve “Special Fire Reports” listed under publications available in the files of the National Fire Protection Associa- tion 3A3/ 1-12. (e) See “Index” to all publications of the N. F. P. A. (3A3/;) includ- ing The Quarterly which contains in each issue matter of interest to architects and other constructionists. Seventeen references to Conflagration alone. Fifteen references to Records of Fires in Fire-resistive Buildings. (/) “Concrete Storehouse of Naumkeag Steam Cotton Company Which Successfully withstood the Salem Conflagration,” Inspection Dept. Associated Factory Mutual Fire Insurance Companies 3^.0040. ( g ) See “Burning of the Edison Phonograph Works,” and other publications of the Inspection Department, Associated Fac- tory Mutual Fire Insurance Companies. 3A7 a and b. ( h ) “Report of the Committee on Edison Fire.” Cass Gilbert, Chair- man. Published by American Concrete Institute (1E4J), 191J. ( j ) “Report on a Fire in Reinforced Concrete Warehouse at Far Rockaway, N. Y., November 10, 1916,” Committee on Construc- tion of Buildings, National Board of Fire Underwriters (3A4). Upon application to Ira H. Woolson, Consulting Engineer to the Committee. ( k ) See “Fire-Prevention and Fire-Protection,” Joseph Kendall Freitag. (1) “Experimental Testing Stations,” Chapter V. (2) “Fires in Fire-resisting Buildings, and Conflagrations,” Chapter VI. (/) See “The Fireproofing of Steel Buildings,” Joseph Kendall Freitag. (1) “Fires in Fireproof Buildings,” Chapter III. (2) “Tests of Fireproof Floors,” Chapter IV. ( m ) See “Fire Tests of Floors in the United States” (under “Horizontal and Sloping Features,” Serial No. 4D). («) See “Tests of Fire-resistive Construction,” Proceedings N. F. P. A. (3A4A), Vol. 18, p. 217. (0) For reports of tests on metal-lath construction made at Cleve- land, and at New York, see “Metal Lath Hand Book” 3 Cii«, and Industrial Section, p. 164. (p) See 3E3.iT for progress report on fire tests. ( q ) See Report of Committee of American Society of Civil Engineers on San Francisco Fire (to which reference is made in Industrial Section on p. 165). Vol. I, 1917 STRUCTURAL SERVICE BOOK 3E3 The U. S. Bureau of Standards and Fire Tests (a) With an annual life and property loss conservatively estimated as some thousands of lives and exceeding $300,000,000, a per capita loss nearly ten times as great as that found in the leading European countries, and this in spite of the most expensive and efficient fire-fighting equipment in the world, it would be a neglect of duty not to direct attention to the pressing needs for greater activi- ties on the part of the National Government in the nation- wide movements to diminish this unpardonable waste of our national resources. The National Fire Protection Association, through its 125 or more allied engineering, industrial, commercial, municipal, and state associations, has done, and is now doing, splendid and unselfish work in this great public movement. It is the moral duty of the National Government to lend its fullest cooperation and assistance to this great work. The field of activity in which the Bureau can be of the greatest service to the many organizations now enlisted in the fight against our enormous fire-waste is in the deter- mination of fundamental engineering data to serve as a basis for the revision and reconstruction of state and municipal building codes. The important investigations now under way that are expected to yield data of direct practical application are the fire-tests of structural steel building columns, fireproofed in different ways, and of reinforced concrete columns of different aggregates and types of construction. It is imperative that tests of floors, roofs, fire-resisting doors, shutters, and windows, must be included in this program, and must be carried along with the column and partition tests, if we are to be in a position at the end of a few years to lay before American engineers a comprehensive set of data to enable them to redraft our present unsatis- factory codes in the light of the best modern engineering experience. — From 1916 Report of Director Stratton to the Secretary of Commerce. Fire-Tests of Building Columns (h) Many millions of dollars are annually spent on the construction of buildings the integrity of which, in the event of fire, is dependent on the behavior of the steel columns supporting the structures. Very little engineer- ing data are available which would permit of any certain conclusions as to the thickness and kind of fireproof cover- ing required to render these columns safe under various conditions of fire-hazard. The requirements of city build- ing codes on these questions are so different that it is evident that some codes are either requiring an unneces- sarily thick fireproof covering, with undue increase in con- struction costs, or else other codes are requiring too thin coverings, with undue increase in danger to the stability of the structure under the existing fire-hazards. The fire-tests on building columns are being carried out jointly by the Underwriters’ Laboratories of Chicago, the Mutual Laboratories of Boston, and the Bureau of Standards. The first series of tests was originally planned to include about seventy structural steel columns and about six reinforced concrete columns. During the past year, while the steel columns were being fabricated and assembled and the various aggregates and covering materials were being brought together from different parts of the country, a detailed syllabus of the proposed tests was prepared and sent to several hundred engineers and architects interested in fireproof building construction as well as to various technical societies with a request for criticisms and sug- gested modifications of the proposed program of tests. Serial No. 3 q 2 At a conference of the several laboratories jointly conduct- ing these tests, held at Pittsburgh in March, 1916, the many valuable suggestions and criticisms called forth by the publication of the syllabus were carefully considered, and the program of tests was finally revised. While the original program was modified in many minor but impor- tant details in accordance with the suggestions that had been received, the most important modification consisted in the addition of about twenty fireproofed structural steel columns which will be subjected to the combined action of fire and water, the water being applied after a one hour’s exposure to fire. The specially designed furnace, which is being erected by the engineers of the Underwriters’ Laboratories es- pecially for these tests, together with the 200-ton hydraulic jack for applying loads of fifty tons to the columns while exposed to fire, the trolley cranes for moving the walls of the furnace to permit of the application of water, have been installed, with the exception of the burner for heat- ing the furnace by means of natural gas. The steel col- umns, representative of the types commonly employed in building construction, are now being covered with con- crete, plaster on metal lath, clay tile, and gypsum tile coverings. Thermocouples are being built into the column coverings to enable the temperature changes of the struc- tural steel to be followed throughout the course of the fire- test. Some of the important parts of the specially designed deformeter for measuring the amount of deformation produced in the column during the test have been com- pleted. It is confidently believed that the results of these tests will be a most important contribution to modern structural engineering. — From Report, Bureau of Stan- dards, 1916, 1A2 a. [Note. — There has just been received a document issued jointly by the Bureau of Standards, the Associated Factory Mutuals and the National Board of Fire Underwriters with diagrams and descriptive details of the above tests. This is entitled “Prospectus of Fire Tests of Building Columns.”] Thermal Efficiencies of Column Coverings ( c ) Tests have been under way during the past two years at the Pittsburgh branch laboratories of the Bureau on the rate of temperature rise within cylindrical specimens of the various materials used for fireproofing building columns. A special gas heating furnace was built for this work, and a large number of cylinders of different materials were tested with thermocouples mounted axially in the cylinder and with their junctions at different distances from the surface. Cylinders similar to the cylinder under test were placed at each end of the latter, in contact with its end faces, to minimize the disturbing effects of heat losses from the ends. This investigation is practically completed with the exception of a few tests to round out the series. It will be prepared for publication as soon as time will permit. ( d ) Some tests on the compressive strength of steel at high temperatures, briefly reported in the last annual report, showed that at 600 degrees C. the compressive strength had decreased to 60 per cent, and in the next 50 degrees C. (i. e. at 650 degrees C.) to about 30 per cent of its value when cold. Such data are of fundamental importance in their bearing on the behavior of structural steel when ex- posed to fire conditions. — From Report, Bureau of Stan- dards, 1916, lA2tf. Panel-Testing Furnace (e) The panel-testing equipment was installed during the year. The plant has been operated several times to test its performance and has been found admirably suited to the work for which it has been designed. The equip- ment that is now available for this work is probably the Vol. I, 1917 SERIAL NO. 3 most complete that has ever been built, and its efficient utilization should include as a minimum thirty panel tests a year. Steps have been taken to secure the cooperation of prominent engineers, representatives of engineering and technical societies, and of manufacturing associations, in the formulation of a comprehensive program of tests of the fire-resisting properties of structural materials. — From Report, Bureau of Standards, 1916. (/) For tests at the Bureau on Fire Brick see 3D4C. ( g ) As we go to press there has been received a copy of a new publication of the Bureau of Standards — Technologic Paper No. 70 — entitled “Durability of Stucco and Plaster Construction.” (For later reference, see 11D6 c and d.) This paper presents a report of progress in an investi- gation of stucco and plaster undertaken by the Bureau of Standards five years ago in cooperation with the Associa- ted Metal Lath Manufacturers. In 1915 a test building, 3A3 List of Publications Available Protection Association See also, 3A3, on page 32, of which this is a classified extension, correct to March x, 1917. Membership in the Association is open to any society, corporation, firm or individual interested in the protection of life or property against loss by fire. Annual dues, indi- viduals, $ 6 . All the valuable engineering and popular literature issued by the Association is sent, as issued, to every mem- ber. The Association is always glad to send samples of its publications to prospective members. Copies of the Standards, model state laws and city ordinances,. committee reports, and miscellaneous publica- tions given below, will be mailed on application to Franklin H. Wentworth, Secretary , 87 Milk Street, Boston, Mass. Note. — Where no price is quoted the publications are free. Prices given are for single copies. Discounts for publications in quantities can usually be given. (a) Standard Regulations for Fire-Protection and the Safe- guarding of Hazards: 1. Acetylene Gas Machines, Oxy-Acetylene Heating and Welding Apparatus and Storage of Calcium Carbide. 2. Blower Systems for Heating and Ventilating, Stock and Refuse Conveying. 3. Dip Tanks, Construction and Installation. 4. Electric Wiring and Apparatus (National Electrical Code). 5. Electrical Fittings, List of Approved. 6. Fire Brigades, Private. 7. Fire Pumps, Steam. 8. Fire Pumps, Rotary and Centrifugal and Electrical Driving of Fire Pumps. 9. Fuel Oil, Storage and Use, and Construction and Installation of Oil- burning Equipments. 10. Gas Shut-Off Valves. 11. Hazardous Liquids, Containers for Storing and Handling. 12. Hose Couplings and Hydrant Fittings, for Public Fire Service. 13. Hose-Houses for Mill-yards, Construction and Equipment. 14. Internal Combustion Engines (gas, gasolene, kerosene, fuel-oil) and Coal-gas Producers (pressure and suction systems). 15. Lightning, Suggestions for Protection against. 16. Municipal Fire-Alarm Systems. 17. Nitro-Cellulose Motion-Picture Films (storage and handling). 18. Protection of Openings in Walls and Partitions. 19. Signaling Systems Used for the Transmission of Signals Affecting the Fire-hazard. 20. Skylights. 21. Sprinkler Equipments, Automatic and Open Systems. 22. Steam Pump Governors and Auxiliary Pumps. 23. Tanks (gravity and pressure), Concrete Reservoirs and Valve-pits 24. Vaults. Note. — The above Regulations have also been adopted by and are the official standards of the National Board of Fire Underwriters. Serial No. 3 200 feet long, was erected, having fifty-six panels represent- ing the common types of stucco construction including a variety of mixtures on metal lath, wood lath, hollow tile, brick, concrete, block, plaster board, gypsum block and concrete bases. Examination of the panels six months after completion showed that a number were in poor con- dition. About forty were rated as satisfactory, the re- mainder being in various stages of deterioration. It is evident that the smooth type of finish known as the sand- float finish is well adapted to bringing out the small defects, such as cracks, blotches, uneven texture, etc. This paper contains suggestive information, but definite recommendations are deferred until further service-test results are known. Those interested may obtain a copy by addressing a request to the Bureau of Standards. For the Underwriters' Laboratories and Fire and Other Tests, see Serial No. 4, April, with report of the Institute’s Special Committee. in the Files of the National Fire (b) Suggested State Laws for regulating fire-hazards: 1. State Fire Marshal Law (of the Fire Marshals’ Association of North America). 2. Explosives, To regulate the manufacture, storage, sale and use of 3. Explosives, To regulate the transportation and carriage of. 4. Matches, To regulate the manufacture, storage, sale and distribu- tion of. (c) Suggested Municipal Ordinances for regulating fire- hazards: 1. Chimneys and Flues, To provide for the safe construction of chim- neys, flues and fireplaces. 2. Ordinances for Small Municipalities (including Building Code). 3. Fireworks, To prohibit the discharge or firing of fireworks and other pyrotechnic display and to limit their storage. 4. Explosives, To regulate the manufacture, keeping, storage, sale, use and transportation of. 5. Inflammable Liquids and the Products Thereof, To regulate the use, handling, storage and sale of. 6. Inspection of Premises by the Fire Department (with sample of Inspection Blank). 7. Matches, To regulate the manufacture, storage, sale and distribu- tion of. 8. Motion-Picture Machines, To regulate the installation, operation and maintenance of. 9. Theatres, To regulate the construction and equipment of. Note. — The above Model Laws and Ordinances have also been officially adopted by the National Board of Fire Underwriters. (d) Educational: 1. Field Practice. Inspection Manual designed for the use of property owners, fire departments and inspection offices in safeguarding life and property against fire. This handbook is printed on bond paper and is substantially bound in real leather. The dimensions (4 pi x inches) make it a most convenient size for the coat- pocket. This information represents the latest thought of the leading American fire-prevention engineers, and is not elsewhere accessible. Price, postpaid, single copies, Si. 50. 2. Story of the National Fire Protection Association. 3. Syllabus for Public Instruction in Fire-Prevention. 4. A Campaign to Prevent Fire, address of Franklin H. Wentworth. Published by the Canadian Manufacturers’ Association. 5. Fire-Prevention, Its Object and Possible Results, C. Heller. 5a Fire-Prevention Through Adequate Power and Common Sense, Clement J. Driscoll. 5b. Topics for Fire-Prevention Meetings. 6. Fire Waste Overtaking Insurance Capital, Committee on Publicity and Education. 7. Fire Losses in U. S. $30,000 an Hour and What Individuals and Communities Can Do to Reduce Them, Committee on Publicity and Education. 8. Will You be a Fire Warden and Life Saver? (1) In the Home. (2) In the Store and Factory. Committee on Publicity and Edu- cation. 8a. Safeguarding School Children from Fire. Price, 15 cents. 9. Fire-Prevention Work in Small Cities and Towns, Committee Report. 10. Debarment of City Conflagrations, Albert Blauvelt. 43 Vol. I, 1917 STRUCTURAL SERVICE BOOK 11. Inspection of Buildings and Contents by Uniformed Members of Fire Departments, Fire-Chief H. C. Bunker, Cincinnati, Ohio, i la. Building Inspection by Firemen: Suggestions for systematic pro- cedure, James Crapo, Battalion Chief, Chicago Fire Department. 12. Individual Liability Laws for Fires Due to Carelessness or Neglect. 13. Public Fire Departments, George W. Booth. Price, 5 cents. 13a. Volunteer Fire Departments: Organization and Conduct, Harry W. Bringhurst. 14. Architects: General Information Regarding Fire Insurance Require- ments. 15. Fire Exits, Outside Stairs for: Recommendations for their Con- struction and Installation. Price, 3 cents. 16 Exit Drills for Factories, Schools, Department Stores and Theatres: Suggestions for Their Organization and Execution. Price, 5 cents. 17. The Wooden Apartment House, the Fight Against it in Brookline, Mass., Gorham Dana. 17a. Dwelling Houses: Suggestions for Their Construction and Pro- tection, National Board of Fire Underwriters. Price, 10 cents. 17b. Shingle Roofs as Conflagration Spreaders, National Board of Fire Underwriters. Price, 5 cents. 18. Fire Stories for Children, Committee on Publicity and Education. 19. Fire-Prevention Day Programs for Public Parade, School Exer- cises, Evening Assembly. Price, 10 cents. 20. Fire-Hazards Due to Trolley Circuits, Samuel S. Wyer. 21. Fire-Hazards on the Farm. 22. Automobile Fire Apparatus, Committee Report, 1913. 22a. Automobile Combination Pumping Engine and Hose-Wagon. , ( Gasolene Combination Chemical Engine and Hose-Wagon. ' ( Gasolene Combination Service Ladder-Truck. 23. High-Pressure Systems for Fire Service, Committee Report. 24. Fire-Service Connections, Protection of, H. O. Lacount. 25. Fire-Hose: The need for a better quality of Public Department Fire Hose, Committee Report. 26. Fire-Pumps: Notes and Suggestions on Same, Associated Factory Mutual Fire Insurance Companies. Booklet, 53 pages, illus- trated. Price, 15 cents. 27. National Standard Hose Couplings and Hydrant Fittings for Public Fire Service: Progress in their Adoption by Cities of United States, F. M. Griswold. 28. Elevated Tanks: Their Improved Design and Construction, W. O. Teague. 23 pages. Price, 5 cents. 29. Water Barrels and Pails for Fire Protection, W. R. Ruegnitz. Price, J cents. 30. Freezing Preventives for Water Pails and Chemical Extinguishers, J. Albert Robinson. Price, 5 cents. 31. Fire-resistive Construction, Specifications for, Committee Report. 31a. Office Building, Grade A, Specifications for Construction of. 32. Factories and Their Fire Protection, Franklin H. Wentworth. Price, 5 cents. 32a. Mill Construction Buildings, C. E Paul. Price, 5 cents. 32b. Structural Defects, Suggestions for Their Elimination and Pro- tection. Price, 5 cents. 33. The Automatic Control of Fire, Fitzhugh Taylor. Price, 5 cents. 34. Explosions, Dust and Smoke, P. D. C. Steward. 3J. Smoke and Water Damage, F. E. Roberts. 35a. Sprinkler Leakage, Albert Blauvelt. Price, 5 cents. 36. Uses of Wood in Building Construction, Committee Report. Data of tests on inflammability of untreated wood and of wood treated with fire-retarding compounds. 55 pages, illustrated. Price, 23 cents. 37. The Permanent Fireproofing of Cotton Goods, William Henry Per- kins. Price, 5 cents. 38. Cordage Fibers: Their Physical Properties, Hazards and Character- istics, T. E. Sears. Price, 3 cents. 39. Color, Paint and Varnish Factories: Processes and Hazards, F. E. Roberts. 31 pages. Price, 3 cents. 40. Lumber and Lumber Drying, with Notes on Steam Jets, Committee Report. Price, 3 cents. 41. Tanneries: Suggestions for Their Improvement as Fire-Risks, Com- mittee Report. Price, 3 cents. 42. Shoe Factories: Suggestions for Their Improvement as Fire-Risks, Committee Report. Price, 3 cents. 43. The Cooperage Industry, J. Albert Robinson. 44. Cold-Storage Warehouses: Suggestions for Their Improvement as Fire-Risks, Committee Report. Price, 3 cents. 44a. Refrigerating Machinery Explosions and Fires. Price, 3 cents. 43. Inspected Mechanical Appliances. Published by Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. List includes inspected devices and materials, fire appliances, gas, oil, mechanical and chemical appliances. (Revised semi-annually — January and July.) (1?) Special Bulletins: I Dwelling-House Hazards: How to Prevent Fires in the Home. 4 pages, illustrated. Price, $1 per 100, $7.50 per 1,000. 2. The Evil Wooden Shingle. 4 pages, illustrated. Prices, $1 per ioo, $7.30 per 1,000. 3. Chimneys, Flues and Fireplaces: How to Build Them. 4 pages, illustrated. Price, $1 per 100, $7.30 per 1,000. 4. School-Houses, Fire Protection of. 16 pages, illustrated Price, 10 cents per copy. Special discount for quantities. 3. Holiday Bulletins. Illustrated four-page bulletins are prepared for circulation preceding Independence Day and Christmas Day, warn- ing against the hazards of fireworks and inflammable decorations, temporary electric wiring, etc. Price, $1 per 100, $7.30 per 1,000. 6. Frozen Water-Pipes: A Winter Fire-Hazard. Price, 60 cents per 100, $5 per 1,000. 7. Electric Pressing-Iron Fire-Hazard. Price, $1 per 100, $7.30 per 1,000. 8. Storage of Bituminous or Soft Coal. Price, 60 cents per 100, $3 per 1,000. (/) Special Fire Reports: 1. The Baltimore Conflagration, February 7, 8, 1904. 130 pages, illus- trated. Committee Report. Price, 25 cents. 2. Parker Building Fire, July 10, 1908. 56 pages, illustrated. Report by New York Board of Fire Underwriters. Price, 13 cents. 3. The Equitable Building Fire, January 9, 1912. 50 pages, illus- trated. Report by New York Board of Fire Underwriters. Price, 15 cents. 4. Binghamton Clothing Company Fire, July 22, 1913. 12 pages, illus- trated. Committee Report. Price, 10 cents. 3. Melvin Apartment House Fire, Boston, April 14, 1914. 4 pages, illustrated. Price, 1 cent. 6. Cleveland Lumber and Public Property Fire, May 25, 1914. 8 pages, illustrated. Report by Cleveland Inspection Bureau. Price, 5 cents. 7. *Salem, Mass., Conflagration, June 25, 26, 1914. 16 pages, illus- trated, maps. Price, 10 cents. 8. Edison Phonograph Works, West Orange, N. J., December 9, 1914. 60 pages, illustrated. Price, 23 cents. 9. Diamond Candy Company Factory Fire Holocaust, Brooklyn, N. Y., November 6, 1913. 16 pages, illustrated. Price, 5 cents. 10. Paris, Texas, Conflagration, March 21, 1916. 8 pages, illustrated, map. Price, 3 cents. 11. Nashville, Tennessee, Conflagration, March 22, 1916. 8 pages, illustrated, map. Price, 10 cents. 12. Augusta, Georgia, Conflagration, March 22, 1916. 16 pages, illus- trated, map. Price, 10 cents. *Out of print. (_§•) No Smoking: Signs, black ink on red card. Price, 3 cents. Discount for quantities. (h) Publications Jor Members Only: News Letter. A monthly bulletin of special information on current items of interest to those charged with the responsibility of safe- guarding life and property from fire. Proceedings of Annual Meeting. Containing stenographic report of transactions of the Association and the discussions incident to the adoption of its standards. Extra copies, $1. Quarterly Magazine of the Association. A chronicle of the Associa- tion’s activities, with valuable contributions of articles on fire- prevention and -protection, and special hazards, and compilations of fire statistics on various classes of property. Extra copies, 30 cents. Year-book and directory. Complete list of members with addresses. Index to all subjects covered in the printed records. (Proceedings, Quarterly, etc.) Special reports, bulletins, etc., issued during the year. [Note. — Each member receives one copy of all the Association’s pub- lications current during the year of his membership. Membership year begins with date of election.] 3A4 List of Publications Available in Fire Underwriters (See, also, 3A4 on page 33, of which this is a classified extension, correct to March 1, 1917.) Copies may be obtained, without charge (except dj, upon which a charge of 10 cents is made to cover post- age), by qualified inquirers, by addressing The National Serial No. 3 the Files of the National Board of Board of Fire Underwriters, 76 William St., New York City. {a) Suggested Regulations of the National Board of Fire Under- writers for the installation of devices. Recommended by the National Fire Protection Association. 44 Vol. I, 1917 SERIAL NO. 3 The list embracing these is the same as the (a) list of the N. F. P. A. on page 43, with the addition of the following: 25. Gasolene Vapor Gas Lighting Machines. 26. Railway Car Storage. 27. Electrical Appliances, List of Approved. 28. Underwriters’ Laboratories. The latter two are the same publications as mentioned by the Underwriters’ Laboratories. (i) Suggested State Laws issued by the N. B. F. U. For use by State Officials in framing regulations on matters pertaining to Fire Prevention and Building Construction. These are the same as the four mentioned in the ( b ) list of the N. F. P. A. (r) Suggested Separate City Ordinances issued by the N. B. F. U. for use by City Officials in framing regulations on matters per- taining to Fire Prevention and Building Construction. *1. To Regulate the Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Motion Picture Machines, and the Construction and Arrangement of Picture Booths and Audience-Rooms. *2. To Regulate the Manufacture, Storage, Sale and Distribu- tion of Matches. *3. To Regulate the Manufacture, Keeping, Storage, Sale, Use and Transportation of Explosives, in Cities Whose Popu- lation Exceeds 100,000 Inhabitants. 4. To Regulate the Manufacture, Keeping, Storage, Sale, Use and Transportation of Explosives, in Villages or in Cities Whose Population Does Not Exceed 100,000 Inhabitants. 5. To Govern the Construction and Operation of Laundries. *6. To Regulate the Construction and Equipment of Theatres. *7. To Regulate the Use, Handling, Storage and Sale of Inflam- mable Liquids and the Products Thereof. 8. Shingle Roofs as Conflagration Spreaders: An appeal to the Civil Authorities and Civic and Commercial Bodies. Contains an Ordinance for Fire-resistive Roof Coverings. *These are evidently the same as 4, 5, 7, 8 and 9 in the (r) list of the N. F. P. A. 8 is listed 617^ in N. F. P. A. {d) Suggested Codes issued by the N. B. F. U. For use by State and City Officials in framing regulations on matters pertaining to Fire Prevention and Building Construction. 1. A Recommended Building Code, suitable for a city of any size and providing for fire limits, and regulations governing the construction, alteration, equipment, repair or removal of buildings or structures. 2. A Suggested Building Ordinance for Small Towns and Vil- lages: Providing for fire limits and the construction and equipment of ordinary non-fireproof buildings. 3. Dwelling Houses: A Code of Suggestions for the Construc- tion and Fire-Protection. Intended especially as an aid in construction of isolated homes outside the control of building ordinances, and is addressed directly to the owners of dwellings, and to carpenters and builders who erect them. 4. A Code of abbreviated Ordinances for Small Municipalities, and containing ordinances providing for Fire Limits and the Construction and Equip ment of Buildings; the regula- tion of Garages; the regulation of Motion Picture Machines and Premises where operated; the Inspection of Premises by the Fire Department; also a blank form for use by the inspector; the Cleanliness of Streets, Alleys and Premises; the Burning of Refuse; the Storage of Explosives; Fire Escapes, and prohibiting the Discharge of Fireworks. No. 3. will be found under Di7« N. F. P. A. list. 3A7 List of Publications Available in the Files of the Inspection Depart- ment, Associated Factory Mutual Fire Insurance Companies (See also 3A7 on page 35, of which this is a classified extension, correct to March I, 1917.) Single copies of these publications may be obtained on request without charge, except Nos. 9 and 45, and (c), which will be furnished at a price of 25 cents per copy. Where additional copies of any of the pamphlets are desired, a charge sufficient to cover the cost of printing will be made. («) 1. 2. 3 - 4 - 5 - 6. 7 - 8 . 9 - 10. 11. 12. 13 - 14. 15- 16. 17 - 18. 19 - 20 . 21 . 22 . Pamphlets: “Anchorage of Roofs.” “Approved Electrical Fittings.” “Approved Fire Protection Appliances.” “Beltway Fires.” “Carbon Tetrachloride as a Cleaning and Solvent Agent.” “Centrifugal Fire Pumps — Specifications, and Rules for Electrical Driving.” (Included in No. 20.) “Cotton Conveying Systems from Bale to Opener Room.” “Dry-Pipe Systems of Automatic Sprinklers — Rules.” “Electric Light and Power Equipment — Rules.” “Fire Hose, Play Pipes and Hose Houses — Rules.” “Fire Pump Protection for City Risks (Paterson Fire).” “Fires in Cotton Mills.” “Fuel Oil Installations for Furnaces and Engines.” “Gravity Tanks and Towers — Specifications.” “Installations for Handling Gasoline and Similar Oils.” “Installing Sprinkler Equipments — Rules.” “Laying Cast Iron Water Pipes in Factory Yards — Rules.” “Notes and Suggestions on Fire Pumps.” “Prevention of Large Loss in a Mutual Mill.” “Rotary and Centrifugal Fire Pumps — Specifications and Rules for Electrical Driving.” “Sawdust as an Extinguisher of Fires in Moderate Sized Tanks of Lacquer, Paint, etc.” “Sprinkler Protection in Picker Trunks, Dryers, etc.” The Fire-Prevention and -Protection issue will be the Section on General 2 3 24 25 26 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 (*) 27- 28. 29. 3°- 3i- 32. 33- “Steam Pump Governors and Auxiliary Pumps — Specifications. “Underwriter Steam Fire Pumps — Specifications.” “Valves, Indicator Posts and Hydrants — Specifications.” “Water-tight Floors of Mill Construction.” “Concrete Storehouse.” “Fire Doors.” “Humidity for Preventing Fires in Rubber Factories.” “Mill Watchman.” “Edison Phonograph Works, Burning of.” “Dry Rot in Factory Timbers.” “Salem Conflagration.” “Fire Hazards in Charcoal.” “Mill Fire Brigades.” “Fire Protection of Pyroxylin Plastics (Celluloid).” Leaflets: Directions for Use of Red Tags on Closed Valves.” “Fire Brigades Inside Mill.” “Mill Fire Brigade Data and Sheets.” “Rotary Fire Pumps — Directions for Starting.” “Steam Fire Pumps — Directions for Starting.” “Weekly Inspection of Fire Protective Apparatus. A Suggestive Form of Blank.” “When Putting in Fire Protection — Things to be Considered.” 34. “Failure of Public Water Supplies.” 35. “Gage Connection for Use in Testing Main Controlling Valves.” 36. “Longleaf Pine Factory Timber.” (c) Report No. 5 — Mill Construction: The work of the Insurance Engineering Experiment Station under direction of Boston Manufacturers Mutual Fire Insurance Company was taken over by The Associated Factory Mutual Fire Insurance Companies several years ago; notable among their publications was Report No. 5 on Slow Burning, or Mill Construction, which will be furnished at 25 cents a copy, concluded in the April number, Serial No. 4, with Building Construction. Current Refer to 1E4: We have recently received Bulletin No. 25, “Public Works of the Navy,” under the cognizance of the Bureau of Yards and Docks and the Corps of Civil Engineers, U. S. Navy, for January, 1917; included in which is eleven pages giving bibliographies and abstracts of published articles on the “ Durability of Concrete in Sea Water." Comments Refer to iEjb: We are in receipt of a letter from Ernest McCullough, Chief Engineer Fireproof Construction Bureau of the Portland Cement Association, accompanying a copy of the “ Final Report of the Joint Committee on Concrete and Reinforced Concrete." He states that the Portland Cement Association purchased a few copies for distribution and as long as these copies are available they will be sent free upon request to architects, engineers and contractors. Vol. I, 1917 Serial No. 3 45 Serial No. 4 FIRE-PREVENTION AND -PROTECTION ISSUE Section 2. General Building Construction CONTENTS Attention is directed also to Terra Cotta, Hollow Tile and Brick (3D), to Metal Lath, Gypsum, Asbestos and Wired Glass (3D5), and also to Cement and Concrete (iE) and Structural Steel (iF), which should be considered in connection with fire-prevention and -protection in general building construction, quite independent, of course, of all municipal ordinances and state building codes which obtain in the various parts of the country. For information and statistics on fire-losses, hazards in general, theory and practice and other items not specifically referred to herein in connection with structural matters, the reader is referred to the Quarterly and other publica- tions of the N.F.P.A. (to find which by items the N.F.P.A. “Index,” mentioned under 3A3^, will prove invaluable), and to the publications referred to by titles under Informa- tion Obtainable (4B1), also to a phamphlet (180 pages) entitled “A Five Years’ Fight against Fire Waste,” by Powell Evans, copyright 1912. APRIL, 1917 INDEX TO SUBJECTS TREATED IN THIS ISSUE 4Al Report Relating to the Work of the Underwriters’ Laboratories by the Committee of the American Institute of Architects. 4A2 The Committee on Fire-Protection in the American Society of Mechanical Engineers. 4A3 National Automatic Sprinkler Association. 4B Buildings and Structures in General, New Construction Work and Safe- guarding Old. 4C Walls, Chimneys and Flues; Columns, Partitions and Enclosures; Doors, Windows and Shutters; Wired Glass and other Retardents. 4C4 Scuppers, Inserts and Devices. 4D Beams, Girders and Floors; Ceilings and Roof Construction; Roofs and Roof Coverings. 4D4 Floor Hangers, Roof Connections and Devices. 4D5 Tanks and Reservoirs. 4E Exits— Stairways and Fire-Escapes; Safety to Life; Slipping Hazards. 4F Fittings, Contents and Protection Equip- ment. 4G Lightning Protection. 4H Fire Insurance. 4J Progress and Current Activities. 4SC Structural Matters in General. 4Ai Report Relating to the Work of the Underwriters’ Laboratories by the Committee of the American Institute of Architects Chicago, 111 ., March 7, 1917. To the Members oj the American Institute oj Architects: It has long been recognized that there is no feature in the designing and planning of any building that is more vital or important than provision against fire and for the prevention of accidents and loss of life, yet comparatively few people realize that the percentage of loss of buildings by fire in this country, in spite of our organized fire departments and our fire-prevention apparatus, is about as great as any in the world. In 333 cities in this country, the total annual loss for 1915 is $68,200,000, or $1.94 for every individual in those cities. All that fire departments or fire-fighting apparatus can do in a fire is to try to put it out after it has started. The possibility of reducing this great loss does not depend so much on the fire departments or apparatus as it does upon the architects who plan and design the buildings. Whether the blaze once started shall spread to be uncontrollable, or whether the occu- pants shall have safe exit, or whether they shall be rea- sonably safeguarded against accidents, depends largely upon the architect. Serial No. 4 The insurance companies can only penalize the owners for bad fire- or accident-risks by imposing high insurance rates, and city authorities can do considerable by build- ing ordinances toward making buildings reasonably safe and proof against fire; but architects are in a position to do most when they design and create these buildings by raising the standard of their fire-resisting qualities and their safety. For the purpose, therefore, of determining and accumulating the facts about all those materials and agencies which serve to reduce fire-losses and to prevent accidents to persons, the Underwriters’ Laboratories were established in 1901. They are undoubtedly today the greatest and the most scientific source we have for secur- ing such information. They are entirely independent of any corporation, and although self-supporting, they are run without any profit, and their assistance and informa- tion can be had by architects for the asking. Realizing, therefore, this great opportunity and the value of such information to the architectural profession, the American Institute of Architects has appointed the Committee which is the author of this communication to investigate and study the Laboratories and to bring Vol. I, 1917 46 SERIAL NO. 4 the architects into closer touch with their work by arrang- ing to have such information and data of the Laboratories as would be most useful brought directly to the attention of the architects. The January issue of the Journal of the American Institute of Architects, in the new Structural Service Department, presents a brief general description of the Laboratories, the scope of their work, and some of the publications to be had, and also a reference to the future publication of information and data of the Labora- tories under different headings of the Department. The Committee on Fire-Prevention of the Institute has also been doing valuable service for years in coopera- tion with other organizations and in helping to promote the cause of fire-prevention. The American Institute of Architects, however, has felt that there was still a field of work led by the Underwriters’ Laboratories of such vital interest to architects that a committee on that subject could find abundant opportunity for usefulness without in any way conflicting with the work of other commit- tees or with the Structural Service Department of the Journal. The Committee on the Laboratories has therefore undertaken to carry out a plan of witnessing those tests by the Laboratories of building materials and methods of construction most useful to architects, of selecting such information and data as is most suitable for the purpose and causing this to be sent directly to the architects, after first publishing such notices and accounts of tests, etc., in the Journal. In this way the Committee hopes to arouse a new interest among architects on the subject and a better appreciation by them of the great need in this country of better construction in buildings and, particu- larly, a more effective provision for fire-prevention and avoidance of human accidents. As an illustration of part of the program adopted by the Committee, the following account is given: The publication entitled “The Organization, Purpose and Methods of the Underwriters’ Laboratories,” of 1916, will first be mailed to every architect. This will give a clear understanding of the Laboratories and their work and an illustration in color of the labels used by the Laboratories. Among other uses the book will be a useful reference in recognizing labels as official on fire-doors, wire-glass windows, electrical appliances, and all of those things frequently specified to be labeled. At various times during the year it is the intention to send out sev- eral bulletins containing the results of important investi- gations and tests by the Laboratories. Among the impor- tant tests being made now is that of the modern steel-sash window in its various forms. Particular interest is being taken in the investigation of those windows in large units where the opening is divided by one or more mullions. Such windows in courts, alleys, etc., have been approved heretofore only when the mullions between were fire- proofed in a clumsy way, taking up 6 to 8 inches of space. The new windows going through the test have mullions only 1 )/? to 2 inches in width. If these windows endure the test successfully— and some of them have already done so — then the insurance authorities will permit them in buildings without adding penalties on the insurance rates, and undoubtedly city building departments will permit them in buildings where now the large mullions are required which shut off so much light. A test of building columns is shortly to be made which is quite remarkable. Elaborate preparations lasting some months have been made whereby large columns, some 14 feet high, one of cast iron fireproofed, one of steel fire- proofed, and one of reinforced concrete, each carrying a load of 250 tons is to be subjected to severe heat, such as would occur in a great fire, and then subjected to a large stream of cold water under high pressure. This will undoubtedly produce some very interesting evidence bearing on the subject so frequently and earnestly debated after the Baltimore and San Francisco fires as to the relative merits of these columns. Information such as this and of other important investigations will be col- lected and supplied to the architects. It is the sincere hope of the Committee that the information to be furnished will be of practical use to each architect, that he will feel at perfect liberty to make use of the Laboratories, who earnestly invite cooperation with the architects, and that there will be an improvement in the fire-resisting qualities of new buildings and also greater safeguards against accidents and injuries to persons. Very respectfully submitted, The Committee of the American Institute of Architects Relating to the Work of the Underwriters' Laboratories. Elmer C. Jensen, H. Webster Tomlinson, George C. Nimmons, Chairman. 4A2 The Committee on Fire-Protection in the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (Description of the Society’s publications and activities will appear under later serial number.) This Committee is composed of members who have had experience in the subject and are particularly inter- ested in it. Its Chairman, Mr. John R. Freeman, Presi- dent of the Manufacturers’ Mutual Fire Insurance Com- pany, is a recognized authority upon matters pertaining to fire-protection. The Committee has not been especially active for the past two years, awaiting results from the investigation of column-protective coverings in progress at the Under- writers’ Laboratories in Chicago, but several papers by its members have been presented and published in form for distribution. Among these are the following: (a) Safeguarding Life in Theatres, John R. Freeman. This is an exhaustive study of the hazards of theater construction and suggestions for remedying them. (t) Allowable Heights and Areas for Factory Buildings, Ira H. Wool son. A compilation and discussion of the opinions of 1 1 7 fire chiefs in the principal cities of the United States which were given in reply to a questionnaire upon the subject. (c) Deparment of City Conflagrations, Albert Blauvelt. This deals with the broad problem of methods to prevent conflagration and is published by the N.F.P.A. (3A3iAo). ( d ) Life Hazards in Crowded Buildings Due to Inadequate Exits, H. F. J. Porter. Is a plea for the use of the horizontal fire-escape exit by one who has specialized and written frequently on this and other features of building construction with respect to safety to life. (e) National Standard Hose Couplings and Hydrant Fittings for Public Fire Service, F. M. Griswold. It describes the necessity for such standardization and the great benefits to be secured by same. (See Membership of the Committee on Fire -Protection, A.S.M.E.: John R. Freeman, Chairman Edward V. French Albert Blauvelt F. M. Griswold H. F. J. Porter T. W. Ransom Ira H. Woolson Serial No 4. 47 Vol. I, 1917 STRUCTURAL SERVICE BOOK 4A3 National Automatic Sprinkler Secretary-Treasurer: Ira G. Hoagland, 80 Maiden Lane, New York, N. Y. Publications: (a) "Safety From Fire: The Automatic Sprinkler.” December, 1914. A brochure (32 pp.) describing application of automatic sprink- ler systems for protection against fire to factories, stores and offices, hotels, schools and colleges, institutions, dwellings and clubs, piers and wharves, and ships and boats. (1 b ) Reprints of matter and comments concerning automatic sprinkler protection and related subjects. (r) “Automatic Sprinkler Diffuser.” Published periodically for the advancement of the automatic sprinkler art as applied to the conservation of life and property from fire. Association Purposes: Advancement of the art of automatic sprinkler protec- tion and promotion of the idea of the protection. Educa- tion of the public and its constituted authorities. Dis- semination of information; a central source from which architects, engineers and contractors may obtain reliable information concerning the application of automatic sprinkler systems to the protection of property from fire. Development of opportunities for increased application of sprinkler protection. Elevation of trade and technical prac- tices and solution of economic problems in the automatic sprinkler industry. Opposition of conditions restricting development of the art of automatic sprinkler protection. Buildings and Structures in General 4B New Construction Work and Safeguarding Old (See all subdivisions for separate features of construction and for devices.) (See also “Reports on Buildings under Fire,” 3E1, “Cement and Concrete,” 1E6, and “Terra-Cotta, Hollow Tile and Brick,” 3D.) 4Bl Information Obtainable (a) The Bureau of Standards has issued, Jan. 31, 1917: Technologic Paper No. 70. “Durability of Stucco and Plaster Construction” (see 3E3A, being progress report containing results of investiga- tions up to April, 1916. (t) See among others the following publications of the N.F.P.A. listed under 3A33 to h. For additional information it is recommended that the “Index” (3A3/)) be carefully consulted as therein all papers, addresses, discussions, reports of committees at con- ventions and all articles in the Quarterly are fully indexed and cross indexed for reference. 1. “Fire-Prevention: Its Object and Possible Results,” C. Heller. (3A345.) 2. “Fire-Prevention Through Adequate Power and Common Sense," C. J. Driscoll. (3A34 5 a.) 3. “Debarment of City Conflagrations,” Albert Blauvelt. (3A3^io.) 4. “Fire-Hazards on the Farm.” (3A3421.) 5. "Factories and Their Fire-Protection,” Franklin H. Went- worth. (3A3^32.) 6 . “Mill Construction Buildings,” C. E. Paul. (3A34 32 a.) 7. See, “Planning of School Buildings for Safety,” illustrated address by Wm. B. Ittner. “Proceedings” N.F.P.A., 1916. 8. See, “Summer Hotels, Hazards and Protection,” G. Dana. N.F.P.A. Quarterly, Vol. 3, No. 2. 9. See, “Warehouses, Construction and Protection,” C. H. Patton. N.F.P.A. “Proceedings,” Vol. 14, p. 125. 10. For “Theatres, Construction and Equipment.” See several references in N.F.P.A. “Index” (3A3S1). (c) See Committee on Fire-Protection, American Society of Mechani- cal Engineers (4A2). 1. “Safeguarding Life in Theatres” (a). 2. “Allowable Heights and Areas for Factory Buildings” (6). {J) See Crosby-Fiske-Forster Hand Book of Fire-Protection. (Sixth edition now in preparation.) 1 . “Fireproof Construction.” 2. “Slow-Burning Construction: Recommendations for Mill Construction.” 3. “Improvements for Existing Buildings.” (e) See "Fire-Prevention and Fire-Protection,” Joseph Kendall Freitag. 1. Slow-Burning or Mill Construction, Chapter IV. 2. The Materials of Fire-Resisting Construction, Chapter VII. 3. Permanency and Corrosion, Chapter VIII. 4. Planning and General Design, Chapter IX. 5. Efficiency versus Faulty Construction, Chapter X. 6. Theatres, Chapter XXII. 7. Schools, Chapter XXIII. 8. Residences, Chapter XXIV. 9. Factories, Chapter XXV. 10. Garages, Chapter XXVI. 11. Safes, Vaults, Metal Furniture, etc., Chapter XXVII. (/) See, also, “The Fireproofing of Steel Buildings,” J. K. Freitag. (g) See “Kidder’s Pocket Book,” 1916. 1. “Wooden Mill and Warehouse Construction,” A. P. Stradling, Supt. of Surveys, Philadelphia Fire Under- writers’ Association, Chapter XXII. 2. “Fireproofing of Buildings,” Rudolph P. Miller, New York, Chapter XXIII. 3. "Reinforced Concrete Construction,” Rudolph P. Miller, Chapter XXIV. 4. “Reinforced Concrete Factory and Mill Construction,” Emile G. Perot, Chapter XXV. (h) See “Trautwine’s Civil Engineers’ Pocket Book” for general notes and details of construction and for “Price List and Business Directory.” (j) For all forms of concrete construction see “Concrete,” Traut- wine. 1916. Reprinted from “Trautwine’s Civil Engineers’ Pocket-Book.” (k) See “Building Construction and Superintendence,” F. E. Kidder, Part 1, Masons’ Work. 1. “Fireproofing of Buildings," Thomas Nolan, Chapter IX. 2. “Concrete and Reinforced Concrete Construction,” Thomas Nolan, Chapter X. 3. “Form of Specifications (for all parts of a building),” Chapter XIII. (/) “Plain and Reinforced Concrete,” F. E. Turneaure. Being Sec- tion 5 in “American Civil Engineers’ Pocket-Book,” M. Merri- man ( m ) See “Mechanical Engineers’ Hand Book, 1916,” Lionel S. Marks. 1. “Building Construction,” Lionel S. Marks, pp. 1264-1304. 2. “Reinforced-Concrete Construction,” Sanford E. Thomp- son, pp. 1305-1316. 3. “Industrial Buildings,” Charles Day, pp. 1317-1333. (») “Reinforced-Concrete Construction,” Geo. A. Hool, Vols. 1 and 2. (0) “Concrete, Plain and Reinforced,” Taylor and Thompson. Revis- ion just out. ( p ) For notes and tables on walls, floors, columns, and other data, see “Mechanical Engineers’ Pocket-Book,” William Kent. Pages I 385~I394, “Construction of Buildings.” (q) See Building Trades Hand Book. 1. Fireproofing. 2. Metal Furring and Lathing. (r) See, “The Architect and Fire-Protection,” address by I. K. Pond. N.F.P.A. “Proceedings,” Vol. 14, p. 1 1 7. (s) See, “The Architect and the Fire Waste,” C. M. Goddard. N. F. P. A. Quarterly , Vol. 5, No. 4. (/) Read “The Status of Schoolhouse Construction in the United States,” address by Frank Irving Cooper. N.F.P.A. “Pro- ceedings,” Vol. 19, p. 102; also an address by him before the fifth congress of the American School Hygiene Association entitled “Schoolhouses and the Law.” Contains statistics on various requirements for construction and fire-protection. ( u ) See “Fireproof Building, Its Advantages and Its Weaknesses,” H. W. Forster. N.F.P.A. Quarterly, Vol. 7, No. 4. (0) See “Fireproof Construction, What It Is and What It Ought to Be,” E. T. Cairns. N.F.P.A. Quarterly, Vol. 7, No. 1. (ui) “Fire-Resistive versus Fireproof,” N.F.P.A. “Proceedings,” Vol. 8, p. 235, and Quarterly, Vol. 3, No. 4. (*) For “Fire-Retardant Materials,” see N.F.P.A. “Index,” 3A3A. (y) “Requirements for Standard Mill Constructed Building,” see N.F.P.A. “Proceedings,” Vol. 12, p. 103, and Vol. 21, 1917. (z) See “Concrete Construction for Mill Buildings,” illustrated paper read before The National Association of Cotton Manufactur- ers, April, 1915, by Leonard C. Wason. Serial No. 4 48 Vol. I, 1917 SERIAL NO. 4 (aa) See "Proceedings” of the A.S.T.M., Vol. XVI, Part I (iA4«). 1. Report of Committee D7 on Timber. 2. Report of Committee C11 on Gypsum and Gypsum Products. (bb) For further references to Gypsum in Building Construction, see: 1. Reports by Underwriters’ Laboratories on “Calcination Test on Gypsum Blocks,” “Gypsum Block for Fireproof Partitions;” also, “Inspected Mechanical Appliances,” 3A6 b. 2. See, also, Bureau of Standards, Pittsburgh, Tests on Gypsum Fireproof Partitions. 3. See, also, Report on Strength and Flexure Tests on Struc- tolite made at Columbia University. 4. See References under 4B21; and 4D1 h I and 2. J. For descriptive list of Products of the United States Gypsum Co. and Specifications for "Pyrobar” Gypsum Partition Tile, see Industrial Section, p. 205. (cc) See the following publications of the Portland Cement Associa- tion (1E2). 1. “Factories and Warehouses of Concrete” (iEjw). 2. “The Concrete House and its Construction” (1E50). Price $1, postpaid. 3. “Concrete Houses and Why to Build Them.” 4. “Fundamentals of Reinforced Concrete Design.” 5. “Recommended Specifications for Reinforced Concrete Design.” 6. “Concrete Schoolhouses.” 7. “Small Concrete Garages.” (dd) See “Fire-Prevention,” Joseph McKeon, 1912. (ee) See the writings variously published of Ex-Chief William Croker and of Charles T. Main on fire-prevention and -protection in relation to building construction. (jf) This list would not be complete without making reference to the writings and publications of that pioneer spirit, Edward Atkin- son, valuable for their significance in the development of sounder building construction. (gg) See “Official Record" of the First American National Fire-Pre- vention Convention, Philadelphia, 1913, containing papers and discussions, among others on Building Construction, Building Codes, Protection Equipment and Insurance. The grading of lumber, preservation of wood and all other matters in connection with the use of wood in construction will be treated in later serial number. (hh) For further information of interest, applicable to subjects under this heading, see pages in the Industrial Section, as follows: 1. Engineering services in connection with reinforced con- crete structures, p. 197, Corrugated Bar Co. 2. Suggestions in connection with Industrial Buildings, the publication of the Atlas Portland Cement Co. described on pp. 198, 199. 3. Hollow Tile Fireproofing, p. 208, 0 . W. Ketcham. 4B2 Practice Recommended and Suggested by (a) U. S. Bureau of Mines: I . Technical Paper No. 1 8 (2A3Q, “Maga- zines and Thaw Houses for Explosives.” 34 pp. text, data and diagrams. (b) National Board of Fire Underwriters: See all four of the “Suggested Codes” listed under 3A4 d. 1. “Building Code” 3A4) For description and detail drawings of scuppers see N.F.P.A. Quarterly (3A3/;), Vol. 4, No. 1. Also see Quarterly, Vol. 9, No. 2, and “Proceedings,” Vol. 19, p. 483. (c) For detail drawings of scuppers see “Watertight Floors of Mill Construction (3A6a26). (d) Similar details shown in Chapter III of 4B2J1. Shutters” another, “Hollow Metallic Window Frames and Sashes for Wired Glass.” These are used as the rules for such construction by the National Board of Fire Underwriters and by most of the local under- writers. Architects’ specifications (unless referring to (e) which follows) should state that tin-clad fire-doors and shutters should be constructed in accordance with the Underwriters’ Laboratories’ specifications and that they should comply with the rules and requirements of (name the Local Fire Underwriters’ Association) and of the City of (name the City). Tin-clad fire-doors and shutters should bear the label of Underwriters’ Laboratories as evidence of such compliance or otherwise they must be accepted in writing by the local underwriters’ association. Note. — The card quoted as follows is on file with the Editor, but like so many others with which he has come in contact, it bears no date or number or means of identification, except those given by him. After describing the type of door, whether tin-clad, rolling or sliding, steel or metal rolling or sliding and the gauge, make or kind to be considered, the following will apply as: “Specifications for Automatic Fire-Doors to Standard of National Board of Fire Underwriters All openings in the fire-walls are to be equipped on both sides of each opening with automatic fire-doors, to be released by an automatic release, both doors and release to be approved by, and bear the label of, the Underwriters’ Laboratories. The doors are to slide or swing as indicated on the plans, and to be installed with standard approved hard- ware, in every instance allowing for proper lap. Doors to be adjusted for easy operation after erection.” (c) See “Vaults” described under 4831:1. (if)“Standard for Counter-balanced Elevator Doors” Underwriters’ Laboratories (3A6A). (1 e ) “Specifications. Tin Clad Fire Doors and Shutters, 1914.” In- spection Department, A.F.M.F.I. Co’s. (3Aya 41.) Note. Where “Sheet Metal” doors are used they should be installed to comply with these requirements for tin-clad doors. (/) For mechanical appliances and materials inspected and labeled or approved, with names of the articles and manufacturers, see: 1. List of Inspected Mechanical Appliances ( 3A6/& ). 2. List of Appliances Inspected for Accidents Hazard ( 3A6d ). 3. Approved Fire-Protection Appliances, Oct. 1916 (3A7<23). ( g ) “Standard Tests for Fireproof Partition Construction,” A.S.T.M. (iAqr.) Serial Designation C. 3-09. (h) Navy Department specification (3 Ai« 2). “Expanded Metal,” Serial Designation 47M1, Aug. 1, 1914. (_/') For dividing of floor areas, types of partitions, stair enclosures, and other features of industrial buildings, see “Universal Safety Standards,” 1914. Compiled under the direction of and ap- proved by the Workmen’s Compensation Service Bureau, New York. (/I) For construction of Elevator Shaftways see “Uniform Regulations for the Construction and Installation of Passenger and Freight Elevators” referred to under 12L22. (e) Other details and description of scuppers, “Kidder’s Pocket Book,” P- 7 6 7 - J ... (/) For information on scuppers, data as to sizes and requirements relative to floor area, see “Building Code” (3A4ifi). (if) For suggestions on wall fastening devices see paper with that title read by Carrington McFarland before Society of Con- structors of Federal Buildings in Journal (2A4U) for March, 1916. Horizontal and Sloping Features 4D Beams, Girders and Floors, Ceilings and Roof Construction, Roofs and Roof Coverings (See, also, 1 1 D2, 4Dl Information Obtainable [Note. For this and all other sub-divisions, see the various refer- ences under Reports on Buildings under Fire, 3E and Buildings and Structures in General, 4B. See, also, references under 3D, and 3D5.] (a) See, “Fire Prevention and Fire Protection,” J. K. Freitag. 1. Slow-burning or Mill Construction, description and typical diagrams, Chapter V. 2. Fire-Resisting Floor Design, Beam and Girder Protections, Ceilings, Chapter XI. 3. Terra Cotta Floors, Girder-Protections, etc. Chapter XVII. 4. Concrete Floors and Reinforced Concrete, Chapter XVIII. 5. Combination Terra-Cotta and Concrete Floors, Chapter XIX. 6. Roofs, Suspended Ceilings, Furring, Chapter XXL Serial No. 4 5 1 11D3, and 11D4) (. b ) See “Fire Tests of Floors in the United States,” Ira H. Woolson and Rudolph P. Miller. A completely illustrated paper giving detailed drawings and descriptions forming a record for the International Association for Testing Materials of all fire-tests obtainable upon all kinds of floors. 1912. (c) See various sections of Crosby-Fiske-Forster Hand Book. (Sixth edition in preparation.) (1 d ) See Building Construction and Superintendence, F. E. Kidder. Part 1. Masons’ Work. I. Fireproof Construction — Floors, Roofs, Ceilings, pp. 460- 542 . (e) For much valuable information on suggested construction and floor-load developments, read 1916 progress report of Committee on Basic Building Code A.I.A. (1A8/). (/) See “Kidder’s Pocket Book, 1916.” 1. Strength and Stiffness of Wooden Floors (with tables of loads for floors and rafters) pp. 717-750. Vol. I, 1917 STRUCTURAL SERVICE BOOK 2. Fireproof Floor Construction, pp. 827-871, treats of all kinds. 3. Fireproof Roof Construction, pp. 872—878. 4. Fireproof Flooring, pp. 897-898. 5. Asbestos Roofing Shingles, Asbestos Protected Metal and Other Products, p. 819. (g) The Bureau of Standards, U. S. A. issued a “Report of Loading Test of a Two Way Reinforced Floor in William A. Hill Apart- ment Building, Washington, D. C., June 22, 1916,” which was referred to the Institute’s Committee on Materials and Methods by Leon E. Dessez, then member of the Washington Chapter subcommittee. Consists of 5 pp. typewriting, 2 detailed blue- print sheets, showing combination hollow-tile and reinforced concrete construction. (A) Bulletin No. 25 “Public Works of the Navy” under the cog- nizance of the Bureau of Yards and Docks and the Corps of Civil Engineers, U. S. Navy, Jan., 1917 (Serial No. 8A1) gives: 1. “Report on Inspection of Installation of Gypsum Slab Con- struction for Roofs and Floors,” Geo. A. McKay, U. S. N. 2. “Report on Loading Test of a Composition Floor Made by the U. S. Bureau of Standards, Nov. 14, 1916,” E. B. Rosa. Illustrated. (7 ) In Journal of the Society of Constructors of Federal Buildings (l/K^a) for May, 1915, is an address by Charles F. Hennig describing “Gypsum Plasters” which includes reference to floor-domes and partition-blocks. (A) See “Unit System of Wood Flooring for Fireproof Manufacturing Buildings,” C. H. Patton. N.F.P.A. Quarterly, Vol. 8, No. 1. (/) See “Waterproofing Floors,” N.F.P.A. Quarterly, Vol. 7, No. 4. ( m ) For general information on the subject of composition flooring, see Industrial Section, pp. 174, 175, American Materials Co. («) See "Enclosures for Floor Openings” N.F.P.A. Quarterly, Vol. 8, No. 3. (0) For "Classification of Roofs and Roofings, see five references in N.F.P.A. “Index” (3A3A). (p) See “Asbestos Roofing,” N.F.P.A Quarterly, Vol. 6, No. 2. (q) See “Roof Covering Tests” N.F.P.A. Quarterly, Vol. 4, No. 1, and Vol. 10, No. 4. (r) For descriptive matter pertaining to Slate Surfaced Asphalt Shingles, see Industrial Section, p. 172, Certain-teed Products Corporation. 4D2 Practice Recommended or Suggested by (a) National Board of Fire Underwriters: 1. “Building Code” (3A42A1) (a) Read index to same and see all sections and clauses relating to steel, concrete, and composite floors and roofs and to mill construction, allowable loads. (A) See section on strength test for floor construction and data on slope of floors in mill construction and other floors for drainage of watei. (z) See section on skylight construction and all others applica- ble to this subdivision. 2. "Dwelling Houses” (3A4J3). (a) Read index to same and see recommendations which are applicable to this subdivision in the various materials described. In addition to those mentioned under 4B2A2 there is a section on “Floor and Roof Construction” and one on “Horizontal Cut-off for Cellars.” 3. The publication 3A4Z8 contains an “Ordinance for Fire- Resistive Roof-coverings.” (A) National Fire Protection Association: Read “Index to all Subjects” (3A3A) which is carefully cross- indexed for reference to subjects under this subdivision and see particularly Reports of Committees to Conventions published in the Proceedings. (r) Inspection Department Associated Factory, Mutual Fire Insur- ance Companies: 1. For wooden floor construction data and wooden floors, see "Dry Rot in Factory Timbers” (4B2J1). 2. For detail drawings and recommendations see “Anchorage of Roofs” (3A6«i). 3. “Watertight Floors of Mill Construction” (3A6a26) contains also diagrams of flashings against walls and around columns. ( d ) The Associated Metal Lath Manufacturers: I. See the illustrations and descriptions from the Metal Lath Handbook shown in the Industrial Section, pp. 162-167, with particular reference to details of construction recommended for Suspended Ceilings and Protection of Mill Construction. (e) National Lumber Manufacturers Association Engineering Department. (Serial No. 5) 4B271: 1. Floors, Chapter III. 2. Roofs, Chapter V. (/) Portland Cement Association (1E2): 1. Suggested Specification for Concrete Floors. (g) For “Standard Specifications of the North Bangor Slate Company’ for flat slate roofs, see Industrial Section, p. 204. (A) For suggestions for laying a Tin roof in accordance with Standard Specifications, see Industrial Section, p. 146, N. & G. Taylor Co., “Target and Arrow” Roofing Tin. (j) In using the Barrett Specification for roofs and guarantee bond, it is to be noted that the latest specification should be referred to by date, as of May I, 1916, as explained in circular letter of March 8 from this Company. 4 D 3 Standards Adopted. (See, also, 11D2 and 11D4) (Observe also the Standards under Vertical Features, 4C3.) (a) See “Specifications for Construction of a Standard Building,” N.F.P.A. (3A3Z/3 1 .) 1. Floor and Roof Construction. 2. Drainage. (A) See, also, “Skylights,” listed 3A3 ) Other Governmental publications pertaining to this subdivision and of interest structurally which follow, under this (i) classi- fication, can be obtained only from the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C., at the price stated, until the supply is exhausted. Remittances should be made by money order or in coin (at sender’s risk). Stamps can not be accepted. Those indicated by * are exhausted. For those not now obtainable through the Superintendent of Documents, see 5A1J. 1. Wood-using industries and national forests of Arkansas: Part 1, Uses and supply of wood in Arkansas; Part 2, Timber resources of national forests in Arkansas. 1912. 40 pp. (Forest Bulletin No. 106.) 5 cents. 2. Uses for chestnut timber killed by bark disease. 1914. 24 pp., illus. (Farmers’ Bulletin No. 582.) 5 cents. 3. Properties and uses of Douglas fir: Part 1, Mechanical proper- ties; Part 2, Commercial uses. 1911. 75 pp., illus., map. (Forest Bulletin No. 88.) 15 cents. 4. Southern Cypress. 1915. 74 pp., illus. (Agriculture Bulletin No. 272) 20 cents. Embraces geographical and commercial range, present supply and annual cut, properties and use of wood, markets and prices, life history of the tree, etc. Serial No. 5 62 5. Red gum, with discussion of mechanical properties of red gum wood. Revised 1906. 56 pp., illus. (Forest Bulletin No. 58.) 15 cts. Sweet gum or star-leafed gum of the southern states. 6. Eastern hemlock, Tsuga canadensis, Linn., Carr. 1915. 43 pp., illus. (Agriculture Bulletin No. 152.) 10 cents. Describes characteristics, gives tables of its volume and rate of growth, and chief facts regarding its utilization for lumber, pulp, tanning, etc. 7. Mechanical properties of western hemlock. 1913. 45 pp., illus. (Forest Bulletin No. 1 15.) ij cents. Also known as hemlock spruce, western hemlock fir, Prince Albert fir, gray fir, and Alaska pine. 8. Larch: Mechanical properties of western larch. 1913. 45 pp., illus. (Forest Bulletin No. 122.) 10 cents. 9. Lumber saved by using odd lengths. 1910. 5 pp. (Forest Circular No. 180.) 5 cents. 10. Our timber supply (general information). 1914. 8 pp. 5 cents. 11. Seasoning of timber. 1903. 48 pp., illus. (Forest Bulletin No. 41.) 25 cents. 12. Strength values for structural timbers. 1912. 8 pp. (Forest Circular No. 189.) 5 cents. 13. Tests of structural timbers. 1912. 123 pp., illus., maps. (Forest Bulletin No. 108). 20 cents. Tests of Southern yellow pines, Douglas fir, western hemlock, western larch, redwood, Norway pine, tamarack, red spruce, and white spruce. 14. Principles of drying lumber at atmospheric pressure, and humid- ity diagram. 1912. 19 pp., illus. (Forest Bulletin No. 104.) 5 cents. 15. Timber, elementary discussion of characteristics and proper- ties of wood; with key to more important woods of North America. 1895. 88 pp., illus. (Forest Bulletin, No. 10.) 10 cents. 16. Forest trees of Pacific Slope. 1908. 441 pp., 207 illus. 60 cents. The illustrations show the foliage and fruit of the 150 species described. 17. Mahogany: Colombian mahogany, Cariniana pyri/ormis, its characteristics and its use as substitute for true mahogany, Swietenia Mahogani; with description of botanical characters of Cariniana pyrijormis. 1911. 16 pp., illus. (Forest Cir- cular No. 185.) 5 cents. 18. Hardwoods of Americas — Mahogany. (American Republics Bulletin, August, 1909, pp. 386 to 402, illus.) 25 cents. 19. Identification of important North American oak woods based on study of anatomy of secondary wood. 1911. 56 pp., 48 illus. (Forest Bulletin No. 102.) 10 cents. The illustrations furnish a means of identifying commercial woods. Vol. I, 1917 SERIAL 20. Shortleaf pine, its economic importance and forest manage- ment. 1915. 67 pp., illus. (Agriculture Bulletin No. 308.) Paper, 15 cents. 21. Sugar Pine. 1916. 40 pp., illus., map. (Agriculture Bulletin No. 426.) 15 cents. 22. Physical properties of yellow pine. (Forest Circular No. 12.) *23. Rules and Specifications for the Grading of Lumber, Adopted by the various Lumber Manufacturers of the United States, compiled by E. R. Hodson. 1906. 127 pp. (Forest Bulletin No. 71.) 15 cents. 24. Economic aspects of the lumber industry. (Agriculture Report No. 1 14), extracts printed in The American Contractor , April 14, 1917. 25. White pine under forest management. 19I4. 70 pages, illus. (Agriculture Bulletin No. 13). 15 cents. “Of all the trees of eastern North America white pine best combines the quali- ties of utility, rapid growth, heavy yield, and ease of man- agement.” 26. Windbreaks, their influence and value. 1911. 100 pp., illus. (Forest Bulletin No. 86.) 30 cents. Deals with the best species of trees for planting as an obstacle to the surface winds and for the protection of orchards and field crops in various regions of the United States. 27. Adhesion of nails, spikes, and screws in various woods. (In Tests of Metals, Watertown Arsenal iBi£, 1884, pp. 448 to 471, illus.) Cloth, 60 cents. White pine, chestnut, yellow pine, white oak, and laurel were tested. 28. Effect of moisture upon strength and stiffness of wood. 1906. 144 pp., illus. (Forest Bulletin No. 70.) 15 cents. 29. Uses of commercial woods of United States: Beech, birches, and maples. 1913. 56 pp. (Agriculture Bulletin No. 12.) 10 cents. 30. Uses of commercial woods of United States: (1) Cedars, cypres- ses, and sequoias, 1911. 62 pp. (Forest Bulletin No. 95.) 10 cents; (2) Pines. 1 91 1 . 96 pp. (Forest Bulletin No. 99.) 15 cents. 31. Uses of wood. Pp. 391 to 420, illus. (In Agriculture Year- book, 1896.) Price of entire vol., cloth, 50 cents. 32. Mechanical properties of woods grown in United States, pre- liminary summary of tests on small, clear, green specimens of forty-nine species of wood. 1913. 4 pp., 1 table. (Forest Circular No. 213.) 5 cents. 33. The Strength of Wood as Influenced by Moisture, Harry Donald Tiemann. August 26, 1907. (Forest Circular No. 108.) *34. Redwood, Mechanical properties of. Nov. 1, 1912. (Forest Circular No. 193.) *35. Density of wood substance and porosity of wood. Sept. 21, 1914. (Published i n Journal of Agricultural Research.) 25 cents. *36. Southern pines, Properties and uses of. 1909. (Forest Circular No. 164.) 5 cents. *37. Redwood, Mechanical properties of. 1912. (Forest Circular No. 193.) 5 cents. ( c ) Those which follow, under the (c) classification, are papers pre- pared by Forest Products Laboratory and published in pro- ceedings of societies and technical, trade and other journals. The star before the name of an article indicates that no reprints are available for distribution. Such articles must be consulted in the original publication. Of the others a limited supply of reprints are available for general distribution, and copies will be sent free, until the supply is exhausted, upon application to Director, Forest Products Laboratory, Madison, Wis. 1. A Few Deductions from Strength Tests of American Woods, J. A. Newlin. American Lumberman, Jan. 16, 1915. 2. Factors Affecting Structural Timbers, H. S. Betts. Engineer- ing Record, Aug. 29, 1914. 3. Grading Rules of Yellow Pine Structural Timber Discussed, H. S. Betts. American Lumberman, Apr. 24, 1915. 4. Applicability of Yellow Pine Grading Rules to Other Timbers, J. A. Newlin. Engineering Record, Oct. 3, 1914. 5. Air Seasoning of Timber, W. H. Kempfer. American Railway Engineering Bulletin No. 161; also Railway Review, Jan. 10, 1914. 6. Effect of Different Methods of Drying on Strength of Wood, H. D. Tiemann. Lumber IV arid Review, April 10, 1915. *7. Fourth Progress Report on Tests of Treated Ties. American Railway Engineering and Maintenance of Way Associa- tion Bulletin No. 124. 8. The Protection of Ties from Mechanical Destruction, H. F. Weiss, Proceedings American Wood Preservers’ Associa- tion, 1914. 9. Structural Timber in the United States, H. S. Betts and W. B. Greeley. International Engineering Congress, San Fran- cisco, Sept. 20-25, 1 9 1 5. *10. Discussion of Proposed Forest Service Rules for Grading Strength of Southern Pine Structural Timber, H. S. Betts. American Society for Testing Materials, 1915. Serial No. 5 NO. 8 *1 1 . Effect of Moisture and Other Extrinsic Factors on the Strength of Wood, H. D. Tiemann. Society American Foresters, Pro- ceedings, 1907. *12. The Effect of Speed of Testing upon the Strength of Wood and the Standardization of Tests for Speed, H. D. Tiemann. American Society for Testing Materials, Proceedings, 1908, Vol. VIII. 13. Eucalyptus Lumber: Part 1, To What Extent is California- grown Eucalyptus Suitable for Lumber? Part 2, Results of Experiments in Drying Blue Gum and other Species, H. D. Tiemann. Hardwood Record, Sept. 25, 1913. *14. Kiln-Drying Lumber and a Discussion of the Whole Problem— A New Kiln, H. D. Tiemann. Lumber World Review, March 10, 1914. IJ. Principles of Kiln-Drying Lumber, H. D. Tiemann. Lumber World Review, Jan. 25, Feb. 10, 1915. 16. Improvements in Forest Service Humidity Regulated Dry Kiln, H. D. Tiemann. American Lumberman, Sept. I, Sept. 5, 1915; also Hardwood Record, Sept. 25, 1915. (. d ) The Government statistics of the lumber industry were formerly covered in publications, entitled “Forest Prod- ucts,” issued by the Department of Commerce, Bureau of the Census, compiled in cooperation with the Department of Agri- culture, Forest Service. Annual statistics of the production of lumber, lath, shingles, and other forest products are now being obtained by the Forest Service and are being published as U. S. Department of Agriculture Bulletins, forming a part of this regular series. The latest lumber, lath, and shingle statistics will be found in U. S. Department of Agriculture Bulletin 506, entitled “The Production of Lumber, Lath, and Shingles in 1915 and Lumber in 1914.” Copies of this may be obtained from the Division of Pub- lications. 5D2 Government Specifications {a) Specifications issued by the Navy Department for naval stores and materials. The Navy Department issues specifications, as mentioned under 3 Ai«, those pertaining to wood being under Serial Designation No. 39, and covering among others the following kinds: Beech, Birch and Maple; Butternut; White Cedar; Douglas Fir; Puget Sound or Oregon Pine; Oak; White Oak Timber; White Pine; New England Country White Pine; Western White Pine (Idaho); Tonawanda White Pine, inspection rules for; Yellow Pine for decking, lumber, timber, and sticks for masts and spars; Spruce and Teak. ib) Specifications of the War Department and Treasury Department ( supervising architect' s office'). The portions of such specifications with respect to lumber and wood- working are not separately issued as in the case of specifications for cer- tain other branches of the work, as referred to under 3A1 a, nor are they available for general distribution to others than those interested in the work for which prepared. 5D3 Specifications , Standards, Manuals and Publications of Technical , Professional and Other Organizations (a) American Society for Testing Materials: 1. “Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Structural Timber” (Serial Designation D 9-15), Book of Standards, 1916 (iA 4<-). Pp. 598-601. (See Mr. von Schrenk’s description under 5A2.) (b) American Railway Engineering Association: “Grading of Lumber.” Adopted report of committee, completely illustrated with photographic reproductions of knots, streaks, holes and conditions, sound and otherwise. “Manual,” 1915, (1A9 /), pp. 591-653, containing: 1. Classification and Grading Rules for Douglas Fir. 2. Classification, Grading Rules and Dressing Rules for Southern Yellow Pine. 3. Specifications for Construction Oak Timbers. 4. Classification and Grading Rules for Cypress Lumber and Shingles. (See Mr. von Schrenk’s description under 5A3.) (c) National Board of Fire Underwriters: 1. “Grading Rules for Timber,” Building Code, 1915, pp. 278-283. These are printed as an appendix to the Code and comprise “a proposed revised form of Rules of the U. S. Forest Service for Grading Structural Timbers of Southern Yellow Pine;” also, tables for computing the strength of rectangular wooden beams and tables of allowable floor-loads for differ- ent kinds of woods. 63 Vol. I, 1917 STRUCTURAL (d) Inspection Department, Associated Factory Mutual Fire Insur- ance Companies: “Longleaf Pine Factory Timber” (^AybjS.) 2. “Dry Rot in Factory Timbers,” 1915 (^A-ja^s)- 107 pp.; illus. Contains specifications suggested for a special grade of longleaf pine for use in Mutual factories. Also a full discus- sion of varying conditions and precautions to be taken. Illustrates and describes timber available and discusses interstate rules for grading lumber and specifications of societies and associations and observations of the U. S. Forest Products Laboratory. (See, also, Chapter mentioned under ;E.) (e) Journal of Society of Constructors of Federal Buildings: 1. “What Is a Plank?” Chas. E. Morrell, Jr. November, 1914. . R 3 85 : 2. “Inspection of Yellow Pine;” Hermann von Schrenk. March, 1916. Paper No. 205, p. 152. 5D4 Grading and Inspection Rules , and Other Publications of Lumber and Manufac- turers' Associations Other publications of other associations, bureaus and branches will be found mentioned under the various subdivisions to which they chiefly pertain. (a) National Lumber Manufacturers Association: I. “Timber for Structural Purposes,” E. A. Sterling. Engineering Bulletin No. 1, January, 1916, 20 pp. ( b ) National Hardwood Lumber Association: 1. See “Rules for the Measurement and Inspection of Hardwood Lumber.” The purposes of these are to provide for the uni- form inspection and measurement of the woods described therein. (c) Hardwood Manufacturers’ Association of the U. S.: I. "Association Standard Grades of Poplar, Oak, Cottonwood, Gum and other Hardwoods.” Effective October 1, 1915. 1 18 pp. Contains Classification, Official Grading, Inspec- tion Rules and Sales Code. (d) Northern Hemlock and Hardwood Manufacturers’ Association: I. “Rules for the Inspection of Hemlock Lumber,” revised at Annual Meeting on January 29, 1913. 27 pp. Includes Standard Sizes adopted October 29, 1913. (e) Northern Pine Manufacturers’ Association: 1 . “Rules for the Grading of Northern Pine, Spruce and Tamarack Lumber.” Reported by the Bureau of Grades. Edition of February 1, 1915 (ninth issue). 72 pp. (/) The Oregon Lumber Manufacturers’ Association (Since merged with the West Coast Lumber Manufacturers’ Association): I. “Merits of Pacific Coast Woods,” E. D. Kingsley. Being an address delivered before the Nebraska Lumber Dealers’ Association at Omaha, on Feb. 6, 00. 16 pp. (gj Southern Pine Association: 1. “Southern Yellow Pine Timbers, Including Definition of the ‘Density Rule’.” Authorized reprint from the copyrighted Standards of the American Society for Testing Materials, approved and adopted by the Southern Pine Association, January 1, 1917. 22 pp. (a) “Discussion of the Proposed Forest Service Rules for Grad- ing the Strength of Southern Pine Structural Timbers,” H. S. Betts. Appendix I, pp. 1 5-30. Contains diagrams and illustrations. ( b ) “Southern Yellow Pine Timber and Density Grading Rules,” O. T. Swan. Appendix II, pp. 31-47. Contains diagram and tables. 2. “Standard Specifications for Grades of Southern Yellow Pine Lumber.” April I, 1917. j8 pp. (Supersedes all previous issues.) “Being the specifications for southern yellow pine lumber generally recognized by the lumber trade for years. Mills of manufacturers subscribing to this Association are located in the states of Texas, Arkansas, Missouri, Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama, Georgia, and Florida.” This contains specifications for all forms of a manufactured lumber, including dimension timbers, siding, fencing, ceiling, flooring, roofing and Byrkit lath, with full-sized detailed and figured drawings of all but the former. 3. “The Gulf Coast Classification of Pitch Pine Resawn Lumber and Sawn Timber.” Revised May, 1910, by the Gulf Coast Lumber Exporters’ Association. Adopted by the Southern Pine Association 1915. 28 pp. 4. “Service in the Department of Inspection and Grades.” 1917. Describes in detail the functions of this Department, which include: Grading Rules, Grading Methods, Specifications and Standardization, Inspection at Point of Origin, Inspec- tion at Point of Destination. ( [h ) West Coast Lumbermen’s Association: 1. “The Lumber Users’ Guide” (No. 8), a general description of Douglas fir. Serial No. 5 SERVICE BOOK 2. “The Lumber Users’ Guide ”(No. 12), a general description of western red cedar. 22 pp., illus. 3. “Not the Non-Use but the Proper Use of Wood,” a description of fire-test. made by the Building Department of the city of Seattle in cooperation with the Port Commission, the City Fire Department and the West Coast Lumber Manufac- turers’ Association. 18 pp., illus. 4. “Comparative Strength Values for Structural Timbers.” Leaflet giving tables. (j ) California Redwood Association: 1. “California Redwood Lives Forever.” Leaflet. 8 pp., illus. 2. “Two Births 2,000 Years Ago — The Marvel God Wrought with the Redwoods of California.” Booklet. 12 pp., illus. ( k ) The North Carolina Pine Association, Inc.: 1. “Official Inspection Rules,” January 25, 1917, 24 pp., covering kiln-dried North Carolina Pine (revised 1917), Longleaf Pine (1905 Rules), Air-Dried North Carolina Pine (1913 Rules), Shortleaf Pine Dimensions (1910 Rules). It is stated that “at the present time fully 95 per cent of the output of pine lumber in the states of Maryland, Virginia, North and South Carolina is graded and classified according to these grading rules, and all quotations are made on them as a basis.” In addition to rough and dressed lumber, describes, with full-sized drawings, all kinds of worked material includ- ing ceiling, partition, siding, shiplap and other forms. (/) Southern Cypress Manufacturers’ Association: I. Issues a “Cypress Pocket Library” consisting of 41 Volumes, each of which describes different features and uses of this wood, some, as in No. 1, entitled “What It Is,” describing generally the wood and uses (from Forest Service Bulletin No. 95, June 30, 191 1), in which Volume is also an Index to all others. (m) American Oak Manufacturers’ Association has in preparation a booklet on the growth and uses of oak which will shortly be ready for distribution. 5D5 Pocket-books , Textbooks and Publica- tions by Educational Institutions and Publishers (a) Engineering Experiment Station, University of Illinois (3C2a2): 1. “Tests of Timber Beams,” Arthur M. Talbot. 1910. Bulletin No. 41. Free. ( b ) American Forestry publishes each month a list of titles, authors, and prices of books on forestry and related subjects. These may be ordered through the American Forestry Association, Wash- ington, D. C. (r) “Lumber and Its Uses” (5B1/). Contains, among others, sections on: The Structure of Wood, Mechanical Properties of Wood, Lumber Grades, Standard Sizes of Lumber, Shipping Weights, Lumber Measurements, Lumber Manufacturing, Structural Timbers, Seasoning of Timber, Lumber Prices, The Uses of Lumber, Commercial Woods, Forest Products, Timber Supply, Permanent Advantages of Wood, and Sources of Information about Timbers. (d) “Building Construction and Superintendence,” F. E. Kidder. 1915. Part II, “Carpenters’ Work,” contains, among others, sections on: The Tree, Physical Properties and Characteristics of Timber, Seasoning and Drying of Timber, Defects in Timber, Conversion of Timber, Strength of Timber as Affected by Its Physical Condition, Selection of Timber for Special Purposes, Decay and Preservation of Timber, Varieties of Timber Used in the United States — Their Characteristics and Uses, Data Relating to the Strength of Materials, and List of Tables. • (e) “Mechanical Engineers’ Handbook,” Lionel S. Marks. 1916. 1. “General Properties of Wood,” H. von Schrenk. Pp. 577-585. 2. “Strength of Wood,” W. K. Hatt. (/) The Building Trades’ Handbook: 1. “Weights of Dry Woods,” p. 68. 2. “Description of Woods and Relative Hardness of American Woods,” pp. 229-233. 3. “Shrinkage of Woods,” p. 234. 4. “Qualities of Timber,” pp. 234-236. 5. “Quarter and Bastard Sawing,” pp.. 236-238. ( g ) See “Identification of the Economic Woods of the U. S.,” Samuel J. Record. (, h ) “The Manufacture and Uses of Cypress.” An illustrated address by Dr. Hermann von Schrenk before a meeting of Michigan lum- bermen. Reprinted from the Lumber Trade Journal , New Orleans. (J) “Southern Cypress,” Samuel J. Records. American Architect, October 18, 1916. Descriptive article, illus. ( k ) “The Strength of Long-Seasoned Douglas Fir and Redwood,” Arthur C. Alvarez. May 17, 1913. Bulletin of the Department of Civil Engineering, University of California. (/) “One Thousand Uses for Oak,” to be had from Oak Information Bureau of Hardwood Record, Chicago; gives names of all oaks, production, and uses. 64 Vol. I, 1917 SERIAL NO. 5 ( m ) "American Forest Trees,” Hardwood Record. Practical informa- tion on commercial trees. (») See “Principal Species of Wood — Their Characteristic Properties,” Charles Henry Snow. 1908. (0) See “Timber and Timber Trees,” Thos. Haslett and H. M. Ward. 1894. 5D6 Branding or Trade -marking of Timbers and Lumber This is a subject which is being given much attention by several associations, societies, and manufacturers, some of which have adopted the practice, and is of interest and importance to architects, builders, and general consumers, many of whom have also given consideration to the subject. In addition to being treated within some of the publications mentioned elsewhere, the subject is dealt with in — ( a ) Proceedings of the National Lumber Manufacturers Association ( 5 B 1 ) for 1915: 1. “Trade-marked Lumber, from the Standpoint of the Manu- facturer,” J. A. Gabel. Pp. 123-133. 2. “Trade-marked Lumber, from the Standpoint of the Associa- tion,” A. W. Cooper. Pp. 134-141. 3. “Trade-marked Lumber, from the Standpoint of the Adver- tising Man,” Everett Sisson. Pp. 142-149. (, b ) Proceedings of the National Lumber Manufacturers Association for 1916: 1. “Why Architects and Engineers Want Branded Timber,” Frank D. Chase. Pp. 186-192. 2. “Why the Retail Lumbermen Want Identified Merchandise,” F. A. Good. Pp. 193-208. (c) See “Specifications for Structural Timber” in from which the following is also quoted: I. Branding as a Guarantee. It has been suggested by Mr. Weiss, Director of the United States Forest Products Laboratory, that longleaf pine tim- ber should be branded by the manufacturers. This is an excellent idea. Under present conditions the manufacturers are the only people who can positively say whether the tim- ber is longleaf or not, as the standing loblolly, longleaf, and shortleaf timber exhibit the distinguishing differences in bark, leaves, and cones, not shown when cut into lumber. After the trees are cut into lumber, it is practically impossible to check grades based upon botanical varieties. Branding, without a clearly defined description of the several grades of wood, which can be checked by methods within the power of the purchaser, will depend entirely for its value upon the honesty and carefulness of the lumber manufac- turer; but, with well-defined physical and chemical specifica- tions, such as those in common use with iron and concrete, the branding can be checked by the purchaser when neces- sary and will facilitate inspection on the job. (d) The Oak Flooring Service Bureau (5 J 1 5) states that “Manufac- turers of standard grades of oak flooring designate the grades and color on the back of every bundle.” ( e ) A leaflet (not dated) of the Maple Flooring Manufacturers’ Association states: “This trade-mark MFMA on flooring is a guaranty of quality. It has been adopted as a means of identifying the flooring made by members of the Maple Flooring Manufacturers’ Association. Architects, contractors, dealers and consumers can hereafter be sure of getting what they want when they specify or order Association Flooring. The individual factory is indicated by a number following the trade-mark. Trade-marking and adver- tising are twin pledges of good faith.” (/) The following is quoted from Publication (Jan. I, 1917) of the Southern Pine Association: 1. Branded Timber. “Proper service to buyers and users of yellow pine timber demands correct grading and the branding or marking of each stick of timber showing its grade. Variation in the individual character of different pieces of timber is responsible for the difference in strength. Structurally, some are much stronger than others. Owing to the confusion which frequently results in the proper classifying of timbers into longleaf, shortleaf, loblolly, etc., a new rule has been devised and recently adopted by the American Society for Testing Materials, and known among the trade as the “Density Rule,” which classifies all southern pine timbers, irrespective of botanical species, into two classes, namely, “dense southern yellow pine” and “sound southern yellow pine. The Southern Pine Association recommends that all timbers be branded. All manufacturers and dealers are invited to brand their timber in accordance with the grades and classifications contained in this book.” (g) In a folder received April 24, 1916 (undated), issued by the asso- ciated mills mentioned below, it is stated: “When you specify timbers bearing the brand of the Associated Calcasieu Longleaf Mills, you are not only assured strength, durability and long wear n every timber, but you are also guaranteed grading Serial No. 5 according to the specifications of the Factory Mutuals, Ameri- can Society of Testing Materials, American Railway Engineer- ing Association, and the Southern Pine Association.” 5D7 Standardization and Conservation These comments, of course, are quite independent of any reference made elsewhere, principally under the A and B divisions, to the impor- tant work along these lines being done by the Forest Service and the Committees and Associations which cooperate with it, not only as con- cerns structural lumber, but the other utilizations of forest products. (a) Concerning these subjects the two extracts which follow from the Proceedings of the National Lumber Manufacturers Associa- tion are of especial interest: 1. In 1913 the Committee on Standardization reported as follows — “A previous committee on standardization of lumber sizes made a report giving the various sizes which are standard in the different lumber-producing localities, but no result to- ward having a single schedule of sizes adopted and made use of universally was obtained. The conditions now prevail- ing operate against such a benefit being obtained, and it seems as if we must wait until things become more favorable.” 2. At the 1916 Convention it was: “Resolved, That in the interest of efficiency, economy, and reasonable conservation, the National Lumber Manufac- facturers Association approves the manufacture of odd lengths in all forms of lumber where practical from a use standpoint, and urges the support of all manufacturers, wholesalers, and retailers in establishing firmly such practice.” (i) It is also of interest to note that the American Railway Engineer- ing Association (1A9 c) maintains a Committee on Conserva- tion of Timber Supply, recommendations of which Committee will be found printed in the “Manual,” 1913, pp. 60, 61. (c) See Forest Circular No. 180 (5 D 1 ) . “Lumber Saved by Using Odd Lengths,” as a step not only in Conservation but in reduc- tion of cost of building. (d) In “North Carolina Pine — Doubly Desirable for Flooring and Ceiling” (5 J 1 2i>) is a description of the saving in material and cost due to this Association’s standards for working these products with J^-inch allowance for tonguing and grooving instead of inch. () Southern Pine Association (See also p. xi): 1. “Noise, the Nerve-Wrecker — How to Eliminate It in Your City.” 20 pp. Illustrated book on wood block pavements. 2. “What the Cities Say about Creosoted Wood Block Pave- ments,” 24 pp., illus., being the opinions of civil engineers, paving experts, street commissioners and citizens’ leagues, with comments by the United States Government. 3. “Floors of Service, for Factories, Foundries, Machine Shops, Mills, Warehouses, Platforms, Bridges, Loading Docks, Stables, Barns, etc.” 31 pp., illus. Deals with heavy service floors, with especial reference to the points of durability, safety, and practical economy. 4. “Use of Creosoted Wood Blocks for Floors.” Illus., reprinted from The Iron Trade Review, March 1 1, 1915. 5. “Creosoted Wood Block Floors for Railroad Buildings.” Illus., reprinted from Railway Age Gazette, December 17, 1915. ( c ) The West Coast Lumbermen’s Association, and The Association of Creosoting Companies of the Pacific Coast: 1. “Facts about Paving Bridge Floors.” 6-page leaflet. 2. “Creosoted Douglas Fir Paving Blocks.” 46 pp. Contains tables, diagrams, and illustrations; revised Oct., 1915. (d) American Society of Municipal Improvements: 1. “Specifications for Creosoted Wood Block Paving,” adopted Oct. 13, 1916, copyrighted 1917. Any municipality which is represented in the membership of the Society by one or more city officials will be given free permission to use these speci- fications or any part of them upon application to the Secre- tary. 23 pp. (e) Southern Pine Association (See also p. xi) : I. “Southern Pine Manual — Standard Wood Construction,” 1917 (5G2/1). Contains a section, with diagram, on “Creosoted Wood Block Floors,” pp. 126, 127. (f) "Lumber and Its Uses” (5B1/). Section on Wood Block Paving gives “Essentials” and speci- fications. also, 1 2D) (/>) “Interesting Comparison of Two Docks Recently Constructed in the City of Chicago, Illinois.” Technical Letter No. 7, Sept. 5, 1916. (c) “Timber in Pier and Wharf Construction.” A plain state- ment of facts and summary of data in regard to the use of timber in water-front structures, together with authorita- tive testimony from experienced engineers who have com- pared its fitness, durability, and cost with concrete in similar cases. Technical Letter No. 9, Nov. 30, 1916. Serial No. 5 66 Vol. I, 1917 SERIAL NO. 5 3. American Railway Engineering Association: (a) “Wooden Bridges and Trestles.” Report of Committee. Manual, 1 9 1 5 (iAgc) and (5G3.fi). Contains sections on piles and pile-driving, with principles of practice and speci- fications for same. 4. National Board of Fire Underwriters: (a) "Building Code,” 1915 {^A^di). Contains: Section 19, “Wooden Piles.” 5. West Coast Lumbermen’s Association: (a) “Structural Timber Handbook on Pacific Coast Woods.” Copyrighted 1916, (5G2/1). Contains section on “Piling,” with diagram, pp. 255-259. 6. Journal, Society of Constructors of Federal Buildings: (a) “Pile Foundations,” William S. Van Loan. Nov., 1914, Paper No. 165, p. 409. {b) “Pile Tests at the Site of the Boston Appraisers’ Stores,” William N. Collier. Sept. 1915, Paper No. 187, p. 278. (r) “Test Piles,” Ernest G. Schurig. Nov., 1915, Paper No. 195, PP- 332 - 336 . 7. The Building Trades’ Handbook. See “Piles,” pp. 157, 158, and “Spread Footings,” p. 162. 8. See Kidder’s Pocket Book, 1916. Contains section on “Wooden Pile Foundations,” pp. 188-196. 9. American Civil Engineers’ Pocket Book, 1916, M. Merriman. Contains section on “Piles and Pile-Driving,” by Ira O. Baker and other sections on “Piers,” “Docks,” “Ferries,” and “Harbor and River Works.” 10. Mechanical Engineers’ Hand Book, 1916, Lionel S. Marks. Also contains sections on “Piles” and “Driving” and other data. 11. Specifications issued by District Engineer, War Department, New Orleans, for “Piles, Wallings, Lumber, and Bulkheads” for Southwest Pass, Mississippi River; Jan. 16, 1917. 12. See Proceedings of the American Society of Civil Engineers. List of engineering articles of interest, published monthly. 13. See index to Journal of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers. 14. See index to the Journal of the Western Society of Engineers. 5G Wood in Buildings and in Structures in General (See publications mentioned under Standing Timber and Manu- factured Lumber, in many of which features of building construction are treated in connection with those main subjects.) (See all subdivisions for separate features of construction and for accessories and devices.) 5Gl Information Obtainable («) See, in addition to those elsewhere mentioned, the following pub- lications of the National Lumber Mfrs. Association (5B1): 1. “The One-Story School-House Idea,” F. Leather. (Prepared in cooperation with the United States Bureau of Education (5Bic). Feb., 1917. Contains 56 pages of valuable data on this type of school building, with a list of over one hundred one-story schools in America, and many plans and other illus- trations. Includes technical suggestions and data for archi- tects, fire-resistive wood construction, and discussions of heating, ventilation, and other subjects and is an important publication for every one interested in the study of one-story buildings as compared with those of greater height. 2. “Your Garage — How to Build it.” November, 1916. 16 pp. Contains floor-plans and elevations. 10 cents. (5B1C.) 3. “John Smith’s Garage” (5Bie). 4. “Wood Construction in Relation to Fire Losses” (tBic). 5. “The Shingle Roof” (5B 1 ) University of Illinois, Engineering Experiment Station (3C2«2): 1. “A Study of Roof Trusses,” N. Clifford Ricker. Bulletin No. 16, 1908. 15 cents. ( q ) Southern Cypress Manufacturers’ Association: 1. See the volumes of “Cypress Pocket Library,” covering all uses for cypress (5Hioa). For references to the use of yellow pine in building construction, see the Industrial Section; p. 186, Southern Pine Association. For information on oak, its characteristics and effects, see Industrial Section, p. 185, The American Oak Manufacturers’ Association. 5G2 Practice Recommended and Suggested by (a) United States Department of Agriculture, Forest Service and Forest Products Laboratory: I. See such of the publications, which are listed under 5D1, as may apply to this subdivision. (b) United States Bureau of Mines: 1. “Magazines and Thaw Houses for Explosives.” Technical Paper No. 18 (2A3C). 34 pp. text, data and diagrams. (c) National Lumber Manufacturers Association (5 B 1 ) : See, in addition to those elsewhere mentioned: 1. “Building Code Suggestions” (Fire Stops, Careful Workman- ship, and Proper Selection of Materials as Safeguards in Frame Dwelling Construction). Technical Letter No. 4, Aug., 1916. Contains construction details. 67 Vol. I. 1917 STRUCTURAL SERVICE BOOK 2. “Building Code Suggestions” (Chimneys, Flues, Smokepipes, and Fireplaces in Their Relation to the Fire Hazard in Dwellings, with Detailed Provisions for Incorporation in Municipal Building Codes). Technical Letter No. 5, Aug., 1916. Contains construction details. 3. “Economics of Concrete and Timber Factory Buildings,” F. E. Davidson, President Illinois Society of Architects. Technical Letter No. 6, Sept. 2, 1916. 4. “Heavy Timber Mill Construction Buildings,” C. E. Paul. Engineering Bulletin No. 2, May, 1916 (581^). Contains chapters on: Mill Construction Defined; Exterior Walls, Fire Walls, and Enclosures; Floors; Posts or Columns; Roofs; Fire Protection; Cost of Mill Construction Buildings; Stand- ard Mill Construction; Quality and Kind of Timber Used; Formulas for Design in Mill Construction (with table of work- ing unit stresses). 67 pp. 50 cents. 5. Helpful suggestive bulletins on “Rural Architecture” (5 B 1 <3). The ten issued to date bear the following titles: (a) Dairy and General-Purpose Barns; (b) Teachers’ Cottages; (c) Poultry Houses; (d) Farm Residences; () “How to Lay Oak Flooring.” Leaflet. (Not dated, received November 8, 1916.) Contains Grading Rules (changing factory grade of “Plain Sawed” to “No. 2 Common” but with definition as before), The Use of Different Grades, with detailed drawings of Two Ways to Deaden a Floor, Laying, Scraping, Care of Oak Floors. (c) “Three-eigbths-inch Oak Flooring — Its Commercial Worth in Old Houses.” Leaflet with illustrations and descriptions con- tributing to this purpose, with the Names and Uses of Dif- ferent Grades Jjj-inch Oak Flooring and jHj-inch Oak Flooring vs. Carpets. (Not dated, received August 28, 1916.) ( d) See statement about branding under 5D6 d. 16. Arkansas Soft Pine Bureau: (a) “Architects Manual on Arkansas Soft Pine” contains Grading Rules for Flooring, and Heavy Flooring, with description of sizes when worked and drawings and photographic illustra- tions of flooring. 17. Southern Cypress Manufacturers’ Association: (a) In Vol. 1 of the Cypress Pocket Library it is recommended that porch floors should be of cypress. 18. Northern Pine Manufacturers’ Association: (a) In “Rules for the Grading of Northern Pine, Spruce and Tam- arack Lumber” Association Standard Grades for Flooring define: A Flooring, B Flooring, C Flooring, D Flooring, and Farmers’ Clear Flooring. 19. In “Heavy Timber Mill Construction Buildings” (5G2C4) is a sec- tion devoted to floors, describing general construction with details of laminated floors, sizes of bays, methods of flashing, with tables of allowable floor loads and working stresses. 20. See various publications and recommendations of manufactures of floor finishes which are not here referred to, except as below, the intention being to give at this time the recommendations of the manufacturers of the floors themselves who are of course emi- nently concerned with the proper treatment and care of their products. 21. For statements with respect to varnish for floors see Industrial Section, pp. 188, 189, Murphy Varnish Company. 22. For references to oak flooring, see Industrial Section, p. 185, The American Oak Manufacturers’ Association. 5K Shingles, Lathing and Wall-Boards The subjects covered by this heading will be found included in a great many of the publications referred to under the other subdivisions. 1. See Forest Products — Lumber, Lath and Shingles. 1909, 63 pp. 5 cents; 1910, 45 pp., 5 cents; 1911, 45 pp., J cents. Department of Commerce, Bureau of the Census, compiled in cooperation with Department of Agriculture, Forest Service. (Discontinued, see 5D1 d.) These are statistical summaries. 2. Standard specifications for yellow pine shingles are included in the publication of the Southern Yellow Pine Association mentioned under which also includes standards for lathing and Byrkit lath and gives a list of standard sizes of yellow pine laths. 3. In “The Lumber Users’ Guide” (No. 12) listed under the use of Washington red cedar for shingles is touched upon — grades not given. 4. In “California Redwood on the Farm,” listed under 5G201, is a section devoted to redwood shingles and shakes, with interesting illustrations of split-strakes and diagrams for laying shingle and shake roof construction. Contains, also, a description of the grades and recommendations as to the manner of laying. 5. For cypress shingles, see “Classification and Grading Rules for Cypress Shingles” p. 652 of 1915 “Manual” of American Railway Engineering Association. (1A9C.) Defines grades — Bests, Prints, Star a Star, Economy and Clippers and standards for quantities and inspection. 6. See Pocket Library of Southern Cypress Manufacturers’ Associa- tion Vol. 7, “Cypress Shingles (a ‘Yes’ Book);” Vol. 29, “Cypress Shingle House No. 1;” Vol. 34, “Shingle House No. 2.” 7. For red cedar shingles the Shingle Branch of the West Coast Lumbermen’s Association adopted grading rules, effective June 25, 1916, entitled “Rite-Grade Grading Rules.” See separate leaflet defining same. Among the many other publications of this Shingle Branch are: (a) “Distinctive American Homes of Red Cedar Shingles.” 18 pp. ( b ) “Bungalow Homes of Red Cedar Shingles.” 18 pp. (c) “Farm Buildings of Red Cedar Shingles.” 18 pp. Each of these is attractively illustrated with perspective views, plans and diagrams. ( d ) “Nails,” a leaflet giving sizes and kinds to use for different forms of material, including shingles. It also publishes a set of twelve “Bungalow Designs” (plans and elevations, specifications and bill of materials), based on the use of shingles. 8. In “Structural Timber Hand Book” published by the same Asso- ciation (listed 5G271) will be found several pages describing and Series No. 5 (See also Wood Preservatives, Shingle Treatments and Fire- Retardants, 12D, and Lathing and Plastering, 11D6) illustrating the correct method of laying red cedar shingles, the kind and size of nail to use, and other recommendations. Also “Grading Rules for Red Cedar Shingles Which Have Been in Use Since 1908,” as well as the “Rite-Grade” Grading Rules of the Shingle Branch of this Association, above referred to. 9. See “Architects’ Manual on Arkansas Soft Pine” (5H 5a) for drawings and grading rules of lathing, Byrkit lath, lattice and other finish. 10. In “Rules for the Inspection of Hemlock Lumber,” adopted by The Northern Hemlock and Hardwood Manufacturers’ Association (jD4ifi), the definitions are given, at length, of No. 1, and No. 2 Lath. 11. In “Report of the Committee on the Uses of Wood in Building Construction” (5Eiri), see Part III, Investigation of the Relative Inflammability of Untreated and Treated Siding and Shingles. 12. See “The Building Estimator’s Reference Book,” F. R. Walker, 1917, for estimating quantities of shingles, labor, nails and other features of construction. 13. In “Building Trades Hand-book” is a treatise on shingles with illustrations and descriptions of laying, gauging, forming hips and valleys and table of quantities; also reference to lathing. 14. “Building Construction and Superintendence,” F. E. Kidder. Part 11, Carpenters’ Work. ( a ) Wall Shingling. (/>) Shingled Roofs in General, 18 pages of descriptive matter about kinds and grading of woods, paper lining, laying, ridges and hips, valleys and flashings, and snow-guards, with various tables and diagrams, (c) Furring and lathing. 15. See “Association Standard Grades,” rules for the grading of northern pine, spruce and tamarack lumber of the Northern Pine Manu- facturers’ Association. In same is defined No. I White Pine Lath; No. 1 Mixed Lath and No. 2 Lath. 16. See Current Comments (5M3) for some interesting correspondence on the subject of lathing. 17. For illustrations and description of a wooden dovetailed lath (creo- soted) imbedded in asphalt-mastic on a fiber-board backing, making a stucco or plaster-board, see Industrial Section, p. 196, the Bishopric Manufacturing Co. 18. Shingles may be obtained already treated and stained, whether for “regular” effects or for “thatched roofs.” for which see manu- facturers’ literature. For “Pamak” Fire-retardant shingle paints, see 12D5. 19. For illustration and description of effects to be obtained by the use of creosote stains on shingles, see Industrial Section, p. 1 90, Samuel Cabot, Inc. 71 Vol. I, 1917 STRUCTURAL SERVICE BOOK 5L Recreation Facilities — Bowling-Alleys, Billiard Tables and Other Games As wood is the principal material entering into the construction of games and other recreational facilities which are housed from the weather, and as many of them require and should receive proper con- sideration in planning on account of adequate provision which should be allowed for their accommodation in the structure, it has been thought well to touch upon the subject of space requirements for some installa- tions here. Other recreational facilities for indoors and outdoors will be treated in subsequent issues. I. In “Kidder’s Pocket Book (1916)” and in some few of the other books referred to in various issues of the Journal will be found, under the Index, names of games and equipment required, and in the text brief descriptions, list of sizes and similar data per- taining to shuffle-boards, squash-courts, and other games. 5M Current Comment 1. Activities to date, with respect to lumber and its uses structurally, are fully covered under descriptions given of the Forest Service, and of the various committees and associations at the beginning of this issue. 2. The following notation of corrections which should be made in the New York City Building Code is of interest: Attention is called to incorrect values of working stresses for timber in compression across the grain, still printed and circulated (May, 1917) in the Code of Ordinances of the City of New York, Article 3, Section 51, as amended by ordinance adopted April 20, 1915, effective May 1, 1915. The values given are two or three times as high as they should be and are due to errors in transcribing manu- script, as explained to the undersigned by the Superin- tendent of Buildings of the Borough of Manhattan. Thomas Nolan, Chairman Committee on Materials and Methods. 3. In connection with the subject of lathing referred to under 5K, the subjoined correspondence between the Chairman of the Committee on Materials and Methods and a committeeman is of interest and will, it is hoped, lead to further discussion on this subject. My dear Prof. Nolan: 1 am enclosing a copy of “Stan- dard Rules of the Measurement of Plastering” as adopted by the Employing Plasterers’ Association of this city. These rules have not been formally approved by our Chapter (which has a committee appointed for the pur- pose of “standardizing” workmanship and materials), and I do not know what modifications, if any, would be de- manded before our approval would be given, but the adoption of “standards” in any branch makes it almost impossible to get work done in accordance with the archi- tects' specifications, if they vary from the adopted stan- dard; for instance, I always specify three-penny, fourteen- gauge wire nails, inches long, for wood lath. The “standard” adopted by the plasterers and unions calls for three-penny, “fine,” of sixteen gauge, which is not much better than a good healthy “pin” and is not heavy enough to make a good job — especially if hard pine lath are used which are liable to twist and pull out. I have a fight on every job on this point — as the lathers do not like the larger nails (not so convenient to hold in the mouth) — and there are only about three-fifths as 1 . In the Industrial Section of this issue will be found, on p. 159, authoritative figured installation drawings and measurements for bowling-alleys and lists of sizes of billiard tables and space- requirements as prepared by the makers themselves— the Brunswick-Balke-Collender Co. 3. It should be borne in mind that space-requirements given, while a liberal minimum for satisfactory playing, do not purport to provide space for spectators for whom, when desired, further space-allowance should be made. Columns, pilasters, chimney breasts and other projections should never be allowed to encroach upon the space required, nor to interfere with the player’s enjoy- ment. many to the pound, making them cost more. However, I believe the standardization of workmanship and materials will be of great benefit, provided the standards adopted meet the architects’ approval. Yours very truly, My dear Mr. : I have your letter of February 28th, enclosing the copy of “Standard Rules of the Measurement of Plastering,” adopted by the Employing Plasterers’ Association of your city. Of course, all of the so-called “standard rules,” speci- fications, tests, etc., recommended by producers are not necessarily to be accepted by the profession: but “stan- dards” approved by a society like the American Society for Testing Materials, I think, may be accepted by the profes- sion without question, because that Society is made up of membership of both producers and non-producers, that is to say, of producers and manufacturers on the one hand, and of engineers and architects on the other hand. The A.S.T.M. Standard Specifications for portland cement and structural steel, for example, may well be approved and recommended by the architectural profession. Yours very truly, Thomas Nolan, Chairman. 5M4 Addenda For further items of interest in connection with Wood Lathing, see “Uniform Lathing Specifications,” described under 11D6/ and many other references under that sub- division. Also, as of especial interest in connection with wood work in general, see Serial No. 12, devoted to Paints and Painting, Glass and Glazing. Section 12B deals with Research, Tests and Paint Materials; 12D with Wood Preservatives, Shingle Treatments and Fire Retardants; and 12E with Painting, Varnishing and Finishing in General. In a great many of the publications listed under these sections and in the activities referred to there the characteristics, uses, treatment and finish of woods are constantly under consideration. Serial No. 5 72 Vol. I, 1917 Serial No. 6 ELECTRICAL ISSUE CONTENTS The purpose this month is to place before the readers of the Journal a resume of matters electrical applying to buildings, their construction and equipment. Practice in this respect has been standardized to an extent perhaps not excelled by any other science or industry. And yet improvement is constantly taking place. For some years the leading activities in the development of electrical utilization within and around buildings have centered about the revision of the National Electrical Code, the requirements of which have long been recognized as affording the working basis necessary for a unison of purpose on the part of all interests in the electrical field. The plan of presentation is revealed in the Index: 6A Electrical Societies, Allied Agencies. 6B Others Having Important Electrical Com- mittees. 6C The National Electrical Code. 6Dl The National Electrical Safety Code. 6E Apparatus, Appliances and Installations in General. 6 E 4 Standard Symbols and Charts. 6F Electric Elevators and Dumbwaiters. Telephones, Signaling Systems, Clocks and Bells. 6H Illumination, Lighting Fixtures and Lamps. 6J Heating, Cooking and Other Appliances and Devices. 6K Vacuum Cleaners. 6L Mechanical Equipment of Federal Buildings. 6M Lightning Protection. 6N Electrolysis. 60 Electrical Specifications, U. S. Army. JUNE, 1917 INDEX TO SUBJECTS TREATED IN THIS ISSUE Associations and 6G Electrical Societies, Associations and Allied Agencies 6Ai American Institute of Electrical Engi- neers Secretary: F. L. Hutchinson, 33 W. 39th St., N. Y. C. Publications: (a) Proceedings. Published monthly, in two sections. One section contains news and notices of interest to members, and the other contains technical papers, discussions, reports of committees and other matters of an engineering character. $10 annually. ( b ) Transactions. Published annually, containing selected technical papers, discussions, and reports, and forming a permanent record of the progress of electrical engineering. Existing bound volumes may be purchased by non-members at $10 in paper; $1 i.jo in cloth. (c) Separate Papers and Discussions. Certain of those contained in the Proceedings and Transactions can be furnished separately at 50 cents each. (< J) Standardization Rules. Revised Edition. Gives standard definitions of electrical terms, technical data, standard performance specifications, and tests of electrical machinery, standard voltages and frequencies, and general recommendations, as adopted by the Standards Committee and approved by the Board of Directors, June 30, 1915, to take effect July 1, 1 91 J. Price 2J cents. e) Year Book. The Institute has technical committees covering prac- tically the entire electrical field, those concerned with matters of interest structurally being Electric Lighting Committee, Standards Committee and Code Committee. Serial No. 6 The work of the Standards Committee is of great value to the profession and to every user of electrical power. The main purpose of this Committee, hitherto aimed at in the rules, has been to draw up engineering definitions of terms, phrases, and requirements relating to electrical machinery and apparatus, so that the meaning of technical terms might be standardized among the members of the Institute. (See 6E3 for description of these Standardi- zation Rules.) 6A2 The Society for Electrical Development General Manager: J. M. Wakeman, 29 West 39th Street, New York City. Public Information: Issues no publications for general distribution. A pos- sible exception to this is a reprint of “Useful Electrical Information for Architects, Contractors and Engineers.” Copies furnished practising architects upon request. The Society maintains, and through painstaking re- search work is constantly adding to, an extensive library of electrical information, including records of electric rates and data concerning engineering work, all of which material is carefully classified and filed for ready reference. One of the Society’s activities has been to cooperate Vol. I, 1917 73 STRUCTURAL SERVICE BOOK with the Wiring Committee of the National Electric Light Association and H. C. Cushing in preparing a special section of over fifty pages on “House Wiring” in the “Cushing Standard Wiring Handbook.” [Note. — While the general uses and advantages of electricity are known to all, it is impossible for anyone not in touch with the industry to know of the constant changes which are being made in the means of supply and the many improvements which are taking place in the means of its utilization. In planning electrical service it is always wise to consult with local electrical interests — the central station management, electrical or consulting engineers, and electrical contractors, of known reliability — as they are familiar with local ordinances, inspection rules, and terms of service, but the Society will gladly aid the archi- tect and all builders in other directions.] 6A3 National Electric Light Association Secretary: T. C. Martin, 29 West 39th Street, N. Y. C. Publications: (a) Proceedings, and (b) Reports, issued annually. ( c ) The N.E.L.A. Bulletin, issued monthly, for members only and for distribution to institutions of learning, so as to be accessible to the many engineering students. (d) Handbooks, which are permanently valuable contributions to the literature of electricity and have received wide appreciation, not only from public utility companies and their employees, but from college professors and students in colleges and technical schools. (e) Booklets are issued from time to time through the commercial section of the Association, with the aim of promoting better conditions of service to the public. Many other publications are issued, some of which will be found referred to under subdivisions later. The National Electric Light Association was organized in 1885 to foster and promote the effectiveness of the ser- vice furnished by electric central station corporations engaged in the production, transmission, and distribution of electricity, in supplying the public with light, heat, power, and other forms of service. At a very early stage the Association took part in the now universal “Safety First” movement, and is at pres- ent cooperating with the U. S. Bureau of Standards in the development of the National Electrical Safety Code. The Association maintains a Lecture Bureau and is also one of the bodies represented on the Electrical Com- mittee of the N. F. P. A. in charge of the National Elec- trical Code. The engineering and attendant scientific and educa- tional work of the Association is carried on through appro- priate subdivisions or sections of the national organiza- tion known as the Technical and Hydro-Electric Section, the Commercial Section, the Accounting Section, and the Electric Vehicle Section, and through Committees, of which there are now about 70 with some 500 leading ex- perts in their membership. 6A4 National Electrical Contractors' Asso- ciation of the U. S. Secretary: H. C. Brown, 41 Martin Building, Utica, N. Y. Publications: ( a ) Standard Symbols for Wiring Plans, as adopted and recommended by the National Electrical Contractors’ Association and the American Institute of Architects. Copies may be had without charge upon application to the Secretary of the Association, or to the Executive Secretary of the American Institute of Archi- tects at The Octagon, Washington, D. C. (1 b) National Electrical Contractors’ Association Standard Conduit Charts, showing standard sizes of conduits for the installation of wires and cables, adopted and recommended by the N.E.C.A. Serial No. 6 of the U. S. and required by the National Electrical Code; com- pletely illustrated with drawings of conduits, wires and cables at one-half full size; copyright 1912. These are mounted upon boards 21 by 30, and may be obtained upon application to the Secretary, at a price of $3. Postage additional. (c) The National Electrical Contractor is the official journal of this Association and covers a wide field in the electrical industry. This Association was organized in Buffalo, 1901, by forty-nine progressive electrical contractors who were desir- ous of raising the standard of electrical contracting to the plane of a profession, and the objects were, in chief, to collect for electrical contractors and dealers important information which they could not get independently. The main objects are; Committees exist to solve various problems for the members and allied electrical interests. The Association is represented on the Electrical Committee of the N. F. P. A in charge of the National Electrical Code and is also repre- sented in all the important electrical societies and organi- zations. 6 A 5 National Board of Fire Underwriters See March Journal, Serial No. 3A4, for description of activities and list of publications, and see, also, 6C. 6A6 Local Underwriters' Associations See March Journal, Serial No. 3A5, for description, and 3A2 for cooperation with architects. For the con- venience of architects, engineers, and constructors, a colored map of the United States, 28 x 14 inches, is issued by Ream, Ives & Wrightson, Insurance Brokers, 24 Broad Street, New York City. It shows the territory under the jurisdiction of the various boards and bureaus making electrical inspections and fire insurance rates. Price, $2.50. 6A7 Underwriters' Laboratories , Electrical Department For other descriptions of activities and publications see 3A6 and previous issues of the Journal, also see Industrial Section, p. 141. Electrical Publications: (a) List of Inspected Electrical Appliances (see Standards Adopted and Progress Reported, 6E31A. (b) Electrical Data (see Information Obtainable, 6E1*). (1 c ) Standard on Rubber-Covered Wires and Cords (3A6/). (d) Standard on Cabinets and Cut-out Boxes (3A67). (e) Standard on Flexible Steel Armored Cables. (/) Standard (Tentative) for the Construction and Installation of Materials for Lightning Rod Equipments (3A6£). Note. — (a) and (b) revised semi-annually; sent free upon applica- tion. (r), (d), (e) and (/) for sale in printed form at $ 1 per copy. Other standards in mimeographed form, some of which will be printed later. The testing of electrical appliances and electric wiring materials was the first work undertaken by Underwriters’ Laboratories; it has always been a very important division of the activities of the institution. Two electrical labora- tories are maintained, one in Chicago and the other in New York. Underwriters’ Laboratories’ Councils are bodies of experts having extensive field experience, as relates to fire and accident protection, with the products upon which Underwriters’ Laboratories is called to pass. The Councils review and criticize reports on laboratory tests on products that have been submitted for investiga- tion and listing, and the members are called upon to register their approval or disapproval of the recommenda- tions of the Laboratories’ engineers before any product investigated can be listed as standard. In various other advisory capacities these bodies also serve the institution. There are three Councils: The Fire Council, the Casualty Council, and the Electrical Council. 74 Vol. I, 1917 SERIAL NO. 6 Underwriters’ Laboratories’ Electrical Council consists of forty-eight prominent electrical engineers and inspectors, including, in addition to Underwriters’ repre- sentatives, two representatives of the Federal Govern- ment, a representative of the Hydro-Electric Power Commission of Ontario, and engineers and inspectors from municipalities, New York and Chicago being among these. As has been pointed out in previous issues of the Jour- nal, suitable supervision of the factory output and a com- prehensive field follow-up are employed on all products carried as standard in the Laboratories’ lists. The Label Service, described in detail in the January, 1917, Journal, is the system of supervision follow-up most extensively employed in the electrical industry, as in other industries. Electrical appliances and materials passed by Under- writers’ Laboratories may be identified by means of Under- writers’ labels on the goods themselves, except in rela- tively few instances where labeling is impracticable. The labeling may consist of a marker attached or of a perman- ent marking in the material, the latter being known as die labeling. For further and more detailed information in this issue concerning Underwriters’ Laboratories see 6C2 and Industrial Section, p. 141. 6A8 Associated Factory Mutual Fire In- surance Companies For description of same and of Inspection Department and for com- plete list of publications see March Journal, Serial No. 3A7. For the two publications especially relating to electrical subjects see “Standards Adopted’’ 6 E^e. Of these the “Electric Rules,” which is the National Electrical Code illustrated by cuts and with explanatory footnotes, has been adopted as a textbook in several educational institutions throughout the country. The Associated Factory Mutual Fire Insurance Com- panies are represented on the Electrical Committee of the N.F.P.A. 6C The National Electrical Code EVOLUTION OF THE CODE (a) The position occupied by the National Electrical Code is a unique one. So far as the rules themselves go, they are but little more than recommendations. But they are so wisely drawn and specify so well what is necessary for safety in electric wiring that all insurance and elec- trical interests accept their recommendations with seldom a question, while municipal boards enforce them as ordinances. The New York Board of Fire Underwriters issued, in October, 1881, the first printed requirements on electric wiring. A few days later the Boston Manufacturers’ Mutual Fire Insurance Company issued a similar docu- ment. Early in 1882 both of these organizations issued circulars containing a few rules on electric wiring. Soon thereafter the National Board of Fire Underwriters adopted the requirements of the New York Board. In this same year (1882) the Boston Board of Fire Under- writers issued a set of rules, as did the New England Insurance Exchange in 1885. In the first part of the year 1890, six of the insurance organizations issued quite complete sets of rules relative to the installation of electric wiring. In 1891 the National Electric Light Association adopted a code of wiring rules prepared by this bureau, and in 1892, a convention of Serial No. 6 6 A 9 National Fire-Protection Association For complete description and list of all publications see March Journal 3A3. The Biennial revision of the National Electrical Code is now in the hands of the Electrical Committee of the N.F.P.A. as explained in the introduction to the Code under 6C. The contemplated 1917 revision did not take place for the reasons stated, in the Report of this Committee to the Convention of the N.F.P.A. in Washington May 8-10, 1917, as follows: (, a ) Report. “Owing to the injunction granted without a hearing by the New York Court at the prayer of a manufacturer of fuses against all the members of the Electrical Committee, the regular biennial open meeting of the Committee was not completed.” “The preliminary injunction has been dissolved and it is hoped to complete the work of the meeting at an early date.” F. E. Cabot, Chairman. 6B Other Electrical Associations American Electric Railway Association, New York City; Associated Manufacturers of Electrical Supplies, New York City; Association of Edison Illuminating Com- panies, San Francisco, Cal.; Association of Iron and Steel Electrical Engineers, McKeesport, Pa.; Association of Railway Electrical Engineers, Chicago, 111 .; Canadian Electrical Association, Toronto, Canada; Electrical Manufacturers’ Club, Syracuse, N. Y.; Electrical Supply Jobbers’ Association, Chicago, 111 .; Electric Power Club, Chicago, 111 .; Jovian Order, St. Louis, Mo.; National Association of Electrical Inspectors, Concord, Mass.; Institute of Electrical Contractors, New York City. Other national associations having committees con- cerned with the use of electricity in buildings are: American Society for Testing Materials (1A4), Ameri- can Railway Engineering Association (1A9), American Society of Mechanical Engineers (Serial No. later), Western Society of Engineers, with headquarters at Chicago, maintains an Electrical Section administered by an Executive Committee. (For educational institutions in connection with re- search work in electricity and testing facilities, see iB 3a.) (See also other Associations listed under 12L.) insurance men met in New York and made such revisions in the rules which had been adopted by that body as seemed wise. At a second meeting in December of the same year, attended by representatives from insurance boards all over the United States and from many sections of Canada, the Underwriters’ National Electrical Asso- ciation, a permanent organization was effected and an Electrical Committee appointed, consisting of electricians in the employ of insurance interests, whose duties were to be the care of the rules, the making of tests, and the giving of information and advice to the Association. At the next meeting of the Underwriters’ National Electric Association in Chicago in 1893, and at a subse- quent meeting in Boston the same year, the rules were revised again. In February, 1894, they were adopted by the National Electric Light Association; before the close of the year, by six additional insurance boards, coming thus into use by insurance inspectors all over the United States. The plan was then adopted of having all the printing of the rules done by the National Board of Fire Underwriters and having no changes made in rules except through this Board. By 1895 the rules had been adopted practically by all the Underwriters’ associations, forty of which were using copies of them printed from the same type. Moreover, they had been accorded the approval of many electrical manufacturers and prominent central-station men, and Vol. I, 1917 75 STRUCTURAL SERVICE BOOK had been incorporated into the ordinances of fifteen or twenty leading cities. In October, 1895, a communication was sent out on behalf of the National Electric Light Association, sug- gesting a joint conference, to be composed of delegates from the American Institute of Electrical Engineers, the Ameri- can Street Railway Association, the National Board of Fire Underwriters, the American Institute of Architects, the International Fire Chiefs’ Association, the American Bell Telephone Company, the Western Union and the Postal Telegraph Companies, the General Electric Com- pany, the Westinghouse Electric and Manufacturing Company, the National Electric Light Association. From this meeting a National Conference on Standard Electrical Rules was organized in 1896, and a Committee appointed to amend and codify the rules. This Committee decided that the rules promulgated by the Underwriters’ National Electric Association offered the best basis for a standard set of rules. That Committee prepared a num- ber of suggestions for changes in and additions to the Underwriters’ rules. Most of these suggestions were adopted and the Underwriters’ National Electric Associa- tion immediately set to work to revise and recodify the rules. The revised rules were approved by the Code Com- mittee of the National Conference and promptly indorsed and adopted by the National Electric Light Association and other interested organizations. Thus there came into existence in 1897 the “National Electrical Code.” The assistance which Mr. C. M. Goddard, of Boston, rendered in the creation of the Code attracted such wide attention to his enthusiasm and ability that when the Underwriters’ National Electric Association was formed he was made its secretary. Because of the exercise of these same qualities, he was in 1911 retained in the Elec- trical Committee of the National Fire Protection Associa- tion in the hands of which Committee is now placed the biennial revision of the National Electrical Code. When a revision takes place the Code is adopted and published as “Regulations of the National Board of Fire Underwriters for Electric Wiring and Apparatus, as Recom- mended by the National Fire Protection Association.” The Code, with its amplifications for the design and construction of appliances, as mentioned under 6 Eja, then becomes the National Standard pertaining to electric wiring and apparatus — and is administered by local Inspec- tion Departments, for which see 6A6. The Editor wishes to pay especial tribute on behalf of architects to Mr. Alfred Stone who for over ten years so well and so assiduously represented the Institute as its delegate to the National Conference on the Electrical Code. The Reports to conventions year after year will be found printed in the “Proceedings” (1A8 /). (. b ) The Code is divided into six sections under the desig- nations Class A, B, C, D, E, and F, as listed below. The reader is referred to the Code itself for all detailed des- criptions, except the General Suggestions which are here printed in full for the recommendations which they con- tain. Copies of the Code may be obtained from the National Fire Protection Association, the National Board of Fire Underwriters, the Underwriters’ Laboratories, the Asso- ciated Factory Mutual Fire Insurance Companies (see 6A8 and 6E3e), and from all local underwriters’ associations or inspection departments. 6C1 National Electrical Code — General Sug- gestions (quoted from the Code) “The following general suggestions, as well as the fine print notes in the rules, are simply suggestions and explanations and are in no case to be considered by inspection departments as mandatory.” “In all electric work, conductors, however well insulated, should always be treated as bare to the end that under no conditions, existing or likely to exist, can a ground or short circuit occur, and so that all leakage from conductor to conductor or between conductor and ground may be reduced to the minimum. “In all wiring special attention must be paid to the mechanical execution of the work. Careful and neat running, connecting, soldering, taping of conductors, and securing and attaching of fittings, are specially conducive to security and efficiency* and will be strongly insisted on. “In laying out an installation, except for constant current systems, every reasonable effort should be made to secure distribution centers located in easily accessible places, at which points the cutouts and switches controlling the several branch circuits can be grouped for con- venience and safety of operation. The load should be divided as evenly as possible among the branches, and all complicated and unnecessary wiring avoided. “The use of wire-ways for rendering concealed wiring permanently accessible is most heartily endorsed and recommended; and this method of accessible concealed construction is advised for general use. “Architects are urged, when drawing plans and specifications, to make provision for the channeling and pocketing of buildings for elec- tric light or power wires, and also for telephone, district messenger, and other signaling system wiring.” 6C2 The Other Sections of the Code Class A, Generators, Motors, Switchboards, etc.: (Includes electrical equipment of Central Stations, Dynamo, Motor and Storage-Battery Rooms, Transformer Sub-Stations, etc. Rules 1 to 11.): Class B, Out- side Work; (Not including wiring for Light, Power and Heat, Protected by Service Cutout and Switch. For Signaling Systems see Class E.) All Systems and Voltages. (Rules 12 to 15.): Class C, Inside Work; (Including all work for Light, Power and Heat, Protected by Service Cutout and Switch. For Signaling Systems see Class E.) General Rules, all systems and voltages. (Rules 16 to 19.) Constant-Current Systems. (Rules 20 to 22.) Constant-Potential Systems; General Rules, all volt- ages. (Rules 23 to 25.) Low-Potential Systems, 550 volts or less. (Rules 26 to 43.) High-Potential Systems, 550 to 3,500 volts. (Rules 44 to 46.) Extra-High-Potential Systems, over 3,500 volts. (Rules 47 to 48.): Class D, Fittings, Materials and Details of Construction; All systems and voltages. (Rules 49 to 84.): “This section of the Code relating to the design and construction of appliances is but a partial outline of speci- fications. Underwriters’ Laboratories has complete standards for elec- trical fittings which include the provisions of this Code and in addition specifications for performance under test and in service and further details of design and construction. Copies of these standards will be furnished electrical inspection departments, manufacturing concerns, national electrical associations, societies and institutes, and copies filed with the Bureau of Standards, Department of Commerce, Washington, to which Bureau may be referred questions as to the correctness of the Laboratories’ tests”: Class E, Miscellaneous; (Rules 85 to 89.): Class F, Marine Work. 6D1 The National Electrical Safety Code (a) After three years of continuous study and investiga- tion and the thorough revision of successive preliminary drafts submitted for discussion and criticism, the Bureau of Standards, in Circular No. 54, Second Edition, November 15, 1916, presents the completed text under this title “National Electrical Safety Code for Examination, Trial, and Constructive Criticism.” Copies may be procured from the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C., at 20 cents each, paper bound; 30 cents each in cloth. In addition to two introductory sections giving defini- tions of terms and rules for the grounding of apparatus and circuits, the Code consists of four principal parts, as fol- lows: Serial No. 6 Vol. I, 1917 SERIAL NO. 6 1. Rules for the installation of machinery, switch- boards, and wiring in central stations and substations. 2. Rules for the construction of overhead and under- ground lines for the transmission and distribution of elec- trical energy and intelligence. 3. Rules for the installation of electrical apparatus and wiring in factories, residences, and wherever electricity is utilized for light, heat or power. 4. Rules for safeguarding employees when working on or near electrical machines or lines. This Electrical Safety Code, more particularly Part 3, on Electrical Utilization Equipment, runs parallel with the National Electrical Code (for fire-protection). As it was desirable that there be no conflict between them, and as little overlapping as possible, the Bureau came to an early understanding with the Electrical Committee of the Na- tional Fire Protection Association as to the relations be- tween the two codes. The Bureau offered originally to cooperate with the Electrical Committee in framing safety rules to be incorporated in the present electrical code, but at a conference it was found to be the general desire to keep the safety rules and the fire-prevention rules as dis- tinct as possible and have these two parts of a complete electrical code parallel and separate instead of interlaced in such a way that they could not be distinguished. This separation simplifies their preparation, and also their ad- ministration, as in some cases administrative bodies con- cerned with one of the codes will not be concerned with the other. Part 4 was first published in August, 1914, as Circular No. 49 of the Bureau, and after revision, with the coopera- tion of the Accident Prevention Committee of the National Electric Light Association, republished in May, 1915, as a second edition of that circular. The rules have been used by a large number of companies during the fifteen months since their second publication, and the present edition has been thoroughly revised in the light of considerable experience in actual use. The other three parts of the Code were printed as Circular No. 54 of the Bureau, in April, 1915, and have been very thoroughly studied and developed since then. The complete code is now offered for careful study and use in practice, and the Bureau recommends that it be adopted at present only for use on trial. The Code will be revised in a year or so in the light of such experience, and may then be adopted more formally and made manda- tory to a greater degree than would be reasonable at present. Criticism of the rules contained in the Code and sug- gestions for their improvement, either by way of changes or additions, are invited. Before offering such criticism, however, the statement concerning the plan and scope of the code in the Introduction to Circular No. 54, second edition, should be read, as well as the discussions on the rules. (i) As of interest in offering opportunity for the further cooperation of architects in the development of standards pertaining to some of those technical and structural problems with which the suc- cessful practice of the profession abounds, the following extracts from a letter to the Editor of the Structural Service Depart- ment from the Bureau of Standards are quoted. “We should be very glad to have the expressed approval of the Ameri- can Institute of Architects for the idea and general character of the National Electrical Safety Code and the indorsement of the Institute of the Bureau’s proposal of giving this Code a thorough field trial in the immediate future with the cooperation of all the agencies concerned. “In response to your inquiries as to such agencies as may be already utilizing the Safety Code, we may state that the State Commissions of Wisconsin, North Carolina, California, Pennsylvania, West Virginia, and Nevada now use the Safety Code in one form or another. New York City, through its Department of Water Supply, Gas and Electricity, is also making a trial use of the Safety Code in new construction. The Code has also been used as a basis by casualty insurance associations, and in particular by the National Workmen’s Compensation Service Bureau operating in a number of states and with headquarters at New York City. “Among those associations whose committees have for nearly three years been giving active cooperation in the preparation of the Safety Code, may be instanced the American Institute of Electrical Engineers, the National Electric Light Association, the American Electric Rail- way Association, the American Railways Association, the National Fire- Protection Association, and many others. These associations will, with- out exception, so we are advised, continue this cooperation and we should greatly appreciate cooperation by a similar committee of The American Institute of Architects, the possibility of which you have suggested. The interest of The American Institute of Architects in the safety of wiring installations is parallel with their interest in the prevention of electrical fires, and they have rendered great service in the past to the Electrical Committee of the National Fire Protection Association in the develop- ment of the National Electrical (Fire) Code. “It has sometimes been proposed that a permanent advisory coun- cil drawn from the various national associations cooperating in the development of the National Electrical Safety Code and representative of all interests, including administrators and workmen as well as engi- neers, would be a desirable method of assuring the general correctness and satisfactoriness of future action in amending the National Electrical Safety Code. We should be glad to have an expression from The Ameri- can Institute of Architects on the feasibility of such a plan. It is the hope that the continued cooperation of all interested in the Electrical Safety Code will insure its increasing adequacy and reasonableness and bring about its general adoption and use as against the adoption and use in different administrative jurisdictions of electrical safety rules separately arrived at by less extended local study or by the efforts of only a part of the interests concerned. The confusion which would necessarily result from such differing codes is apparent and would mean an unneces- sary repetition of the confusion which existed as to electrical fire-pre- vention rules prior to the formulation and general adoption of the National Electrical (Fire) Code.” Signed, E. R. Rosa, for the Bureau of Standards. Electricity Within and Around Buildings 6E Apparatus, Appliances and Installations in General 6E1 Information Obtainable No attempt is here made to list the articles frequently appearing in the periodicals devoted to electrical subjects or in the bulletins, journals, ( b ) or proceedings of Governmental Departments, professional or technical societies, or educational institutions, the indexes to the publications of all of which, including especially the American Institute of Electrical Engineers, The American Society of Mechanical Engineers and the National Fire Protection Association, should be consulted by those interested, as well also the list of publications of the U. S. Bureau of Standards. See especially the subdivision 6L for description of the features in- cluded under this heading in the Mechanical Equipment of Federal , Buildings. ' ' ( a ) “Standard Handbook for Electrical Engineers,” prepared by a staff of specialists, Frank F. Rowle, Editor-in-chief. 2000 pp. Serial No. 6 Fourth edition, revised, rewritten, and reset. The joint pro- duction of over 60 leading engineers; written for engineers in practice. "American Handbook for Electrical Engineers,” Harold Pender, Editor-in-chief, and 26 Associate Editors. 2023 pp., fully illustrated. All phases of electrical engineering and related engineering subjects treated to meet everyday requirements of the practising engineer. "Electrical Engineers’ Pocket Book,” Horatio A. Foster, A.I.E.E., with the collaboration of other engineers and specialists. 1000 pp., illustrated. Useful data for electrical engineers, architects, and electricians. “American Electricians’ Handbook,” Terrell Croft. 71 1 pp., pocket size, illustrated. Does not go into design and gives only enough theory to explain why certain things should be done in certain ways. 77 Vol. I, 1917 STRUCTURAL SERVICE BOOK (f) “Architects’ and Builders’ Pocket-Book,” F. E. Kidder, pp. 1371- 1399: “Electric Work for Buildings,” W. H. Timbie. Contains a brief general treatise on electricity, machines, currents, fuses and circuit breakers, describes lighting systems, gives wire cal- culations, and offers general suggestions for electric work, con- duit systems and specifications for interior wiring; illustrated. ( J ) “Mechanical Engineers’ Handbook,” Lionel S. Marks, pp. 1 566— 1779: Section on Electrical Engineering by M. C. Beebe and F. A. Kartak, with tables and illustrations including wiring calculations and data on switches and fuses. (#) “American Civil Engineers’ Pocket Book,” Mansfield Merriman, pp. 1310-1340: Section on Electricity. (h) “Electrical Cost Data, Estimates and Working Tables,” Horatio A. Foster. (J) “Switchboards,” Wm. Baxter, Jr. 192 pp., illustrated. ( к ) “Cushing’s Standard Wiring, 1916,” H. C. Cushing, Jr. Based on the latest 1915 National Electric Code’s Rules. Has special section devoted to house-wiring, and explains and illustrates the code. Contains tables and formula: for inside and outside wiring. . (/) “Wiring of Finished Buildings,” Terrell Croft, Consulting Elec- trical Engineer. 275 pp., illustrated. Combines both commer- cial and technical aspects. The technical end covers methods of wiring, tools, manipulation, fixtures, and gives examples of successful installations. ( m ) “Electric Wiring, Diagrams and Switchboards,” Newton Har- rison. 272 pp., illustrated. A practical treatise, included in which is a development of a simple circuit with the position of mains, feeders and branches, their treatment as a part of a wiring plan and their employment in house-wiring. (») "Theatres and Motion Picture Houses,” Arthur S. Melloy, Archi- tect. 1916. 125 pp. Includes sections on Electric Wiring, Auditorium Lighting and Stage Lighting. (0) “Universal Wiring Computer,” Carl Hering. 44 pp., 4 charts. For determining the sizes of wires for incandescent electric lamp leads and for distribution in general without calculation, with some notes on wiring and a set of auxiliary tables. (p) “Handbook of Electrical Methods,” compiled from the Electrical World. 284 pp., illustrated. A collection of useful details that were contributed to the Electrical World in four years from the everyday experiences of the workers in the industry. It gives a vast amount of well-arranged information in comparatively small compass. {q) “Alternating Current Wiring and Distribution,” William L. Emmet. Second edition, 98 pp., illustrated. Contains the principlesof alternating currents from the practical pointof view, and of their distribution and application to lighting and power, (r) “Electric Wiring Specifications,” J. H. Montgomery, Professor of Physics and Electrical Engineering in the University of South- ern California. 139 pp. A book from which a specification can be readily prepared which will cover all ordinary electrical work, (r) “Electric Lighting Specifications,” E. A. Merrill. 213 pp. For architects and engineers. (/) “The Wiring Handbook,” with 32 complete labor-saving tables and digest of underwriters’ rules, by Cecil P. Poole. 85 pp., illustrated. (u) “Building Estimators’ Reference Book,” Frank R. Walker, pp. 3300, 3301: Section on Electric-Wiring. (e) “How to Check Electricity Bills,” S. W. Borden. 55 pp., illus- trated. (ic) “Mechanical Engineers’ Pocket Book,” William Kent, pp. 1396- 1467, also pp. 713, 714 and 1420-1425 for electrical heaters, heating, and furnaces. (, x ) See “Electrical Data,” August, 1916. Published by Under- writers’ Laboratories. 22 pp., illustrated. Contains: Announce- ment of Label Service for Cartridge-inclosed Fuses and Snap Switches; A Retrospect; Causes and Losses in Fires Due to Elec- tricity; Rats and Lead-covered Cable; Fires and Accidents Due to Electrical Causes. (v) In the “I.C.S. Electrical Engineers’ Handbook” will be found much valuable information presented in a form useful to archi- tects and engineers, comprising tables and sections on Electricity and Magnetism, Dynamos and Motors, Electric Lighting, In- terior Wiring Power Transmission, and Operation and Main- tenance of Electrical Apparatus. 414 pp. (z) The above handbook is independent of 23 volumes on Electrical Engineering and allied subjects in the extensive International Library of Technology, each of which treats the subject ex- haustively. (аа) Read Reports of Committees printed in Proceedings of the Ameri- can Society for Testing Materials (1A4 a), 1916: 1. Committee B 1 on Copper Wire, p. 177. 2. Committee D 11 on Rubber Products. (it) Refer to the various publications mentioned under the Societies Associations and allied Agencies 6A1 to 6A9. (cc) For information on electrical apparatus, installations and appli- ances in general, with notes, explanations and descriptions per- taining to the utilization of electrical energy in buildings and with references in many cases to the National Electrical Code, latest Underwriters’ requirements, and other controlling factors. See pp. 148-158 of the General Electric Company, including Sprague Works, in the Industrial Section. This includes gen- erators, switchboards, motors and other apparatus, conduits, wiring devices and other subjects listed in the special G-E Index on p. 148. (dd) For information concerning subjects under this heading, see the Industrial Section, p. 173. National Metal Moulding Co., “How to Write Conduit Specifications.” 6E2 Practice Recommended or Suggested by (a) U. S. Bureau of Standards: 1. See description of National Electrical Safety Code (6D114). (J>) National Fire Protection Association (3A3): 1. See the “General Suggestions” which preface the National Electrical Code and which are printed in full under 6C1. Particular attention is called to the last two paragraphs recommending the general use of wire-ways for rendering concealed wiring permanently accessible (conduit systems) and urging architects when drawing plans and specifications to make provision for the channeling and pocketing of build- ings for these and all other possible arteries for the utilization of electrical energy. 2. See “Field Practice,” Inspection Manual of the N.F.P.A.; PP- 23, 3 L 48, 77 , and 75-77 for notes on the installation, care and maintenance of electric heating devices, irons, motors and power equipment, and other sections for explanations of the rules and requirements of various inspection departments of label service and of matters in general pertaining to good practice. (c) National Board of Fire Underwriters (3A4): 1. From the “Building Code — 1915” OA^i) the following is quoted in full from Section 261: “Electrical Installations — - All electrical wiring, apparatus, or appliances for furnishing light, heat, or power shall be in accordance with the ‘National Electrical Code,’ and no installation of electrical equipment shall be made, except in conformity thereto.” 2. In “Dwelling Houses” {^A^dT,) the section relating to Electrical Installations is of exactly the same purport. ( d ) American Society for Testing Material (1A4): 1. Tentative Standard Specifications for Insulated Wire and Cable, 30 per cent Hevea Rubber; Serial Designation D 27-16 T. (e) Mechanical Equipment of Federal Buildings. 1 . See the description of publication with this title given under 6L. 6E3 Standards Adopted and Progress Re- ported (a) The National Electrical Code: The Code (6C) comprehends the allowable approved methods for the manufacture of electrical apparatus and for the installa- tion of conduits, wiring, switches, fixtures and devices carrying or consuming electricity in connection with buildings. Where the Code is printed for the information of architects and building constructors, sections relating essentially to methods of manufacture are usually omitted. It is presumed that such sections are complied with by reputable manufacturers and have become a precedent to their products being labeled by the Underwriters’ Laboratories, which label is the architect’s and user’s evidence of compliance with the requirements of the Code. It is of interest to note that the building codes of many of the larger cities make no mention of compliance with the Code or offer any other requirements which must be complied with in the wiring of buildings for electricity. There are few cities or towns where the electric light and power company will supply service to a building until a certificate of inspection of the wiring is secured from the local board of Underwriters or from the municipal electrical inspection department. Where there is a municipal inspection department, it is generally a violation of the city ordinance for the lighting company to provide service until such certificate has been obtained; in other cases there is an agreement with the lighting company not to connect to the building until the electrical work therein has been inspected and approved. It is also well known to the framers of codes that the furnishing of such a certificate is a requisite before fire insurance may be placed on any building, and that without such insurance mortgages cannot be negotiated or other financing of building construction be consummated. It would seem then that this system is practical, and it is taken for granted that it will be understood without the frank acknowledgement which one might expect to find in building codes of the procedure to be followed. 78 Serial No. 6 Vol. I, 1917 Specifications will invariably provide that the local requirements shall be met, for the same will be based upon the National Electrical Code, with such amplifications and variations as climatic and other conditions warrant. {b) Standardization Rules of the American Institute of Electrical Engineers (see 6Aid): In these particular effort has been directed toward defining in engineering terms the rating of electrical machinery and the requirements connoted thereby. (c) International Standardization: “It becomes impossible to carry standardization beyond a very elementary stage in any one country, without influencing the procedure in other countries. Cooperative relations have been entered into at different times between the A.I.E.E. Standards Committee and corresponding committees in other countries, to considerable mutual advantage, but especially through the influence of the International Electrotechnical Commission, an international body engaged in international electrical engineer- ing standardization.” (d) “List of Inspected Electrical Appliances:” (This list and a “List of Manufacturers of Inspected Mechanical Appliances;” also “List of appliances Inspected for accident Hazard” are published by Underwriters’ Laboratories. Both lists are revised semi-annually.) See I B2 a, 3A6. “Products labeled or listed as mentioned above are not neces- sarily uniform in quality or merit, the labeling and listing indicating only compliance with Underwriters’ requirements.” (e) “Electric Light and Power Equipments — Rules: “Approved Electrical Fittings” (subject to semi-annual revision). (These two publications are issued by the Inspection Department of the Associated Factory Mutual Fire Insurance Companies.) See 3A7. "The ‘List of Approved Electrical Fittings’ is designed to enable mill managers and electrical contractors to quickly learn where thoroughly reliable fittings can be obtained. This pamphlet forms a supplement to ‘Rules for Installing Electric Light and Power Equipments,’ which should be carefully followed in all electrical construction work.” 6E4 Standard Symbols and Charts (a) See Standard Symbols for Wiring Plans, as adopted by the National Electrical Contractors’ Association of the U. S. and the American Institute of Architects, mentioned under 6A4 a. In addition to the copies on cardboard, which may be had as there mentioned, these Symbols may be seen illustrated and explained in: 1. “Kidder’s Pocket Book — 1916,” pp. 1398-1399. 2. “Sweet’s Architectural Catalogue — 1917,” p. 1423. Complete descriptions will be found in some, and a very considerable amount of valuable data in others, of the publications mentioned below: See especially the Chapter on “Elevators” from “Mechanical Equipment of Federal Buildings” described under 6L. 1. “Standard Handbook for Electrical Engineers,” Frank F. Fowle: Section on “Electric Elevators,” by D. L. Lindquist, Chief Engineer Otis Elevator Co., and Asso. A.I.E.E. 2. “Mechanical Engineers’ Handbook,” Lionel S. Marks: Section 9 treats of “Hoisting and Conveying,” by C. Kemble Baldwin, pp. 1006-1187. 3. “American Handbook for Electrical Engineers,” Harold Pender: Section on “Electric Elevators.” 4. “Architects’ & Builders’ Pocket Book,” F. E. Kidder: Section on “Elevator-Service in Buildings,” pp. 1579-1597, contains information on electric elevators and gives valuable data for cal- culating the number of elevators required, determining sizes, etc. — similar to that mentioned under JLi h. 5. “Electrical Engineers’ Pocket Book,” Horatio A. Foster: Section on “Electric Elevators.” 6. “Mechanical Engineers’ Pocket Book,” Wm. Kent: Section on “Hoist ug and Conveying,” pp. 1181-1218. (/) “Universal Safety Standards:” A reference book of Rules, Draw- ings, Tables, Formula, Data and Suggestions for use of Archi- tects, Engineers, Superintendents, Foremen, Inspectors, Mechanics and Students, by Carl M. Hansen, M.E., Consult- ing Safety Engineer, Member American Society Mechanical Engineers. Compiled under the direction of and approved by the Workmen’s Compensation Service Bureau, New York City. ( g ) See also “Electrical Edition” of same. (/) and ( g ) contain diagrams and descriptions of guards for motors, switchboards, starting panels, controllers, fuse-boxes, and other safety devices. (A) The American Society for Testing Materials has adopted the following: 1. Standard specifications for Hard-Drawn Copper Wire, Serial Designation B 1-15. 2. Standard Specifications for Medium Hard-Drawn Copper Wire, Serial Designation B 2-15. 3. Standard Specifications for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire Serial Designation B 3-15. 4. And others relating to cables, trolley wires, and specialized products. (_/') U. S. Bureau of Standards: 1. See Circular No. 31, “Copper Wire Tables,” referred to under 6E 3b. 2. The Bureau is cooperating with a number of testing labora- tories identified with the American Society for Testing Materials in investigating the merits of an accelerated heat- test as applied to rubber insulation on wire. The object of the work is to determine the relative effect of dry heat 160° F., as compared with the effect of natural aging under uniform atmospheric conditions. The relative effect of dry heat, as compared with natural aging, has been studied in the case of fifty-five rubber compounds. 3. Some of these results appear in third edition Bureau of Standards Circular No. 38,“Testing of Mechanical Rubber Goods.” ( k ) Office of the Quartermaster-General U. S. Army: 1 . See General Electrical Specifications, No. 6, described under 60 . (See, also, 7E1 j and 7M2) 3. “Portfolio of the Architectural Service Corporation,” Ser- vice Sheet No. 1, January, 1916. (b) Standard Conduit Charts, showing standard sizes of conduits for the installation of wires and cables, adopted and recommended by the National Electrical Contractors’ Association of the U. S. and required by the National Electrical Code, may be obtained, as mentioned under 6B2^. (See 6G14.) (c) Standard Symbols, also illustrated in U. S. Army Specifications, 60 . (See, also, iiBio£ and /) 7. “Building Estimators’ Reference Book,” Frank R. Walker: Chap- ter XXII on “Miscellaneous Building Specialities,” pp. 2900- 2906, gives information on Cost of Electric Passenger Elevators, Electric Freight Elevators, Cost of Cars and Dumbwaiters. 8. “Elevator Shaft Construction: Practical Suggestions for the In- stallation of Elevators in Buildings,” H. R. Cullmer and A. Bauer. 9. “Universal Safety Standards” (described under 6E3/) shows safety devices, controls, guards, hatchways and entrances, automatic trap-doors and gates, platforms and guards for sheaves and for safe installations in general. 10. The codes of cities or ordinances regulating elevator construction will also afford specificational requirements. Valuable suggestions will be found in catalogues and other literature of manufacturers. 11. For specific information pertaining to the installation of electric elevators, see pages in the Industrial Section as follows: (a) Otis Elevator Co., pp. 170, 171. ( b ) A. B. See Electric Elevator Co., pp. 160, 161. 12. For information relating to dumbwaiters (hand-power), see Indus- trial Section, pp. 220, 221, Sedgwick Machine Works. 13. Addenda. — See “Uniform Regulations for the Construction and Installation of Passenger and Freight Elevators,” adopted Oct. 12, 1917, as mentioned under 12L22. 6 F Electric Elevators and Dumbwaiters. 6G Telephones, Signaling Systems, Clocks and Bells Attention is again directed to the necessity of providing in all build- ings such chases, channels, pipe-ducts, or runways as will adequately meet all needs for installing arteries of service, not only for present requirements, but allowing also for reasonable future needs and the pos- sibility of installations not now thought of. 1. The two following paragraphs are again quoted from the National Electrical Code: (a) “The use of wire-ways for rendering concealed wiring perma- nently accessible is most heartily endorsed and recom- mended; and this method of accessible concealed construc- tion is advised for general use.” Serial No. 6 79 Vol. I, 1917 STRUCTURAL SERVICE BOOK ( b ) "Architects are urged, when drawing plans and specifications, to make provision for the channeling and pocketing of build- ings for electric light or power wires, and also for telephone, district messenger, and other signaling system wiring.’’ 2. “Telephone Construction, Installation, Wiring, Operating and Maintenance,” W. H. Radcliffe and H. C. Cushing, Jr. 22 3 pp., illustrated. Intended for electricians, wiremen, engineers, archi- tects, contractors and others interested in the installation of tele- phone exchanges in accordance with standard practice. 3. “Architects’ & Builders’ Pocket Book,” F. E. Kidder: Section on “Interphones and Automatic Telephones for Intercommunicating Service,” pp. 1627-1628. 4. “American Handbook for Electrical Engineers,” Harold Pender: Section on “Telephone Instruments and Circuits,” pp. 1530- I55°- 5. “Standard Handbook for Electrical Engineers,” Frank F. Fowle: Section on “Telephony, Telegraphy, and Radio-telegraphy.” 6. “Electrical Engineers’ Pocket Book,” Horatio A. Foster: Section on “Telephony.” 7. “American Telephone Practice,” Kempster B. Miller. 904 pp., illustrated. 8. “American Civil Engineers’ Pocket Book,” Mansfield Merriman: Section 14, Article 19, p. 1339. Information on open-circuit batteries for use on intermittent service, such as call bells and short telephone lines. 9. “Fire Prevention and Fire Protection,” J. K. Freitag: Chapter XXXI, “Automatic Fire Alarms, and Sprinkler Alarm and Super- visory Systems,” pp. 908-921; also Chapter XXXIII, “Watch- men, Watch-Clocks and Manuals,” pp. 944-958. 10. “Crosby-Fiske Handbook of Fire Protection^,” Fifth Edition (Sixth Edition now in preparation): Section on “Signaling Systems and Watchman Service,” pp. 250-269. 11. “Field Practice,” Inspection Manual of the N.F.P.A. Information on signaling systems, pp. 179-182. 12. “I.C.S. Telephone and Telegraph Engineers’ Handbook.” Con- tains useful tables, and sections on Telephone and Telegraph Systems, Location of Faults, Electricity, Magnetism, Electrical Measurements, and Batteries. 398 pp. 6H Illumination, Lighting Fixtures Most of the publications which follow treat of illumina- tion by gas as well as electricity, and cross-reference to same will be made under the next Serial Number (7) when those which treat especially of gas will be separately referred to. In that number also will appear a description of the Illuminating Engineering Society. 6H1 Information Obtainable ( a ) “The Art of Illumination,” Louis Bell, Ph.D. 353 pp., illustrated. Dr. Bell’s treatise was the pioneer book on illumination. The new edition, entirely rewritten, is designed primarily for the use of illuminating engineers. (b) “Radiation, Light and Illumination,” Charles P. Steinmetz, Ph.D. 305 pp., illustrated. It covers illuminating engineering fully, and will appeal strongly to the illuminating engineer and to the architect as well. (c) “Factory Lighting,” Clarence E. Clewell, Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering, University of Pennsylvania; formerly Lighting Expert, Westinghouse Co. 160 pp., illustrated. Tells in a simple way how to obtain good lighting by analyzing actual installations, and gives illustrations to show good and bad lighting in shops, drafting-rooms, offices, power-houses, etc. (d) “Illumination and Photometry,” William E. Wickenden, Assist- ant Professor of Electrical Engineering, Massachusetts Insti- tute of Technology. 195 pp., fully illustrated. An investiga- tion of the scientific principles of illumination. Subject treated in a condensed way, but always with emphasis upon the prin- ciples. (e) “Practical Illumination,” J. R. Cravath and V. R. Lansing. 356 pp., illustrated. Gives suggestions and specific data showing the application of the broad general principles underlying the design of artificial illumination for everyday use in all kinds of buildings. (/) “Architects’ & Builders’ Pocket Book,” F. E. Kidder: Section on “Lighting and Illumination of Buildings,” by W. H. Timbie, pp. I3JI-I370. (g) “Mechanical Engineers’ Handbook,” Lionel S. Marks: Section 1 1 contains a chapter by Louis Bell on “Illumination;” treats of Computation of Illumination, Practical Sources of Light, and Methods of Lighting; pp. 1366-1381. (, h ) “American Civil Engineers’ Pocket Book,” Mansfield Merriman: Section 14, Article 18, pp. 1335-1338, gives information on “Electric Lighting and Illumination.” Serial No. 6 13. See the “I.C.S. Electrical Engineers’ Handbook” (6Ei.y) for information on signal-bell circuits, pp. 369-371. 14. Along the lines of the recommendations contained under 6 Gi n “General Electrical Specifications No 6., Prepared in the Office of the Quartermasters-General, U. S. Army, March, 1915” (60). 80 Vol. I, 1917 SERIAL NO. 6 6H2 Practice Recommended and Standards Adopted (a) Refer to appropriate sections of National Electrical Code (N.F.P.A.) and National Electrical Safety Code (U. S. Bureau of Standards). (i) See “Field Practice” (N.F.P.A.), 3^d\, sections on “Lighting Hazards — Electricity,” pp. 21-23 and I 3 °- (r) See “Code of Lighting: Factories, Mills and other Work Places,” prepared by committees of the Illuminating Engineering Society and issued under the direction of the Society (to be described in Serial No. 7). Copyright 1915. 45 pp., with half- tone illustrations, plans, sections and other diagrams. Treats of daylight requirements as well as of artificial illumination. “While the code is intended as an aid to industrial commissions and other similar bodies in those states and municipalities which shall actively take up the questions of legislation as related to factory and mill lighting, it is intended in equal measure for the industries themselves as a practical working guide in individual efforts to improve lighting conditions. The language of the code has not been drafted according to legal phraseology but is simple and pointed throughout, thus being readily available for transforming into legal orders, and at the same time as a work- ing guide in practical design and installation work.” (1 d ) See reports of various committees of the Illuminating Engineer- ing Society. (e) Consult, in Associated Engineering Societies’ Library, publications of the National Electric Light Association, such as those of the Lighting Sales Bureau, Reports of Subcommittee on Industrial and Yard Lighting, on residential lighting, and on other light- ing problems. Illustrated with diagrams of buildings and plates showing installations, lighting fixtures and other essentials. (/) See “List of Inspected Electrical Appliances” ( 6 Ejd). (g) See “Approved Electrical Fittings” (iE^e). (h) For “Standard Symbols” indicating number and kind of lights to wiring outlets and methods of control, see description under 6E4. (j ) For valuable data and suggestions on illumination and the wiring to accomplish same, see “Mechanical Equipment of Federal Buildings” as described under 6L1/ and 6L1 g. (, k ) As a Standard which may be followed, see 6Hiz. 6H3 Life Testing of Incandescent Lamps The lamps purchased by the Federal Government, amounting to about 1,250,000 annually, are inspected and tested by the Bureau of Standards. The specifications under which these lamps are tested are published by the Bureau and are recognized as standard by the manu- facturers as well as by the Government. They are used also by many other purchasers of lamps. The lamps are first inspected for mechanical and physical defects, this being done at the factory by Bureau inspectors. Representative samples are selected and sent to the Bureau, where they are burned on life test at a specified efficiency, at which they must give a certain num- ber of hours’ life, depending upon the kind of lamp. From 3,000 to 5 ,000 lamps are thus burned on test each year. Scientific Paper No. 265 gives a complete description of the special apparatus and of the methods used in these inspections and tests. From Report of the Bureau of Standards, 1916. 6 J Heating, Cooking and Other Appliances and Devices 1. These various appliances and devices pertaining to the comfort and convenience of occupants of hotels, apartment houses, office buildings, residences, and other structures are treated in but very few of the Electrical handbooks and other such publica- tions. Some will occasionally be found by looking in the index of publica- tions referred to, but so rapidly is development taking place in their manufacture and utilization that the chief source of informa- 6 K Vacuum Cleaners I. This important modern development in building sanitation will also not be found treated in many of the handbooks elsewhere listed though the operating and controlling features of so many of these systems, whether stationary or portable, are of interest electrically. For this reason the subject is treated in this issue, although vacuum systems will be again mentioned in a later Serial Number. Included in standard handbooks, the subject has been found treated in: (a) Kidder’s “Architects’ & Builders’ Pocket Book,” 1916. See “Vacuum Cleaning,” pp. 1628, 1629. (i) For a complete treatise on the whole subject, including a highly interesting historical review of the development of the Vacuum Cleaner, see “Vacuum Cleaner Systems,” by M. S. Cooley, Mechanical Engineer in office of the Supervising tion to be had concerning them is through catalogues and other literature of the manufacturers themselves. (a) Some notes and suggestions on various devices will be found in Useful Information for architects, contractors and engineers referred to under 6A2 and elsewhere. ( b ) For a list of many such devices of the latest type and for pub- lications pertaining to them see the General Electric Com- pany’s presentation in the Industrial Section, pp. 148-158. Architect, Treasury Department. Copyright 1913 by Heat- ing and Ventilating Magazine Company of New York. 232 pp., completely illustrated. This states the requirements of an ideal system and gives descriptions and diagrams of all mechanical and electrical parts of various systems, including the pipe and fittings, con- trolling appliances and tools. It gives data on the selection of various types, methods of testing and Specifications for five classes of plants. It also describes portable vacuum cleaners, including those for attachment to lighting systems. (c) See Chapter on “Vacuum Cleaning Systems” described under 6L1/. ( d ) For detailed drawings of the mechanism and data pertaining to various vacuum-cleaner systems, see the catalogues and other literature of the respective manufacturers. 6 L Mechanical Equipment of Federal 1. A subdivision is given to this subject in order to mention and briefly describe a publication with which all architects should be familiar, in connection with the mechanical equipment in build- ings, other than residences, whether or not the same are installed in cooperation with consulting engineers. This refers to “Mechanical Equipment of Federal Buildings under the control of the Treasury Department,” by Nelson S. Thomp- son, Chief Mechanical and Electrical Engineer, Office Super- vising Architect, Treasury Department, Washington, D. C. The subjects treated are as follows: (4) Chapter I. Heating and Ventilation. (i) Chapter II. Commercial Practice in Regard to Heating Fac- tory and Other Buildings. (r) Chapter III. Commercial Practice in Regard to Heating by Forced Circulation of Hot Water from a Central Station. (These will be described in the issue of the Journal devoted to Heating and Ventilation). (d) Chapter IV. Plumbing, Drainage and Water-Supply. (Will be described in Plumbing issue.) Serial No. 6 Buildings ( e ) Chapter V. Gas Piping. (Will be described in next issue.) (/) Chapter VI. Conduit and Wiring Systems. This gives the standard arrangement for electric installa- tions in Federal buildings, including underground service, switchboards, distribution tablets, table of conduit sizes for conductors, and of lead-encased cable in unlined metallic conduit, describes outlets and standard wiring for lighting, gives wiring formulae and tables, gives data on illumination with tables of effective lumens for different lamps and reflectors, and estimating data on electrical appliances. It also includes conduit systems for time-clocks and other special purposes, also town clocks, fire alarm and watchman’s time-detector systems, vault-protection systems, telephone and call-bell conduits, and conduits for signal systems. (g) Chapter VII. Lighting Fixtures. This gives “Basic Data in Connection with Design and Installation of Lighting Fixtures” and data for estimating the cost of same. It also includes a “typical lighting fixture speci- 8l Vol. I, 1917 STRUCTURAL SERVICE BOOK fication prepared by the office” which covers various types of fixtures, glassware, reflectors, metals and finish, switches, and gives a schedule of fixture and notes on inspection and tests. (A) Chapter VIII. Elevators. This gives data of the utmost importance to architects, especially in the preliminary study necessary to reach a decision upon the number, type and speed of elevators for all kinds of structures. With the aid of individual experience and judgment, a close approximation of the number of elevators and of the size of each which should be installed in a given building may be based on the facts in regard to elevator service in this chapter which are stated by Mr. R. P. Bolton, consulting engineer, of New York, in his treatise entitled “Elevator Service.” It also gives data to determine the loads to be carried and space requirements, and states recommendations as to various forms of equipment, concluding with a “Specification for the standard tandem worm geared electric passenger elevator with direct current motor and full magnet control such as is installed by the office of the supervising architect,” and a supplementary specification for “Alternating Current Elevators,” following which is “Instructions Relative to the Inspection and Test of New Elevators.” (j ) Chapter IX. Small Power Plants. This is prepared with special reference to installations in Federal buildings under control of the Treasury Department and states all items which require consideration in determining whether the mechanical equipment should include a power plant for the generation of electric current for light and power. It discusses types of engines and electric generators, gives tables and includes “A specification for Engines and Genera- tors as prepared in the office of the Supervising Architect.” (k) Chapter X. Motors and Controlling Apparatus. Discusses direct and alternating current motors and gives various recommendations. (/) Chapter XI. Vacuum Cleaning Systems. This contains data on stationary systems of both the so- called high-vacuum and low-vacuum types and gives tables for determining the sizes of plants and recommendations for instal- lation. 1 1 also includes a complete “Specification such as is used by the office of the Supervising Architect for a Four-sweeper 6M Lightning Protection (For data, see April Plant,” included in which is a description of the electric motor and its automatic control. {m) Chapter XII. Operating Data. This gives calculations of cost of operating mechanical equipments with sample reports of those made in certain Federal buildings and includes a discussion of the isolated plant versus the central station as regards heat as well as electric current. Appendix. (») General Instructions, issued to draftsmen by the Chief Mechani- cal and Electrical Engineer, Office Supervising Architect. This could well be read by all practising architects as it con- tains eleven pages of valuable suggestions which could be fol- lowed in the case of any building, taking up as it does the pro- cedure followed in an office from the inception of a building project to its conclusion. It not only treats of surveys and data to be obtained concerning the site, its surroundings and public utilities, but contains many calculations for determining quantities cost and space requirements with respect to all features of mechanical equipment and building construction affected. It contains also recommendations as to procedure and gives departmental requirements about which it is well to be informed. (o) Suggestions to Superintendents. These are a natural complement of and extensions to the General Instructions to Draughtsmen just referred to. ( [p ) Miscellaneous Data. Consist of tables such as Capacity of Cylindrical Tanks and many others of much usefulness. 6L2 In this subdivision it is also desired to call attention to the Journal of the Society of Constructors of Federal Buildings (2A 4a). In various numbers of this publication will be found contributions of interest to architects, engi- neers, and constructors on electrical installations and other matters pertaining to the mechanical equipment as well as the construction of buildings. Journal, Serial No. 4G) SN ElcCtrolySlS (See, also. Corrosion and Treatments of Metals, 11B2, 11B3 and 4; also 12C) References to this subject will be found in many of the publications elsewhere referred to; also under “Experiment and Practice” in Traut- wine’s Civil Engineers’ Pocket Book, pp. 1 168, 1182. See, also, the fol- lowing publications of the U. S. Bureau of Standards: Technologic Paper No. 28, “Methods of Making Electrolysis Sur- veys;” Technologic Paper No. 54, “A Report on Conditions in Spring- field, Ohio, with Insulated Feeder System Installed;” Technologic Paper No. 55, “A Preliminary Report on Electrolysis Mitigation in Elyria, Ohio;” Technologic Paper No. 62, “Modern Practice in the Construc- tion and Maintenance of Rail Joints and Bonds in Electric Railways;” Technologic Paper No. 63, “Leakage of Current from Railways;” and Technologic Paper No. 75, “Some Instances of Track Leakage.” The following extracts from the Report of the Bureau of Standards, 1916, will be found of interest. “When considering the enormous value of the pipe and cable proper- ties buried in the streets of cities and forming in many cases transmission networks between cities throughout the country, and when considering further that there are very few water, gas, or lead cable systems which are not more or less subject at some points to electrolytic damage from stray currents, it is possible to better form a judgment of the practical impor- tance of this subject which still does not receive in many quarters the attention that its importance deserves. The water- and gas-pipe systems of this country alone have an aggre- gate value at the present time of approximately $ 1,500,000, 000, and in addition to this there is a vast extent of underground lead-cable systems belonging to telephone and electric power companies and to municipali- ties, a considerable part of which may be more or less subject to electro- lytic damage. There are also possibilities of trouble in the case of bridge structures, portions of steel frame buildings, and piers, which are occa- sionally exposed to damage from this source. While it is impossible at present to determine with any accuracy the extent of the damage to pipe systems by electrolysis, nevertheless, the most conservative estimates place it at many millions of dollars annually. The Bureau has been studying the electrolysis question for the past six years and has done a large amount of work in connection with it. The first problem investigated was that concerning the effects of elec- trolysis in reinforced concrete, after which special attention was given to electrolysis of underground pipes. This has included laboratory investi- gations concerning the effects of electric current on concrete and on metal pipes, tests of pipe-coverings, the corrosion of metals in the soil, methods of measuring soil resistance, and various other experimental phases of the work; methods of electrolysis mitigation that have been used or proposed; field studies in actual practice with the application of reme- dies; and a determination of the cost and results obtained. 60 Electrical Specifications, U. S. Army The Office of the Quartermaster-General U. S. Army has prepared and issued, under date of March, 191 5, “General Electrical Specifications No. 6 for Furnishing and Installing Electric Light Wiring, Electric Fixtures, and Electric Bell Systems in Buildings and the Construction of Interior Lighting and Distributing Systems, alj Pertaining to the Quartermaster Corps, U. S. Army.” These may be obtained from Superintendent of Documents’ Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. The whole consists of 139 pages, and various Sections relate to matters covered by the title and to the construction of exterior lighting and distributing systems, complete in every detail. The various sections are referred to in this Serial Number under their appropriate subdivis- ions, including the Standard Symbols and the Fixtures and other illustrations. It is to be noted that it is stated “Unless otherwise specified all wires in new buildings shall be run in what is known as concealed stiff steel conduit work, all conduit being run concealed except in unfinished parts of the buildings . . . Unless otherwise specified all wiring in old buildings shall be done with flexible steel armored conductors, run concealed except in unfinished parts of buildings ’’and also, “all work shall be done in the most thorough and approved manner, in strict accordance with these specifications, the plans and schedules attached to specifica- tions for buildings, and in accordance with the rules of the latest edition of the National Electrical Code.” Serial No. 6 82 Vol. I, 1917 Serial No. 7 GAS ISSUE CONTENTS This, the second of the Mechanical Equipment group of four issues, is devoted to the utilization of gases and vapors in and around buildings. The various gas interests of the country and architects and owners as well are, in this con- nection, greatly concerned with the proper installation of piping to make available the manifold uses to which gas may be put. These are potential as well as actual, and emphasis has been laid in this presentation on: first, the feature of supplying buildings with gas for all purposes; and, second, the proper piping to secure adequate ser- vice throughout. In the existing dearth of consulting engineers on gas equipment for buildings, the national associations men- tioned and the local organizations, of which there are many, may be relied upon to supplement the information given and to cooperate in carrying forward the various recommendations described. JULY, 1917 INDEX TO SUBJECTS TREATED IN THIS ISSUE 7Al Gas Societies and Associations. 7A2 American Gas Institute. 7A3 National Commercial Gas Association. 7A4 International Acetylene Association. 7B Other Gas Organizations. 7C Supplying Buildings with Gas. 7D The Proposed National Gas Safety Code. 7E Piping Buildings— Materials, Methods and Cost. 7F Gas and Its Utilization in Buildings. 7Ai Gas Societies and Associations 7A2 American Gas Institute. Secretary: George G. Ramsdell, 29 W. 39th St., New York City. (See also “Other Gas Organizations” (7B) for those affiliated.) Publications: (a) “Proceedings,” published annually. (b) Certain committee Reports of an exhaustive nature are published separately, especially those relating to standardization of methods or materials. ( c ) Of this class the “Gas Chemists’ Handbook” is a notable example. (d) “Standard Specifications for Cast Iron Pipe and Special Castings.” These embrace the results of work which covered a great many years and was first started by the Society of Gas Lighting about 1890. The American Gas Light Association reported a new standard in 1906, and the American Gas Institute in 1911 and 1913 adopted these standards. (See 7E3/.) (e) Monthly bulletin entitled “Gas Institute News.” Contains: an educational article in each issue, which articles when completed will form a textbook on the manufacture and distribution of both coal and water gas. The “Proceedings” and “Gas Institute News” are furnished free to members. (/) “Bulletin of Abstracts.” A classified record of the best technical articles appearing in the domestic and foreign journals, arranged for filing in card-index form. Serial No. 7 7G Properties, Power Equipment and Gen- eral Uses. 7H Gas Appliances in General. 7J Space Heating by Gas. 7K Water Heating by Gas. 7L Cooking and Hotel and Domestic Appli- ances. 7M Illumination— Fixtures, Equipment and Ignition. 7N Illumination in General. 7Nl Illuminating Engineering Society. ( g ) Report of the Committee on Refractory Materials. (h) “Bibliography of Refractory Materials.” (j) “The Installation of Cast Iron Street Mains.” (k) Report of the Committee on Supplying Large Buildings with Gas or Piping Large Buildings. Reports of 1914-16. (/) Committee Reports on Housepiping. 1915-16. (7E2, 3 and 4.) ( m ) “Proper Specifications for and Inspection of Interior Piping,” Turner (7 Ei£ and 7E3C). (») Reports of Committee on Utilization of Gas Fuel Appliances. The Institute is the national technical gas association, its membership embracing the prominent gas engineers and managers of the country. The technical work is handled through committees which also secure papers and submit the results of their work in the form of reports for presentation at the annual convention. These are published later in the “Proceedings” each year. In addition to its technical activities, the Institute has also taken a leading part in matters of importance per- taining to the relations of the gas industry to the public, working through its committees in cooperation with various public service commissions and regulatory bodies. 83 Vol. I, 1917 STRUCTURAL SERVICE BOOK 7 A3 National Commercial Gas Association Secretary: Louis Stotz, 61 Broadway, New York City. Publications: (a) “Proceedings” of annual meetings. ( b ) “Monthly Bulletin.” Contains papers, discussions, and general information. One department is devoted to “Gas Literature for the Busy Man,” and gives a list of journals which will be found valuable if kept for reference. Subscription, jo cents per year. Furnished free to members. (c) “Industrial Fuel Reference Books.” A series of pamphlets issued during 1916 and 1917, dealing with the “Application of Gas” to various needs in the industries and within buildings. Prices, from 20 cents to 50 cents each. (, d ) “Utilization of Gas Appliances.” A series of eleven pamphlets, covering in a most thorough manner the development, construc- tion, and installation of all domestic fuel appliances. Price of complete set $2.50. There is available only a limited number of copies of these books, which are especially valuable as reference works. (e) Pamphlets entitled “Lessons,” which accompany the “Practical Gas Education Course” elsewhere referred to. Subscription rates given on application. (/) “The.Gas Equipment of the Home.” 48-page illustrated booklet giving information on the many uses of gas in the home. It treats of the following: 1. Plan of House Showing Piping Outlets. 2. Gas Appliances for Each Room in the House. 3. Hygiene of Gas; Its Aid in Ventilation. 4. Modern Gas-Lighting; Treatment of Different Rooms. 5. Plan of an Ideal Kitchen; The Modern Gas-Kitchen. 6. Water-Heating by Gas; The Most Rapid System of Heat- ing ;Water. 7. Outdoor Residence Lighting. 8. Flue Connections. 9. Gas-Furnace Heating and Room-Heating. 10. Gas Laundry Equipment. 11. Sterilizing Water by Gas. 12. Refuse Destroyer. 13. Garage-Heating by Gas. 14. Vacuum Cleaning by Gas. 15. Refrigeration by Gas. 16. Heating of Kitchen from Cellar Furnace. 7B Other Gas Organizations The National Commercial Gas Association and the Society of Gas Lighting have no affiliated associations. The following associations are affiliated with the American Gas Institute: Illinois Gas Association, Horace H. Clark, Secretary, 1325 West Adams St., Chicago, 111 .; Indiana Gas Association, James W. Dunbar, Secretary, New Albany, Ind.; Iowa District Gas Association, T. B. Genay, Secretary, Des Moines Gas Company, Des Moines, Iowa; Michigan Gas Association, Clark R. Graves, Secre- tary, Lansing, Mich.; New England Association of Gas Engineers, N. W. Gifford, Secretary, East Boston, Mass.; New Jersey State Gas Association, O. F. Potter, Secre- tary, Public Service Gas Company, Newark, N. J.; Pennsylvania Gas Association, L. R. Dutton, Secretary, 7C Supplying Buildings with Gas Dismissing from present consideration the properties, manufacture, and distribution of natural and artificial gases (which will be elsewhere referred to), the matter of supplying all buildings with gas for the fullest utilization thereof, whether for illumination, fuel, power, or heat, is of the utmost importance to architects, builders, and all occupants. (For data on materials and methods of piping buildings for gas see 7E1, 2, and 3.) 1. A committee of the American Gas Institute, then called the Com- mittee on Piping Large Buildings for Gas, presented at the annual meet- ing in 1914 a report of much interest. This report is incorporated in the Proceedings (7A2 a) for 1914, and is separately printed (7A2 k). The following extracts are given for their suggestive value: “As a purely financial investment it cannot be denied that the more complete the service that can be offered the more valuable as a rental proposition the building will become.” “Unless, therefore, the building is piped throughout on erection, this lack of provision may become a serious handicap in so far as the rental feature is concerned and may become a cause of loss of revenue.” Serial No. 7 84 17. Room-Heating Calculations. 18. Gas for Domestic Science Equipments. 19. Gas Piping, Piping Schedule, Meters. (g) Certain committee reports are also issued separately, such as Report of the 1916 Committee on Standardization of Gas Appliance Specifications. (ti) Standard Gas Range Specification. (f) Standard Gas Fixture Specification. ( k ) Miscellaneous publications, which will be referred to under other subdivisions. Any of the above, except the “Proceedings” and those pub- lications with prices affixed, may be had without charge by a practising architect or other qualified inquirer upon applica- tion to the Secretary. This Association was organized in 1905 to act as a clearing-house of commercial information in the gas industry, to develop the use of gas, to promulgate methods for its sale, and to encourage the manufacture of efficient and suitable appliances for the use of gas for light, heat, power, or whatever proper purpose intended. 7A4 International Acetylene Association Secretary: A. Cressy Morrison, 42d St. Building, New York City. Publications: Beginning with August, 1917, the Acetylene Journal, established in 1899, and the official organ of this Association, will be published in two separate editions monthly: (a) Journal of Acetylene Lighting. (b) Journal of Acetylene IV elding. These contain articles concerning the generation and ultilization of this product and (c) a list of textbooks and other publications relating to acetylene and oxy-acetylene subjects. The organization is composed of manufacturers of apparatus for the use of acetylene, manufacturers of carbide and oxygen, and all inter- ested in the advancement of the acetylene industry. Its activities are devoted to the broader questions of the use of acetylene with the greatest possible safety. Wyncote, Pa.; Wisconsin Gas Association, Henry Har- man, Secretary, Milwaukee Gas Light Company, Mil- waukee, Wis.; Southern Gas Association, E. D. Brewer. Secretary, General Gas Light Company, Atlanta, Ga. There is also the Society of Gas Lighting, which was instituted December 1, 1875, and therefore is one of the oldest of the gas associations, but is more of a social organization than a technical one. George S. Ramsdell of New York is secretary. There is also the Natural Gas Association which devotes its activities to considerations affecting the distribution and utilization of this product of nature. “The use of gas is constantly being extended to new applications, and this development may be logically expected to continue indefinitely.” “Development in the application of gas to space-heating, by direct radiation, promises much, and this method ... is sufficiently ad- vanced to warrant the belief that in time it will come into general use, and such a possibility alone should have weight in planning the gas supply systems for new buildings at the time of erection.” “Nevertheless, it is a fact that the too general practice at the present time is to erect the modern large building without making any provision for the utilization of gas as a source of light, fuel, and power. This lamentable condition can only be due to the lack of information on the part of the architect, owner, or builder of the many advantages of gas as an agent for light, fuel, and power, as well as the failure to have properly emphasized the considerable financial expenditure and incon- veniences necessary to remedy this defect after the building is completed.” 2. Desiring to emphasize the necessity for a standardized method of procedure in the matter of proper piping of buildings for gas, the first essential in any utilization of gas-supply, the Editor of the Structural Vol. I, 1917 SERIAL NO. 7 Service Department, previous to the inauguration of same, took advan- tage of an invitation to prepare a paper for the Mid-Year Conference of the National Commercial Gas Association, in June, 1916. Therein, the following reference to the subject was made: “The first and most necessary step in our cooperation is that you furnish architects with information as to methods of installation for the piping of gas in all buildings. What form can this information take?” “I would place at the very head of the list a ‘National Electrical Code’ in the gas industry. That is a misnomer, of course, but it will illustrate to you what I mean; namely, one dominant controlling factor in the installation of the arteries of service.” “A National Basic Code, with a piping schedule of minimum stan- dards for sizes, lengths, and weights would, therefore, work to the great advantage of all good master plumbers and contractors who would be enabled to estimate under stable and equable conditions and to install their work without being at the mercy of varying individual judgment as to ‘proper sizes,’ etc.” “The piping schedule which your Association has this year adopted is an important step in the right direction. I feel much honored to have had, as the Consulting Architect on Sweet’s Catalogue Service, a hand in its preparation, and I hope that it may be taken up and criticized by the American Gas Institute, the American Institute of Architects, and all other interested bodies, and later adopted. But even as it is, if put to use by all architects and others to whom it is in this manner made available, it will be of incalculable assistance and value, for it may now be written into specifications.” 3. See various sections of "Gas Equipment of the Home,” the titles of which are given under 7A3/. 4. See Monthly Bulletin of the N. C. G. A. (7A 3b) for April, 1917, in which is reprinted an article from the “Real Estate Bulletin” for January, 1917, recognizing the importance of supplying all buildings with gas by means of adequate piping for full equipment. In same is quoted data on this subject from The Value IV arid for April, 1916. 5. See “The Record and Guide,” January 27, 1917. Article by Robert B. Mahn on "Coal Situation — Should Owners Install Gas Pip- ing Much Possible expense might be Avoided.” 7Di The Proposed National Gas Safety Code (Note. — The following information concerning the Code has been especially prepared for the Journal by the U. S. Bureau of Standards.) (a) For some time the U. S. Bureau of Standards has had in preparation a National Gas Safety Code which shall cover a corresponding range of subjects and accom- plish the same ends in safety to life and property as both the National Electrical (Fire) Code, which has for many years been the recognized authority as to standards of construction for electrical utilization installations within buildings, and the National Electrical Safety Code which the Bureau of Standards developed through an unprec- edented cooperation of the electrical industry, and has recently published. The Gas Safety Code will thus have a double function, namely, fire-prevention and protec- tion to life. The hazards which result from the manu- facture, distribution, and utilization of gas are of such nature that generally the fire-hazard and the life-hazard cannot logically be separated. It is desirable, therefore, that, in discussing any phase of the general subject, both the fire-risk and the hazard of life should be recognized by the Code, and that rules be drawn to minimize both in so far as is practicable. (b) The Bureau of Standards is carrying out this investi- gation and in the preparation of the Code desires to serve as a national coordinating agency to the end that the resulting Code will be acceptable and adequate, not only from the standpoint of the user of gas, but also for the casualty and fire insurance interests, the gas companies and their employees, and the gas appliance manufacturing and selling interests. Because of the wide variety of problems which arise in the work in different parts of the manufacture, distribution, and utilization of gas, and also because of the varied nature of the gases in commercial use, it has seemed desirable to arrange the Code so that each part will, in so far as is practicable, be addressed to a particular interest or group of interests and be con- venient for their use. The Code is therefore divided into ten parts as follows: 1. Manufacture. 1. Distribution. 3. Appliance Design. 4. Gas Fitting. 5. Appliance Installation. 6. Natural Gas Wells and Field-Stations. 7. Acetylene. 8. Bottled-Gas Systems. 9. Blast-furnace, Producer, and Gasolene Gas. 10. Utilization — Information for Users. (c) Parts 1 and 2 deal respectively with the production of manufactured gas and its distribution to the premises of the customer. They are therefore primarily of interest to the gas companies and their employees. Part 3, having to do with the design and construction of gas-consuming appliances, is addressed to the makers of such apparatus and to those handling it either in a wholesale or a retail way. Part 4 deals with gas-fitting and is primarily Serial No. 7 85 addressed to the gas-fitter or plumber who is engaged in the installation of the piping, but is also of importance to the architect and builder. Part 5 deals with the installa- tion and adjustment of appliance and is addressed to the same interests as Part 4. Part 6 has to do with the pro- duction of natural gas at the wells and its transmission through field pumping stations and high-pressure mains to the limits of the municipality. Part 7 is of primary interest to the users of acetylene and is addressed to the manufacturer of generating and other equipment, the distributer and the users of the gas. Part 8 deals with bottled-gas systems (Pintsch, Blau, Gasing-head gas, etc.). Part 9 is of interest both to the steel industry and to industrial plants since it deals with blast-furnace and producer gas, and also refers to the use of gasolene gas. Part 10 is addressed to the user of domestic and industrial gas-consuming appliances, and is largely non-technical in its nature. (t/)The two parts of the Code of especial interest to the American Institute of Architects are Parts 4 and 5, which deal particularly with installations on the gas consumers’ premises. In brief they are as follows: ( e ) Part 4 of the Code includes all regulations as to gas- fitting and the piping of buildings beyond the service meter. This part is addressed to gas-fitters, plumbers, and others who install piping on the consumers’ premises, and its enforcement is a matter of piping or building inspection. It properly belongs under the jurisdiction of those munici- pal departments which should have ample jurisdiction to forbid the use of dangerous equipment and require removal of such equipment or discontinuance of gas service until proper alterations have been made to render the installa- tion safe for the users from the standpoint of fire-preven- tion. The responsibility for new work being properly done, should, however, rest upon the fitter. (/) Part 5 covers the subject of the installation and adjustment of gas-consuming appliances, gas-lighting fixtures and their accessories. These rules are addressed to gas-fitters, plumbers, appliance dealers, and others who make such installations on the consumers’ premises. The enforcement of this part is a matter of appliance and build- ing inspection and, like Part 4, properly belongs under the jurisdiction of municipal departments. Although the fitter should be entirely responsible for the work being properly done, the choice of appliances to be installed can be placed upon him to a limited degree. Where improper appliances are selected by an owner or architect and given to the fitter for installation, he should, if aware of the fact, advise the owner or architect as to the local regulation or desirable procedure to be followed in respect to these appliances, but if the owner or architect insists Vol. I, 1917 STRUCTURAL SERVICE BOOK upon the installation of such improper equipment they should be held responsible. The same authority covering the installation of dangerous appliances should be exer- cised by the municipal authorities as in the case of Part 4. ( g ) Part 4 is approaching completion, and it is to be hoped that it and Part 5 will be in the hands of those interested for trial use within a short time. After such thorough trial, the Code will be amended where necessary before final recommendation by the Bureau and its con- ferees, in order to render it of greatest practicability, and it is the intention to keep the Code up to date whenever additional matter is deemed necessary or as good practice demands. (h) The Bureau has been fortunate in having associated with it in this work representatives of the various pro- fessions and industries involved. The American Institute of Architects has designated Messrs. D. Everett Waid and Julius Franke as advisors. The American Gas Institute, the National Commercial Gas Association, the Natural Gas Association, the National Fire Protection Association, the National Safety Council, the Public Health Service, and National Association of Master Plumbers have like- wise cooperated, and the Bureau is glad to acknowledge its indebtedness to all of these various organizations for their assistance. (J) It is hoped that when the Code is completed it will have the approval and sanction of all interested branches of the Industry so that it may be adopted by state and municipal authorities throughout the country as a reason- able working standard and thus will make unnecessary many diverse sectional specifications, such as preceded the National Electrical (Fire) Code, and have been more or less delaying the universal adoption of the National Electrical Safety Code. 7E Piping Buildings— Materials, Methods and Cost See, also, the publications mentioned under supplying Buildings with Gas 7C in all of which piping is treated. 7El Information Obtainable (a) “Mechanical Equipment of Federal Buildings” (6Lie)- Chaptet V, “Gas Piping,” contains a sample specification such as is usqd by the office of the Supervising Architect of the U. S. Treasury Department for a new building. Pp. 193-196. (b) See “Proper Specifications for, and Inspection of, Interior Gas Piping” (-jAlm). Written for the Distribution Section of the ninth annual meeting of the American Gas Institute, October, 19I4, by A. E. Turner. This paper is printed in the “Proceedings” (7A2 a) and may be separately obtained from the Secretary. It includes “Necessity for Standard Specifications,” “Present Practice in Some Large Cities,” “Suggested Specifications,” “Piping Schedules,” and concludes with a table of “Comparison of Actual Sizes of Wrought Iron Pipe with the Theoretical Size.” (1 c ) “Architects’ and Builders’ Pocket Book,” 1916, F. E. Kidder, pp. 1345-1350; Section on “Illuminating Gas and Gas-Piping” contains information on varieties of gas and gives General Principles and Requirements for Piping a House for Gas, with Rules and Table for Proportioning Sizes and a diagram piping. (d) "I. C. S. Handbook for Plumbers and Fitters.” See section on Gas Fitting which contains data on size of pipes, installation and testing, and acetylene gas-fitting. (d “Utilization of Gas Appli- ances.” These are fully illustrated and contain diagrams, tables, calculations, descriptions, and recommendations of the greatest usefulness. (a) No. 4 is entitled “Circulating Water-Heaters for Domestic Purposes,” and is divided into sections on: Evolution of the Heater; Combustion; Efficiency; Water-Circulation; Types of Circulating Water-Heater; Combination Boiler and Gas Water-Heater; Gas-Cock; Flues; Boilers and Connections; Causes of Rusty Water; Comparison with other methods of Heating Water; Comparative Costs — Coal and Gas; A Prac- tical Method of Making Efficiency Tests. {b) No. 5 is entitled “Instantaneous Automatic Water-Heaters; Multi-Coil Storage Systems and Instantaneous Bath-Water Heaters” and is divided as follows: 1. Historical Review. 2. Construction: Gas burners, heating surfaces, shell, water- valve, gas-valves, thermostat, draft-hood. 3. Operation. 4. Installation: Flue conditions, water and gas supply, location, reheating or supplementary system, installation specifica- tions, drawings and data. 5. Care and Maintenance. 6. Selection of type and size; special uses. 7. Comparative costs of gas and coal. 6. For informative data on gas water-heaters see the p. 212 in the Industrial Section, of the Humphrey Co., division of Ruud Mfg. Co., also, see various catalogues of the Humphrey Co., and the very complete Handbook of the Ruud Manufacturing Co., entitled Gas Water Heaters, copyright 1915. 7L Cooking and Hotel and Domestic Appliances Aside from the illustrated literature of the gas associations and companies, the publications in connection with gas for cooking and other domestic conveniences are chiefly those of the manufacturers of the appliances, whether they be used for home, hotel or laundry — club, cantonment or other permanent or temporary use. There will, however, frequently be found articles of suggestive value and usefulness in the many peri- odicals, lists of which have been mentioned, and in the many popular magazines. 1. Attention is directed to the Section on Gas Appliances in General and to the work of the Committees on Standardization of Gas Appliance Specifications referred to therein under 7H1. 2. The Gas Equipment of the Home (7A3/) takes up the use of gas for cooking and for other forms of domestic utilization separately. It shows the plan of an “Ideal Kitchen” and contains illustra- tions and suggestions relating to the manifold uses of gas throughout the home, treats of hoods and canopies and other accessories and contains subdivisions which cannot be fully described in the contents listed. It also mentions Domestic Science Equipment in Schools. 3. Under the “Lessons” referred to in yAy are those relating to various domestic equipments. 4. See especially “Utilization of Gas Appliances” (7A 3d). ( a ) No. 1, is entitled “Domestic Cooking Appliances.” (b) No. 6 is entitled “Hotel and Restaurant Equipment.” 3. See also the very complete Industrial Fuel Reference Book (7A 3c) No. 6, which is entitled “The Application of Gas to Hotel and Restaurant Equipment.” 6. See article on “How to Secure All-Gas Kitchens in old Houses” by H. K. Dodson, reprinted from “Proceedings” of the N. C. G. A. 7. See the sections of Field Practice (mentioned under 7H) appli- cable to the installation of the appliances alluded to under this subdivision. 8. Building Code recommended by the National Board of Fire Underwriters (^A^di) has a Section No. 260 relating to installa- tions of gas-pipes and appliances and contains recommendations to be followed in installing various domestic appliances. 9. “Dwelling Houses,” another Code by the N. B. F. U. {^A^dD in Section 50, contains similar recommendations. 10. See publications of Underwriters’ Laboratories referred to under 7G17. 11. Read paragraphs (/) and ( g ) of 7D1 describing the proposed National Gas Safety Code. 12. Of interest as affording the standards to be followed in manufac- ture, see Standard Gas Range Specifications adopted by the National Commercial Gas Association, 1914. 7Rfl Illumination — Fixtures, Equipment and Ignition On the general subject of illumination and the modern science of illuminating engineering read the interesting account of the Illuminating Engineering Society under 7N1 prepared for the Journal through the courtesy of Wm. J. Serrill, President. See, also, the various publications referred to under 6H, most of which treat of illumination by gas as well as by electricity. 1. No more fitting introduction to the subject of illumination by gas could be printed than the following excerpts from the Report of the Committee of the American Gas Institute referred to under jAlk as they treat of developments in fixtures, mantles, and ignition to suit all modern requirements. (a) “With the latest developments in both inverted and upright incandes- cent mantle burners, gas can be applied to all forms of illumination — direct, semi-indirect, or indirect. These units, made in several sizes, giving a light from the smallest intensity commercially used to a light of as high intensity as needed for any indoor work, with the great variety of glassware which it is possible to use, are made up in fixtures varying from the plain, simple, inornate fixture suitable for purely com- mercial lighting, to the rich, heavily ornamented fixture for use in the handsomest surroundings.” “This is not only true of the direct lighting units but especially true of the semi-indirect units where we find gas peculiarly adapted for use with the large variety of beautiful glassware that has been developed for this system of illumination. This attractiveness applies equally well to the numberless portable lamps with their rich shades of many styles and designs, suitable for the living-room, library, bedroom, den or boudoir.” Serial No. 7 (i>) Ignition. “Directly connected with the consideration of appearance comes the question of flexibility. Gas units are now placed on the market in vary- ing sizes. Allied closely with this question of flexibility comes that of control of the units themselves. This means the method of lighting and extinguishing. Before the advent of the incandescent mantle light, gas- lighting usually required the use of matches and the manual lighting of each and every lamp.” “Simultaneously with the development of the mantle unit, however, came the invention of several methods for lighting and extinguishing lamps, and several methods of control, from a distance, until at the present time no installation can lay any claim to being modern or com- plete that requires the use of matches for ignition. We now have availa- ble these distance-control systems, and also local control, with single pendent switch or chain, similar in all respects to the electric local con- trol. Here the ignition is accomplished by a pilot light. This system has been in operation for many years and gives entire satisfaction. (c) Distance Control. From the many distance-control systems available, there are several which have been used in actual service and have proved reliable and dependable. These are the magnet cock with pilot ignition, the magnet cock with jump-spark ignition, a system using the gas pressure for con- trol and igniting by pilot light, and the hot-wire, or filament, ignition in combination with the magnet cock. In actual operation in various installations these have given satisfactory service. Gas, therefore, has all the features of convenience of any of the commercial illuminants. (In the Appendix, Section D of the Report (7A2 k) will be found a short description of each of these systems with diagrams indicating their method of operation.) 2. See “Architects’ & Builders’ Pocket Book,” 1916, F. E. Kidder, pp. 1351-1370: Section on “Lighting and Illumination of 89 Vol. I, 1917 STRUCTURAL SERVICE BOOK Buildings,” by W. H. Timbie, contains portion devoted to Illumination of Gas and gives general information, tables, and diagrams; Table V, being a chart of "Standard Symbols for Gas- Piping Plans” as developed by the Illuminating Engineering Laboratories of the VVelsbach Company. 3. For a list of “Reference Books on Illumination,” including those of some manufacturers, see p. 1370 of Kidder’s “Pocket Book.” 4. “Mechanical Equipment of Federal Buildings” (6Li^), Chapter VII, “Lighting Fixtures.” This gives “Basic Data in Connection with Design and Installation of Lighting Fixtures” and data for estimating the cost of same. It also includes a “typical lighting fixture specification prepared by the office,” which covers various types of fixtures, glassware, reflectors, metals, gas-piping, and finish, and gives a schedule of fixtures and notes on inspection and tests. 5. In the “I. C. S. Handbook for Plumber and Fitters” is a section on gas-fitting in which are given data on illumination and piping, including piping for acetylene gas-lighting with the require- ments of the New York Board of Fire Underwriters for the installation of acetylene-gas generators and recommendations as to the location of gas fixtures. The subject of “electric gas light- ing” is also covered. 6. “Residence Lighting,” by W. A. Morris. A 14-page illustrated booklet which contains information on what constitutes satis- factory domestic lighting for the various rooms of the average residence and what units are available. 7. “Some Phases of the Illumination of Interiors,” by Preston S. Millar. A paper and demonstration presented at the eighth annual meeting of the American Gas Institute (joint session I. E.S. and A.G.I.), October, 1913. Treats of “Lighting Effects.” 28 pp., illustrated. (Printed in “Transactions” of I.E.S., Vol. VIII, p. 99,7Ala.) 8. See pamphlets of the National Commercial Gas Association "Utilization of Gas Appliances,” jAjd. (a) No. 2 is entitled “The Production of Light.” (b) No. 3 is entitled “Planning Lighting Installations.” 9. “Gas — The Modern Home Light,” 1916. 34-page illustrated book- let issued by the N.C.G.A. (yA^g), being a guide in selecting gas- lighting for each room. Contains “Ten Rules of Gas Light.” 10. “The Gas Equipment of the Home.” Various sections described in the contents given under 7A3/. 11. “The Hygienic Value of Gas Lighting,” by R. F. Pierce. 20-page booklet reprinted from the Illuminating Engineer; treats of the beneficial effect of gas light upon the air, and its hygienic effect upon the eyes. 12. “Gas Lights for all Purposes.” 63-page illustrated booklet issued by the United Gas Improvement Company of Philadelphia; 7N Illumination in General 7Ni Illuminating Engineering Society. General Secretary , G. H. Stickney, 29 W. 39th Street, New York City. [Editor’s Note. — The activities of this Society are con- cerned with all forms of illumination whether artificial or daylight.] Public Information: {a) Publication of a periodical called the “Transactions,” in which are printed papers dealing with all phases of the art and science of illumination. The "Transactions” are free to all members. To other indi- viduals, $5 per year; to libraries, $4; foreign subscriptions, 50 cents additional. Single copies of current numbers, 55 cents to members and 75 cents to others. The Society will be glad to furnish sample copies, if available, to practising architects. (b) Publication of special pamphlets dealing with the particular phases of illumination. Among these may be mentioned the pamphlets entitled “Light: Its Use and Misuse,” a “Code of Lighting Factories, Mills and Other Work Places,” and a number of reports of committees of the Society. (c) The conducting in the year 1910 of an elaborate lecture course on illuminating engineering, jointly with the Johns Hopkins Uni- versity, and the subsequent publication of reprints of the lec- tures. At the present time there is in course of publication a similar volume dealing with a second course of lectures on illu- minating engineering jointly conducted in the year 1917 by the Society and the University of Pennsylvania. This treatise, the latest word on illuminating engineering, will be available after July I. Serial No. 7 illustrates and gives cost data on direct and indirect lighting fixtures of every description, portable lamps and floor standards, as well as mantles and glassware for lighting fixtures. 13. “Mechanical Engineers’ Pocket Book,” 1916, William Kent, pp. 1468-1477: Section on “Illumination-Electric and Gas Lighting” contains general information and tables in connection with the use of gas for lighting purposes. 1 4. “Crosby-Fiske-Foster Handbook of Fire Protection” (fifth edition), pp. 122-126: Section on “Lighting” contains recommendations covering illumination by various kinds of gas. 15. For specific information in relation to the use of acetylene gas for illumination see publications of the International Acetylene Association and list referred to under ~]A\a. 16. In “Mechanical Engineers’ Handbook,” by Lionel S. Marks, the section on “Prevention of Accidents” by D. S. Beyer contains a division on “Lighting,” which treats of the importance of ade- quate lighting in relation to the prevention of accidents. 17. The Committee of the National Commercial Gas Association on Standardization of Gas Appliance Specifications (7H1) devel- oped: ( a ) Standard Gas Fixture Specification (7A 3g) which was adopted by the Association, December, 1914. 18. “Field Practice,” Inspection Manual of the N.F.P.A., 1914, pp. 23-32, contains sections on “Lighting Hazards” with subdivisions on “Gas: Public Supply, Artificial and Natural,” “Acetylene Gas,” “Compressed or Liquid Gases,” “Kerosene and Kerosene Vapor,” “Gasolene Vapor.” These give succinctly the processes of manufacture, applications for use and observations relating to installations and maintenance which should receive attention. 19. N.F.P.A. “Index” (3A3A5) contains reference to information on “Illuminating Gas,” Gas Arc Lamps,” “Gas Mantles,” and other subjects of interest indicated by the contents. 20. See the two Codes of the National Board of Fire Underwriters — - the Sections referred to under 7E2CI and 2 contain recommenda- tions also as to location and kind of gas fixtures. 21. Read paragraphs (/) and ( g ) under 7D1 relating to the proposed National Gas Safety Code. 22. Standard Regulations for Fire Protection and the Safeguarding of Hazards (3A3«) adopted by the N.F.P.A. and the N.B.F.U., obtain with respect to generators for independent lighting sys- tems, as follows: {a) “Acetylene-Gas Machines, Oxy-Acetylene Heating and Weld- ing Apparatus and Storage of Calcium Carbide” (7Gi6a). (J>) “Gasolene Vapor Gas Lighting Machines, Lamps and Systems” (yG\6d). (d) A committee has completed popular lectures on “Store Lighting” and “Residence Lighting” with accompanying lantern-slides. It is proposed to circulate these lectures among those who wish to present them before organizations interested in these phases of lighting. Three other lectures — on industrial lighting, office lighting, and elementary principles of lighting — are in course of preparation. The Illuminating Engineering Society was organized in the year 1906 by a group of engineers in New York City who were interested in the subject of illumination. At that date the profession of illuminating engineering was in its infancy. While the principles of light distribu- tion, as a branch of physics, had been published, but little progress had been made in translating those prin- ciples into practice. The public had not been educated so as to create a demand for proper illumination, and the manufacturers of lighting equipment, in the absence of such a demand, were groping in the dark as to the proper character of their equipment. The knowledge that there were such things as bad lighting, which is harmful to the eyes, and good light- ing, which is not only harmless but a factor in conserving eyesight, was not widespread. That illumination is a factor in interior decoration and possesses a distinct esthetic value practically entered not into the conception of architects and interior decorators. That illumination is an important element in workshops, by increasing output, by reducing accidents, and by bettering the morals of workers, was not generally realized. 90 Vol. I, 1917 SERIAL NO. 7 During the ten years of its existence the Illuminating Engineering Society has wrought a wonderful change in the conditions of lighting. A formless mass of prin- ciples, theories, and practices has been coordinated so as to constitute a definite branch of engineering; questions of nomenclature and standards, which form the basis of any orderly engineering practice, have been solved and stan- dardized; researches in the domains of both physics and physiology have been fruitfully stimulated; educational courses have been inaugurated; legislation has been, and is now actively being, guided along intelligent lines. To the home-lover it has been shown that his evenings may be made more cheerful through proper lighting. Con- servation of eyesight, increased decorative value of furnish- ings, an atmosphere of hospitality and warmth are among the things that good illumination secures. The lighting of work places — offices, stores and factories — has been im- proved, and the advantages of correct illumination have been demonstrated. Increased output, welfare of the worker, and a general betterment of the morals of the em- ployees has resulted. Public halls, theatres, auditoriums, churches and all meeting-places required interior illumina- tion — natural and artificial — which would give an atmos- phere appropriate to the functions of the place, as well as the necessary illumination. Highway illumination demands more than the ability to see an approaching vehicle or pedestrian. The contour and architectural features of buildings may be so lighted that their esthetic value is retained during the hours of darkness. The parking and landscapes adjacent to the roadway may be seen by night as well as by day. Municipalities have been thus encour- aged to improve the grounds surrounding public build- ings and adjacent to highways. Studios, museums, and galleries of art afford a field for the development of illum- ination which is destined to awake a new enthusiasm in the artist and a new appreciation in the connoisseur. Intensity, color, and direction of light may be adjusted to give the effects which are so necessary to this class of illumination. The architect and artist need no longer leave out fine shades of color and delicate contours because of inade- quate lighting. With all these lines of endeavor clearly defined, the Society organized its members, sections, and committees. It received the hearty cooperation of the scientist, manu- facturer, the fixture designer, and the gas and electric central station men. The cooperation of all users was represented in the demand for improved installations. Many other professions became interested and offered support to the movement — the architect, ophthalmologist, optician, and those interested in civic and municipal improvements. During nearly eleven years of activity the Society has aided materially in the present high development of lighting. The indirect and semi-indirect systems of illumination, the use of “daylight” illuminants and special color devices, the effective distribution of light from the modern lamps and shades, the development of flood- lighting and spectacular illumination are some of the things fostered by the Society. It should be emphasized that the Society stands for illumination and is strictly neutral and impartial as between the various artificial illuminants. Among important investigations carried on by technical committees of the Society may be mentioned those of the Committees on Nomenclature and Standards, Glare, Research, Lighting Legislation and Education. Through the cooperation of the Committee on Lighting Legislation, modeled on a code prepared by this Com- mittee, several states have enacted legislation on this subject. At the present time the Society has committees pre- paring reports on the following subjects: Automobile Headlamps, Railway Vehicle Headlamps, Street Lighting, Diffusing Media, School Lighting, Lectures to Architec- tural Students. There are five sectional organizations of the Society. These sections hold regular meetings in their respective localities — New York, Philadelphia, Pittsburgh, New England, and Chicago. The membership of the Society numbers 1,300. 70 Addenda 1. In “Report of the Surgeon-General, U. S. Army, 1917” referred to under 9M2, it is stated, with respect to the Department Hospital at Manilla, P. I.: “During the year the installation of gas throughout the hospital to replace the steam appliances for sterilizing purposes was started, and by Dec. 31 a steam boiler and a hot-water heater using gas as a fuel were erected and in working order, supplying steam for the kitchen of the general mess and hot water for the entire hospital. “Each sterilizing apparatus throughout the hospital, in the wards, operating-room, and laboratory, has been equipped with a gas burner; they have been thoroughly tested and found satisfactory in operation, though requiring somewhat more care to avoid injury to apparatus than the former method of supplying steam from a central plant. “Gas stoves for the general mess, sick officers’ mess, and nurses’ mess have been ordered from the States. When these are installed the entire steam and heating system of the hospital will be using gas.” 1 . An interesting contribution to the subject of furnishing architects with more adequate data on gas piping and appliances and the general utilization of gas in buildings will be found in the 1917 Report of the Committee on Relations with Architects, of the National Commercial Gas Association, published in the January, 1918, Bulletin of that Association. The Editor of the Structural Service Department, as a member of that Committee, welcomed the opportunity to make several of the suggestions embodied in the report. Serial No 7 91 Vol. I, 1917 Serial No. 8 So great is the present interest in the con- structional activities of the United States Gov- ernment that we are interrupting the sequential presentation of information in this department in order to give some account of the organization of those branches of the three departments of the United States Government — War,* Navy, and Treasury — which have to do with structural matters. To locate descriptions, in various Serial Numbers, of the structural activities of other departments of the Government, consult “Contents” at front of Book. ♦Unavoidably deferred to a future issue. (See “Office of the Cantonment Construction Division of the Quartermasters’ Department” in September Journal, p. 423, and “Office of the Signal Corps Construction Division,” p. 424 of same issue.) AUGUST, 1917 INDEX TO SUBJECTS TREATED IN THIS ISSUE 8A Bureau of Yards and Docks: Department of the Navy. SB Office of Supervising Architect: Treasury Department. 8C Bibliography: The United States Public Works. 8D The Convention of the American Society for Testing Materials. 8A Bureau of Yards and Docks: Department of the Navy (Prepared for the Journal by Rear Admiral Harris) Chief of Bureau: Rear Admiral Frederic Robert Harris, U. S. N., Navy Annex Building, Washington, D. C. 1. Publications: Bulletin “Public Works of the Navy,” issued quarterly, January I, April 1, July 1, and October 1; H. D. Rouzer, Engineering Secretary to Chief of Bureau, acting editor. Information published in the Bulletin appears under the following heads: Administrative, Professional, and Engineering Notes. Under the heading, Administrative, are published from time to time explanations of the manner in which the Bureau desires its work carried on, information relating to new contracts, reports of progress of work and work completed, reports of expenditures and analyses of expenditures, and matters relating directly to the administrative policy of the Bureau. Under the heading, Professional, is published matter of professional interest to officers of the Corps of Civil Engineers, U. S. Navy, and in- cludes proposed new methods of design; special cases of successful con- struction along new lines, as well as cases which may have proved unsuc- cessful; results of tests upon various manufactured articles which may be offered for use in public works; and cost data on the various works con- structed under the cognizance of the Bureau. Articles descriptive of engineering projects of major importance prepared by members of the Corps appear under this heading. Under the heading, Engineering Notes, is printed such matter as bibliographies, abstracts of published articles, etc., which it is considered will be of value as reference. Brief articles descriptive of engineering projects of somewhat minor importance are also published under this heading. Bulletins are not for public distribution; however, it has been the custom to forward copies to parties on request, until the supply is ex- hausted. 2. Administration: The duties of the Bureau of Yards and Docks comprise all that relates to the design and construction of public works of the Navy, such as dry-docks, marine railways, building ways, harbor works, quarry walls, piers, wharves, slips, dredging, landings, floating and stationary cranes, power plants, central heating plants, coaling plants, fuel- oil plants, heating, lighting, telephone, water, sewer and railroad systems, roads, walks and grounds, bridges, radio towers, hospitals, and all buildings for whatever purpose needed under the Navy and Marine Corps. It has charge Serial No. 8 of all means of transportation, such as derricks, shears, locomotives, locomotive cranes, cars, motor trucks, and all vehicles, horses, teams, subsistence and necessary opera- tors and teamsters, in the various navy yards. The work of the Bureau is carried out under the direc- tion of the Chief of the Bureau, assisted by the officers of the Corps of Civil Engineers, U. S. Navy. Six officers are detailed for duty at the Bureau, the remaining number being stationed at the various navy yards and naval stations and supervise the work in their respective locali- ties. 3. Organization: The Chief of the Bureau is in genera! charge of all work under the cognizance of the Bureau. In his absence the Assistant Chief of the Bureau is in charge. The work of the Bureau is classified under the following main divisions, each under the direct supervision of a commissioned officer or the Chief Clerk: ( a ) Assistant Chief of Bureau. ( b ) Division of Mechanical, Electrical, and Routine Design. (c) Division of Special Design and Projects. (d) Construction Division. (e) Maintenance and Operating Division. (/) Clerical and Office Management Division. (a) Assistant Chief of Bureau: This officer is the special respresentative of the Chief of the Bureau and Acting Chief in his absence. He has the general supervision of all correspondence, Bureau organization and office methods, annual estimates, and coordination of Bureau work. (b) Division of Mechanical , Electrical, and Routine Design: This Division operates through three subdivis- ions — (1) General Drafting, (2) Mechanical and Electrical, and (3) Architectural. The following are the more important duties of this Division: Origin and development of design of altera- 92 Vol. I, 1917 SERIAL NO. 8 dons and extensions to existing public works and utilities and new projects of a routine character, and projects having architectural features of major importance. Plans and specifications prepared at the yards, unless involving projects under the division of special design and projects. (See Division [c].) All matters relating to radio work except contracts and records of yard-labor jobs. All matters relating to power plant, mechanical and electrical work, except contracts and records of yard-labor jobs. All matters relating to electric, water, power, air, and heat distributing systems accessory to power plants, ex- cept contracts and records of yard-labor jobs. (c) Division of Special Design and Projects: This Divis- ion has the following among its general duties — Origin and development of design, plans and specifica- tions covering special projects involved in extensive devel- opment of the yards and stations. Studies and plans for future development and expan- sion of yards and stations. Studies and plans for standardizing public works struc- tures. (d) Construction Division: This Division has the fol- lowing among its general duties — Advertisements for proposals, opening of bids in Bureau and preparation of recommendation of award. Work under Bureau contracts from date of contract. This includes arranging for factory inspection and ship- ment of materials and machinery. All yard-labor jobs from date of authorization. The officer having charge of this Division is the repre- sentative of the Navy on Committee on Portland Cement Specifications, on Waterproofing Cement, on Plumbing Board, and the representative of the Bureau on Cement Committee of the American Society for Testing Materials. ( e ) Maintenance and Operating Division: This Division has the following among its general duties— Supplies and accounts, requisitions and proposals; fur- niture records. Allotment of funds under annual appropriations and allotment of funds under public works appropriations. Periodical reports of inspection of public works and utilities. Inspection and shipment of material under supplies and accounts, contracts, or requisitions. Subsurface and topographical surveys of yards and stations. The officer having charge of this Division is the repre- sentative of the Bureau of Civil Service Examinations. (/) Clerical and Office Management Division: This Division has the following among its general duties — Supervision of Bureau clerical force. Examination of legal provisions of specifications. Preparation of Book of Yard Maps and data book, public works. Office management, coordination routine and office work of divisions. 8B Office of Supervising Architect: Treasury Department (Prepared for the Journal by James A. Wetmore, Acting Supervising Architect) Publications: The office does not publish a bulletin. Advertisements soliciting proposals are published in a number of technical papers and in local newspapers. A number of papers make a specialty of reporting awards of contracts. The Society of Constructors of Federal Buildings, consisting of the members of the field force and some members of the office force, issues a monthly journal which, although not an official publication, gives much information regarding the activities of the office. A dm ini strati o n : The activities of the Office cover all that relates to the design, construction, and maintenance of public buildings in all parts of the country, such as post offices, courthouses, custom houses, appraisers’ stores, power houses, depart- mental office buildings, wharves, marine hospitals and quarantine stations, in fact, practically all buildings for civic purposes. With the exception of departmental office buildings, it furnishes the buildings, keeps them in repair, and con- trols and directs the force required for their maintenance. It furnishes estimates for new projects for the informa- tion of Congress and conducts an extensive correspondence in relation to the buildings under contract and completed and in relation to new materials and methods of construction. The Office does not buy any material direct but con- tracts for the construction of buildings and supervises the work of the contractors through the agencies of super- intendents of construction and inspectors. After com- pletion buildings are placed in charge of custodians. Exclusive of marine hospitals, quarantine stations, and buildings which have been transferred to other Departments, there were under the control of the office on July x, 1917, 1,072 completed buildings, of which approximately one-third have been extended, some more than once. There are 54 marine hospitals and quarantine stations, each containing a considerable number of buildings. Practically every quarantine station has one or several wharves. From 80 to 90 buildings are placed under contract every year and approximately the same number of buildings are completed every year. The yearly average expendi- ture for new construction work is $ 8,000,000 , and approxi- mately the following amounts are expended per year for completed buildings. Repairs and preservation $800,000 Mechanical equipment 440,000 Vaults and safes 110,000 Furniture and repairs to furniture 775,000 Operating force 3,025,000 Operating supplies 1,700,000 Organization : (a) The Supervising Architect directs all activities of the Office with the assistance of the Executive Officer in charge of the administrative divisions and the Technical Officer in charge of the technical divisions; both officers are authorized to sign a certain class of mail. In the absence of the Supervising Architect, these two officers in the sequence given become acting head of the Office. (b) The Technical Officer directs the following divis- ions, each in charge of a superintendent of division: 1. Drafting. 2. Structural. 3. Mechanical Engineering. 4. Computing. (c) The Executive Officer directs the following divis- ions, each in charge of a superintendent of division: 5. Maintenance. 6. Files and Records. 7. Accounts. 8. Repairs. Serial No. 8 93 Vol. I, 1917 STRUCTURAL SERVICE BOOK As this is division by subject and not by territory, the cooperation of the eight divisions is required in connection with every building. (d) Board of Award: All expenditures are passed by the Board of Award, which sits daily and consists of four members, the Supervising Architect, Executive Officer, Technical Officer, and Superintendent of the Drafting Division. Recommendations to the Board for expenditures are made by the Superintendents of Computing, Mechanical Engineering, Maintenance and Repairs Divisions. The letters authorizing expenditures are written by the Computing and Maintenance Divisions. (e) Technical Board, consisting of the Supervising Architect {ex officio ), Technical Officer and Superin- tendents of the Drafting, Structural, Mechanical Engineer- ing, Computing and Repairs Divisions. The principal duties of the Board are to consider technical processes, pass on important questions relating to materials and methods of con- struction, and secure the fullest cooperation between the different techni- cal divisions. This Board convenes only when called by the chairman. (/) Construction Field Force, comprises 105 superin- tendents of construction, transferred from point to point as their services are required. As there are constantly from 125 to 140 buildings under construction, some of the superintendents have charge of more than one building. The traveling inspection force consists of five Supervising Superin- tendents and seven Mechanical Inspectors. The Supervising Superin- tendents and Inspectors are stationed in large cities and each covers the inspection work of a certain territory. {g) Custodian Force: Each completed building is in charge of a custodian, who is a Government official and serves without compensation. The force of janitors, fire- men, laborers, etc., varies greatly with the size of build- ings. Four traveling inspectors report on the efficiency of the custodian force and the maintenance of the buildings. Duties and normal strength of the different divisions: 1 . Drafting Division: Superintendent, Assistant Superintendent, 1 Principal Draftsman, 4 Foreman Draftsmen, 43 Architectural Draftsmen, 3 clerks, and 1 messenger. Duties: Designs for the approval of the Cabinet Board; architectural working drawings; approval of architectural samples and models; recom- mendations for mural decorations and decorative painting; construing architectural drawings; checking architectural shop drawings; memo- randa as basis for correspondence; custody and maintenance of library; and preservation of files of drawings. 2. Structural Division: Superintendent, Assistant Superintendent, 18 engineers, 1 clerk, and 1 messenger. Duties: Structural drawings; checking structural shop drawings; approval of mill inspection reports; construing structural drawings; memoranda as basis for correspondence; and preservation of files of active structural drawings. 3. Mechanical Engineering Division: Superintendent, Assistant Superintendent, 1 8 engineers, 3 clerks, and 1 messenger. Duties: Mechanical engineering drawings and specifications for new and completed buildings; technical advice to Maintenance Division regarding expenditures in occupied buildings and engineering supplies and personnel; approval of mechanical engineering samples and selec- tion of mechanical engineering appliances; construing mechanical engineering drawings and specifications; checking mechanical engineer- ing shop drawings; memoranda as basis of correspondence; preservation of active mechanical engineering drawings and specifications; and recom- mendations to the Board of Award. 8C Bibliography In connection with the structural activities of the Government, the book by Col. W. M. Black, of the Corps of Engineers of the U. S. Army, 4. Computing Division: Superintendent, 16 computers and estimators, 23 clerks, 5 skilled laborers. In the Photograph and Duplicating Galleries, there are employed; 1 photographer, 1 foreman, 2 chemists, 4 skilled laborers, and 1 messenger boy. Duties: Estimating for new buildings and extensions; reports on contemplated public buildings; writing of specifications; construing specifications; preparation of annual construction estimates; miscellane- ous technical correspondence; recommendations to the Board of Award; authorization of expenditures from special appropriations; approval of structural samples; direction of movements of superintendents and inspectors (except inspectors of furniture and maintenance and site agents); management of all work on new buildings and extensions; all field correspondence; receiving, filing and shipping samples; in charge of duplicating and photograph galleries; files of active specifications; files of advertising; files of bids; list of awards; charge of contractors’ room; and construction cost keeping. 5. Maintenance Division: Superintendent, 24 clerks, 1 electrical engineer, 1 foreman vault, safe and lock shop, 1 messenger, 4 Inspec- tors of Maintenance, 1 Furniture Inspector, 1 Inspector of Vaults and Safes. Duties: Authorization of janitors’ miscellaneous supplies (fuel, electric current, gas, washing- towels, removing ashes, rubbish and snow, cutting grass, etc.); purchase of oil and lamps; purchase of coal. Direction of custodian and janitor forces and engineering personnel; pay-rolls of custodian force. Drawings and specifications for furniture; authorization of expendi- tures for same; furniture record; sale of old furniture; supplies and materials; sale of condemned property. Purchase of carpets and linoleum; safes, lock-box equipment and vault repairs for completed buildings. Charge of storerooms; issuing flags, towels, sponges, etc. Charge of supply-room; purchase and distribution of office supplies; office printing; multigraphing, etc. Correspondence relating to all of the above; Recommendations to the Board of Award from appropriations for operating supplies, furni- ture and repairs to same of public buildings, vaults and safes for public buildings, and general expenses of public buildings. 6. Files and Record Division: Chief, Assistant Chief, 20 clerks, 2 skilled laborers, and 3 messengers. Duties: Law Section. Legal work generally; titles and title surveys; contracts and bonds; leases, licenses, and other instruments; correspondence and detail work in connection with sites and movements of site agents; authorizations from appropriation for “Lands and Other Property of the United States;” correspondence relative to claims; settlement of all contracts; responding to calls from Court of Claims; and legal correspondence. Duties: Files Section. All general files and records; incoming and outgoing mail; mailing specifications and drawings for Computing, Drafting, Structural, Repairs and Mechanical Engineering Divisions; preparation of miscel- laneous forms and circular letters. 7. Accounts Division: Superintendent, 19 clerks and accountants, 1 mes- senger. Duties: Accounting and bookkeeping; statistical and cost-keeping systems; transmission of estimates for all appropriations and incidental correspondence in connection therewith; annual report; special and Con- gressional reports; office pay-roll, time-records, and leaves of absence of office force. 8. Repairs Division: Superintendent, 4 draftsmen, 2 clerks, and 1 mes- senger. Duties: Drawings, specifications, and estimates for repairs to com- pleted buildings; technical advice, assistance and recommendations to the Maintenance Division; files of active drawings and specifications; approval of samples for repair work; and recommendations to the Board of Award. and member of the American Society of Civil Engineers, entitled “The United States Public Works” will be found instructive. It contains a Serial No. 8 94 Vol. I, 1917 SERIAL NO. 8 Summary of the Methods of Construction and Character of Materials and Plant used in the Public Works under the Charge of the War and Treasury Departments, and of the Commissioners of the District of Columbia, including Works of River and Harbor Improvement, Build- ings at Posts of the United States Army, Lighthouses, Public Buildings, Life-Saving Stations, and Works of Municipal Engineering of Washing- ton, D. C.; also of the Laws, Regulations, and Forms Prescribed for the Conduct of Such Works; and a Directory of the United States Agents in Charge of These Works, and of Contractors for Them; also of Manu- facturers of and Dealers in Machinery, Materials, and Miscellaneous Supplies Used in Construction of the Works. Published as a Book of Reference for All Persons Interested in the Public Works, and for Engineers and Contra ctors in General. 276 pp., illustrated with $ 6 half-tones and working drawings. 8D The Convention of the American Society for Testing Materials August 13, 1917. To the Editor of the Journal: Dear Sir: I enclose the following notice relating to the recent annual meeting of the American Society for Test- ing Materials and embodying those matters which I deem of especial importance and interest to the architectural profession. Yours very truly, Thomas Nolan Chairman Committee on Materials and Methods. The Chairman of the Institute’s Committee on Ma- terials and Methods attended the twentieth annual meet- ing of the American Society for Testing Materials in Atlantic City, N. J., June 26-29, inclusive. There were 549 members in attendance. The Chairman attended all of the sessions of the four days and took part in the dis- cussion of several of the reports and papers, especially in those relating to cement, reinforced concrete, and hollow building tile. The American Institute of Architects as a body is a member of this Society, and the Chairman of the Com- mittee on Materials and Methods has been, and is at present, the official representative of the Institute in that Society. That Society has made the Chairman of the Institute’s Committee on Materials and Methods a member of its Committee C-i on Cement and also of Subcommittee IX of that Committee C-i. Two other members of the Institute are members of Committee D-7 on Timber. Subcommittee IX on General Clauses and Publication has charge of the editing for publication this year of the Report of the Joint Conference which formu- lated the present Standard Specifications for Portland Cement. Your Chairman has attended important meetings of Committee C-i on Cement held in Philadelphia and in New York City and hopes to attend the next meeting of that Committee, to be held next October in Allentown, Pa. Of the sixty-three reports and papers presented, the following were of special interest to the architectural profession : 1. Report of Committee A-2: On Wrought Iron. 2. Report of Committee D-9: On Electrical Insulation. 3. Report of Committee A-3: On Cast-Iron. 4. Report of Committee A-J: On Corrosion of Iron and Steel. 5. Report of Committee E-i: On Methods of Testing. 6. Distribution of Pressure through Earth Fills. 7. Annual Address by the President. 8. Report of Committee A-i: On Steel. 9. Inspection of Brass and Bronze. 10. Report of Committee D-i: On Preservative Coatings for Struc- tural Materials. 11. Optical Properties and Theory of Color of Pigments and Paints. 12. Report of Committee C-i : On Cement. 13. The Properties of Cement-Lime-Sand Mortars. 14. High-Silica Portland Cement. 15. The Economical Proportions for Portland-Cement Mortars and Concretes. 16. Tests of Concrete Slabs to Determine the Effect of Removing Excess Water Used in Mixing. 17. Report of Committee C-2: On Reinforced Concrete. 18. Report of Committee C-9: On Concrete and Concrete Aggre- gates. 19. Report of Committee C-7; On Lime. 20. Effects of Grading of Sands and Consistency of Mix Upon the Strength of Plain and Reinforced Concrete. 21. A Comparison of the Heat-Insulating Properties of Materials Used in Fire-resistive Construction. 22. Report of Committee C-4: On Clay and Cement Sewer Pipe. 23. Report of Committee C-6: On Drain Tile. 24. Report of Committee C-10: On Hollow Building Tile. 25. Report of Committee C-5: On Fireproofing. 26. Report of Committee D-8: On Waterproofing. 27. Report of Committee D-7: On Timber. At a meeting of Committee C-i on Cement your Chair- man fully explained to the forty members present the work and purposes of our Committee on Materials and Methods of the Institute, its desire to cooperate with the American Society for Testing Materials and other similar organiza- tions, and also explained the Institute Committee’s cooperation with the Structual Service Department of the Journal of the Institute. Your Chairman also explained to the members of this Committee the request made to all of our Chapter subcommittees to urge the Chapters of the Institute to consider the adoption of the A.S.T.M. Standard Specifications for Portland Cement and for Structural Steel for Buildings, and he stated that this was being done, some of our Chapters and one state associa- tion having already taken such action. During the latter meetings of the Convention, Mr. D. Knickerbacker Boyd, the Associate Editor of the Struc- tural Service Department of the Journal of the Institute, was in attendance and aided materially by offering valu- able suggestions and taking part in discussions. During the Convention your Chairman discussed in- formally with Mr. A. A. Stevenson, the retiring President of the American Society for Testing Materials, the advis- ability of some formal and official recognition on the part of that Society of the increasingly successful efforts of the Institute Committee on Materials and Methods and the Structural Service Department of the Journal to secure recognition and approval, and to adopt in practice the Standard Specifications of the American Society for Test- ing Materials. At the next annual meeting of that So- ciety such action will probably be taken. Your Chairman would urge, also, and will so recom- mend in the final report of this Committee, that at the next annual convention of the Institute formal action be taken affirming the A.S.T.M. Standard Specifications for Portland Cement and for Structural Steel for Buildings when these materials are to be used in architectural con- struction. (For Information concerning these two stand- ards see the Journal for January, 1917.) Thomas Nolan, Chairman Committee on Materials and Methods Editor’s Note. — It is of interest to note that one Chapter of the Institute, namely, Cincinnati, is a member of the American Society for Testing Materials and also that the Illinois Society of Architects is a member. (Since this was written the Philadelphia Chapter has become a member.) Serial No. 8 95 Vol. I, 1917 Serial No. 9 PLUMBING ISSUE HYDRAULICS— SANITATION— PUBLIC HEALTH CONTENTS A consideration of the subject of “Plumbing” involves at once a broad human problem which takes in the health of individuals, communities, and the country at large. There will, consequently, be found in this issue reference to considerations which include, first, the source of any water-supply, then its storage or impounding, its distri- bution, and its purification. Next comes its utilization, which has been considered with respect to the materials and methods involved in general plumbing installations in and around all forms of human habitations. Finally comes the question of disposal of sewage and waste. Infor- mation and activities concerning all these subjects have been recorded as fully as possible within the limitations of a treatise devoted to aspects within the purview of archi- tects and other constructionists. SEPTEMBER, 1917 INDEX TO SUBJECTS TREATED IN THIS ISSUE 9A U. S. Government Specifications and Publications. (See, also, 9 M and 12H.) 9B Public Health, Water Works, Plumbing and Other Associations. 9Cl Housing Associations and Other Volun- teer Organizations. 9C2 Other Allied Interests and Influences. 9C3 Educational and Research Work. 9D Water-Supply, Storage, Utilization and Incoming Pipes. 9E Filtration and Water Treatments. 9F Heating and Cooling of Water. 9G Plumbing Installations in General. 9H Fixtures and Fittings. 9Hl Bathroom and Laundry Finishes and Accessories. 9J Swimming - Pools, Baths, Bath - and Change-Houses. @K Sprinklers and Fire-Protection. 9&2 Safeguarding Industry — A Wartime Necessity. 9L Outgoing Pipes, Sewage Disposal and Public Health. 9SVI United States Public Health Service. 9A U. S. Government Specifications and Publications 1. Composed of representatives of the Treasury, War and Navy Departments, there is a Board on Uniform Plumbing Specifica- tions. This Board has issued (March 1, 1916) a “Specification for Plumbing Fixtures, etc., for the Treasury, War and Navy Departments.’’ It is stated that “These specifications are published for the purpose of facilitating construction in the governmental depart- 2. ments concerned. They are not to be construed as prohibiting the installation of any fixture desired for a special purpose and covered in the specifications for any particular work.” I hese specifications consist of 147 pages of printed matter, in- cluding J3 plates showing in detail all types of plumbing fixtures 3. and their connections. They cover general requirements for all kinds of piping and various wares, and form the basis of the specifications for each particular installation prepared by these departments. They are also so used by some architects in their regular practice. These specifications may be obtained from the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C., at 75 cents a copy. The Navy Department issues specifications for “Naval Stores and Materials,” as described under 3Aia; those pertaining to plumb- ing materials, other than the fixtures and fittings referred to above, will be found completely listed in the “Index to Specifica- tions” (3Aiai). For publications by other governmental departments concerning materials, devices, and workmanship pertaining to hydraulics and sanitation, see the listings under the different subdivisions. Public Health, Water Works, Plumbing and Other Associations United States Public Health Service See 9Bl American Public Health Association Secretary: Salskar M. Gunn, 126 Mass. Ave., Boston. Publications: (a) “American Journal of Public Health.” ( b ) Also, “Standard Methods for the Analysis of Water, Sewage, Air, and Milk.” Its objects are to protect and promote public and per- sonal health. The Association has seven sections: Labora- tory, Public Health, Administration, Vital Statistics, Sanitary Engineering, Sociological Industrial Hygiene, and Food and Drugs. Serial No. 9 9 m SB2 American Society of Sanitary Engi- neering President: Wm. C. Groeniger, State Health Dept., Columbus, Ohio. Publications: (a) Proceedings of Annual Meetings. Composed of inspectors of plumbing, sanitary engi- neers, health officers, and others interested in its objects. Any manufacturer of sanitary goods is eligible as a con- tributing member. Committees of the Society engaged in work of interest to architects and builders are: on Research; 96 Vol, I, 1917 SERIAL NO. 9 Causes of Iron Rust in Domestic Water-Supply; on House- Traps; on Standardization of Brass Goods; on U. S. Standards with respect to Plumbing Installation in Government Buildings. 9B3 Water Works Associations Of great importance are the results accomplished by organizations formed to advance the design, construction, operation, and management of water works. These include: 9B3a American Water Works Association Secretary: J. M. Diven, 47 State St., Troy, N. Y. Publications: 1. The Journal of the American Water Works Association. Quarterly: March, and thereafter. Supplements give the proceedings of the annual conventions and lists of officers, committees, and members. 2. Standard Specifications for Cast Iron Water Pipe and Special Castings (adopted May 12, 1908). 3. Standard Specifications for Hydrants and Valves (adopted June 24, 1913; revised June 9, 1916). A joint committee is now at work on revisions of these stan- dards. Other committees working on subjects of interest to architects and constructors are those on: Electrolysis, Standard Specifica- tions for Wrought Iron Pipe, Plumbing Code and Control of Plumbers, City Planning, and Private Fire Protection Service. 9B3b New England Water Works Associa- tion Secretary: Willard Kent, Narragansett Pier, R. I. Publications: 1. Journal of the New England Water Works Association. Quarterly. Contains papers presented at the six regular meetings each year, with discussions, and list of officers and reports of committees. 2 . Standard Specifications for Cast-Iron Pipe and Special Castings. (Adopted Sept, io, 1902.) 3. Index. Lists articles, papers and other information contained in “The Transactions,” from 1883 to 1885, and in the Journal from Volume I to date. 9 B 3 c Water Works Manufacturers' Associa- tion Secretary: E. K. Sorenson, 15 Broad Street, New York City. Issues no publications. 9B4 National Association of Master Plumbers Of the U. S. Organized 1883. Secretary: A. A. Zertanna, 4337 Manchester Ave., St. Louis, Mo. Publications: (a) Convention Proceedings, published annually. Aims to establish harmonious and equitable relations between master plumbers, hydraulic and sanitary engi- neers, journeymen plumbers, and other employees, and manufacturers and jobbers in supplies used in plumbing, heating, gas-fitting and the drainage business; to educate apprentices in plumbing and to establish an apprentice- ship system; and to promote the standardization of fittings and other plumbing goods. This Association, together with the National Associa- tion of Master Steam and Hot Water Fitters, was repre- sented in a joint conference in November, 1913, with the American Institute of Architects to consider the advisa- bility of the direct letting of mechanical equipment con- tracts, which resulted in the adoption by the Institute of the resolution quoted under 9G a. Serial No. 9 9B5 Cast Iron Soil Pipe Makers' Associa- tions Eastern Soil Pipe Association Secretary: Chas. F. Tuttle, 269 Clinton Ave., Brooklyn, N. Y. Southern Soil Pipe Association. Secretary: M. W. Bush, Birmingham, Ala. Publications: (a) “Complete Specification for Cast-iron Soil Pipe and Fittings.” (b) “A Nation-wide Comparison of House-drainage Piping.” (z) “Cast-iron Soil Pipe vs. Wrought Pipe — for House-drainage.” (J) Numerous reprinted technical papers pertaining to house-drainage piping. Copies of any of the above will be sent upon application. The chief object of these Associations is to standardize the manufacture of all extra heavy cast-iron soil pipe and fittings so that a single specification covers the product used by all consumers. These specifications are for adop- tion in Federal and municipal plumbing rules or regula- tions and cover in detail the weights of fittings as well as pipe, the quality of iron used in pipe, testing of pipe, mark- ing, dimensions and radii of bends, hubs, etc. Another object of these Associations is to promote sanitation by the use of cast-iron soil pipe for all house-drainage, that is for house-sewers, house-drains, soil-stacks, vents, and leader lines. 9B6 American Concrete Pipe Association Secretary-Treasurer: J. H. Libberton, 210 S. La Salle St., Chicago, 111 . Publications: (a) Proceedings of Annual Conventions, containing papers and dis- cussions on all phases of the manufacture, use, and application of cement sewer pipe and drain tile. This organization is composed entirely of men who are interested in concrete sewer pipe, irrigation pipe, and drain tile, either as manufacturers of the pipe itself or as manu- facturers of equipment for making such pipe. The Association cooperates with the A.S.T.M. and other organizations in the formulation of standard speci- fications. SB7 The Sewer Pipe Manufacturers' Asso- ciation Field Commissioner: John L. Rice, Second National Bank Building, Akron, Ohio. Publications: (a) “Vitrified Clay Pipe.” 32 pp., illus. Contains description of Salt Glazing, Results of Tests, and Specifications for Sewer Pipe and the Laying of Sewer Pipe. (b) “About Culverts.” 32 pp., illus. Contains Basic Principles, Types, Definitions, Sizes, Costs, Diagrams and Culvert Design, the latter by P. K. Sheilder from Proceedings of Ohio Engineering Society. (c) "Clay Products for Building Construction.” 32 pp., illus. Con- cerns Vitrified Clay Pipe for House Drains, Wall Copings, Flue Linings, and Fire Clay Chimney Tops, and contains Building Code Suggestions and diagrams from publications of the N.B.F.U. and the N.F.P.A. {d) The latter includes, “House Drain Specifications,” approved by the Association, with illustrations of Vitrified Clay Sewer Pipe and Fittings. This Association was formed for the purpose of pro- moting the welfare of the sewer pipe industry and to the end that the public might be more fully informed as to the adaptability of vitrified clay pipe and other clay products and as to the best manner of using them. A committee is now working on the subject of stan- dardized practice with respect to the manufacture and laying of sewer pipe. 97 Vol. I, 1917 STRUCTURAL SERVICE BOOK 9Ci Housing Associations and Other Volunteer Organizations Which Work for Improvement of Sanitation in Buildings (Written for the Journal by John Ihlder) The importance of good sanitary standards is becom- ing generally recognized, but the old easy distinction be- tween what is necessary for me and what for the other fel- low still makes necessary a great amount of educational work. In our progressive cities the operative builders find it so difficult to sell or rent new houses without sani- tary toilets and even bathtubs, that they themselves often build the sewers. This applies not only to expensive houses for the well- to-do, but, in some cases, even to the less expensive for the wage-earner. In cities where it is the policy for the municipality to pay all or a considerable proportion of the cost of sewer-extension out of general funds, as in Phila- delphia, the builder of wage-earners’ houses, who must work on the smallest possible margin, is between two in- fluences. He cannot build sewers at his own expense en- entirely and yet compete with the builder on a city-sewered street; he cannot sell his houses unless he at least holds out a promise that they will have modern sanitary con- veniences. This creates a strong demand for rapid sewer extension, but pending such extension he does all he can. For instance, I saw recently a group of three-bedroom brick houses on the far outskirts of southwestern Phila- delphia, now nearing completion, which are to sell for $2,600 — a low price in these times. Each has a good- sized bathroom containing tub and basin and pipes for water-closet. The waste from tub, basin, and kitchen sink flows into a temporary wooden sewer that empties into a nearby creek. In the back yard is a temporary privy which will be replaced by a water-closet in the bathroom as soon as the Ward Business Men’s Improvement Club — of which the builder is a very active member — can secure an extension of the city sewer system. Without these visible tokens of an imminent change at minimum expense the houses would not be salable. This is in part a result of the work of housing associa- tions and committees which for years have insisted that the well-being of the community demands as good sani- tary conditions for the wage-earner’s family as for families of those of a higher economic status. Not only has the wage-earner himself come to accept this, but public opin- ion has begun to support it also. So the sanitary problem of the new house seems to be nearly settled with the acceptance of a sound public policy backed by the continued interest of those most directly concerned. But this very acceptance of a right policy for new houses makes more difficult the problem of the old house in the poorer districts of our large cities in the East. Here are large areas where houses were built long before modern sanitation began, before the modern water-closet had been invented, before the stationary bathtub had been thought of. In these houses the opera- tive builder has considerably less than no interest — they compete with his new houses, and he is quite willing that they should not be made more attractive than their central location inevitably makes them. Moreover, where the city pays all or a considerable part of the cost of sewer extension, there is such competition for a share in the appropriations that these rarely suffice to go around. The owners of the old houses are frequently indifferent. To begin with, they often have a backward-looking instead of forward-looking habit of mind. Their houses never had sanitary conveniences. Frequently they are houses that once sheltered the city’s aristocrats. What was good Serial No. 9 enough for the former inhabitants certainly is good enough for the present ones. This habit of mind is buttressed by the fact that the houses, being centrally located, are usually easily rented so long as they are at all habitable. The immigrant is not particular. What he desires most is to live among his countrymen and to be near his work. Why then should the owner go to any expense to remodel and refit the old building? So in these old districts the housing workers and allied groups have a distinct and more difficult task since they are working for a population whose ignorance makes them comparatively indifferent and against, instead of with, a strong group who have financial interests in the properties. Yet even here they are making notable progress, backed though they are only by a slowly awakening public opinion and by a slowly in- creasing knowledge on the part of the inhabitants as to what unsanitary conditions mean to them personally. In some of the smaller cities, even in the East, there are practically no houses without sewer-connected sani- tary conveniences, as in Savannah, Ga., and Mt. Vernon, N. Y. Washington has reached almost as high a standing. In New York City practically all the tenement houses are equipped with sanitary water-closets, and an increasing proportion have bathtubs. In Baltimore, where a new sewer system and disposal plant have recently been com- pleted, it is proposed to require that every dwelling in the city sball be sewer-connected, and it is already required that every new house containing four or more rooms shall have a bathtub with all necessary supply and waste pipes. Even in Philadelphia, where past neglect has permitted the development of very unsanitary conditions, there has been notable progress in recent years. According to the official figures more than 8,000 privy vaults are being abandoned annually and sanitary water-closets installed in their places. Were it not for the building of new vaults on unsewered streets, Philadelphia might look forward with confidence to the end of this menace within a few years, despite the opposition of some owners and the slowness of sewer construction in the oldest districts. In these districts there are still approximately 30 miles of unsewered streets. Illustration of the worst of them is a dead-end segment of Spring Street near the Delaware River. Spring Street at this point is only about 12 feet wide. Opening off it is a court where stands an old house on the site occupied by Benjamin Franklin’s home in 1748. The houses here are packed so closely together that in one place it has been necessary to make a two-story privy to provide for four houses. The Bureau of Surveys does not wish to put such dead-end streets on the city plan because they should not be perpetuated. Unless a street is on the city plan, sewer extension can not be compelled. Some of the owners — among them resident owners — do not wish the expense of sewer extension and connections. The city has not the power and there is as yet no public opinion in favor of clearing and replanning such an area. It is with such complicated situations as this that hous- ing workers in the older cities are compelled to deal. Con- sidered individually such situations are almost hopeless; only the slow and uncertain extension of business and in- dustrial areas can wipe them out. But we are getting beyond the individual situation to the development of city-wide policies in city planning and rebuilding. In that lies our main hope and to that we are led by our desire to improve the sanitation of the individual house. Plumbing Vol. I, 1917 98 SERIAL NO. 9 has wide ramifications. The well-to-do recognize its importance for themselves. The more ambitious of the wage-earners are willing to sacrifice time and carfare to secure it for themselves. Public opinion recognizes its desirability in a general way but has not yet become con- vinced of its necessity for the immigrant and the unskilled laborer. To show this necessity is one of the tasks of housing associations and committees. New York, because it first developed intolerable conditions, was the first to make seri- ous efforts for their reformation. It has had housing, or tenement house, committees for many years. The present committees of the Charity Organization Society and of the Brooklyn Bureau of Charities are very active organiza- tions, and to the former New York owes its present tene- ment house law, enacted in 1901. Philadelphia, Boston, Pittsburgh, Washington, Chicago, and other large cities long ago organized committees or conferences to work for better sanitation and housing. The first of these had their inception among people interested primarily in social work among the poor, for to them came first-hand knowledge. But of late years chambers of commerce and other organiza- tions have taken up the work because of its direct effect upon the continued prosperity of the community. Phila- delphia was the first city to establish an independent housing association which should deal with all phases of the question and coordinate the work of all other agencies so far as they touch housing. This the Association’s independent position has enabled it to do much more effectively than could a committee of an organization having other interests. There are now nearly seventy agencies in Philadelphia cooperating with the Housing Association by reporting to it the unsanitary conditions they find in the course of their work. Among these are hospitals, social settlements, local improvement societies, and such business organizations as the Chamber of Com- merce. The organization of the Philadelphia Housing Associa- tion in September, 1909, preceded by a few months that of the National Housing Association, which has had a great influence in stimulating interest throughout the country. Its annual conferences have been of great educa- tional value. Largely as a result of its work there are now more than a hundred cities in which there are active organ- izations. Most of these are committees of charity organ- ization societies, chambers of commerce, city clubs, or improvement associations. But several cities are progress- ing beyond this stage to that of the independent association which can devote all its energies to housing and can more effectively coordinate the housing work of other agencies. Among these are Chicago, Cincinnati, and Pittsburgh. There are several state organizations, like the Pennsylvania Housing and Town Planning Association, the Indiana Housing Association, and the New Jersey Housing Asso- ciation, besides committees of such state organizations as the Massachusetts Civic League. These hold annual con- ferences. Even in the national field housing has been recognized by the National Conference on City Planning (now the City Planning Institute) and by the National Real Estate Association, which has a housing committee. In addition, there are in a number of cities housing companies that build and manage improved wage-earners’ dwellings on a limited dividend basis. Some of the earliest of these, as is so often the case in first attempts, have ceased operations or have failed to live up to their promise. The oldest that has enjoyed continuous success is the Octavia Hill Association in Philadelphia, founded in 1896 and still growing. The Housing Association owes its being to the Octavia Hill Association, whose officers were its founders. Serial No. 9 Other conspicuous companies of this character are the City and Suburban Homes Company in New York City, the Sanitary Housing Company and the Sanitary Im- provement Company in Washington, D. C., the Model Homes Company in Cincinnati, Ohio, the Woodlawn Company in Wilmington, Del., and the Improved Dwell- ings Company, in Brooklyn, N. Y. (See the pamphlet referred to under 9L39 which lists these companies, village improvement associations, and others.) In all these developments the installation of sanitary conveniences is a conspicuous feature, as is evidenced in the names of some. While the later companies do not lay the emphasis upon sanitation that the older ones did, this means not that sanitation is considered less important, but that it has become so generally understood as not to require emphasis. The greatest single motive for this work, as in that of the increasing number of industrial villages now being built by the large corporations, is to provide sanitary dwellings for the wage-earner. The increasing interest in this question is shown by the growing number of reports describing conditions in our cities. Illustrative of them are the reports published under the auspices of the Russel Sage Foundation on Springfield, 111 ., Topeka, Kan., and Ithaca, N. Y., dealing with public health and with housing, and such independent reports as those on housing in Providence, R. I., Grand Rapids, Mich., Minneapolis, Cleveland, which concern themselves largely with sanitary conditions and methods for their improvement. — John Ihlder. (Editor’s Note. — In certain reports which will be found mentioned under the various subdivisions, particularly under 9L, references are made to the subject of sanitation and public health and to constructional work in connection therewith. Among these are: The Annual Reports of the Director General of the International Health Commission to the President of the Rockefeller Foundation; the Annual Reports of the Department of Engineering, City of Hartford, Conn., and others.] 9C2 Other Allied Interests and Influences The American Ceramic Society, mentioned under 3C1, is an important factor in the development of porcelain and vitreous ware used in plumbing, in addition to which there are many state or local clay working associations which hold meetings and conventions. There is record of the National Organization of Health Officials and also of the Confederated Supply Association,* the latter representing the various associations of plumb- ing supply dealers, both of which are referred to under 9Gb. There is also record of the Enameled Sanitary Ware Manufacturers’ Association, concerning which no infor- mation has yet been obtained. There is also the American Institute of Metals and the National Association of Brass Manufacturers and others which are interested in metal plumbing accessories. These will be described later under Metal Products. For description of the Range Boiler Exchange see 9F1. There are, of course, “labor organizations” of the artisans, mechanics, and others employed upon the various branches of the work embraced within a plumbing instal- lation, an activity of one of which is referred to under 9K1. *For some publications of C.S.A., see 9L48. 9C3 Educational and Research Work In the colleges, technical and other institutions of the country instruction in hydraulics and sanitation is being cared for. A list of many of such, including those wherein branches of the A.S.M.E. are located, was given under 1 B30. A practical indication of interest from without was manifested when recently awards were made of the Nelson Prizes in Plumbing. These were presented through the Vol. I, 1917 99 STRUCTURAL SERVICE BOOK courtesy^of the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Makers Advertising Association for the best papers on the “Practice or Theory of Plumbing” prepared by any student or instructor in Harvard University or the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, or by any student or instructor in other insti- tutions of learning who had had training in the theory or practice of house-drainage. The Chairman of the Com- mittee in charge of the awards was George C. Whipple, Professor of Sanitary Engineering, Harvard University, and the prizes were named for N. O. Nelson, a manu- facturer of plumbing supplies who has devoted himself to the general improvement of living conditions. First prize of $100 was awarded to Thomas J. Claffy, Assistant Chief Sanitary Inspector, Health Department, Chicago, 111 ., for a paper entitled “Plumbing.” Second prize of $50 to James W. Anderson, student graduating in the class of 1917 from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Mass., for paper entitled “A Study of the Different Types of Pipes Used in the Dis- posal of Rain Water from Buildings.” Third prize of $50 to Walter G. Ward, Instructor, North Dakota Agricul- tural College, Agricultural College, N. D., for a paper entitled “Water Closet Connections.” A new contest similar to the one just completed, but involving awards approximating $750, is planned for the ensuing year. 9D Water Supply, Storage, Utilization and Incoming Pipes (See, also, 9M and 12H) Many publications are issued dealing with investiga- tions and developments in connection with hydraulics, public water supplies, reservoirs, standpipes, pumping equipment, and other phases of this subject. These are also treated in the leading pocket-books, handbooks, and other literature prepared for the use of architects, engineers, and constructionists. Independent private water supplies will usually be found treated in the publica- tions of the manufacturers which specialize in their pro- duction and installation. Much attention has been given to the development of standards in the manufacture of water pipes by associations and societies whose activities are elsewhere referred to and the results of which are listed under this heading and under those subdivisions which follow pertaining to water. The subject of trenching for and laying of pipes has been carefully studied, the interest in which is confined not alone to water or incoming pipes but to drains or outgoing pipes. In other ways the sub- jects of water-supply and drainage are interlaced and so closely related to the public health that the references under 9L which treat of outgoing pipes should also be consulted. For Tanks, Reservoirs, and Tank Supports, being Regulations and Standards pertaining to these subjects, see April Journal 4D5. 1. The U. S. Geological Survey (2A1 h) has published about 400 reports on various phases of water-supply and conditions likely to be met with in different parts of the country. 2. The U. S. Bureau of Mines (2A3) has issued: (a) Technical Paper 33, “Sanitation at Mining Villages in the Birmingham District, Ala.” (9L1 a), contains a section on “Water Supply.” ( b ) Bulletin 87, “Houses for Mining Towns” (ghie), contains sections on “Responsibility for Water Supply” and “Sources of Water Supply.” 3. The U. S. Reclamation Service issues: () “Effect of Wind on Heating and Ventilating,” H. W. Whitten. 1909. 10 cents. (e) “Performance of Heating Guarantees,” Wm. Kent. 1910. 10 cents. (d) “Report of Committee on Heating Guarantees.” 1912. 10 cents. (e) “Window Leakage,” Stephen Voorhees and Henry C. Meyer, Jr. 1916. 12. See Heating and Ventilating Magazine: (a) “Contractor’s Guarantee of Heating Installations.” January, 1916. (t) “Contractor’s Guarantee for Heating System.” August, 1916. 13. See “The Control of Air Leakage Around Windows,” H. McGeorge, in Furnace Heating (10D8) pp. 237-246. 1 4. Metal Weather Strips. Building Data League conducted inves- tigations and issued “Preliminary Specifications and Notes,” September, 1916, for discussion among members. 15. It is of especial interest to note that in the calculations of the office of the Supervising Architect (10M4) a different formula is used for buildings equipped with metal weather strip equal to about a 10 per cent reduction in the amount of radiation. ION Heat Transmission, Insulation, Coverings (See, also, 10M and 10O, as well as the Heating and Cooling of Water 9F). 1. The A.S. of H. & V.E. is collecting and tabulating data of all tests relating to heat-losses through building materials. It will col- late the results of new tests till the heat-losses of all materials used in a modern building have been ascertained, and then main- tain authoritative data for use as a basis in determining the heat- ing surfaces necessary for buildings of various types. It will collect data relative to the heat-loss through covering materials and make tests to verify them and determine the value of insulating materials used for insulating buildings, boilers, pipes, cooling pipes, cooling machinery, and other apparatus. 2. In an address before the N.A.M.S. and H.W.F. in June, 1916, the Editor of the S.S.D. then said: “In the matter of sectional cover- ing and banding on lateral runs, plastic covering on flanges, couplings and fittings, and on the heating apparatus itself, surely some standards of practice could be developed which would greatly aid in establishing a uniform basis of estimating.” 3. See “Specification for 85 per cent Magnesia Non-Conducting Coverings for Power and Heating Systems” (received March 8, 1917, but not dated), described in a letter, from Prof. Thomas Nolan, Chairman Committee on Materials and Methods, A.I.A., quoted under 4K2. 4. The Low Pressure Covering Manufacturers’ Association has under consideration the recommendations of its Standard Committee for a specification on Air Cell and Wool Felt Covering. It is expected that specifications for the uniform proper application of such coverings will be given consideration later on. 5. See “List of Inspected Mechanical Appliances,” published by Underwriters’ Laboratories, for Heat Insulating Coverings and Pipe Coverings. 6. See "Mineral Resources of the U. S.,” issued by U. S. Geological Survey, 1915, Part II, “Nonmetals,” for Chapter on “Asbestos.” 7. See “Practical Laws and Data on the Condensation of Steam in Covered and Bare Pipes,” C. P. Paulding. To this is added a translation of Peclet’s “Theory and Experiments on the Trans- mission of Heat Through Insulating Materials.” 107 pp., illus. 8. See “Transmission of Heat Through Cold-Storage Insula- tion,” C. P. Paulding. Formulas, Principles, and data relating to insulation of every kind. 41 pp., illus. 9. See Reprints of Papers by the A.S. of H. & V.E. : ( a ) “Heat Transmission with Pipe Coils and Cast Iron Heaters,” L. C. Soule. 1913. 10 cents. ( b ) “Heat Losses through Building Materials,” L. A. Hard- ing. 1913. 10 cents. (c) “Heat Losses and Heat Transmission,” Walter Jones. 1906. 10 cents. (d) “Heat Transmission through Building Materials,” John R. Allen. August, 1916. 10. See Heating and Ventilating Magazine: ( a ) “Government Experiments on Heat Transmission through Walls.” September, 1916. (, b ) “Effect of Velocity and Humidity of Air on Heat Trans- mission through Building Materials,” J. A. Moyer. February, 1916. (c) “The Heat Insulating Properties of Commercial Steam Pipe Coverings,” L. B. McMillan. January, 1916. 11. The Bureau of Standards, in addition to several commercial tests, has been making investigations upon about twenty-five dif- ferent kinds of materials, the samples being purchased in the open market. These include flax, asbestos, and cork products, and a wide variety of special materials. An investigation of the thermal conductivity of wood is in progress, several varieties having been measured. The very great importance of confined air-spaces in the construction of insulating walls led to an ex- tended investigation of the laws governing heat transmission by confined air, which is being continued. 12. See. “A Comparison of the Heat Insulating Properties of Materials used in Fire-resistive Construction” (8D21). 13. See, also, report of A.S.T.M. Committee C5 on “Fireproofing” for tentative standard time-temperature curve and Standards of the A.S.T.M. mentioned under iiD3^ and c. Serial No. 10 ”5 Vol. I, 1917 STRUCTURAL SERVICE BOOK 10 O Mechanical Equipment in General — Power Houses and Cold Storage Plants Concerning the various features of same there is, in addition to the many publications already listed in this issue, such a vast array of literature that no attempt is now made to do more than mention a few of the books generally applicable and list some of the controlling factors. 10 Ol Information Obtainable. ( a ) For many features of Mechanical Equipment, see Serial No. 4, Fire Prevention and Protection; No. 6, Electricity; No. 7, Gas; No. 9, Hydraulics and Sanitation. (b) “Engineering of Power Plants,” Robert H. Fernald and George A. Orrok. 1916. 596 pp., illus. (r) “Steam Power Plants,” Charles L. Hubbard. 299 pp., illus. ( d ) “Combined Power and Heating Plants,” Charles L. Hubbard. 408 pp., illus. Contents include: Power, heating, and ventilat- ing requirements for different types of buildings; hot-blast heating and ventilation; central plants. (e) “Small Power Plants.” See, “Mechanical Equipment of Federal Buildings,” Chapter IX, described under 6L1 j. (/) “Steam Power Plants,” Henry C. Meyer, Jr. 219 pp., illus. Includes new data on chimneys. ( g ) “Heat and Thermodynamics,” F. M. Hartmann. 346 pp., illus. Home study book, based on the course which the author gives at the Cooper Union Schools. (//) “Heat,” E. M. Shealy. 265 pp., illus. Treats of the steam engine, gas engine, refrigerating machine, and air compressor. Ele- mentary. O' ) “Heat Engines,” J. R. Allen and J. A. Bursley. 320 pp., illus. A book of practice (not design). (k) "The Method of the Future Central Station Heating,” A. Williams. Heating and Ventilating Magazine, August, 1916. (/) “District Heating,” S. M. Bushnell and Fred. B. Orr. 19x5. A brief exposition of the Development of District Heating and its Position among Public Utilities. 290 pp., illus. ( m ) “Lefax” issues among others the following data sheets: 1. “Central Station Hot Water Heating by Forced Circulation,” Leon A. Warren. From “Mechanical Equipment of Federal Buildings” (6-264), N. S. Thompson. 2. “Vacuum Cleaning in Large Buildings,” Charles L. Hubbard. From Practical Engineer (4-1 11), March 15, 1914. ( n ) See “Vacuum Cleaners,” described under 6K. (0) “Hydraulic Elevators,” William Baxter, Jr. 300 pp., illus. Various makes of elevators fully described. (p) See “Electric Elevators and Dumbwaiters,” under 6F. 10 Oiq Refrigeration and Cold Storage See, also, Heat Transmission, Insulation, Coverings (10N), and for information on cooling of water, see 9F. 1. The American Association of Refrigeration issues: (a) “Proceedings.” Reports of committees, papers, and dis- cussions. ( b ) “Bulletins.” Reports of investigations made by various com- mittees and commissions of the Association. (r) Translation in three languages of the entire Proceedings of the Third International Congress of Refrigeration is now in preparation. 2. Data pertaining to the publications of The American Society of Refrigerating Engineers not yet received. 3. See, “Mechanical Equipment of Federal Buildings,” N. S. Thomp- son. (ioC 4 ».) 4. See “Power Plants and Refrigeration,” L. A. Harding and A. C. Willard. (ioC4^2.) J. “Refrigeration,” Chas. Dickerman and Francis H. Boyer. A guide to the principles, details, and practice of modern systems of artificial cooling, including construction, equipment, and operation. 128 pp., illus. 6. “Pocket Book of Refrigeration and Ice-Making,” A. J. Wallis- Tayler. A reference book on refrigeration and cold storage, illus. 7. “Refrigeration, Cold-Storage and Ice-Making,” A. J. Wallis- Tayler. 590 pp., diagrams. 8. “A Practical Treatise on the Production of Low Temperatures as Applied to the Manufacture of Ice and to the Design and Opera- tion of Cold Storage Plants,” M. W. Arrowood. 1916. 290 pp., illus. 9. “The Elements of Refrigeration,” A. M. Greene, Jr. 478 pp., illus. Contains, in logical order, data from which to design, con- struct and operate refrigeration apparatus. 10. “Elementary Mechanical Refrigeration,” F. E. Matthews. 172 pp., illus. A treatise for the person who is not a specialist but needs concise working data. 11. “Principles and Practice of Artificial Ice-making and Refrigera- tion,” L. M. Schmidt. 232 pp., illus. Comprises Insulation of Cold Storage and Ice Houses, Refrigerators, etc. 12. “Ice-Making Machines,” M. Ledoux. The theory of the action of the various forms of cold-producing machines. 258 pp. 13. See “Air-Cooling and Refrigeration,” being Notes on Air- Cooling Practice in Heating and Ventilating Magazine, May, I 9 , 7- 14. The Bureau of Standards is conducting extensive investigations, with the cooperation of committees of the American Asso- ciation of Refrigeration and the American Society of Refrigera- ting Engineers. These investigations relate to ice, ammonia, brines, the thermal conductivities of insulating materials, and 10O1 continued, will form the subject of papers. (r) “Hand Firing Soft Coal under Power-Plant Boilers,” Henry Kreisinger, Technical Paper No. 80 of the U. S. Bureau of Mines, 1916. CO “Boiler-Room Economics,” A. A. Potter and S. L. Simmering, Bulletin No. 2, Engineering Experiment Station of Kansas State Agricultural College. (/) See A.S.M.E. Condensed Catalogs of mechanical equipment with general classified directory and an engineering data section. ( u ) See Sweet’s Catalogue, Engineering Edition, comprising Ma- terials of Construction, Contractors’ Plant and Power-Plant Equipment, indexed and cross-referenced, and containing Specification Digest and Checking List. ( v ) For data on Capacity and Efficiency Tests of Power Plants, and on Acceptance Tests of Power Plant Equipment, see the informa- tion concerning such services printed on pp. 142-144 in the Indus- trial Section by Robert W. Hunt & Company. 10 02 Practice Recommended and Standards to be Followed (a) See the various publications of the N.F.P.A., the N.B.F.U. and A.F.M.F.I. Co. concerned with mechanical equipment as listed in the Journal for March, pp. 144-146, which includes: 1. “Cold-Storage Warehouses: Suggestions for Their Improve- ment as Fire-Risks” (^A^d^). 2. See, also, other recommendations of these authorities men- tioned under Heating in General (10C). 3. N.F.P.A. “Index” (3A3A5) contains references to Refrigeration and other forms of mechanical equipment. (b) See, also, the appliances and devices pertaining to Mechanical Equipment inspected and labeled by the Underwriters’ Labora- tories embraced within: 1. List of Inspected Mechanical Appliances (3A6 b). 2. List of Inspected Electrical Appliances (3A6C). 3. List of Appliances Inspected for Accident Hazard (3A6 d). ( c ) See Bulletins of the American Association of Refrigeration (ioOiyia). (d) See Navy Department specifications (3Aia2) for “Refrigerators for U. S. Navy (except torpedo craft and tugboats),” Serial designation 12R6, March 10, 1913. Others mentioned under 10C1. ( e ) See “Boiler Standards” 10C2. (/) See “Pipes, Valves and Fittings” (10J) for the standards men- tioned thereunder. (g) See Reports of Committees of the A.S.M.E., the A.S.H. and V.E., and others listed under various subdivisions. 10 02h Power Test Code I. The A.S.M.E. Power Test Code, entitled “Rules for Conducting Per- formance Tests of Power Plant Apparatus” is a new set of testing codes of the Society to replace those in force up to the present time, relating to boilers, pumping engines, locomotives, steam engines in general, and apparatus and fuels therefor, and extended so as to apply to such power- generating apparatus as the present codes do not cover, including water power, bringing them into harmony with each other and with the best practice of the day. 1 16 Serial No. 10 Vol. I, 1917 Serial No. 11 METAL, PLASTIC AND OTHER PRODUCTS CONTENTS Previous issues have dealt with all main structural features of a building; the last four issues have treated all forms of mechanical equipment; this issue treats of prod- ucts and devices, the installation of which would occur at or about this stage of progress in the construction of a composite building. The wood trim and finish having been included in the wood issue, when lathing, plaster- ing, metal windows, doors, trim, hardware, and other metal and plastic products, including roofing, have been treated herein, there will remain only the painting, finishing, and glazing to complete the structure. These, with mis- cellaneous items, will be covered in the December issue, or No. 12 Serial, which will also conclude the first year’s review. NOVEMBER, 1917 INDEX TO SUBJECTS TREATED IN THIS ISSUE 1 1 A Societies, Associations and Allied Interests. 1 1 B Metals and Metal Products. 1 1 B1 Metals in General. 1 1 B2 Corrosion and Treatments of Metal. 1 1 B3 Protective Coatings. 1 1 B4 Electrolysis. 1 1 B5 Metal Products in General. 1 1 B6 Pipes, Conduits, Wires and Drawn Products. 1 1 B7 Windows, Doors and Metal Trim. 1 1 B8 Mail Chutes. 1 1 B9 Laundry Chutes. 1 1 Bio Appliances, Fixtures, Fittings and Devices. 1 1 Bll Hardware. 1 1 B12 “Ornamental” Metal Work. 1 1 B13 Lighting Fixtures. 1 1 B14 Stairways, Fire-Escapes, Slipping Hazards. 11C Plastic Materials and Products. 1 1 Cl Cement, Lime and Gypsum, in General. 1 1 C2 Bituminous Materials — Damp-proofing and Water- proofing. 1 1 C3 Cast Stone. 1 1 C4 Floor, Wall and Ceiling Tile. 1 1 C5 Roofing Tile. 1 1 D Metal and Plastic Products. 1 1 D1 Materials in General. 1 1 D2 Roof Coverings — also Sheet Metal Work, Cornices, Skylights and Ventilators 1 1 D3 Floor Systems, Partitions, Furring, etc. 1 1 D4 Floor Treatments and Coverings, and Paving. 1 1 D5 Terms Relating to Plastic Products, Chiefly Plastering. 1 1 D6 Lathing and Plastering. 1 1 D7 “Ornamental and Decorative” Work, t 1 E Committee Meetings; Field Investigations. 11A Societies, Associations, and Allied Interests The publications and activities of the following bodies and of any of the governmental departments concerned with matters affecting metal, plastic and other products treated, will be mentioned wherever possible in connection with the main subject heading or subdivision under which they would naturally fall. 1. American Society of Civil Engineers Secretary: Chas. Warren Hunt, 220 W. J7th Street, N. Y. City. 2. Illinois Society of Architects Secretary: John Reed Fugard, Harris Trust Building, Chicago, 111 . 3. Western Society of Engineers Secretary: Edgar S. Nethercut, 1735 Monadnock Block, Chicago. 4. Engineers’ Society of Western Pennsylvania Secretary: Elmer K. Hiles, 568 Union Arcade Bldg., Pittsburgh. 5. American Society of Municipal Improvements Secretary: Charles C. Brown, Wulsin Building, Indianapolis, Ind. 6. American Chemical Society Secretary: Charles L. Parsons, Box 505, Washington, D. C. 7. American Institute of Metals Secretary: W. M. Corse, 106 Morris Avenue, Buffalo, N. Y. 8. Architectural Iron and Bronze Manufacturers Secretary: W. A. Morrison, 331 Madison Avenue, New York City. 9. National Association of Ornamental Iron and Bronze Manu- facturers President: H. H. Suydam, care of Cincinnati Manufacturing Company, Cincinnati, Ohio. 10. National Association of Sheet Metal Contractors of the United States Secretary: Edwin L. Seabrook, 261 S. Fourth Street, Philadelphia. 11. National Association of Brass Manufacturers Chairman Standardization Committee: H. N. Gillette, Oliver Building, Pittsburgh, Pa. Serial No. 11 I 12. National Association of Manufacturers of Approved Hollow Metal Window Frames and Sash Secretary: Thomas Shean, 2799 Fifth Avenue, Chicago, 111 . 13. American Hardware Manufacturers’ Association Secretary: F. D. Mitchell, Woolworth Building, New York City. 14. National Retail Hardware Association Secretary: M. L. Corey Argos, Ind. 15. National Hardware Association of the United States Secretary: T. James Fernley, 505 Arch Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 16. Wood, Wire and Metal Lathers’ International Union Secretary: Ralph Grandt, 401 Superior Building, Cleveland, Ohio. 17. Associated Tile Manufacturers Secretary: F. W Walker, Beaver Falls, Pa. 18. Gypsum Industries Association 1 61 1 Harris Trust Building, Chicago, 111 . 19. National Association of Master Slag and Gravel Roofers Secretary: John A. Duroff, Drexel Building, Philadelphia, Pa. 20. Asbestos Paper Manufacturers’ Association Secretary: C. J. Stover, Bulletin Building, Philadelphia, Pa There is also record of: 21. American Electro-Chemical Society 22. American Institute of Chemical Engineers 23. Asphalt Publicity Bureau 24. Sand-Lime-Brick Association 25. International Union of Bricklayers, Masons and Plasterers Other bodies, interested in the subjects now treated, have been mentioned under previous serial numbers, particularly under Nos. 1 2, 3, and 4. 7 Vol. I, 1917 STRUCTURAL SERVICE BOOK 11B Metals and Metal Products 11 Bi Metals in General Considerations here do not include Structural Iron and Steel, which were treated in Serial No. I. Many of the publications listed there, however, are applicable here. See, also. Metal Products 11B5 and, also, Metal and Plastic Products, 11D. For “Tests of Metals,” Watertown Arsenal, War Department, U.S.A., see i Bi^. (a) See Proceedings of the A.S.T.M. (iAqa) for reports of the follow- ing committees, and for papers presented before conventions: Cast Iron (A.S.T.M.: A3); Wrought Iron (A S.T.M.:Aa); Non-Ferrous Metals and Alloys (A.S.T.M.: B2). (, b ) See “Review of Current Technical Literature” and Journal of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (10A1). (r) See index to list of Engineering Articles of Interest, and to papers and discussions, contained in each issue of the Proceedings of the American Society of Civil Engineers (11A1). (i i) An investigation has been concluded of the initial stresses, cause of failure, and properties of structural brasses, an account of which is to be published as a technologic paper. (See e, below.) A great deal of this work has been materially aided by the co- operation of brass manufacturers and of users of brass, such as the Navy Department, the New York Board of Water Supply, the City of Minneapolis, the Panama Canal Commission, and others. It is expected that the results obtained will be service- able in framing specifications for the use of structural brass. (From Report of Bureau of Standards, 1916.) (1 ? ) “Failure of Brass. 2. Effect of Corrosion on Ductility and Strength of Brass,” Paul D. Merica. Technologic Paper No. 83, U. S. Bureau of Standards. 1916. 7 pp., illus. 5 cents. (/) “Manufacture and Uses of Alloy Steels,” H. D. Flibbard. Bulletin No. 100, U. S. Bureau of Mines. 1915. 78 pp. 10 cents. A general statement on the composition and heat treatment of various steels, and their use for special purposes. ( g ) See “General Metallurgy,” H. O. Hoffman. 999 pp., illus. (h) See “An Introduction to Metal-Working,” J. C. Pearson. 1916. 126 pp., illus. (J) See “The Coloring of Non-Ferrous Metals and Alloys,” Jerome Brandes. Lefax Data Sheet 7-278 Ik) See “The Story of Abrasives,” Iron Tradesman , January, 1917. 11B2 Corrosion and Treatment of Metals The references which follow are selected for consideration in connec- tion with the proper use and care of metals quite independent of the various sections and articles which are part of the Pocket Books, Handbooks and other publications mentioned under nDi£, which see. See, also “Corrosion of Steel” (iF8a and 1F8/). In connection with sprinkler pipe, see five N.F.P.A. references listed under 4F1/; also 4F1 h; also, Pipes, Valves, and Fittings (10J). See, also, “Corrosion of Pipes, Boilers, and Structural Work” (4Figi); also Treatments and Coatings for Metals (12C). {a) “Structure of Coating on Tinned Sheet Copper in Relation to a Specific Case of Corrosion,” P. D. Merica. Technologic Paper No. 90, Bureau of Standards. April 21, 1917. 18 pp. 5 cents. {b) “A Curious Case of Corrosion of Tinned Sheet Copper,” P. D. Merica. Paper read before the American Institute of Metals, September, 1916. 12 pp., illus. Contains “Conclu- sions,” by the Bureau of Standards. (c) See “Proceedings,” A.S.T.M., for the following: 1. “The Relative Corrosion of Wrought Iron and Steel,” H. M. Howe, Vol. VI, p. 155, 1906. 2. “The Relative Corrosion of Steel and Wrought Iron Tubing,” H. M. Howe and Bradley Stoughton, Vol. VIII. 3. "The Value of the Sulphuric Acid Corrosion Test,” C. M. Chapman, Vol. XI, p. 609, 1911. 4. “The Marked Influence of Copper in Iron and Steel on the Acid Corrosion Test,” W. H. Walker, Vol. XI. J. Report of Committee A-5, A.S.T.M., on Corrosion of Iron and Steel, 1917. Id) “To Study Corrosion of Steel Imbedded in Gypsum and Concrete” (in connection with work of Committee A-5, A.S.T.M.). Construction, July, 1917. ( e ) “Methods of Testing the Durability of Pipe under Corro- sion,” F. N. Speller, Part II, “Technical Papers,” A.S.T.M., 1916. (/)See “Proceedings” of the American Gas Institute (7A2 a) for the following: (For quotations from 1, see lYL^d.) 1. “Report of Committee on Gas House Piping,” Vol. X. 2. “The Installation and Maintenance of Services,” R. B. Duncan, Vol. IX, 1914, p. 1052. 3. “Proper Specifications for, and Inspection of, Interior Gas Piping,” A. E. Turner, Vol. IX, 1914, p. 1311. 4. “The Installation of Mains and Pipe Lines of Steel and Wrought Iron,” H. L. Rice, Vol. VIII, 1913, p. 145. Serial No. 11 lg) “Relative Corrosion of Wrought Iron and Soft Steel Pipes,” T. N. Thomson, “Proceedings,” American Society of Heating and Ventilating Engineers, Vol. XIV, 1908. ( h ) See reprints of papers by the A.S.H. & V.E.: 1. “The Prevention of Corrosion in Pipe,” F. N. Speller. 1916. 10 cents. 2. “Report of Committee on Corrosion in Pipes.” 1909. 10c. (j) “The Relative Corrosion of Iron and Steel Pipe as Found in Service,” W. H. Walker, “Proceedings” new England Water Works Association, 1911. ( k ) “Steel Pipe vs. Wrought Iron Pipe in Refrigerating Work,” P. DeC. Ball, “Proceedings” American Society of Refrigerating Engineers, 1911. (/) “Structural or Mechanical Theory of the Effect of Rust on Cast Iron and Wrought Iron and Steel,” R. C. McWane and H. Y. Carson. Paper before American Foundrymen’s Asso. { m ) See the following “Lefax Data Sheets:” I. “Oxides and Other Coatings for the Prevention of Corro- sion of Iron and Steel,” L. C. Wilson, Engineering Maga- zine, February, March, and April, 1915. (5-286.) 2. “Copper in Steel — Its Influence on Corrosion,” D. M. Buck. 1913. (5-31.) Digest of paper read before American Chemical Society. (n) “Corrosion of Hot Water Piping in Bath-Houses,” Ira H. Woolson, Engineering News, December 3, 1910, p. 630. (0) “Observations upon the Atmospheric Corrosion of Commer- cial Sheet Iron,” E. A. Richardson and L. T. Richardson, Metallurgical and Chemical Engineering. Paper read before American Electro-Chemical Society, October 15, 1916. Ip) “Corrosion in a Steel Gasholder Tank,” William Wilson, Journal of Gas Lighting, London, England, September 12, 1916. (?) “Theory of the Corrosion of Steel,” Leslie Aitchison, Journal, Iron and Steel Institute, Vol. 93. Illus. (r) “Influence of Carbon and Manganese upon the Corrosion of Iron and Steel,” Robert Hadfield and J. N. Friend, Journal, Iron and Steel Institute, Vol. 93. Illus. (s) “The Corrosion of Metals,” Wm. E. Bibbs, Richard H. Smith and Guy D. Bengough, Mechanical Engineer, May 5, 1916. Report to the Institute of Metals. (t) “Effect of Rust on the Rate of Corrosion,” James Ashton, Steel and Iron, May, 1916. Paper read before American Electro- Chemical Society. («) “Repairing Split and Corroded Pipe with an Oxy-Acety- lene Welder,” Engineering-Contracting, May 3, 1916. Illus. (a) “No Rust in Galvanized Steel Tower at Iloilo After Twelve Years,” J. L. Harrison, Engineering Record, Jan. 6, 1917. Illus. (te) “The Design of Hot Water Supply Systems to Minimize Corrosion,” F. N. Speller, Engineering News, Feb. 13, 1913. (at) “The Relative Corrodibilities of Iron and Steel,” J. Newton Friend, “Proceedings” Faraday Society, London, Vol. XI. ( y ) In “Practical Steam and Hot-Water Heating and Ventila- tion,” (10C4J), see Chapter VI., Alfred G. King. (z) In “American Stationary Engineering,” W. E. Crane, see pp. 54-81. (aa) In “Modern Plumbing,” R. M. Starbuck, p. 263 and following. (bb) “The Decay of Metals,” Cecil H. Desch, Scientific American Supplement, September 16, 1916. From Transactions, Institute of Engineers and Ship-Builders in Scotland. Icc) “Physical and Mechanical Factors in Corrosion,” Cecil H. Desch, Scientific American Supplement, May 6, 1916. Paper read before the Faraday Society. idd) “Electrolytic Corrosion of Iron in Concrete,” Charles F. Burgess, Journal of the Association of Engineering Societies, i.9”» P-397- lee) Fireproof Construction and Prevention of Corrosion,” William Sooy Smith, Journal of the Association of Engineering Societies, 1898. p. 930. Iff) See Cosgrove’s “Principles and Practice of Plumbing,” second revised edition, for Chap. XVI on “Solvent Power of Waters on Pipes and Tank Linings.” (gg) In Cosgrove Appendix, see Chap. XXXIII, “Life of Cast Iron Pipes in Earth” and “Life of Wrought Iron Pipes in Earth.” 11 B3 Protective Coatings (See, also, 12C) See the Reports of Committee Di, A.S.T.M., on “Protective Coat- ings for Structural Materials,” referred to in January Issue (1F8) and subdivision “Protective Coatings" (1F8/&); also, “Manufacture of Oils and Pigments” (iF8r), and addenda 1F8/. (a) “Rustless Coatings; Corrosion and Electrolysis of Iron and Steel,” M. P. Wood. 432 pp., illus. {b) “Iron Corrosion, Anti-fouling and Anti-corrosive Paints,” L. E. Andes. 283 pp., 62 illus. Translated from the German. lc) “Protective Coatings for Structural Materials,” R. S. Perry, Journal of the Association of Engineering Societies, 1909, p. 399 Vol. I, 1917 1 18 SERIAL NO. 11 id) Many of the publications referred to under Roof Coverings, etc. (11D2), will be found to treat of methods of protection and painting. The subject will also be treated under Serial No. 12. (e) For other information on this subject, see Industrial Section, p. 192, “Solvay Protective Paints.” The Solvay Process Com- pany, Semet-Solvay Company; R.I.W. “Tockolith” and other products, Toch Brothers, p. 193; Patton’s “Ironhide,” Patton Paint Co., p. 194. 11 B 4 Electrolysis See, also, “Electrolysis” (6N). (a) “Electrolysis in Underground Pipes,” Canadian Engineer, Oct. 12, 1916. Abstract from Report, U. S. Bureau of Standards. [b) “Insulation as a Means of Minimizing Electrolysis in Under- ground Pipes,” E. B. Rosa and Burton McCollum, “Proceed- ings,” American Gas Institute, Vol. VI, 1 9 1 1 , Part 1, p. 233. 11B5 Metal Products in General (See, also, 9 d 5 ) Next to questions concerning the corrosion and preservation of metals and the determination of the most appropriate kinds for especial uses and the proper treatment and care of each, comes the matter of the thickness and weight of metal to be used for any particular product. (a) The Editor wishes to express the opinion that a most desirable thing for architects and others specifying the use of metals to have constant access to would be a chart illustrating graphically and minutely the gauges for metals, the numbers for wires and other forms and factors in the fabrication of metal products. Such a presentation, accompanied by descriptive data, would afford opportunity to visualize the material to be incorporated and provide equable conditions in estimating and a ready means of ascertaining compliance with specificational requirements that could work to the advantage of all those interested in adequate and proper installations. The words “gage” or “gauge” apparently also need standardization. (b) An interesting illustration of the possibilities of such a chart will be found in the Manual of the American Railway Engineering Association (1A9 c) where, on page 303, appear cuts in section and elevation (shaded) showing the exact sizes of No. 1 to No. 20 gage steel wire by American Steel and Wire Company gage with tables of weights and comparative sizes of all wire gages. (c) The U. S. Standard Gauge for Sheet and Plate Iron and Steel, 1893: Kent’s “Mechanical Engineers’ Pocket Book,” 1916, states: “There is in this country no uniform or standard gauge, and the same numbers in different gauges represent different thick- nesses of sheets or plates. This has given rise to much mis- understanding and friction between employers and workmen and mistakes and fraud between dealers and consumers.” “An Act of Congress in 1 893 established the Standard Gauge for sheet iron and steel (which is given). It is based on the fact that a cubic foot of iron weighs 480 pounds.” "A sheet of iron 1 foot square and 1 inch thick, weighs 40 pounds, or 640 ounces, and 1 ounce in weight should be 1/640 inch thick. The scale has been arranged so that each descrip- tive number represents a certain number of ounces in weight and an equal number of 640ths of an inch in thickness.” “The law enacts that on and after July 1, 1893, the new gauge shall be used in determining duties and taxes ievied on sheet and plate iron and steel; and that in its application a variation of 2P2 per cent either way may be allowed.” “The Decimal Gauge: — The legalization of the standard sheet metal gauge of 1893 and its adoption by some manufac- turers of sheet iron have only added to the existing confusion of gauges. A joint Committee of the American Society of Mechan- ical Engineers and the American Railway Master Mechanics’ Association in 1895, agreed to recommend the use of the decimal gauge, that is, a gauge whose number for each thickness is the number of thousandths of an inch in that thickness, and also to recommend ‘the abandonment and disuse of the various other gauges now in use, as tending to confusion and error.’ A notched gauge of oval form (shown in cut), has come into use as a standard form of the decimal gauge.” “In 1904 the Westinghouse Electric and Mfg. Co. abandoned the use of gauge numbers in referring to wire, sheet metal, etc.” ( d ) Kidder’s “Architects and Builders’ Pocket Book,” 1916, states: “The Brown and Sharpe gauge (B. & S.) is commonly used for designating size of copper wires (see p. 1424), also for sheet copper and brass. The American Steel and Wire Company uses the old Washburn & Moen gauge for all their steel and iron wire and also for wire nails. The sectional areas for this gauge are given on page 1426. When placing orders for sheets and wire, it is always best to specify the weight per square or linear foot or the thickness or diameter in thousandths of an inch. The gauge for steel wire, used by the J. A. Roebling’s Sons Co., is given on page 403, and the circular-mil gauge on page 1387.” (e) The U. S. Bureau of Standards has issued: “Standard Gage for Sheet and Plate Iron and Steel,” 1911, Circular No. 18, 4 pp. 5 cents. Serial No. 1 1 (/) See “Standard Gauges” of Sheet Metal and Wire, "Lefax Data Sheet” 6-120. (g) For recommendations of the Associated Metal Lath Manufacturers as to gauge and weight of metal lath, see Lathing and Plaster- ing (11D6). ( h ) See, also, 11B12 as to standardization of metal gauges, and 1 1 D27 for weights of roofing tin. O') The subjects of gauges, weights, and sizes of metal sheets and other data pertaining to all kinds of metals and various processes of manufacture and use will be found in the following Hand- books and Pocket Books which are here listed separately from others which have been placed under “Metal and Plastic Pro- ducts” by reason of containing information about equally in detail as to each. 1. Mechanical Engineers’ Pocket Book, Wm. Kent. 1916. 2. Mechanical Engineers’ Handbook, Lionel S. Marks. 1916. The above are independent of the Proceedings and other publications of the various societies, associations, and other allied interests. Lists of such publications and of many peri- odicals and textbooks will be found in: 3. Kent’s Pocket Book, facing p. I. 4. Mark’s Handbook, p. 21. J. Kidder’s Pocket Book, pp. 1703-1712. ( k ) See “Transactions” of the American Institute of Metals (11A7) for proceedings, papers, discussions, and all Bulletins, which contain many valuable abstracts of metallurgical literature. The American Institute of Metals was instrumental in form- ing an Advisory Committee to confer with the Bureau of Stand- ards. This Committee consists of representatives of several technical societies and meets at Washington semi-annually to suggest to the Bureau practical problems in the solution of which it might be interested and equipped to aid. The results of these conferences are recorded in the “Transactions.” (/) “Old and New Methods of Galvanizing,” Alfred Sang, “Proceedings” of Engineers’ Society of Western Pennsylvania; November, 1907, 36 pp. {m) “Industrial Applications of Zinc,” Ernest A. Smith, Mechan- ical Engineer , Oct. 6, 1916. Abstract of paper read before the Institute of Metals. (») The U. S. Bureau of Standards has had a considerable amount of testing to do, mainly for the Government Departments, of plated or coated metals, especially galvanized iron. A syste- matic study of the manufacturing limitations and properties of this class of material was considered desirable and has been begun, and, together with a committee of the American Society for Testing Materials, the experimental data and experience are being accumulated for forming specifications for galvanized materials, including sheets, wire, and pipe. — From Report of Bureau of Standards, 1916. (0) The commercial galvanized sheet product in today’s market has a base of steel and not iron, and specifications should either call for galvanized steel, if the regular commercial prod- uct is desired, or else should be explicit with respect to the iron or whatever other metal, or metal base, is to be used, for the words “galvanized iron” by themselves have, through common usage and general acceptance, come to apply to the existing steel product. {p) As to the painting of galvanized metal, the Secretary of the National Association of Sheet Metal Contractors (11A10) says in a letter “Galvanized cornice and other work should not be painted until the surface has been somewhat roughened by exposure to the weather. Two very thin coats of red lead and linseed oil will prevent the paint subsequently applied from peeling off. (See, also, 12C1 and 12E9.) 11 B6 Pipes , Conduits , Wires and Drawn Products Attention is directed to the last two paragraphs of the General Sug- gestions of the National Electrical Code (6C1), urging architects to make provision for the channeling or pocketing of buildings. The final tests and inspection of all enclosable pipes, conduits, and other metal products before they are lathed and plastered should not be overlooked. (a) As of much interest in connection with this Section, see “Corro- sion and Treatment of Metals” (1 1 B2). (b) For Automatic Sprinkler Pipes, see, “Fittings, Contents, and Protection Equipment” (4F); also “Sprinklers and Fire Protection” (9K). (c) For Gas Piping, see “Piping Buildings — Materials, Methods, and Cost” (7E). (d) For Plumbing Pipes, see “Water Supply, Storage, Utilization and Incoming Pipes” (9D); “Plumbing Installations in Gen- eral” (9G); “Outgoing Pipes, Sewage Disposal, and Public Health” (9L). (e) For Pipes in Connection with Heating, see “Boilers and Heat- ing in General,” (10C); “Pipes, Valves, and Fittings” (10J). Vol. I, 1917 119 STRUCTURAL SERVICE BOOK (/) For Electric Conduits, see N. E. Code, 6C2 and 6E1 zz, and for “Standard Symbols and Charts,” 6E4A (g) The Editor of the S. S. D. in an address before the N. A. of M. S. and H. W. Fitters (10A4) said: “Why not cooperate to get rid of words in specifications which say, but do not mean, ‘very best quality,’ and the ‘or equal,’ in favor of calling for the brands, thickness and weight of pipes and for the various other products by the several names which will be acceptable? “More and more frequently a distinction is being made as to quality in materials of building construction, and stronger en- couragement is being given to those producers who, in spite of rigid competition, adhere to their standards of manufacture and make names for themselves under established brands. By conducting an educational campaign along these lines you will oblige architects to use names and brands and standards of quality in their specification requirements which will assist them and reputable contractors, manufacturers, and producers in furnishing owners with the best that the market affords — when that is what they are paying for.” C h ) “Steel In Wrought-Iron Pipe: A New and Quick Etching Test for Its Detection,” Iron Age, May n, 1916. Illus. 0 ) “Manufacture and Characteristics of Wrought Iron Pipe,” W. A. Phillips, Gar Age, May 1, 1916. ( k ) For data on Lightning Rods, see “Lightning Protection” (4G). (/) Fences. See the Manual of the American Railway Association (1A9Z). The Section on “Signs, Fences, and Crossings” has a complete glossary of terms relating to fences, gates, etc., and contains Specifications for Standard Right-of-Way Fences, including materials and erection, with recommendations as to galvanizing. Contains, also, illustrations and tables of gages for plain wire, barbed-wire, and barbless fencing, and a specifica- tion for concrete fence-posts. (m) Nails. In this Manual will also be found illustrations of the actual size of standard “wire nails” with tables. (») For “Nail Knowledge,” and “More Nail Knowledge,” see 564;. (0) For leaflet entitled “Nails,” see 5K7;/. (р) For other information on these subjects, see Industrial Section: 1. Wrought Iron Pipe, A. M. Byers Company, p. 225. 2. Sherardized rigid steel conduit, p. 173, National Metal Molding Co. 3. Cast-Iron Pipe for House-Drainage, p. 223; and Drainage Fittings, p. 218. 11B7 Windows , Doors and Metal Trim («) The following should be consulted before equipping building walls or partitions with windows or doors: 1. “Regulations of the N.B.F.U. for the Protection of Open- ings in Walls and Partitions against Fire. Recom- mended by the N.F.P.A. Edition of 1915” (4Cj^). 2. Underwriters’ Laboratories’ “Specifications for Construction of Tin-Clad Fire-Doors and Shutters” and: 3. “Hollow Metallic Window Frames and Sashes for Wired Glass” (4C3^). 4. Also, “Specifications: Tin-Clad Fire-Doors and Shutters, 1914” (4C3Z), Inspection Department, A.F.M.F.I. Co’s. This specification is likewise applicable to the installation of sheet-metal doors. 5. Also “Beltway Fires” (3A744). 6. For Fire-Doors and Shutters, Frames for Fire-Doors and Shutters, Frames and Sash for Wired Glass, Fire Window-Frames, see “List of Inspected Mechanical Appliances” of the Underwriters’ Laboratories {3A6F). 7. For same, see, also, “Approved Fire Protection Appli- ances” of the A.F.M.F.I. Co’s (3A743). 8. For Hardware for the above, see 1 1 B 1 1 A. (b) For “Standards for Counterbalanced Elevator Doors,” see Underwriters’ Laboratories (3A6/1). ( с ) The Committee on Construction of the National Association of Manufacturers of Approved Hollow Metal Window-Frames and Sash has been working with a committee appointed by the Laboratories, and this joint committee has decided to test various constructions, some of which have passed through tests, apparently with great success, others are still to be put through. One thing which has already been definitely and officially accomplished is the abolition of a mullion which the Laboratories demanded should be placed between two units, if the opening was larger than 5x9 feet. The old style mullion was made of a 5-inch I-beam, surrounded by concrete and en- closed in sheet metal. The new mullion now made, if non-bearing, is composed of two channel irons made of No. 16 gauge, which are tied together with a strip of No. 24 gauge galvanized iron. This permits the two windows to be set back to back and not only eliminates the expense of the old-style mullion, but also permits the dis- tance from glass-line to glass-line, in this new mullion window, to be 5 inches narrower than the old style. As in modern con- struction the glass area in a window-opening is of the utmost Serial No. 1 1 1 20 consequence, this advantage is very great. — (Extract from a letter from President Fred De Coningh.) {d) “Flre-retardent Windows," S. H. Pomeroy. Address delivered before New York Chapter of N.F.P.A. Printed in Construction for June and July, 1917. (e) “The Casement Sash,” James C. Plant, Journal of the Society of Constructors of Federal Buildings, September, 1916. Illus. (J) “Fire-tests of Doors and Windows at Underwriters’ Labora- tories,” M. L. Carr, Construction, July, 1917. Illus. (g) For reference to experiments to determine the relative heat lost through single- and double-glazed wood, steel and hollow metal sash, and many other matters of interest, see “Air Leakage, Guarantees and Formulae” October Issue, 10M. (h) For Metal Weather-strips, see 10M14 and 15. O') For “Aimed” Fire-doors and Shutters, see Industrial Section, p. 224, Merchant & Evans Co. 11 B8 Mail Chutes (a) The U. S. Post Office Department issues “Section 720, Postal Laws and Regulations” under an “Order No. 148 of the Post- master General,” dated Aug. 8, 1905, which describes the kinds of buildings in which mail chutes may be installed, the loca- tion therein of same, and the essential characteristics of con- struction. (b) Copies of these regulations may be also obtained from the Cutler Mail Chute Co., which, in a recent circular letter, calls attention to a letter from the Post Office Department, stating that it will not in future waive the rule requiring the Mail Chute Box to be placed within fifty (50) feet of the main entrance of a build- ing. (z) See Industrial Section, p. 210, Cutler Mail Chute Company. 11 B 9 Laundry Chutes (a) For reference to Glass Enameled Steel Laundry Chutes, see 9H1 and Industrial Section, p. 213, Pfaudler Co. IIB10 Appliances , Fixtures , Fittings and Devices {a) For Electrical Appliances, see “Apparatus, Appliances and Installations in General” (6E); “Electric Elevators and Dumb Waiters” (6F); “Heating, Cooking and Other Appli- ances and Devices” (6J). For Electric Switches and Wiring Devices, see Industrial Section, pp. 148-158, General Electric Co. (b) For Gas Appliances, see “Gas Appliances in General” (7H); “Space-Heating by Gas” (7J); “Water-Heating by Gas” (7 K) ; “Cooking and Hotel and Domestic Appliances” (7L). See Industrial Section, p. 212, for Automatic Gas Water Heater, Humphrey Co. (z) For Radiators, Registers, and Grills, see 10K; also Industrial Section, p. 176, for Ventilating Gas Radiator, Hugo Mfg. Co. (d) For Stoves, Ranges and Dryers, see “Warm-Air Heating, Stoves, Ranges and Dryers” (10D). (z) For Plumbing Fixtures and Fittings, see “Fixtures and Fit- tings” (9H), and “Bathroom and Laundry Finishes and Accessories” (9H1). See Industrial Section for Plumbing Fixtures and Fit- tings, as follows: (1) Crane Co., p. 218; (2) Kohler Co., pp. 214-215; (3) Trenton Potteries Co., p. 217; (4) Loomis-Manning Filter Distributing Co., p. 216. (/) For Valves and Fittings, see “Pipes, Valves, and Fittings” (10J). ( g ) Post-Caps, Hangers, Stirrups and similar structural devices are important metal products, references to which will be found in many of the publications listed in the Wood issue, Serial No. 5, May, and are specifically referred to also under 5G4. 1. These, together with anchors, bolts, angles, clamps, and other fasteners and supports for terra-cotta work, cornices, etc., and for interior false work, will be found described and illustrated in many of the references given in March and April issues especially, 4D4. 2. For Wall-Hangers, Post-Cap and Girder Supports, see “List of Inspected Mechanical Appliances,” Under- writers’ Laboratories (3A61&). 3. For same, see, also, “Approved Fire Protection Appli- ances,” A.F.M.F.I. Co’s (3A743). (h) “Anchors for Lateral Stability for the Architectural Detailer and Stone Setter,” Ernest G. Schurig, Journal 0} the Society of Constructors of Federal Buildings, May, 1916. Illus. ( j ) “Wall-Fastening Devices,” C. McFarland, followed by dis- cussions, Journal 0} the Society of Constructors of Federal Build- ings, March, 1916. (ft) “Safety Devices for Elevators,” Jacob Gentz, Jr., Power, Jan. 9, 1917. Illus. (/) See “The Arrangement and Requirements of Elevators in Office Buildings,” Cecil F. Baker (from the Architectural Record), “Engineering-Contracting,” May 17, 1916. Vol. I, 1917 SERIAL NO. 11 (m) For Electric Elevators, see Industrial Section: (i) Otis Elevator Co., pp. 170, 1 7 1 ; (2) A. B. See Electric Elevator Co., pp. 160, 161. (n) For Hand Power Elevators and Dumb Waiters, see Industrial Section, pp. 220, 221, Sedgwick Machine Works. (0) For Hydraulic Elevators, see 10O10 and for Vacuum Cleaners, see 6K and ioOitw. 11B 11 Hardware (a) “The American Hardware Manufacturer” is the official organ of the American Hardware Manufacturers’ Association (11A13). This Association, which recently accepted membership on the National Industrial Conference Board, has, through its officers and Executive Committee, inaugurated a significant movement in which architects and the prospective owners of buildings throughout the country may greatly aid. Started in May of this year, specifically for the purpose of conserving men and money in time of war, but destined, with that approbation which will surely be forthcoming, to make for permanency and lead to standardization of purpose and pro- cedure, the members have concurred in a Resolution to reduce the number of styles of hardware, to curtail the different kinds of finishes, and to eliminate all slow-selling items. This action has been commended by the Commercial Econ- omy Board of the Council of National Defense which has said, “in practically every trade there have grown up non-essential services, some of them mere conveniences, and others hardly that; in time of peace they may be permissible; in time of war they are a serious waste and should be stopped . . . con- cerns should curtail excess variety of styles.” Architects, in specifying and selecting hardware, are urged to take an important part in this desirable economic reform. The saving in the publication and examination of manufac- turers’ catalogues alone would be very considerable in money and in time, to say nothing of the vastly greater reduction in cost of manufacture and handling, in the wake of which other improvements would result. The Structural Service Department may be counted upon to do its part in this direction and in others, such as establishing definitions of “right and left-hand” doors, and steps are already being taken. (A) The National Retail Hardware Association (11A14) is devoting attention to research, the analytical study of modern hardware problems, and the devising and recommendation of methods and standards for the application of greater economies to hard- ware distribution and more efficient merchandising. The official organ of the Association is the National Hardware Bulletin , published monthly. (r) “Details to Which Standard Hardware Can Be Applied” is a series of 27 plates, Sfi x 1 1, bound in cloth, drawn by F. M. Snyder, Architect, for twelve hardware manufacturers, by whom it has been distributed. It bears on the title page “As Chairman of the Committee on Materials and Methods of the A.I.A. I am glad to have this opportunity of expressing approval of this much-desired publication.- — Thomas Nolan.” (d) The Navy Department issues specifications for various kinds of hardware, including: Double-Acting Spring Butt Hinges (42H204), illus.; Liquid Door Checks (42C84); Sash Cord (42C94); and others, for index to which see 3 Alai. () “Standard Tests for Fireproof Floor Construction," A.S.T. M., Serial Designation C. 2-08. (c) “Standard Tests for Fireproof Partition Construction,” A.S.T.M., Serial Designation C.3-09. (d) “Report on Inspection of Installation of Gypsum Slab Construc- tion for Roofs and Floors,” “Public Works of the Navy” UDi^i). (e) “Report on Loading Test of a Composition Floor Made by the U. S. Bureau of Standards,” “Public Works of the Navy” (4D1A2). (/) For “Composite Floors and Roofs,” see 4D2aia. (g) Report listed under jAjdji contains information on “Floor and Roof Construction” in a standard building. (h) For “Floor Hangers, Roof Connections and Devices,” see Section 4D4. (j) For Asbestos Building Lumber, Plaster Boards, Partitions, and Gypsum Blocks, see “List of Inspected Mechanical Appliances,” Underwriters’ Laboratories f^ASb). ( k ) See Industrial Section for information applicable to Cement, pp. 1 97—199; Gypsum, 205; Metal Lath, 162-167; Plaster or Stucco Board, 196. 11 D4 Floor Treatments and Coverings , and Paving (For Tile, see 1 1 C4) For “Wood Floors and Finishes and Parquetry Work,” see 5J and 12E, and for individual units for grounds, see 5G4J. For concrete floors, underfills and various top coats, and for the treatment of concrete floors and surfaces, see 1E9, 1E10 and 12C. {a) Among others, the Portland Cement Association (1E2) has issued the following publications: 1. “Suggested Specifications for Concrete Floors.” 2. “Specifications for Concrete Roads, Streets and Alleys, with Recommended Practice.” 3. “Tennis Courts of Concrete.” 4. “Concrete Feeding Floors, Barnyard Pavements and Con- crete Walks.” (, b ) See, also, “Suggested Specifications for Concrete Floors.” Engineering-Contracting, Jan. 24, 1917. (From pamphlet issued by Portland Cement Association.) (r) “Concrete Floors in the Home,” Scientific American Supple- ment, July 8, 1916. ( d ) “Construction of Concrete Porch Floors and Steps,” Cement and Engineering News. Serial beginning October, 1916. (e) “Concrete Floors and Sidewalks,” A. A. Houghton. The construction of square, hexagonal and other forms of mosaic floor and sidewalk blocks or tiling are illustrated and explained. (/)See “Concrete Surfaces,” Cement and Engineering News, January, 1 917. Illus. ( g ) “Standard Specifications for Concrete Hardeners” and, “Standard Specifications for Concrete Floors,” of Building Data League are referred to under 4D3f. {h) “Concrete Hardener,” a paper by Mr. P. W. Nelson, Journal of the Society of Constructors of Federal Buildings, February, 1917. ( j ) “Causes of Cracks in Cement Concrete Pavements,” A. T. Goldbeck, Canadian Engineer, Jan. 25, 1917. Paper read before American Association for Advancement of Science. (i) For “Terrazzo Floors,” see 2F4S. Vol. I, 1917 124 SERIAL NO. 11 (/) See, also, “A Recent Experience with Terrazzo Work,” J. E. Langley, "Journal of Society of Constructors of Federal Buildings, May, 1915. (m) “Investigation of Composition Flooring,” R. R. Shively, Engineering-Contracting, Sept. 27, 1916. Paper read before the American Chemical Society. (») For a complete exposition of the subject of Composition Floor- ing, see reprint with that title from “Proceedings” of the Engineers’ Society of Western Pennsylvania (11A4). 50 cents. This consists of 60 pages, including an address by H. M. Hooker, containing illustrations and many tables relating to all phases, followed with discussions on the subject in general by architects, engineers, and others. (0) “Mastic Floors for Industrial Buildings,” Engineering-Contract- ing, Sept. 27, 1916. Ulus. (j>) For Navy Department Specifications for “Linoleum” and other flooring materials, including tiles, see 4D 3d. (?) “Asphalt Construction for Pavements and Highways,” C. Richardson. For engineers, contractors, and inspectors. Illus. (r) “Latest Advance in the Technology of Asphalt Paving,” D. T. Pierce, “Proceedings,” Engineers’ Club of Phila.,Oct. 1916. CO “The Modern Asphalt Pavement,” C. Richardson. 580 pp., illus. (/) “City Roads and Pavements,” W. P. Judson. 197 pp., illus. («) “Specifications for Street Roadway Pavements,” S. Whinery. (0) Among the standard specifications published by the American Society of Municipal Improvements (11A5), are those for: (1) Cement Concrete Paving; (2) Sheet Asphalt Paving; (3) Asphaltic Concrete Paving. ( w ) “Light Traffic Pavements for Boulevards, Residence Streets and Highways,” Linn White and A. C. Schrader, Journal of the Association of Engineering Societies, 1912, p. 385. ( x ) For “Scuppers, Inserts, and Devices,” see 4C4. (y) See University of California Bulletin (1 1 C3O for composition floor- ing. (z) See Industrial Section for information as follows: 1. Specifications for Flooring Foundations, p. 174, American Materials Co., Inc. 2. Concrete and Cement Floor Treatments, p. 188, Murphy Varnish Co. 3. Lapidolith for concrete floors, p. 1 9 x , L. Sonneborn Sons, Inc. 4. Cement Filler and Cement Floor Paints, p. 193, Toch Bros. 11 D5 Terms Relating to Plastic Products , Chiefly Plastering (a) The following letter from a firm of architects in the Middle West has resulted in correspondence which will lead to further con- sideration of all structural nomenclature by the Institute’s Committee on Materials and Methods in collaboration with committees in the A.S.T.M., the N.F.P.A., and other bodies. “We find a lack of consistency in the use of several words among architects, contractors and manufacturers, and we feel that some committee of the American Institute of Architects should define what certain words would mean when used on the drawings and in the specifications by architects. “We find a great deal of difficulty with one in particular, the word “stucco.” With some it is synonymous with rough-cast plastering; with others it means moulded plastering run in place; and then, again, others interpret it as ornamental plaster. In our office we refer to rough-finished plastering as “rough cast” although the cement manufacturers’ literature refers to it as “stucco.” We refer to plaster work run in place as “stucco.” We refer to all ornamental plastering which is cast in moulds and fastened in position as “staff work.” (b) The word stucco is an old one, originally used in connection with anything run in place, such as moulding, or modeling, or other fine work as distinguished from ordinary plaster surfaces. (c) The American Society for Testing Materials in its “Proceedings,” Vol. 16, Part 1 (1916), pp. 452 to 471, gives the development of definitions, glossary of terms, and a description of all processes connected with cement, lime, gypsum and all other kinds of mortars, plasters and plastic materials and products under the caption of “Tentative Definition of Terms Relating to the Gypsum Industry — Serial Designation C11-16T.” This calls attention to the origin of words now commonly used and the inconsistency with which they are applied to various prod- ucts and processes. In this, stucco is described as “a material used in a plastic state to form a hard covering for the exterior walls or other exterior surfaces of any building or structure.” The word “stucco” is used without regard to the composition of the material, defining only its use and location of its use, as con- trasted with the words “plaster” and “mortar.” fd) The U. S. Bureau of Standards, in Techifologic Paper No. 70, says: “The word ‘stucco’ as used in this report may be defined as a material used in a plastic state to form a hard coating for Serial No. 1 1 the exterior walls or other exterior surfaces of any building or structure. ‘Stucco,’ as here used, is a mixture of one or more cementitious materials, with sand or other fillers and with or without other materials, such as hair, coloring matter, etc. The word ‘stucco’ is used without regard to the composition of the material, defining only its use and location of its use, as contrasted with the words ‘plaster’ and ‘mortar’.” (e) The Associated Metal Lath Manufacturers have defined “stucco” as referring solely to a covering of an exterior wall without regard to the composition of the material. (f) The Portland Cement Association, in Bulletin No. 22, on “Port- land Cement Stucco,” uses the word “stucco” to mean a covering of an exterior wall only. (g) See “Nomenclature” in Construction, July, 1917, including letter from Thomas Nolan on that subject. 11 D6 Lathing and Plastering (See, also, “Shingles, Lathing and Wall Boards”, ;K.) For correspondence concerning Lathing Nalls, see 5M3. For “Mill Construction Buildings Protected by Metal Lath and Plaster,” see 5G2/;i. (a) For units individually applied to walls and partitions as “grounds” before plastering, see reference under 5G47. (b) “Temporary Grounds for Plastering,” paper by Ernest G. Schurig, illus. Journal of the Society of Constructors of Federal Buildings, May, 1916. (r) In the March Journal, under 3E3.J, brief announcement was made concerning Technologic Paper No. 70, just then received from the Bureau of Standards, entitled “Durability of Stucco and Plastic Construction,” R. J. Wig, J. C. Pearson, and W. E. Emley. In this connection the following is quoted from Report, Bureau of Standards, 1916: “A series of tests, primarily to determine the comparative durability of various types of plastered metal lath on exterior walls, was undertaken in 1911. The results of these tests, ob- tained from the exposure of small panels, indicated the necessity of carrying out an investigation on a much larger scale. Accord- ingly, a new and more comprehensive series of tests was planned, the program of which was put into the hands of a cooperating committee, consisting of representatives of the Government, engineering societies, the Associated Metal Lath Manufacturers, the Portland Cement Association, the Gypsum Industries Association, the National Lime Manufacturers’ Association, The Hollow Tile Manufacturers Association, and a number of contracting plasterers. The recommendations of this com- mittee were followed in the construction of a test structure (described under 3E3 ,j), and the panels were plastered with a number of typical stuccos, the work being carried out under the supervision of the cooperating committee. No general recom- mendations are given in the first progress report, nor will such recommendations be attempted until additional test-panels have been erected and an extensive field examination made of stucco houses which have been standing five years or longer. The report, however, contains many illustrations and much suggestive information of value to architects, builders, and prospective home-owners. This report will be amended from year to year as results become available.” (d) To the original test structure there has been built, since the report was prepared, an addition, which affords twenty-two new panels. These have been constructed in accordance with specifications prepared on the basis of suggestions resulting from develop- ments in the original test-panels. Quite recently three additional stucco buildings have been built for purposes of emergency testing, and are experimental, so far as the stucco construction is concerned. (e) I. A Committee to Standardize Architects’ Specifications exists in the Illinois Society of Architects. This Committee called together plastering contractors, manufacturers, and dealers, individually and as representing various associations, and endeavored to secure cooperation in the forming of a joint committee. Emory Stanford Hall, Chairman, furnishes the following notes: The proposition has been to get the plasterers and the plaster- ing material dealers to agree on a standard specification for material and workmanship; then to have the plastering material men guarantee their material to comply absolutely with the standard specification, stamping their guarantee on the packages or furnishing a certificate with each shipment, with the hope, ultimately, that laws might be enacted which would make it fraud to sell building material under a false label, the same as is the case under the Pure Food and Drug Act with reference to food and drugs. With a known and acknowledged formula, it would be a comparatively simple matter to ascertain adulteration of material. With a material complying strictly with an acknowledged specification, it would be a comparatively simple matter to place responsibility for defective workmanship. 125 Vol. I, 1917 STRUCTURAL SERVICE BOOK The plan further provides that if, on receipt of material at the job, the contractor is not satisfied that same is in accord with standard specifications, then he may notify the architect and material dealer and have samples taken for analysis, pro- ceeding with the work only upon the material dealer’s instruc- tions. If the analysis proves that the material delivered was in strict accord with standard specifications, then the responsi- bility for results is clearly upon the contractor, whereas, if the material delivered, upon analysis, proves not to have been in strict accord with standard specifications, then the respon- sibility for results may be properly placed on the material man, and he should be compelled to pay all expense, including labor, of replacing any defective work. The Committee has been recognized by the municipal au- thorities to the extent that it has been asked to fix a standard for common plaster on wood lath, which shall be used as the basis of tests for determining the comparative value of substitute materials. 2. In the “Handbook for Architects and Builders” of the Illinois Society of Architects (nDi£24) will be found “Standard Rules of the Measurement of Plastering” adopted by the Employing Plasterers’ Association of Chicago. These include also a Tentative Outline Specification for Lath and Plas- ter Work; also Recommendations, Jurisdiction Claims and Patching of Plastering after other Trades as well as the city ordinance. (f) The Employing Plasterers’ Association and the Journeymen Plasterers’ Association Local No. 96, of Washington, D. C., through a joint committee are drawing up a specification for lathing and plastering which is to be submitted to the Com- missioners for incorporation in the Municipal Building Regula- tions of the District of Columbia. (g) In some of the pocket books and other publications listed there will be found descriptions and diagrams pertaining to the use of metal lath. The subject of supports for suspended ceil- ings, cornices, beam-effects and vaulting, etc., is of par- ticular importance and is, perhaps, most fully treated in the four books listed under 1 1 T>3a. (h) None of these, however, goes into this subject as completely as does the Metal Lath Handbook, which is described, together with many activities of The Associated Metal Lath Manufacturers, under 3C11. In this handbook the subject of supports for metal lath has been covered by diagrams and descriptions showing the practice recommended with respect to walls, partitions, column and beam coverings, ceilings and other types of construction. In the case of the latter, and most important feature, several drawings serve to show Stand- ard Details for Suspended Ceilings for all types, which are accompanied by notes and recommendations. A detail of cor- nice and cove furring is also shown. Illustrations of various types of metal lath are also given, with tables of gauges and weights of each. In this connection attention is called to the fact that The Associated Metal Lath Manufacturers have standardized the weights per gauge for metal lath at the figures given on pages xiv and xv in the Industrial Section, where, also, may be found “Standard Details for Fire Retardent Belt Enclosures and Elevator Shafts Using Metal Lath and Plaster,” and other data. Attention is called to error on page iv of Industrial Section, September issue, where the omission of a decimal point after the first figure in the weight made it, for 24 gauge, appear 340 lbs. per sq. yd. instead of 3.40 — likewise with the other weights given. It is of especial interest to note the attention which these metal lath manufacturers have devoted to the subject of plastering, as an indication of the importance which should be attached by all manufacturers, not to their product alone, but to all factors connected with its proper utilization. There will be found in the Handbook: “Interior Plastering,” “Specifications for Interior Plastering,” “Gypsum Plaster on Metal Lath,” “Exte- rior Plastering,” “Standard Specifications for Exterior Plastering” (with detail showing recommended construction for outside wall, omitting sheathing, and, instead, back plastering metal lath between studs), “Overcoating” and “Fire-stops.” O') The before-described methods of procedure which are being developed for the supporting and applying of lathing for ceiling construction are of particular interest in view of the many specifications, some of them governmental, which call for the lath on all suspended ceilings and for all cornices, beam work, vaulting, and false work to be “supported and secured in a rigid, thoroughly satisfactory, and workman-like manner to approval.” In consideration of this all too frequent practice, it is no wonder that equable conditions do not always prevail, even in the estimating, and that controversies frequently arise as to the interpretation of “stiff,” “rigid,” “satisfactory,” “to approval” and the other terms which are used instead of Serial No^i 1 126 definite Instructions or direct reference to a standard to be followed. ( k ) In the case of New York City, for instance, this does not apply, for in its Building Code are probably as complete and detailed requirements for ceiling construction and other lathing as will be found anywhere. Such definite provisions make not alone for that safety which is essential under ordinary conditions, but take into consideration the additional factors required under heat expansion in localized fires and plenum conditions in the case of a conflagration. (Referred to in many publications listed under 3E1 and 2.) (/) The absence of such provisions in some other cities makes all the more significant and worthy of encouragement the action of, for instance, the “Local 53 for Philadelphia and Vicinity” of the Wood, Wire and Metal Lathers’ International Union. This local, which is an affiliate of that listed under 1 1 A16, has recently issued and sent to all architects and contractors in the local dis- trict “Uniform Lathing Specifications” in which are incor- porated some excellent provisions. The point is made that if, when such action is contemplated, it could be taken as a result of conferences with architects, plasterers, and builders, it would insure a more appreciative reception and a more general use than when, as in the case referred to, the specifications bear no address or date and do not contain the endorsement of any other organization or any individual known to the recipient. ( m ) The Associated Metal Lath Manufacturers have plans and speci- fications at the Underwriters’ Laboratories for making tests of wire, expanded, and sheet metal lath upon wooden studs, and joists in the form of fire-retardent partitions nd ceilings. In this series of tests the same type of metal lath will be secured to metal studs and to metal members so as to constitute incom- bustible partitions and incombustible suspended ceilings. Under date of Oct. 3, the Commissioner of the Associated Metal Lath Manufacturers has requested the cooperation of the Gypsum Industries Association, in that this Association will undertake to provide a recommended gypsum plaster to be used as the plastering material upon the already men- tioned types of partitions and ceilings. (n) The value of lime as a wall plaster depends, not only on its plas- ticity, but on its ability to retain water, so that it may be spread freely on the absorbent surface of the preceding coat. A method has been devised for measuring this so-called“workingquality” by spreading the mortar on a standard absorbing surface and adopting a standard means of determining when it has dried out so much that it can no longer be worked. — (Report, Bureau of Standards, 1916.) (0) From “The Painting of Green Plaster,” paper by John E. Langley, discussion by Ernest G. Schurig, journal of the Society of Con- structors of Federal Buildings, July, 191 5, the following is quoted: “One authority (the I.C.S.) in speaking of new walls states: ‘It does not appear that any painting in oil can, with service- able effects, be done on stucco (and this will apply to plaster also), unless the stucco is dry, in itself, and the walls have stood sufficiently long to have given the brickwork the requisite degree of dryness. Stucco, on furred walls, may be painted much sooner than otherwise.’ All masonry walls should, therefore, be furred for plastering, if they are to be painted immediately upon completion of the building.” (?) For list of the publications of the I.C.S. just referred to, (International Correspondence Schools) and others bearing upon this section, see nDi£, Materials in General. (?) “Building Construction and Superintendence,” Part 1: “Masons’ Work,” F. E. Kidder, contains Chaper XII on “Lathing and Plastering,” pp. 772-812. See, also, Chapter XIII of the above for specifications on “Lathing and Plastering — ordinary work lathing, plaster- ing, hard wall plasterwork, wire lathing and metal, fur- ring, stiffened wire lathing, metal lath on iron work.” Also on “Solid Partitions — metal lath and studding.” (r) The Committee on Treatment of Concrete Surfaces of the American Concrete Institute which has under consideration the development of specifications for stucco and for surface treatments of concrete will be actively engaged during the coming year in inspection of existing structures and in supple- mentary laboratory and experimental work. Chairman, J. C. Pearson, Bureau of Standards. (s) See “Plain and Decorative Plastering,” William Millar. Has an introductory paragraph entitled “A Glimpse of Its History,” G. T. Robinson. 1897. (/) “Facts about Stucco,” reprinted from "Pacific Builder ,” in journal of the Society of Constructors of Federal Buildings, November, 1914. Reference to the above reprint is made in a brief section de- voted to “Stucco” in Paper No. 189, journal of the Society of Constructors of Federal Buildings, entitled: “Some Suggestions for Improvement of Drawings,” H. G. Richey. («) “Cement Workers and Plasterers’ Edition of the Building Mechanics’ Ready Reference Series,” H. G. Richey, Superin- tendent of Construction, U. S. Public Buildings. 458 pp., illus Vol. I, 1917 S E[R I A L NO. 11 For other publications of the American Concrete Institute, see iE6, 1E7, and 1E9. (») “Standard Specifications for Portland Cement Stucco on Metal Lath, Brick, Tile or Concrete Block,” American Con- crete Institute. Referred to under 1E77. (u>) “The Reasons for Specifying Stucco” — what one architect learned from twenty years’ special study — the result of practical experimentation in building materials, William Hart Boughton. Printed in House and Garden , July, 1917. Ulus. ( x ) “Artistic Stucco: Its History and Development and How It Should Be Done,” John B. Orr. Presented at annual Convention of American Concrete Institute, February, 1917. Printed in Concrete , March, 1917. ( y ) “Solving the Crazing Problem: A score of valuable discussions of the prevention and the removal of hair-checks,” briefly abstracted and compiled by Harvey Whipple. Printed in Concrete, October, 1917. (z) In addition to those elsewhere mentioned, see the publication of the Portland Cement Association, “Portland Cement Stucco.” ( aa ) See “Modern Stucco Specifications” of the Atlas Portland Cement Co., contained in an illustrated monograph on Early Stucco Houses of America. (Furnished upon request.) (ih) See, also, “Color Tones in Stucco,” by the Atlas Portland Cement Co., which reproduces some of the panels in the recent experiments conducted by The Atlas Technical Department in toning stucco with exposed colored aggregates. See further information in the Industrial Section, pp. 198, 199, by Atlas White and Atlas Portland Cement Company. (cc) In addition to those previously mentioned, the Hydrated Lime Bureau publishes the following: 1 . “Standard Plaster for Hospital and School Construc- tion,” Bulletin G3. 2. “Hydrated Lime Plaster for Scratch and Brown Coats,” Pamphlet G. 3. “Auditorium Acoustics,” Bulletin G4. (dd) See “Better Plastering and Better Acoustics,” Lawrence Hitchcock. 1915. A treatise on interior plastering. 36 pp., illus. {ee) Brief reference to acoustics is also made in the Metal Lath Hand- book (11D6/Q. {ff) “Hydrated Lime and Its Qualifications as a Structural Ma- terial,” Bela Nagy. “Proceedings,” Engineers’ Society of Western Pennsylvania for October, 1917. {gg) “Rigid Forms for Reinforced Concrete to Obtain Better Re- sults in Plastering,” Ernest G. Schurig, Journal of Society of Constructors of Federal Buildings, November, 1915. Illus. ( hh ) “Plastering,” W. Kemp. A compendium of plain and orna- mental plaster work. (jj) “Automatic Stucco and Plastering Machine,” Ludwig Eisenkramer, Journal, Engineers Club of St. Louis, May, 1916. Illus. ( kk ) “Gypsum Plasters,” address by Charles F. Henning before Society of Constructors of Federal Buildings. Also 4D13. (//) For Sand and Gravel, see “Stone Masonry, Broken Stone, Sand and Gravel,” aC to 2C6, inclusive. {mm) See, also, “River Sand,” E. G. Schurig, Paper No. 222, Journal of the Society of Constructors of Federal Buildings , November, 1916. (nn) See Industrial Section for information regarding: 1. Elastica Stucco, p. 173, American Materials Co., Inc., and U. S. Materials Co. 2. Bishopric Stucco or Plaster Board, p. 196, The Bishopric Manufacturing Co. 3. Cabot’s Stucco Stains, p. 190, Samuel Cabot, Inc. 4. “R.I.W.” Liquid Konkerlt and Primer, p. 193, Toch Bros. 11 D 7 “ Ornamental and Decorative ’ Work See, also, some references in preceding Section. (a) “The Art of the Plasterer,” George P. Bankart. An account of the decorative development of the craft (chiefly in England), and modern plaster work. 350 pp., illus. (h) “Collection Thiebault,” A. Thiebault, French sculptor and plastic decorator. A reprint of the best plates from the “Motifs de Decoration Interieure et Exterieure.” (c) “Plaster Casts,” Frank Forrest Frederick, Professor of Art and Design in the University of Illinois. A brief historical review of the art of casting. Directions for making casts by the waste, piece, elastic, and sulphur-mould process, and notes upon clay modeling. (d) “Plastic Ornaments,” H. Friling. Contains designs for capitals, pillars, friezes, finials, corners, panels, cartouches, shields and many other ornamental details of facades. (r) An interesting description of Fresco and a discussion of its possi- bilities is contained in “The New France,” October, 1917, under “A Renaissance of Communal Art,” Henry Caro-Delvaille. if) “The Timepiece of Shadows,” H. S. Spackman. A history of the sun-dial, illustrating many noted sun-dials, with practical rules for construction. 11E Committee Meetings; Field Investigations 1. The following extracts are from a letter to Mr. E. C. Kemper, Executive Secretary A. I. A. November 1, 1917. I beg to submit the following condensed account of my attendance at the meetings of Committee C-i on Cement and of Subcommittee IX, of the American Society for Testing Materials, held in Allentown, Pa., on October 2j and 26 last. At these meetings I officially represented the A.I.A., which is a member of this Committee C-i on Cement, and also of Subcommittee IX, of this same Committee. The function of this Subcommittee IX of Committee C-i on Cement is to arrange for the publication of the joint conference reports, and the reports of subcommittees, which resulted in the Standard Specifications for Portland Cement, and which represents the work and research of special committees of the American Society of Civil Engineers, the United States Government, the American Society for Testing Materials, the American Railway Engineering Association, and representatives of the American Institute of Architects, the Portland Cement Association, and other affiliated organizations. The personnel of this Subcommittee IX of Committee C-i on Cement is as follows: Ernest Ashton, Chairman, Chemical Engineer of the Lehigh Portland Cement Co., Allentown, Pa. R. W. Lesley, Philadelphia, Member of the International Association for Testing Materials. J. M. Porter, Professor of Civil Engineering, Lafayette College, Easton, Pa. Percy H. Wilson, Consulting Engineer, Philadelphia. American Institute of Architects, represented by Thomas Nolan. The special business of the meetings at Allentown was the discussion of the reports of Subcommittee III (on the Fineness of Cement) and of Subcommittee VII (on the Strength of Cement). The Subcommittee VII presented important reports which gave the results of tests continued during the past year. Important conclusions were arrived at resulting from investigations and tests made during the last year which will be of value to the engineering and architectural professions when they are properly revised, classified, and arranged for publication. While reports were submitted by other of the nine Subcommittees of Committee C-if the reports of Subcommittees III and VII and IX were made the special order of business. During a part of the second day of the meetings a visit was made to the cement plant of the Lehigh Portland Cement Co., a few miles out of Allentown, where an opportunity was presented for studying the manufacture of Portland cement from the blasting of the stone from the quarries to the loading of the cement in the railroad cars. Yours very truly, Thomas Nolan, Chairman, Committee on Materials and Methods of the A. I. A. 1. On October 27, Professor Nolan, as chairman of the Institute’s Committee, with D. Knickerbacker Boyd, chairman, and W. L. Plack, a member of the Philadelphia Chapter Subcommittee on Materials and Methods, together with Thomas B. Lippincott, another Philadelphia architect, was one of a party comprising also several prominent local plasterers and lathers who accompanied J. C. Pearson, of the Bureau of Standards, J. J. Earley, of the cooperating committee referred to under llD6r, and others in making a field examination of stucco, cast-stone, cement-work and plastering in the vicinity of Philadelphia. This investi- gation will be one of many contributing its results to the amplification of the Bureau of Standards’ Report on “Durability of Stucco and Plastic Construction.” Serial No. 11 127 Vol. I, 1917 Serial No. 12 PAINTS AND PAINTING, GLASS AND GLAZING, AND CONCLUDING SECTION, 1917 DECEMBER, 1917 INDEX TO SUBJECTS TREATED IN THIS ISSUE 1 2A Associations, Societies and Allied Interests. 1 2B Research, Tests and Paint Materials. 1 2C Treatments and Coatings for Metals and for Walls and Floors, Exclusive of Wood. 1 2D Wood Preservatives, Shingle Treatments and Fire- Retardants. 1 2E Painting, Varnishing and Finishing in General. 1 2Fl Glass and Glazing in General. 1 2F2 Wire Glass, Roof Openings and Vault Lights. 1 2F3 Leaded and Decorative Glass. Store-Front Construction and Store Fittings. Glassware and Glass Products. Greenhouses, Landscape Design, Garden Accessories. Concluding Section 1 2C Schoolhouses, Grounds and Equipment. 1 2H Farm Buildings, Accessories and Rural Engineering. 1 2 J Workmen’s Houses, Workmen, Industry, Safety to Life. 1 2K Acoustics and Sound-Transmission Prevention. 1 2L Other Organized Bodies. 1 2F4 12F5 12F6 12A Associations, Societies and Allied Interests The publications and activities of the following bodies and of any of the governmental departments concerned with Paint, Varnish, Glass, and other products treated will be mentioned in connection with the main subject heading or subdivision under which they would natu- rally fall. 1. Paint Manufacturers’ Association of the U. S. Secretary: G. B. Heckel, The Bourse, Philadelphia, Pa. [Mr. Heckel is Secretary of the Educational Bureau and H. A. Gardner is Director of the Scientific Section of same.] 2. The Institute of Industrial Research Secretary: P. H. Butler, Washington, D. C. 3. National Varnish Manufacturers’ Association Secretary: G. B. Heckel, The Bourse, Philadelphia, Pa. 4. National Paint, Oil and Varnish Association Secretary: Henry W. Sawyer, ioo William Street, New York City. 5. International Association of Master House Painters and Decorators of the U. S. and Canada Secretary: A. H. McGhan, Southern Building, Washington, D. C. 6. Paint Jobbers’ Association. Secretary: E. R. Drake, Chicago, 111 . 7. Brotherhood of Painters, Decorators and Paperhangers of America. (See, also, American Federation of Labor, I2jn«.) Secretary: J. C. Skemp, LaFayette, Ind. 8. The National Glass Distributors’ Association Secretary: T. James Fernley, 505 Arch Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 9. The Plate Glass Manufacturers of America Eastern Representative: G. Osgood Andrews, 393-95 Canal Street, New York City. Wes tern Representative :M.G. Holding, Harris Trust Bldg., Chicago. 10. The National Ornamental Glass Manufacturers’ Associa- tion OF THE U. S. AND CANADA J. E. Flanagan (Editor), 152 West Chestnut Street, Chicago, 111 . 11. Railway Bridge and Building Painters’ Association 12B Research, Tests and Paint Materials Reference was made under 1F8 to investigational work, with respect particularly to the preservation of iron and steel, which has for years been conducted by the American Society for Testing Materials and the Paint Manufacturers’ Association of the U. S., separately and in coopera- tion. The U. S. Bureau of Standards has also made investigations and is conducting tests. The progress reports and publications pertaining to these activities constitute a most interesting story, even to laymen. Reference was also made under 3A1 to researches and investigations by all the technical bureaus of the Navy, the conclusions drawn from which result in the various specifications, Index to which is there mentioned. In connection with this section see Waterproofing and Dampproofing iD, also Bituminous Materials 11C2. 1 U. S. Bureau 0 / Standards The following excerpts are given from the current Report of the Bureau, 1916. (a) There are a number of apparently very important and little under- stood physical and physical-chemical problems relating to paints which demand investigation by an experienced and able chemist. Among these phenomena may be mentioned apparent great differences in the effects of different liquids on the surface of finely divided solids, such as pigments, changes in viscosity or plasticity of paints in keeping, or on addition of substances which are, so far as known, chemically inert. {/>) The paint-exposure tests, begun over a year ago, are in progress, but several years may elapse before conclusions can be drawn. A record will be kept by means of photographs and inspection of the test panels, which, in three kinds of wood, have been painted with a number of well-known brands of white paints for outside exposure. (r) A method for the determination of oil and resin in varnish . . . and for the detection of resin in driers . . . has been worked out at the Bureau, which is believed to be more reliable than Serial No. 12 any previously published method. (See Technologic Paper No. 66.) (d) An investigation of the constants of linseed oil mixed in paste form with white lead and zinc indicates that no material changes take place when the pastes are kept in closed cans. The results of this investigation are embodied in Technologic Paper No. 71. (e) In Technologic Paper No. 76 it is shown that for the determina- tion of volatile thinner in oil varnish, any one of a number of proposed methods yields results that are sufficiently accurate for ordinary purposes. (/) The electrical division of the Bureau is testing an insulating varnish, prepared in the chemistry division, after considerable work extended over a period of several months. The varnish is made from tung oil, calcium resinate, cellulose acetate, acetone, and pyridene or other organic base. (g) A large amount of matter has been prepared for use in a projected circular of information on paint materials. (A) A chapter on paint, paint oils, and varnishes has been prepared for the projected circular on household materials. [Note. — We are advised, Nov. 19, 1917, by Director Stratton that it will probably be some time before ( g ) and (h ) are avail- able for distribution.] 2 American Society for Testing Materials (a) Committee Di on Preservative Coatings for Structural Materials, P. H. Walker, Chairman, Bureau of Standards, Washington, D. C., is one of the dominating factors in this country with respect to all matters concerning paint and other coatings. It consists of ninety-one members drawn from authorities in the producing and non-producing fields, and includes representatives from the Bureau of Construction and Repair, U. S. Navy, Underwriters’ Laboratories, Maintenance of Way Divisions of Railroads, Paint Manufacturers’ Associa- Vol. I, 1917 128 SERIAL NO. 12 tion of the U. S., National Varnish Association, chemists, manu- facturers and others. An excellent idea of its work may be obtained from the “Statement of Plan and Policy of Committee Dl,” pp. 685-689 in A.S.T.M. Book of Standards, 1916. The range of the subjects covered are indicated by the char- acter of its subcommittees, named as follows: Advisory, Testing of Paint Vehicles, Linseed Oil, Definitions of Terms Used in Paint Specifications, Accelerated Tests and the Influence of Pigments on Corrosion, Methods and Analysis of Paint Materials, Varnish, Paint Thinners Other Than Turpentine, Turpentine, Shellac, Preparation of Iron and Steel Surfaces for Painting, Specifications for Pigments Dry ( b ) and in Oil When Marketed in the Form, Terms used in Report- ing the Condition of Painted Surfaces, Testing of Pigments for Fineness by the Use of Screens, Physical Properties of Paint Materials. ( b ) There were formerly subcommittees on Inspection of Havre de Grace Bridge, on Inspection of Steel Plates at Atlantic City, and on Inspection of White Paint Test Fence at Wash- ington, D.C., but these were discontinued in 1916, their duties having been performed. The reports of these Committees printed in A.S.T.M. Pro- ceedings previous to that date form interesting documentary records of these tests and of examinations also made by the leading railroads of the country and others interested. (c) The most extensive series of panel paint tests ever conducted were those located at the Experimental Farm of the U. S. Department of Agriculture at Arlington, Va. At this place over one hundred white paints of different compositions, used upon lumber surfaces, were exposed in 1912. The tests, to be typical, were located in the center of farming lands, within close prox- imity to a river and a railroad. Inspections of the tests were annually made and reported to the Society. (d) The exhaustive reports of Committee Di are always a feature of the conventions of the A.S.T.M. and of the published Proceed- ings (1A4), in addition to which these reports have been issued as a separate bound volume as mentioned under 1F8. 3 Standards Adopted See, also, the A.S.T.M. Standards under 11C2S. (a) Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Paint Specifica- tions (A.S.T.M. Serial Designation D 16-15). All architects and other specifiers and users of paints and allied products should certainly familiarize themselves with the terms here given as relating to various materials, processes, and methods of application and endeavor through usage and constructive criticism, or suggestions for amplification and additions, to still further crystallize understanding of these subjects. (See, also, ( b ) next.) (i) The Paint Manufacturers’ Association at its meeting, November 1916, adopted Definitions and Nomenclature to replace manufacturers’ titles or trade-names in common use, consonant with (a), and issues Circular No. 42, 4 pp., giving same. (c) Standard Specifications for Purity of Raw Linseed Oil from North American Seed. A.S.T.M. serial designation Di-15. (d) Standard Specifications for Purity of Boiled Linseed Oil from North American Seed. A.S.T.M. serial designation Du-15. (() Standard Specifications for Purity of Raw Tung Oil. A.S.T.M. serial designation D 12-16. (/) Standard Specifications for Turpentine. A.S.T.M. serial designa- tion D 13-15. (g) Standard Tests for Paint Thinners other than Turpentine. A.S.T.M. serial designation D 28-17. (h) Standard Tests for Shellac. A.S.T.M. serial designation D 29-17. (_/') Standard Methods for Routine Analysis of White Pigments. A.S.T.M. serial designation D 34-17. (k) Standard Methods for Sampling and Analysis of Creosote Oil. A.S.T.M. serial designation D 38-17. (/) Tentative Tests for Analysis of Creosote Oil. A.S.T.M. serial designation D 38-17 T. To be added, when adopted, to the Standard Methods tor Sampling and Analysis of Creosote Oil (A.S.T.M. serial designation D 38-17). ( m ) For specifications for Red Lead (dry and paste), and other paint materials as issued by U. S. Navy Department, see “Index” (3Aiai). Classification 52 consists of “Paints, Alcohol, Cements and Enamels (Navy Formulas), paint oils, pigments, pitch, rosin, tar, turpentine, varnishes.” (») For U. S. Army Specifications (for Prepared Paints), see 12E1. 4 Paint Manufacturers’ Association of the U. S. This Association maintains an Educational Bureau, instituted in 1904, which was in 1906 subdivided into three sections: A Scientific Section to have charge of research work and demonstration; a Profes- sional Section to have charge of lecture work; and a Publicity Section to have charge of newspaper, circular, and similar work. (a) In “The Educational Bureau — A Resum£ of Its Activities from Its Establishment to the Present Time (1915),’’ will be found historical data concerning various tests conducted by the Association or in cooperation with the U. S. Forest Products Laboratory, the American Society for Testing Materials, the Southern Cypress Manufacturers’ Association, colleges, technical institutions, and others, at Fargo, N.D., Pittsburgh, Pa., Atlantic City, N J., Nashville, Tenn., Washington, D.C., Manhattan, Kan., St. Louis, Mo., and elsewhere. The results of all these tests at different stages are published in one form or another by the Association and may be found on the list of publications, with prices, obtainable from its Secre- tary. Many of them are also referred to in the Proceedings of the A.S.T.M. and other publications, particularly in (h) and (r). “Paint Researches and Their Practical Application,” H. A Gardner, Director Scientific Section P.M.A., and Assistant Director of the Institute of Industrial Research. Dedicated, 1917, to past and present members, Educational Bureau, P.M.A. Describes the tests elsewhere referred to and draws deductions to date from the results; contains chapters on prepared paint and pigment industries, physical characteristics, etc., and others that will be found referred to under the subdivisions in this issue. (c) “Paint Technology and Tests,” H. A. Gardner. Presents results of exposure tests and research work for the Scientific Section of the P.M.A. 256 pp., illus. 5 The Institute of Industrial Research The Division of Paint Technology is under the direction of H. A. Gardner, who has long been in charge of the experimental work carried on by the Paint Manufacturers’ Association, which is being continued in the paint laboratories of the P.M.A. at the Institute. The extensive exposure tests in different sections of this country, which were designed to determine the comparative merits of protective coatings and paint products for various structural materials, are being continued and inspected from time to time in order that reports and bulletins may be issued and information distributed, in conjunction with important laboratory researches to determine the physical and chemical properties of oils and oil mixtures. Bulletin No. 3 describes the scope and organization of the Institute and contains a list of publications issued by it or under its auspices. 6. In “The Specifying of Paints and Varnishes,” in The Ameri- can Architect , Oct. 3, 1917, G. B. Heckel writes: “Beyond the painter as a basis for intelligent specification stands experience. ... It would seem imperative, therefore that the practising architect should have always in progress a series of field tests systematically examined and reported on at regular intervals. . . . Better still would it be if the American Institute of Archi- tects, for example, through a standing committee should conduct such tests continuously for the benefit of the entire craft, issuing from time to time lists of approved brands or materials. One can easily conceive how such a committee or organization might event- ually speak with authority on the entire range of products and materials. There is such an organization now in operation in New York (Building Data League) and, if wisely conducted and developed, it should accomplish much.” 7. See references under “Manufacture of Oils and Pigments” (iF8c). 8. See “Paints and Pigments,” A. H. Sabin, Journal, Association of Engineering Societies. 1911. 9. “The Analysis of Paints and Painting Materials,” H. A. Gardner and J. A. Schaeffer. 10. “White Paints and Painting Materials,” W. G. Scott. A treatise on source and manufacture, composition and properties, use and formulas. 493 pp. 11. See “Painters’ Colors, Oils and Varnishes,” George H. Hurst. 12. “American Civil Engineers’ Pocket Book,” M. Merriman, 1916, section on “Paints and Oils,” p. 374. 13. “Paint and Painting,” P. W. Nelson, Journal, Society of Con- structors of Federal Buildings, February, 1917. 14. See “Students’ Handbook of Paints, Colors, Oils and Var- nishes,” J. Furnell. 94 pp. illus. 15. “Simple Method for Testing Painters’ Materials,” A. C. Wright. 160 pp., illus. 16. “Pigments, Paints and Painting,” George Terry. 392 pp., illus. 17. “The Industrial and Artistic Technology of Paint and Varnish,” A. H. Sabin. 372 pp., illus. „ 18. “Chemistry and Technology of Paints,” Maximilian Toch. 373 pp., illus. 19. “Drying Oils, Boiled Oil, and Solid and Liquid Driers,” L. E. Andes. 356 pp., illus. 20. “The Manufacture of Paint,” J. C. Smith. 285 pp., illus. 21. “The Manufacture and Comparative Merits of White Lead and Zinc White Paints,” G. Petit. 103 pp. 22. “Manufacture of Varnishes and Kindred Industries,” J. G McIntosh. Illus. Three volumes. 23. “Dictionary of Chemicals and Raw Products Used in the Manu- facture of Paints, Colors, Varnishes and Allied Preparations,” G. H. Hurst. 392 pp. Vol. I, 1917 STRUCTURAL SERVICE BOOK 24. “Paint and Varnish Facts and Formulas,” J. N. Hoff. 179 pp. 2 3. “Chemistry of Paints and Paint Vehicles,” C. H. Hall. Ulus. i6. “Linseed Oil and Other Seed Oils,” Wm. D. Ennis. 330 pp. 12C Treatments and Coatings for Exclusive of Wood See Preservation of Iron and Steel (1F8); Protective Coatings ( I F8/&) ; Corrosion and Treatment of Metals (11B2); and, Protective Coatings (11B3). Also, as of interest, see Floor Treatments and Cover- ings (11D4) and reference to Committee on Treatment of Concrete Surfaces (ilD6r). See, also, 12E7 and 9; also iD and 11C2. 1. In “Paint Researches and Their Practical Application” (12641!’) see Chapters: VI — Paint Protection for Portland Cement Surfaces; VII — Paints to Prevent Electrolysis in Concrete Structures; VIII — Paints for Metal (this includes recommenda- tions for painting galvanized iron, and painting tinned sur- faces); IX — Marine Paints (includes preservation of tanks); XVI — The Light Reflecting Values of White and Colored Paints (this includes a page of colored samples giving the coefficients of reflection of various wall colors compared with a block of white magnesium carbonate). 2. Lefax Data Sheet, 6-224, “Paints for Metal Surfaces,” con- tains information from Chapter VIII of above. 3. See “Building Code” recommended by the N.B.F.U., 1913, for “Protection of Structural Metal against Corrosion,” p. 96. 4. See requirements for Shop Painting of steel work, Manual American Railway Engineering Association, 1915 edition, p. jo 3. 3. “Red Lead Paints for Metal Surfaces,” G. W. Thompson, Metal Worker , Jan. 19, 1917. 6. The Painting of Iron and Steel,” J. Scott, Railway Engineer- ing, June, 1916. Illus. 7. “Paints to Prevent Electrolysis in Concrete Structures,” H. A. Gardner, Journal, Franklin Institute, March, 1915. 24 pp. 8. See “Mechanical Engineers’ Pocket Book,” Wm. Kent, 1916, for information on Roof Paints, p. 192; Chrome Paints, p. 469. 9. See “American Civil Engineers’ Pocket Book,” M. Merriman, 1916, for painting of structural steel, paints commonly used for painting steel in buildings, and paint for steel bridges. 10. See "Civil Engineers’ Pocket Book,” J. C. Trautwine, 1913, regarding paint coatings for iron, zinc, bridges, and concrete. 11. See “I.C.S. Building Trades’ Handbook,” for information on fire- proofing and painting of metal columns, p. 120; and for paint- ing of tin roofs, p. 312. 12. Among the Miscellaneous Rules in the “Hand Book of Fire Pro- tection,” E. U. Crosby and H. A. Fiske, is one on Painting and Bronzing (p. 340), which says: “Where pipes are painted or bronzed for appearance, the moving parts of sprinkler heads should not be so coated.” 13. Paint for Steam and Hot Water Radiators, Circular No. 7, P.M.A., 1913, gives a resume and tables showing results of investigations conducted by Prof. J. P. Allen at University of Michigan (see, also, 10X2^) in which it is stated that “aluminum, copper and metal pigments in bronzes reduce the heat trans- mission.” Results of these “Transmission Values” given also in a table on p. 1247, Kidder’s Pocket Book 1916. These tests also described in “Painting School Buildings,” S. B. Heckel in School Board Journal, November, 1917, in which is also described treatment of other special surfaces. 14. “Technical Paints,” A. H. Rhett, Journal of Society of Construc- tors of Federal Buildings, February, 1917. 27. For references in Industrial Section applicable to this division, see; (a) Inspection Service, Laboratory Service, Robert W. Hunt & Company, pp. 142-I44. ( b ) Matheson White Lead, Matheson Lead Company, p. 193. Metals and for Walls and Floors, 13. For labor applying waterproof paints, see “The Building Esti- mator’s Reference Book,” Frank R. Walker, Chapter IV on “Water- and Damp-Proofing.” 16. In 1909, in Philadelphia, the Educational Bureau, P.M.A., instituted a series of tests on cement coatings. See Bulletin No. 20 on Cement Paints. 17. In 1912, the Bureau Laboratories having been transferred to the Institute of Industrial Research at Washington, a concrete test fence was erected there for the testing of cement coatings. The general results of the tests at the end of a two-year period, in “Paint Researches and Their Practical Application” (1284^). 18. In 1910 a series of similar tests was instituted on the concrete walls and floors of the Institute building itself. The results are given in Circular No. 24, Educational Bureau, P.M. A., and in a paper entitled: “Paint Protection for Portland Cement Sur- faces,” presented by H. A. Gardner to the A.S.T.M. in 1914. 19. The results of these tests are quite in line with the results obtained by Ware and Schott. (See “Paint Films as Protective Coatings for Concrete,” Journal of Industrial and Engineering Chemis- try, Vol. VI, No. 3, March, 1914) in a series of paint-exposure tests made upon exterior concrete surfaces. 20. The Building Data League (2A5) has issued the following: (a) “Standard Specifications for Concrete Hardeners;” No. 398, “Liquid Penetrating Coatings;” No. 902, “Incorporated Additions.” (b) "Standard Specifications for Damp-proofing Exterior Walls above Grade,” No. 393-1. (c) News Letter, July, 1917. 4-page digest of paper by Bassett Jones on “The Characteristics of Interior Building Fin- ishes as Affecting Illumination — to show the real econ- omy in applying finish to walls and ceilings that will make them permanently efficient as reflecting surfaces and how such finishes may be produced.” 21. See article on “The Economic Value of Mill Whites” in Textile World Journal, June 2, 1917. 22. In Journal of Society of Constructors of Federal Buildings, see, 1. “The Painting of Green Plaster,” J. E. Langley; discussion by E. G. Schurig. July, 1913; also in May, 1916. 2. “My First Experience with Distemper,” C. M. Pritchett. 23. “Paint and Painting” (12B13) contains information on “Paint- ings of Interior Surfaces of Ceilings and Walls.” 24. For “Government Whitewash” Formulas, see 2891^. 23. See “Navy Department Specifications” (3Aia) for Cold Water Paint, Aluminum Paint and Copper Paint. 26. For references in Industrial Section applicable to this division, see: (a) “A Rust-proofing Process, Patton’s Ironhide,” p. 194. ( b ) R. I. W. Protective Products, Toch Brothers, p. 193. (c) Solvay Protective Paints, The Solvay Process Co., Semet- Solvay Co., p. 192. (d) “Lapidolith” for Floors, “Cemcoat” for Walls, L. Sonne- born Sons, Inc., p. 191. (e) Brick and Stucco Stains, Samuel Cabot, Inc., p. 190. (/) “Konkreto,” for floors, walls and ceilings, Murphy Varnish. Co., pp. 188, 189. (g) Inspection and Laboratory Services, Robert W. Hunt & Company, pp. 1 42-1 44. 12D Wood Preservatives, Shingle Treatments and Fire-Retardants See “Treatments of Woods: Preservatives and Fire-Retardants” (3E1), and, “Piling, Piers, and Bulkheads” ( 5 F) . See, also, “Treated Wood Flooring and Paving” (5E2). 3. 1. “Specifications for the Purchase and Preservation of Treatable Timbers,” from Report to American Wood Preservers’ Associa- tion; Railway Age Gazette, Jan. 26, 1917. 4. 2. See Journal of the Association of Engineering Societies for the fol- lowing papers: 3. ( a ) “Paints for Preservation of Wood and Metal Structures,” Onward Bates, 1898, p. 1168. (b) “Preservation of Timber,” Samuel M. Rowe, 1899, p. 283. (r) “Preservative Treatment of Timber,” O. Chanute, 1900. ( d ) “The Preservation of Railroad Cross Ties” (abstract), 1900. (e) “Preservation of Timber from Decay” (bibliography), 1900. (/) “Factors Which Cause the Decay of Wood,” Hermann von Schrenk, 1901, p. 89. (g) “Timber Treating Plants,” W. W. Curtis, 1903, p. 541. Qi) “Preservation of Wood from Fire and Decay,” Joseph L. Ferrell, 1904, p. 38. Serial No. 12 ( j ) “Wood Preservation from an Engineering Standpoint,” C. T Barnum, 1910, p. 346. In “Paint Researches and Their Practical Application" (1284^), see Chapters: XII — Impregnated Panel Tests; XIII— Fire- Retardant Paints for Shingles and Other Wooden Structures. “Test Compounds for Making Wood Fire-Retardant,” Engineer- ing Record, June 17, 1916. In cooperation with the National Lumber Manufacturers’ Asso- ciation and others, a series of tests was instituted by the Educa- cational Bureau, P.M. A., in 1912, on Fire-Retardant Shingle Paints, and a preliminary report was made thereon in Bulletin No. 42. Later the Scientific Section, at the suggestion of the U. S. Forest Products Laboratories, prepared three series of tests in duplicate, which were exposed in Washington, St. Louis, and Atlantic City. These comprise both impregnated and unim- pregnated woods, panels for which were prepared by the Forest Products Laboratories. The test is described in Bulletin No. 44. The final report is now in course of preparation by Dr. von Schrenk. 130 Vol. I, 1917 SERIAL NO. 12 The results of these tests have led to the manufacture of fire-retardant shingle paints in accordance with a formula licensed by the P.M.A. of the U. S., the same being known as "Pamak." The Educational Bureau of the P.M.A. has just issued a leaflet containing information on this subject and a list of manufacturers licensed to manufacture fire-retardant shingle paints under the official trade-marks of the Association. 6. “Woods treated either with antiseptic materials, for purpose of preservation, or with chemical salts, to render them fire-resist- ant, are coming into general use. In conjunction with the United States Forest Products Laboratory, the lumber asso- ciations, etc., the Scientific Section of the P.M.A. is investigat- ing the proper method of painting wood so treated. The work is described in Bulletin No. 44 and in the Section Reports.” 7. See “Fire Prevention and Fire Protection,” J. K. Freitag, 1912, “Fireproof Wood,” p. 260; Fire-retarding Paints, p. 938. 8. See, “Hand Book of Fire Protection,” E. U. Crosby and H. A. Fiske, Fire-Retardant Paints, pp. 81-82. 9. “Notes on Preservation of Wood — Some Microscopic Features,” James Scott, Railway Engineer, January, 1917, illus. 10. “The Preservation of Structural Timber,” H. F. Weiss. 361 pp., illus. 11. “American Civil Engineers’ Pocket Book,” M. Merriman, 1916, painting of drydocks, p. 1476. 12. See Index to Navy Department Specifications (3A141), Classifica- tion 52. 13. For references in Industrial Section applicable to this division, see: (a) Cabot’s Old Virginia White for shingles, siding and woodwork Conservo Wood Preservative, Samuel Cabot, Inc., p. 190.. 12E Painting, Varnishing and Finishing in General See, also, references to Coatings, Mill-whites, etc., under 12C. See Index to Navy Department Specifications (3Ai«i). Classification J2, consists of Paints, Alcohol, Cements and Enamels (Navy For- mulas), Paint Oils, Pigments, Pitch, Rosin, Tar, Turpentine, Varnishes. 1. In “Paint Researches and Their Practical Application” (1264^), see various Chapters, including: XI — Observations on Painted Lumber; XVII — Formation and Inhibition of Mildew in Paints; XVIII — Fungi on Painted Surfaces; XXII — Paint Driers and Their Application; XXIV — The Application of Paints and Finishes to Wood. In the latter Chapter it is stated: (4) “The majority of the high-grade paints to be purchased from reliable dealers will closely approximate the prepared paint called for by the specifications of the U. S. Army, which are as follows: (i) “The paint must be furnished in prepared form, ready for ap- plication. White paint must contain not less than 65 per cent nor more than 70 per cent of pigments, the balance to be liquids. The liquids shall consist of pure raw linseed oil, containing a total of not over 10 per cent of turpentine and turpentine drier. The pigment portion of the paint shall consist of white lead (basic carbonate or basic sul- phate) and zinc oxide. There shall not be less than 25 per cent nor more than 50 per cent by weight of zinc oxide. Paints of this composition containing, in addition, not over 15 per cent by weight of such white pigments as barytes, china clay, whiting, asbestine, and silica will be accepted under these specifications.’ ” 2. The P.M.A. of the U. S. (12A1) issues circulars, bulletins of the Scientific Section, tabloids, pamphlets and booklets. Many of these are of special interest to architects and constructionists. 3. At its Convention, on Nov. 16 and 17, 1917, the P. M. A. of the U. S. took the following action: To reduce the number of paints and shades offered on color lists to a maximum of 42, exclusive of black and white. (Some of the leading manufacturers have already reduced to 36.) To eliminate the half-gallon can for all paint products on and after July 1, 1918. (The varnish manufacturers are expected also to fall in line with this action.) To eliminate the pint can at the same time for liquid house paints. 4. The National Paint, Oil and Varnish Association issues a Year Book and Bulletin to members and maintains a Bureau for the registration of trade names and trade titles, having over 5,000 listed. 5. The “International Association of Master House Painters and Decorators of the U. S. and Canada” (12A5) is devoting particu- lar attention to the trade education of the youth through a spe- cial committee and has a Paint Legislative Committee of which John Dewar, of Pittsburgh, is Chairman, which is actively agitating for a Federal law requiring the plain paint label with a correct analysis attached to all packages. (a) Note. — This activity is along the lines of the action of the American Institute of Architects at its 1916 Convention in Minneapolis in adopting Mr. Tomlinson’s motion that “the Committee on Materials and Methods, or another, be instruc- ted to work for Federal legislation analagous to that govern- ing weights and measures or to that governing pure foods which shall provide penalties for furnishing other than the kinds and qualities of materials, or the weights and measures required under specifications and contracts.” — “Proceedings” Fiftieth Annual Convention A.I.A., p. 28. (The P.M.A. is opposed to the formula on practical grounds but advocates the passage of laws forbidding any form of misbrand- ing and requiring statement of net weights or measure simi- lar to those now in operation in Pennsylvania, Ohio, and some other states.) (i) At the next Convention of this Association (12A5) at Peoria, Feb. 5-8, 1918, Prof. E. F. Ladd, President of the Agricul- Serial No. 12 j tural College of North Dakota, under whose auspices the first paint-test fence in this country was erected, will deliver an address on “Paint and Paint Materials.” 6. The Brotherhood of Painters, Decorators and Paperhangers of America (12A7) issues monthly The Painter and Decorator, its official publication, containing items of interest in connection with the craft. 7. “A Paint Catechism for Paint Men,” G. B. Heckel, Secretary P.M.A. 48-page booklet. Third Edition. Revised and extended February, 1917. 25 cents. This handy collection of terse, practical definitions of paint materials and answers to questions met in everyday practice will be found helpful to all specifiers and users of paint. It describes Lithophone, Soya Bean Oil, and other products of recent usage and gives recommendations of the kind and character of applications to be made to wood, metal, and other materials under varying conditions. 8. “A Varnish Catechism for Varnish Men,” also by Mr. Heckel, is similar in the informative character of its contents to the next preceding reference. 45 pp. 1912. 25 cents. 9. “Painting with Prepared Paint — A Guide for Consumers” is the title of a 32-page booklet reprinted from Drugs, Oils and Paints, which may be obtained from the Editor, Bourse Build- ing, Philadelphia. Defines classes of lumber and recommends treatments for each and for new and old work, and for metals (including galvanized iron), bricks, plaster, and other materials. 10. The proper treatment of the woods in which they are interested has naturally appealed to the various lumber interests to the extent that they have issued instructive literature on the subject, much of it in collaboration with painting and varnishing interests, and in some cases under the guidance of individual authorities. Some of the following references merit partial repetition from “Exterior and Interior Wood Finish, Veneering and Finishing” under 5H: (a) In “Lumber and Its Uses” (5B1/) see Section on “Paints and Wood Finishes,” describing Preparatory Treatments and giving Specifications of Master Painters for Exteriors, Interiors, Hardwoods, and Softwoods. Southern Pine Association issues: {/>) “Directions for Finishing Southern Yellow Pine,” 19 pp., containing colored facsimiles of finished woods and other illustrations, including interiors, with notes on painting, staining, and varnishing of this wood. (c) “Service and Economy in Building” (5624). Similar in con- tents to (/>) without colored plates. (d) “The Interior of Your Home,” 24 pp., 8^2 x 10, 1917, contain- ing color plates of Popular Finishes in Southern Pine Inte- rior Trim, many illustrations and descriptions with Direc- tions for Finishing Southern Pine Interiors as to Paint- ing, Enameling, Staining and Natural Finish and as to Floors. Also Painting Exteriors. Gum Lumber Manufacturers’ Association issues: (e) “Technical Information about Red Gum” (no date), 16 pp., with notes on the care of hardwood doors and trim. (/) “Red Gum Facts,” 13 pp. Formulas for various finishes. California Redwood Association issues: ( g ) “California Redwood,” 70 pp., giving “Directions for Rear Finishes on Redwood.” Eight large colored panels show in facsimile varying effects of grain also. (h) “In the Home of Re'dwood” (sGlml), formulas are given for Interior finishes. Arkansas Soft Pine Bureau issues: (j) “Arkansas Soft Pine: Interior Trim,” 18 pp., colored and other illustrations. I k ) “Arkansas Soft Pine: How to Finish and Paint It,” 1917. (/) “Not a House but a Home.” Hints for the Layman; Cottage and Residence Designs, with introduction by Aymar Embury II, architect. 36 pp. West Coast Lumbermen’s Association issues: (»;) “Suggestions for the Finishing of Western Woods.” Vol. I, 1917 STRUCTURAL SERVICE BOOK North Carolina Pine Association issues: (») “Architects’ and Contractors’ Reference Book on North Caro- lina Pine,” 7 pp., illus. Contains colored illustrations. (o) “North Carolina Pine for Architects and Contractors,” 15 pp., colored illustrations of stained boards, and adaptability to staining and enameling. ( p ) “Your Home Beautiful,” 16 pp., colored illustrations of stained boards and colored interior views. (7) “Planning the New Home,” 24 pp. Contains colored illustra- tions of stained boards; exterior illustrations and floor plans of ten modern homes, together with information on the char- acteristics of this wood. (r) “Architects’ Reference Book,” 16 pp., color plates. (r) “Home Builders’ Book, 24 pp., color plates. Southern Cypress Manufacturers’ Association issues: (/) “Cypress Pocket Library.” Consists of 41 booklets covering all uses for Cypress QGiji). See index to same in Vol. 1. 11. The next following publications, some of them issued by the manu- facturers of the flooring themselves, and one by a varnish asso- ciation, refer to the finishing of wood floors, the remaining contents having been referred to under 5H. (Treated wood floor- ing and paving referred to under 5E2.) (a) “The Building Estimator’s Reference Book,” F. R. Walker, 1917, contains a complete section on wood flooring, pp. 1318-1381, which gives data on scraping, sanding, and com- plete finishing, with several pages of illustrations of par- quetry floors and wood carpets. ( b ) In “Lumber and Its Uses” (jBi /), see Hardwood Flooring — - Kinds, Grades, Uses and Methods of Finishing. ( c ) In “Directions for Finishing Southern Yellow Pine” (5H2), see section on Finishing Southern Yellow Pine Floors. Publication of the Maple Flooring Manufacturers’ Association: (d) “How to Lay and Finish Maple Floors.” 1915. Includes Scraping and Sanding, Directions for Finishing Floors (oil treatment, wax finish, and varnished floors), Repairing Waxed Floors, Staining Maple, Beech and Birch Flooring. ( e ) Publication of The Oak Manufacturers’ Association of the U. S. and the Oak Flooring Service Bureau: “Oak Flooring.” Seventh Edition, 1915. Contains Directions for Scraping, Finishing (oil, wax and varnish), Care of Oak Floors, and Economical Uses. (/) The National Varnish Manufacturers’ Association (12A3) issues (1 9 1 1 ) “Modern Floors” which treats of Preparation of Surface, Paste Wood Fillers, Staining, Varnishing, Proper Conditions, Refinishing Old Floors and Proper Treatment and Care of Floors. 16 pp. (g) “Care and Operation of Federal Buildings,” by J. Morton, Journal oj Society oj Constructors oj Federal Buildings, July, 1915, describes the preparation used in Federal buildings for oiling wood floors, for preservation of the wood, reduction of dust, and simplification of cleaning. (A) “Laying and Finishing Hardwood Floors,” F. G. Odell. 50 pp., illus. (J) The treatment and finishing of floors with various materials is described in the Specifications which follow (11 and 12). 12. For “Specifications on Painters’ Work,” and Notes on Paint- ing Specifications, see Part II of “Building Construction and Superintendence,” F. E. Kidder, which treats of painting, re- painting, staining, varnishing, graining, enameling, finishing and waxing, with regard to : old and new exterior woodwork, brickwork, plaster, cement and concrete; exterior iron and steel; iron fences, and galvanized iron; copper; tin; shingles; interior woodwork and softwoods; interior plaster and cement; hardwoods; pine and hardwood floors. 13. For complete notes and observations on “the Painting, Enameling, Staining and Finishing of Woods Generally — in a Medium and First Class Manner, also for the Painting of Brick, Plaster, Cement Concrete, Iron, etc.” see “Architectural Specifica- tions,” John Dewar. Endorsed by the Pennsylvania State Asso- ciation of Master House Painters and Decorators, Jan. 15, 1913. 14. See “Kidders’ Pocket Book,” 1916, “Paint and Varnish.” IJ. “Mechanical Engineers’ Pocket Book,” Wm. Kent, 1916. Section on “Preservative Coatings,” pp. 471-472, describes Paint, Var- nishes, Methods of Application, Quantity of Paint for a Given Surface, and Qualities of Paints. 16. “Mechanical Engineers’ Handbook,” Lionel S. Marks. 1916. Section on “Paints and Protective Coatings,” H. A. Gard- ner, treats of preparation of surfaces, cost, paints for wooden sur- faces, paint oils, carbon paints. See also p. 532 for information on aluminum bronze; p. 627, for insulating varnishes; and p. 643 for shellac. 17. In “Handbook for Architects and Builders,” published under the auspices of the Illinois Society of Architects, Vol XX, 1917, see “Varnish,” by R. B. Johnson, pp. 341 and 343; also, “Protec- tive, Preservative and Decorative Coverings,” pp. 345, 351. 18. See “The Building Estimator’s Reference Book,” F. R. Walker, 1917, Chapter XIX on “Painting and Varnishing” for information on the Measurement of Buildings for Painting; Serial No. ia X Covering Capacity of Various Kinds of Paints; Material, Labor and Actual Costs of Painting and Varnishing; Dry, Cement and Oil Colors. 19. See “Civil Engineers’ Pocket Book,” J. C. Trautwine, 1913, for information on paints and painting, and for cost data. 20. See “The Building Foreman’s Pocket Book and Ready Reference,” H. G. Richey, “Painting and Glazing,” p. 504. 21. “Cyclopedia of Architecture, Carpentry and Building,” American School of Correspondence, Vol. 1, contains information on Out- side Finish, Inside Finish, and Decorating. 22. See “I.C.S. Building Trades’ Handbook,” section on “Estimating" for Painting and Papering, pp. 372-375. 23. “Color in Architecture at the Panama-Pacific Exposition,” Wm. L. Woollett, Architectural Record, May, 1915. Illus. 24. “The Use of Paint on the Farm,” P. H. Walker, Farmers’ Bulle- tin No. 474, U. S. Department of Agriculture (12H1). 25. In the “Proceedings” of the Municipal Engineers of the City of New York, 1915, will be found a paper by Houston Lowe on “Some Paint and Painting Factors,” followed by discussions, comprising 39 pages of illustrated data of interest in connection with the use of paints and the maintenance of bridges, buildings, and other structures. In same is given a form of “Specifications for Mixed Paints for Wood — Outside,” as prepared for the Board of Water Supply, particularly for use on fences and build- ings along the Catskill aqueduct. 26. “House Painting,” Alvah Horton Sabin. 121 pp. 27. “The Preparation and Uses of White Zinc Paints,” P. Fleury. 28. “Commercial Paints and Painting,” Arthur S. Jennings. 236 pp. 29. “How to Get Good Results with Paint,” G. W. Thompson, The American Architect, April, 1915. 30. “Painting Schoolhouses,” S. B. Heckel, School Board Journal , various issues prior to November, 1917. (See 12C13.) 31. “How to Mix Paints,” C. Godfrey. Illus. 32. “Paint and Color Mixing,” A. S. Jennings. 33. “Enamels and Enameling,” P. Randau. 196 pp., illus. 34. “Practical Painters’ Work,” Paul N. Hasluck. 160 pp., illus. 35. "Facts and Figures in Connection with Outside Painting,” G. E. Walsh, House and Garden, September, 1911. Illus. 36. “739 Paint Questions Answered,” Wm. T. Comstock. 383 pp. (Reprinted from the Painters’ Magazine.) 37. “One Thousand More Paint Questions Answered,” Wm. T. Comstock. 630 pp. (Reprinted from the Painters’ Magazine.) 38. “Philosophy of Color,” Chandler R. Clifford. 39. “Color, Harmony and Contrast,” James Ward. Illus. 40. “Grammar of Coloring,” G. Field. New edition enlarged by E. A. Davidson. 41. See the following in Journal of Society oj Constructors of Federal Buildings : (a) “The Priming Coat,” Harry G. Richey, May, 1915. ( b ) “The Painting of Green Plaster,” July, 1915. (r) “High Grade Varnishes; Their Manufacture and Use,” C. T. Bragg, March, 1915. (d) “Fumed Oak,” C. E. Morrell, November, 1915. (r) “Transparent Finishes,” E. G. Schurig, July, 1915. 42. Lefax Data Sheet, 6-303, “Light-Reflecting Values of White and Colored Paints,” contains material from Chapter XVI of “Paint Researches and Their Practical Application” (izB^b). 43. In “What You Should Know When Building A Little House,” C. E. White, Jr., see the following: “Finishing the Interior,” p. 26; and Painting and Finishing of Trim on the back, p. 27. 44. “Architectural Hardwood Finisher,” Geo. Whigelt. 45. “Natural Woods and How to Finish,” Wm. T. Comstock. 46. “The Modern Wood Finisher,” F. Maire. 47. “The Up-To-Date Hardwood Finisher,” F. T. Hodgson, Archi- tect, 320 pp., illus. 48. “Wood-Finishing,” Paul N. Hasluck. 49. “The Hardwood Finisher,” C. Godfrey. 112 pp., illus. 50. “Polishes and Stains for Wood,” D. Denning. 51. “Care and Operation of Federal Buildings” (i2Eio^). See p. 231 for reference to Treasury Department’s formula for furniture polish, and to other preparations for the removal of ink and grease stains from varnished surfaces. 52. “Painting for the Imitation of Woods and Marbles,” as taught and practised by A. R. Van der Burg and P. Van der Burg. Illus. 53. “Practical Graining and Marbling,” Paul N. Hasluck. 160 pp. 54. “French Polishing and Enameling,” R. Bitmead. 55. “Painter, Gilder and Varnisher’s Companion,” Wm. T. Comstock. 56. “Modern Mural Decoration,” A. Lys Baldry. Illus. 57. “House Decorating and Painting,” W. N. Brown. 150 pp., illus. 58. “Three Hundred Shades and How to Mix Them,” A. Desaint. 59. “House Painting, Glazing, Paper-Hanging and White Washing,” A. H. Sabin. 121 pp. 60. The following will be found in House and Garden: {a) “Papering and Painting Problems,” H. D. Eberlein, March, 1914. Illus. (h) “Color Schemes in Exterior Paint,” Suggestions for Paint- ing the New House and Re-Painting the Old, A. A. Kelly, February, 1917. Vol. I, 1917 SERIAL NO. 12 (r) “Thirty-six Facts about Color,” The Fundamental Principles Governing Color Selection and Color Arrangement in a Room, October, 1917. {d) “The Return of the Painted Panel,” Its effective Use in the Modern Room — Other Suggestions for Paneled Wall Treat- ment, A. Foster, January, 1916. Illus. 61. See The Journal of the Franklin Institute for various papers read before the Society applicable to all phases of painting. 62. For references in Industrial Section applicable to this main head- ing, see: (a) Architectural Varnishes, list of Publications, and Speci- fications for Wood Finishing, Murphy Varnish Co., pp. 188, 189. (, b ) Matheson White Lead, Matheson Lead Co., p. 195. 12Fl Glass and Glazing in General ( a ) The National Glass Distributors Association (12A8) has issued, 1916, “Glass and Glazing,” a 46-page booklet, “to present to the users of glass a standard or guide for the architect, owner, or contractor, by which the material may be better known and more readily understood.” It contains brief instructive and interesting descriptions of the process of manufacture of various kinds of glass, and gives the commercial thickness and size and the terms used in designating the different grades and qualities, the characteristics of which are defined. It also includes notes on installation, puttying, and many pages illustrating various kinds of glass and gives tables of maximum sizes, thicknesses, and approximate weights. Among the kinds referred to are: Plate Glass, including Special Quality and Bevelling and Wheel-cut Mitred Work; Mirrors; Window Glass, including Crystal Sheet; Bent Glass; Glazing, including Appeal to Architects; Metal Store Front Construction; Leaded Glass; Wire Glass, including Under- writers’ Requirements and illustrations of typical patterns or surfaces; Rolled Figured Glass, with illustrations of kinds; Ornamental Polished Plate Prismatic Glass; Prism Glass; Sidewalk Glass; Skylight, Floorlight, Milk-white, Opalite, Vitralite, Carrara, Chipping and Grinding, Enameling, Embossing, Etching Colored Glass, all except the latter con- taining illustrations appropriate to each section. (b) The Plate Glass Manufacturers of America (12A9) issue a 12- page booklet called “Plate Glass” which is in large part similar in context to the plate-glass section of Glass and Glazing and bears the imprint, “Issued by Permission of The National Glass Distributors Association.” It contains, however, additional material relating to Sizes and Thick- nesses, under which it is stated: “Polished plate glass is manufactured in thicknesses ranging from 5/16" to • The Standard product runs from Vi" to 5 / 16 " full. The other thicknesses (whether thicker or thinner) are made specially and at an increased cost. The sash or rabbet for regular plate glass glazing should be made to accommodate glass full 5 / 16 " thick. It also treats of Mirrors and Glazing. 1. This Association has a Bureau of Publicity and Information “to furnish free of expense to architects, contractors, builders and owners general information relative to Plate Glass Prod- ucts and the many uses to which they may be put.” (r) The Building Data League issued (to members) August, 1917,3 6-page “News Letter” containing resumes of articles on: 1. “Glass, Specifications and Tests,” Prof. A. Silverman. 2. “Glass, A Series of Notes,” E. H. Bostock. These notes were submitted to several glass manufacturers and their criticisms and comments embodied in the article. In a later letter the subject of transmission and diffu- sion of light by glass will be discussed. (d) See “Civil Engineers’ Pocket Book,” J. C. Trautwine, 1913, for cost, dimensions, expansion, friction, strength, and weight. (r) See Part II of “Building Construction and Superintendence,” F. E. Kidder, “Window-Glass and Glazing.” Fables and illus. (/) See “Kidders’ Pocket-Book,” 1916, “Window-Glass and Glaz- ing,” with tables of cost, pp. 1487-1495. (g) In “Handbook for Architects and Builders,” by Illinois Society of Architects (12E16), see section on “Glass and Glazing,” pp. 353 and 355, treating of Window, Plate, Cast or Rolled, Wire, Ornamental, Colored, and Prismatic Glass, and containing details for “art glass” glazing as mentioned under I2F2^. ( h ) "Mechanical Engineers’ Handbook,” Lionel S. Marks, 1916, on glass, including window, plate, skylight, pressed, prisms, quartz and wire glass. O') “The American Civil Engineers’ Pocket Book,” M. Merriman, 1916, information on glass. (k) “Mechanical Engineers’ Pocket Book,” Wm. Kent, 1916, informa- tion on the weight of glass, p. 177, and the strength of glass. (/) “I.C.S. Building Trades’ Handbook,” pp. 273-275, on “Glass,” contains table of weights and thicknesses of glass, and illus- trations. Serial No. 12 (to) For “Classification, Manufacture and Strength of Glass,” see LeFax Data Sheet, 7-213, compiled by C. H. Riggs. (») “The Building Estimator’s Reference Book,” F. R. Walker, Chap- ter XVIII on “Glass and Glazing” contains information on How to Estimate the Quantity of Glass Required in any Building; Labor Cost of Glazing; Putty Required for glazing Wood and Steel Sash; Net Prices; Leaded and Art Glass; Structural Glass; and the Actual Costs of Glazing. Also contains com- plete illustrations. (0) “The New Building Estimator,” William Arthur, contains sections on Millwork and Glass. ( J> ) “Plate Glass,” H. S. Wherett, Journal of Society of Constructors of Federal Buildings, March, 1915. (f) Read “The Heat Loss from Buildings and How to Reduce It,” Engineering and Contracting, March 28, 1917. An editorial advo- cating and describing the double glazing of windows. (r) “Glass Manufacture,” Walter Rosenhain. 264 pp., illus. (r) “Distinction in Windows” — Devices for Glazing — The Possibili- ties for Making the Most of Our Windows, M. H. Northend, House and Garden, October, 1914. Illus. (/) Navy Department Specifications (3A1 a), “Plate Glass and Win- dow Glass,” Feb. 1, 1917, No. 59, Gic. 12F2 Wire Glass , Roof Openings and Vault Lights ( a ) See, also, i2Fl« and other references under Glass and Glazing in General. (b) In connection with the use of Wire Glass, whether for windows or doors in either exterior or interior openings, the procedure to be followed is described in 4C3, Standards Adopted, under Vertical Structural Features, with especial reference to Under- writers’ Laboratories “Hollow Metallic Window Frames for Wired Glass.” Many other references to Wire Glass will be found under this 4C Section. (c) The 1915 N.B.F.U. Building Code defines “Wired Glass” thus: “Glass not less than bi" thick enclosing a layer of wire fabric reinforcement having a mesh not larger than 7 / 8 " and the size of the wire not smaller than No. 24 B. and S. Gauge.” It gives recommendations for the use of wired glass under several instances. See “Wired glass” and “Fire windows.” (d) See Reports of the Committee on Fire Resistive Construction N.F.P.A. in various Proceedings resulting in "Specifications for Construction of a Standard Building” and others therein de- scribed. Also see “Index to Subjects Covered in the Printed Records” under “Wire-Glass” and Fire Protecting Coverings for Window and Door Openings.” (f) The Building Code of the City of New York, 1916, says: “When wire glass is required or permitteed ... for fire-doors, fire- shutters, or fire-windows, the panes shall not exceed seven hundred and twenty square inches in area and shall not be less than pi," in thickness, and shall be set not less than %" in the frame. When the use of glass is permitted in any fire-door or fire-shutter, only wire glass shall be used. For the glazing of fire-window only wire glass shall be used.” It also states “All opening protectives required or permitted . . . shall be constructed as prescribed in such rules, consistent with the provisions of this chapter, as may be promulgated by the superintendent of buildings, or in the absence of such rules as specified in the standard requirements of the National Board of Fire Underwriters; or they may be constructed in any manner and of any material that will comply with the fire-test hereinafter prescribed.” (/) The use of wire glass for stairway and other enclosures will be found illustrated and referred to in many of the publications listed under Exits, Stairways, Fire Escapes, etc. (4E.) (g) See, also, Windows, Doors and Metal Trims (11B7). (h) See List of Inspected Mechanical Appliances, Underwriters’ Laboratories (3A6b) for makes and distinctive characters of meshes of wired glass. The following is quoted: “One-quarter inch wired glass manufactured by the following companies is standard for protection against moderate exposure when used in sizes not exceeding 720 square inches and with neither dimension in excess of 48 inches, and provided with distinctive marking as noted. Wired glass protection is not the equivalent to that furnished by standard fire-doors and shutters except for moderate exposure. Notice is called to the need of using stand- ard frames and sash and glazing, and to the necessity for careful inspection before acceptance, in order to obtain wired glass of the required thickness.” (j) See, also, reference, under 1 1 D2, to latest report of Committee on Roof Openings and Cornice6, 1917 Proceedings N.F.P.A.; section on “Skylights,” in 1915 N.B.F.U. Building Code; and, the “Regulations” of the N.B.F.U., as recommended by the N.F.P.A., on “Skylights.” (3A3 ) United Association of Plumbers and Steam Fitters. Sec’y: T. E. Burke, 41 1 Bush Temple of Music, Chicago, III. (?) International Brotherhood of Composition Roofers, Damp- and Waterproof Workers of United States and Canada. Sec’y: D. J. Ganley, 14 N. Oxford St., Brooklyn, N. Y. (r) International Union Slate and Tile Roofers. Sec’y: J. M. Gavlak, 3643 W. 47th St., Cleveland, Ohio. (r) Journeymen Stone Cutters’ Association of North America, Sec’y: W. W. Drayer, Central Life Bldg., Indianapolis, Ind. ft) Ceramic, Mosaic and Encaustic Tile Layers’ and Helpers’ International Union. Sec’y: J. P. Reynolds, Martin Bldg.. North Side, Pittsburgh, Pa. 13. For references in Industrial Section applicable to this division, see: (a) Assurance of Safety to Life, National Automatic Sprinkler Association, pp. 180-183. 12K Acoustics and Sound-Transmission Prevention It had been the intention to publish a list of references on this important subject, but the collection has increased to such an extent that it is impossible to give space here for a proper listing. The S.S.D. posses- ses a complete list of references, beginning with discussions in the 16th Congress of the U. S., 1821, and the 21st Congress, 1830, taken part in by Charles Bulfinch and Wm. Strickland, Architects, down to the pres- ent writings of Wallace C. Sabine, W. R. C. Rowan, Alexander Cooper, Serial No. 12 t and others, copy of which list will be furnished upon request to the Journal. See 11D6 fee), (1 id), and fee) for brief references. For references in Industrial Section to the subject of Acoustics, see: 1. Acoustile, The Perfector of Acoustics, Mazer Acoustile Com- pany, p. 169. Vol. I, 1917 STRUCTURAL SERVICE BOOK 12L Other Organized Bodies 1 American City Planning Institute, formerly the National Conference on City Planning. Secretary: Flavel Shurtleff, io Congress Street, Boston. At the first meeting of the new Institute in New York City, Nov. 24, 1917, the President was authorized to appoint a committee to con- sider the feasibility of proposing principles which should be incorpo- rated in all districting or zoning regulations. In the 1915 Proceedings will be found the results of a start made to determine the Standard size of lot and block, and in "The City Plan ” for October, 1915, these are summarized by E. P. Goodrich, "Best Methods of Land Subdivision,” and P. A. Harsch, “Land Subdivision, The Point of View of the Real Estate Developer.” Other references to its publications under 12F6?. 2 Chamber of Commerce of the United States of America Secretary: Elliot H. Goodwin, Riggs Building, Washington, D. C. ‘‘The Nation’s Business” is published by the Chamber of Com- merce of the United States “to furnish executive officers of business cor- porations with authoritative information regarding all events and ten- dencies in business and government that are of fundamental importance.” A call has been issued by the Chamber of Commerce of the United States for a meeting in Washington, December 12, of the chairmen of war-service committees, representative of every industry in the coun- try, primarily to perfect plans for co-operation with the Government. This will develop discussion of the readjustment of industries to meet war demands. 3 The National Association of Purchasing Agents Secretary: L. F. Boffey, 25 Beaver Street, New York City. This Association advocates, and is working for, a standard size of catalog. It recommends the adoption of letterhead size, 8V2 x 11, for all catalogs or other advertising literature designed for filing purposes. This action is in consonance with that of the American Institute of Architects which adopted this size as Standard and issues a “Circular as to Size and Character of Printed Matter intended for Architects Files” (iA8£). 4 United Engineering Society Secretary: Calvin W. Rice, 29 W. 39th Street, New York City. Formed in 1904 to advance the engineering arts and sciences in all their branches, and to maintain a free public engineering library. Issues no publications and is not to be confused with the Association of Engineering Societies which formerly existed for the purpose of publish- ing a cooperative journal containing papers read before the member societies, frequent reference to which Journal will be found in the S.S.D. 5 American Association for the Advancement of Science Secretary: L. O. Howard, Smithsonian Institute, Washington, D.C. 6 The Rockefeller Foundation Secretary: Edwin R. Embree, 61 Broadway, New York City. 7 Russell Sage Foundation 1 Madison Avenue, New York City. See references to Division of Recreation and Department of Child Hygiene, 12G1, 30 b and 31. 8 The American Hospital Association Secretary: William H. Walsh, 728 Seventh Street, N. W., Washing- ton, D. C. 9 American Association of Engineers Secretary: Arthur Kneisel, 29 S. La Salle Street, Chicago, 111 . 10 The Municipal Engineers of the City of New York Secretary: George A. Taber, 29 W. 39th Street, New York City. 1 1 Society for the Promotion of Engineering Education Secretary: F. L. Bishop, Pittsburgh, Pa. 12 American Society of Engineering Contractors , Inc. Secretary: J. R. Wemlinger, 44 Whitehall Street, New York City. 13 General Contractors' Association Secretary: C. A. Crane, ;i Chambers Street- New York City. 14 National Erectors' Association Secretary: C. E. Cheney, 286 Fifth Avenue, New York City. Other associations, not previously mentioned, which are inter- ested in various phases of structural activities, are: Serial No. 11 15 Factory Insurance Association Manager: H. L. Phillips, 266 Pearl Street, Hartford, Conn. 16 International Association of Municipal Electricians Secretary: C. R. George, Houston, Tex. 1 7 Mutual Fire Prevention Bureau Secretary: William Reed, Oxford, Mich. 18 National Association of Insurance Commissioners Secretary: Fitzhugh McMaster, Columbia, S. C. 19 The Union Insurance Exchange, Jackson Street, Chicago, 111 . 20 Society Advocating Fire Elimination Secretary: Ralph P. Stoddard, 356 Leader News Bldg., Cleveland Ohio. 2\ IV estern Association of Electrical Inspectors Secretary: W. S. Boyd, 175 Jackson Building, Chicago, 111 . 22 The Elevator Manufacturers' Association of the U. S. Secretary: I. N. Haughton, Haughton Elevator Co., Toledo, Ohio Adopted October 12, 1917, “Uniform Regulations for the Con- struction and Installation of Passenger and Freight Elevators.” This consists of Definitions, Regulations applying to New Elevator Installations, Shaftways, being 40 pages of specifications in detail as to all regulations and accessorial requirements. 23 National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc. Field Secretary: John S. McDaniel, 31 State Street, Boston, Mass. 24 National Housing Association Secretary: Lawrence Veiller, 105 E. 22d Street, New York City. 25 American Civic Association President: J. Horace McFarland, Harrisburg, Pa. 26 American Society of Landscape Architects Secretary: Ailing S. DeForest, 222 Sibley Block, Rochester, N. Y. 27 The American Scenic and Historic Preservation Society 28 American Road Builders' Association Secretary: E. L. Powers, 150 Nassau Street, New York City. 29 American Highway Association (Dissolved in 1917.) 30 National Association of Mixer Manufacturers Secretary: Harold E. Smith, 1125 32d Street, Milwaukee, Wis. There is also record of: 31 American Academy of Political and Social Science Secretary: J. P. Lichtenberger, University of Pennsylvania, Phila- delphia, Pa. 32 National Association of Building Owners and Managers Park Building, Pittsburgh, Pa. 33 Building Construction Employers' Association Secretary: E. M. Craig, Chicago, 111 . 34 National Builders' Supply Association Secretary: L. F. Desmond, 1211 Chamber of Commerce, Chicag 35 National Association of Insurance Agents 55 Kilby Street, Boston, Mass. 36 National Association of Credit Men 41 Park Row, New York City. 37 Association of Superintendents of Bridges and Buildings Secretary: C. A. Lichty, Care of C. & N. W. Railway, Chicago, 111 38 American Railway Bridge and Building Association 39 Association of Government Contractors Vol. I, 1917 Industrial Section of the Structural Service Book Alphabetical List of Producers, Manufacturers, and Organizations Represented in the Industrial Section For the materials, products, and processes mentioned within the following pages, see the General Index at front of book Page American Abrasive Metals Co. . .168 American Materials Co., Inc. . 174-175 American Oak Manufacturers’ Association, The 185 American Radiator Company . 177 Associated Metal Lath Manufacturers, The 162-167 Associated Tile Manufacturers . .211 Atlantic Terra Cotta Company 207 Atlas Portland Cement Company, The 198-199 Atlas White Cement 198-199 Bishopric Manufacturing Co., The 196 Brunswick-Balke-Collender Company, The 1 59 Byers Company, A. M 225 Cabot, Inc., Samuel .190 Cast Iron Soil Pipe Makers’ Association 222-223 Certain-teed Products Corporation . 172 Corrugated Bar Company 197 Crane Co 218 Cutler Mail Chute Company 210 Dahlstrom Metallic Door Company 219 Federal Terra Cotta Co. . 206 General Electric Company . 148-158 Gorham Co., The 209 Gum Lumber Manufacturers’ Association . 187 Hugo Manufacturing Co. 176 Humphrey Company . .212 Hunt & Company, Robert W. 142-144 Hydraulic-Press Brick Company . 226 Indiana Limestone Quarrymen’s Association . 145 Ketcham, O. W. . 208 Kohler Co. 214-215 Loomis-Manning Filter Distributing Company 216 Matheson Lead Company .195 Page Mazer Acoustile Company 169 Merchant & Evans Co. 224 Murphy Varnish Co. . 188-189 National Automatic Sprinkler Association . . . 180-183 National Building Granite Quarries Association, Incorporated 201 National Metal Molding Co 173 North Bangor Slate Co. 204 Ohio Blower Co., The. 178 Otis Elevator Company 170-171 Patton Paint Company 194 Pfaudler Co., The . . 213 Presbrey-Coykendall Company . 203 Quantity Survey Co., The . . 140 Raymond Concrete Pile Company 200 Sedgwick Machine Works 220-221 See Electric Elevator Company, A. B. 1 60-1 61 Semet-Solvay Company . 192 Smith Company, The H. B. 179 Solvay Process Company, The 192 Sonneborn Sons, Inc., L. 191 Southern Pine Association . 186 Taylor Co., N. & G. 146 Toch Brothers 19 3 Trenton Potteries Company, The 217 Underwriters’ Laboratories 141 United States Gypsum Company 205 U. S. Materials Co 174-175 Vonnegut Hardware Co. . . . 147 Webb Pink Granite Company . 202 White Pine Bureau . .184 gllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllM 140 P'llTH-'i The Quantity System is simple. The Building Owner has detailed Quantities prepared which he supplies free and guarantees to Contractors. The Quantities, together with the drawings and specifi- cations, give a complete exposition of the require- ments of a job. Their preparation affords great assistance to Architects to clarify and make definite the draw- ings and specifications. Contractors’ queries as to “intent" are answered in the Quantities. Their use as a basis for bids or estimates, for buying material or for checking material bills, gives protection to Contractor and Owner alike. SPECIAL NOTICE At the outbreak of the war, we offered our services at cost to the various Governmental Departments. The Bureau of Yards and Docks has used our Quantities extensively. We extend the same offer to all Architects, Engineers, and Contractors engaged on government work. Write us for further information. The Quantity Survey Co., inc. WM. GRAVES SMITH, President °21 West 45th Street. New York City MiU.|il.lllllllllllin!tlHllllinilllHI»lllllMlHlHWII)lltli:illlUliin-t;:4l:.:-'!-r Hill .ihli.lTl iimiltllllllli I!' I . ' : UlRlIll! >!U .i.Hl!.l|li, l'IIM:i!U|Uiill.1II,I.M!iMtimiUlllill!^n!illliHi:itlM4rill..'llt: Industrial Section Structural Service Rook, Voi . I, iqi? UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES iB 2u 1111 1 11111111,1,11 1 1 11 141 Underwriters’ Laboratories 207 East Ohio Street, Chicago, Illinois Underwriters’ Laboratories, a corporation chartered in November, 1901, by the state of Illinois is authorized to establish and maintain laboratories and inspection service on building materials and other products, and to enter into contracts with the owners and manufacturers of such materials and products respecting the recommendation thereof to insurance organizations. Underwriters’ Labora- tories, Inc., was established by, and is maintained by the National Board of Fire Underwriters, For Service — Not Profit. It is the task of Underwriters’ Laboratories to secure and make available to all who may profit by it the best obtainable opinion regarding the merits of materials, appliances and systems in respect to the fire and accident hazards. Equipment for this work includes a large plant at Chicago, a branch testing station in New York City and branch offices for the operation of inspections at factories and labeling of standard products in more than a hundred cities and towns in the United States and Canada, and in London, England. The Chicago plant occupies a three-story and basement building of the best modern fireproof construction, containing about 50,000 square feet of floor-space and provided with ample yard-space for huts and large testing furnaces. The plant is kept well supplied with apparatus, much of which is of special design, for the proper performance of all necessary research work and for making labora- tory tests in a thorough, systematic, comprehensive and practical way. There are about one hundred and fifty engineers and assistants on the Chicago staff. Each department is under the direction of an expert of long experience and much special training for his particular line of work. The work of the branch laboratory at New York is mainly electrical testing. Inspections at Factories and Labeling A laboratory test on a sample material cannot of itself usually be depended upon as a reliable criterion of the quality of the daily output of the factory. Test work that ends when tests on a sample material have been completed is necessarily of limited practical value; the importance of proper check methods on run of goods is obvious. Years of study by Underwriters’ Laboratories of this problem of securing quality main- tenance led to the establishment of its Label Service. When the product of a manufacturer is admitted to the Label Service, following suitable investigation of sample goods, inspection is established in his factory. Inspectors and engineers in the employ of the Labora- tories follow the daily run of material through various processes of production and conduct such tests as have been specified, and to goods thus found to be of suitable quality, Underwriters’ Laboratories’ labels are attached. Check-tests that cannot be conveniently made at the factory are made on samples forwarded by the inspector to headquarters. This service is further reinforced by tests on labeled material purchased from dealers and on samples of labeled product taken out of service and sent in from the field. Thus, for a large class of products, the label on the goods or the absence of it, tells the architect, inspector, builder, and property owner whether the product has been inspected and passed. PUBLICATIONS (a) Organization, Purpose and Methods . . . 1917 The Laboratories also publish the following lists of manufacturers prepared to make standard products: ( b ) List of Inspected Mechanical Appliances. (c) List of Inspected Electrical Appliances. (d) List of Appliances Inspected for Accident Hazard. ( e ) Standards on Rubber-Covered Wires and Cords, Fire Hose, Fire Doors, Electric Cabinets and Cut- Out Boxes, and Lightning Conductors now ready for distribution. Other Standards in preparation. Note: ( b ), ( c ), ( d ), revised semi-annually, sent free on request. ( e ) supplied at $1 per copy. Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 Industrial Section 14 2 iiniiiiiiiiiiiinimiimniimfflramiiiimtniiiit LABORATORIES (Testing and Research) lB ROBERT W. HUNT JNO. J. CONE JAS. C. HALLSTED D. W. McNAUGHER ROBERT W. HUNT & COMPANY Engineers • Inspectors • Chemists • Metallurgists Chicago New York Pittsburgh St. Louis San Francisco Montreal Toronto Vancouver London Pioneers in their profession, Robert W. Hunt & Company maintain an International Bureau of Inspection, Tests and Consultation, composed of competent and experienced Engineers, Chemists, Metallurgists and Inspectors who are permanently employed in the divisions of Engineering and Inspection, and in the various Laboratories. The Company maintains offices in the principal cities of North America and Europe. Resident members of the organization are in charge of these offices, and resident inspectors are maintained at all of the leading industrial centers of the countries in which these offices are located. The personnel of the present technical organization is the result of continuous conservative Engineering work during the past quarter of a century in the business of Inspection, Tests and Consultation. Members of this firm were, even prior to the organization of Robert W. Hunt & Company, intimately associated with the Iron and Steel Industry in America. This long and successful service affords the assurance that any work entrusted to the Organization relating to the Metallurgy, Manufacture, Inspection, and Testing of Steel and Iron Products will receive the most thorough and careful attention. The developmental period of reinforced concrete construction lies within the life of the company, and, from the beginning, the testing of cement and other concrete materials, checking of plans, and supervision of construction have received continuous and ever-widening application. The divisions of the Organization and their Departmental Sub-Divisions are as follows: { Examinations and Reports Consultation and Checking of Plans Construction and Testing j Structural Steel Inspection Rails, Fastenings, Cars and Locomotives I Materials of Construction The knowledge, experience and ability, and the accumulated data of the various divisions of the Organization, are the property of all divisions, and are made use of freely in the inter- ests of their clients. Highly specialized skill of many kinds has been welded into practical cooperation, capable of effective and rapid performance. This effective cooperation enables the Engineering Division to make investigations and to solve Engineering problems in the most efficient manner. The Inspection Service is under the direct supervision of the Engineering Staff, located at the various general offices, and engineering advice in connection with inspection work is freely extended. The Laboratory Service maintained at all of their offices is an effective supplement to the work of the Engineering and Inspection Divisions. Over six hundred employees are regularly in the exclusive service of the company, and depression in general business conditions exer- cises little effect in their number or location. To properly serve their clients at all times, the Organization must be kept intact, and many men have been continued in their positions during months of idleness of the mills and shops where they are located. This policy, rein- forced by salaries commensurate with the responsibility they are called upon to bear, has ensured the loyalty and absolute fidelity required in the performance of judicial functions. The steady growth of the Organization indicates that such ideals are heartily supported by the Architectural profession, and further have established recognition of the Testing Engineer in ethical brotherhood with the other specialized branches of professional struc- tural activity. Illllilllllillll «»lIIIIIIII!lllilII*l!liI!Illilllllili«lllliillIBIIIIIIIil!IIIIllIilll* Industrial Section I Chemical Physical Laboratory Electrical Cement 'Micro-Photography Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 illiMiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiliiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiP LABORATORIES (Testing and Research) iB . 143 l!llllllllllllllll!llllllllllllllllliilllllllllllllll!llll!llllll!lllllllllllllllllll!ll!ll!lllllll!lllll!lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll!llllllllllll!llll!ll!lll!l!ll!llllllllllllll!llll^ ROBERT W. HUNT & COMPANY EQUIPMENT The Robert W. Hunt & Company Bureau of Inspection maintains an extensive equip- ment of highly specialized cement, physical and chemical laboratories with specially trained chemists and inspectors, which combined with the fact that they have established offices in all parts of the United States, Canada and in Europe enables them to offer every advantage commensurate with first-class service to architects and engineers who desire to obtain the best of a manufacturer’s output and protect their clients by full assurances of obtaining con- struction materials in strict compliance with the accepted specification. It is a fact, beyond dispute, that Inspection Service is most efficient when rendered by men who are familiar with manufacturing processes, who are in constant practice, and con- tinually on the watch for defects, whose profession is the detection of faults and who are acquainted with the practices at the different plants. Fewer inaccuracies escape such men than other men, no matter how highly trained technically, who undertake inspection only occasionally and who are detailed from an office or field force without special training in this specific line. This Company has thoroughly systematized their inspection work and the points covered in inspection of construction materials are many and must be of interest to architects and engineers and to prospective owners of steel and reinforced concrete structures. STRUCTURAL STEEL Robert W. Hunt & Company’s inspectors permanently located in the mills and foundries serve their clients by making a thorough inspection of the structural steel and iron used in construction, seeing that these materials are of the quality specified, of the proper section and free from injurious defects. In the shop their inspectors serve their clients by a thorough inspection of all finished work, carefully checking each individual member, seeing that they are carefully fabricated in accordance with the plans and specifications, that the workmanship is first class in every respect, so that the various members will fit together properly at the building site, thus avoiding unnecessary and expensive delays. They will see that the material is properly cleaned and painted and use their best efforts to have the material shipped in the proper sequence so that erection may proceed without interruption. REINFORCING STEEL Their inspectors at the mills inspecting reinforcing steel select specimens from the various sizes of finished product of each heat, as rolled, on which they make cold bend and tensile tests, check the various sizes to see that they are of the proper section and that only accepted material is shipped, and furnish detailed reports covering each shipment and reports of tests identifying them. SUPERVISION OF ERECTION In the field their inspectors see that the various members are erected in the proper position, columns plumb, floors level, rivets tight and well driven and that painting is properly done. CEMENT LABORATORIES The inspection and testing of cement should be made at the mills or in warehouses and the strongest argument substantiating the need of testing and inspection of cement is the unconditional requirement of the standard specifications for Portland cement adopted by the American Society for Testing Materials and approved by the American Society of Civil Engineers which says: “All cement shall be inspected.” Such a recommendation or requirement would not be adopted by two such authoritative bodies of engineers and cement chemists without adequate basis therefor and it may be said that practical experience in the use of Portland cement had taught them that such a speci- fication was necessary. Illlllllllllllllllllllll Industrial Section i. Ililll!f!lilllilllli!lllll!lllf|llllll||||l!llll!lllllillllllllilllllllllllllllll|lll^^ Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 Ililill llllllllllllilllllllllllllllllllllililllllH 144 LABORATORIES (Testing and Research) iB ROBERT W. HUNT & COMPANY Of the value of Portland cement when “up to specifications” too much cannot be said. Of the danger of its use when unfit, also, too much cannot be said, and whether it is fit and therefore ot great value, or unfit, and therefore of infinitely less value than nothing, can only be determined by the tests prescribed. The testing of the aggregate, also of prime importance, should be made to determine suita- bility; the general character of the material, the grading and the cleanness are most important. Determinations can also be made to obtain the best possible and most economical mixtures. Robert W. Hunt & Company maintain specially trained chemists and testers at each of their main offices, also experienced inspectors at the principal cement producing centers. PHYSICAL TESTING LABORATORIES The physical testing laboratories contain all standard testing equipment including tensile and compression testing machines of capacity trom 200 pounds to 300,000 pounds, vibration testing machines, abrasion testing machines, complete nietallographic apparatus, etc. All standard tests of engineering materials can be made and special investigations of the relative merits of any materials of construction can be determined. CHEMICAL LABORATORIES At each chemical laboratory the equipment is complete for varied lines of materials, and for research work. The chemists are selected with great care and each laboratory is in charge of a chemical engineer of wide experience. Thoroughness, accuracy, and promptness are assured. Architects, engineers and manufacturers are depending more and more on the chemist — in the first place to tell the architect and engineer the character of materials needed, and in the second, to tell the manufacturer how to produce them. Many organizations so interested maintain their own laboratories. To those who do not, Robert W. Hunt & Company offer their services for moderate fees. ACCEPTANCE TESTS OF POWER PLANT EQUIPMENT The Testing Department is prepared to witness and report upon performance tests of oil and gas engines; generators, motors, and other electrical apparatus; and centrifugal or recipro- cating pumps at the manufacturers’ works, thus securing the purchaser against the acceptance of power plant equipment which does not comply with the requirements of the specifications. INSPECTION AND TESTING OF STEAM BOILERS The advantage of boiler inspection during construction is emphasized by the many failures reported each year due to hidden defects. In the interest of public safety, thorough inspec- tion cannot be too strongly insisted upon when ordering new boilers. The inspection service this Company offers includes the inspecting and testing of the plates and tubes at the mills and supervision of the boiler during construction by competent men experienced in plate manufacture and boiler construction. TESTS OF FLOORS, WALLS AND COLUMNS The constantly increasing use of reinforced concrete and of terra cotta tile as a protective and structural material necessitates the testing of full-sized floor and wall sections, in order to obtain authentic data for the designing engineer and to demonstrate the durability, strength, and reliability of these materials in service. Load tests of floors in new buildings are frequently required by architects and city build- ing departments to demonstrate that the deflection under load does not exceed that per- mitted by specifications or by the rules of the department. The Testing Department is prepared to witness and report upon load tests of slabs and floors, compression tests of walls and columns, and tests by fire and water on floors and walls. Write for booklets containing standard specifications and describing services in Engi- neering Division and in Inspection of steel and cement. IjMiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii’iHyiiiiwiiiiiiiiiiMiiiiiiMiiiiifl Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 19 1 Nlilllll!!! Illlll lllilHIl lllHlIIIIIIIMIIIIMIII'llilllllllllllilllllll ■HIIIIIIIUIinUninNg|IFIHnUIWIIIIiinaiHBBIIIIIIIII]aBDEIIIUnBIWHaWIIHI)MKIL l !liUIEBIIIlUIUIBlilull^0illWMnii LIMESTONE 2 G 1 145 Condensed Information For the convenience of architects who desire in condensed form the principal facts bearing upon the successful use of Indiana Limestone we offer the following: COLORS: Indiana Limestone is to he had in three distinct varieties: GRAY (a silvery, slightly bluish gray); BULK (a delicate yellowish or warm gray) ; and VARI EGATED (a pleasing irregular mixture of the two). These three principal varieties each offer a choice of lighter or darker shades. No two units of the variegated stone are apt to be alike, yet the color variation is never harsh or contrasty. It is therefore much liked for the interest it gives to Hat surfaces. TEXTURE: Indiana Limestone may be had in degrees of fineness from the texture of marble to distinctly coarse. One variety is so coarse as to be sometimes called American Travertine, and some very quaint and beautiful effects have been attained with it in various uses. HARDNESS: Indiana Limestone, freshly quarried, is comparatively soft. It is non- crystalline and very homogeneous, but is extremely strong and bears the finest carving perfectly and permanently. Gray stone is the hardest variety. All varieties are of ample hardness for use under- foot in a residence, but in a building where the traffic is heavy special selection must be made. MOULDED AND TURNED WORK: All turned work such as columns, balusters, urns, etc., and particularly all moulded work, is easily made by machinery at reasonable cost. Circular Indiana Limestone columns in all but the smallest sizes cost rather less than built-up wood columns. Fluted columns, unless they involve carving, etc., also are made entirely by machinery, with con- sequent economy. SETTING: Indiana Limestone should be set in lime mortar or non-staining cement mortar. Portland Cement may be used under careful conditions, which we will gladly describe on re- quest. FINISHES: The mechanical finishes com- monly used are smooth-planed and tooled. Rock face, especially with smooth or tooled trim, is considerably used. The “bats” of the tooled surface may be either grooves or flutes. There are several other finishes in use and still others will occur to architects. The tooled fin- ish, two bats to the inch, was recently devised and most successfully used by a prominent architect. Architects are referred for more detailed treatment of the subject to Volume 1 of “The Indiana Limestone Library’’ and to Sweet’s Architectural Catalog; Sweet’s shows among other things, suggested forms of specifications. Volume 4 treats of Indiana Limestone bank buildings exclusively and gives a long list of such, scattered over the United States and Canada. It is written for the banker but many architects find it interesting and a convenient means of exposition to their clients. There is also a series of 8 inch by 1 1 inch plates showing, in plan and perspective, the Prize, Mention and other designs submitted in a “Competition for a Detached $12,000 Residence of Indiana Limestone.” A very interesting document. Your name will he placed on our permanent mailing list on request and other Volumes sent as issued. The undersigned will he glad to answ er specific questions and supply the booklets above alluded to, with samples, if desired. Indiana Limestone Quarrymen’s Association Box 509, Bedford, Indiana Indi striai Sfctton Structurai Sfratcf Rook, Voi . I, 1917 pllllllillllllllllllllll 146 iiDiniiiiiiiiniiiiniiiniiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiniiiiiiiTniiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiniiiiniiiiiiiiniiiiimiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiniMiiiinimiiniiiiiiiini ROOFING (Tin) Nos. 4, 5, and 11D2 “Target-and- Arrow Brand of ROOFING TIN Manufactured by N. & G. TAYLOR CO., Philadelphia, Pa. STANDS FOR Low Cost of Maintenance Durability Moderate First Cost High-Grade Appearance A weatherproof, fire resistive and lightning protective roof which has back of it 107 years of continuous busi- ness experience. What more can you wish ? Suggestions for laying a Tin Roof made in accordance with the standard working specifications adopted by the National Association of Sheet Metal Contractors. Slope of Roof If the tin is laid fiat seam or flat lock, the roof should have an incline of one-half inch or more to the foot. If laid standing seam, an incline of not less than two inches to the foot. Less pitch is often successfully used but a good pitch is desirable to prevent any accumulation of water and dirt in shallow puddles, gutters, valleys, etc., and should have sufficient incline to prevent standing in them or backing up in any case far enough to reach standing seams. Tongued and grooved sheathing-boards are recommended, of well-seasoned dry lumber, narrow widths preferred, free from holes, and of even thickness. A new tin roof should never be laid over old tin, rotten shingles, or tar roofs. Sheathing-paper is not necessary where boards are laid as specified above. If steam, fumes, or gases are likely to reach the under side of the tin, use some good waterproof sheathing-paper, such as black Neponset. Never use tar- paper. No nails should be driven through the sheets. Flat-Seam Tin Roofing When the sheets are laid singly, they should be fastened to the sheathing-boards by cleats, using three to each sheet, two on the long side and one on the short side. Two i-inch barbed wire nails to each cleat. If the tin is put on in rolls the sheets should be made up in long lengths in the shop, the cross seams locked together and well soaked with solder. The 1 sheets should be edged L2 inch, fastened to the roof with cleats | spaced 8 inches apart, cleats locked into the seam and fastened 1 to the roof with two i-inch barbed wire nails to each cleat. Standing-Seam Tin Roofing The sheets should be put together in long lengths in the shop, the cross seams locked together and well soaked with solder. The sheets should be applied to the roof the narrow Facsimile of trade-mark now stamped on each sheet of Target-and-Arrow Tin way, fastened with cleats spaced one foot apart. One edge of the course is turned up 1 inches at a right angle, and the cleats are installed. The adjoining edge of the next course is turned up 1 1 inches and these edges are locked together, turned over, and the seam flattened to a rounded edge. (Illus- trations showing these operations furnished upon application.) Valleys and Gutters These should be of IX tin, and formed with flat seams, applying the sheets the narrow way. It is important to see that good solder is used, bearing the manufacturer’s name, and guaranteed one-half tin and one-half lead, new metals, using nothing but rosin as a flux. The solder should be well sweated into all seams and joints. Painting All painting should be done by the roofer. The tin should be painted one coat on the under side before it is applied to the roof. The upper surface should be carefully cleaned of all rosin spots, dirt, etc., and immediately painted. The approved paints are metallic brown, Venetian red, red oxide, and red lead mixed with pure linseed oil. No patent dryer or turpentine to be used. All coats of paint should be applied with a hand-brush and well rubbed on. Apply a second coat two weeks after the first. The third coat to be applied one year later. Sizes, Weights, Etc. Roofing tin is usually furnished in two sizes, sheets 14 x 20 inches and 28 x 20 inches, packed 112 sheets to the box. “TARGET-AND-ARROW” tin is furnished in three thick- nesses, 1 C thickness (approx. 30 gauge U. S. Standard). IX thickness (approx. 28 gauge). 2 X thickness (approx. 27 gauge), etc. Weight per 100 square feet laid on the roof, about 65 pounds for 1 C thickness. Tables showing covering capacity and cost furnished upon request N. & G. TAYLOR CO., Philadelphia, Pa. 1IIIIIIIIIIIIIII1IIIIIIIIIIIIIIII1INIIIIII1I1IINHIIHIHIIINIIIMIIIIUIIIIUIIIIIIN Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1Q17 HARDWARE (Self-releasing Fire Exit Latches) 4E 147 =n Approved! Architects and Boards of Underwriters are severe critics — especially in devices pertaining to the saving of lives. It is only natural that they should be, for the responsibility placed upon them is a serious one. Necessarily, therefore, they investigate thoroughly before they approve any such devices. Hence we apprize very highly the approval of Won Huprm J>elMfielea£mg iFire Cxit Hatches Manufacturers and Distributors by such authorities as the National Board of Fire Underwriters, New York Board of Fire Underwriters, New York Bureau of Buildings, International Association of Building and Factory Inspectors — by architects in the service of our own and foreign governments — and by leading school and theater archi- tects in all parts of the country. Investigation on your part will undoubtedly lead you to the same conclusions. The strength, the simplicity, the durability of ©on I^uprtn Devices have made them the standard of the world. The slightest pressure on any part of the crossbar instantly and unfailingly releases lock and latches simultaneously. ©on Kuprin Devices are always shipped ready for installation. Vonnegut Hardware Company Indianapolis, Indiana Our service department is always ready to cooperate with you and to advise you as to the ©on Kuprin design best adapted to meet your requirements. Ask for Catalog 12-S. Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 148 ELECTRICAL FITTINGS AND SUPPLIES 6E GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY G-E — Its Service to Architects and Engineers and Its Relation to the Electrical Features of Building Construction The General Electric Company welcomes this opportunity to present in the Electric Issue of the Journal of the American Institute of Architects an outline description of its organization, manufacturing facilities, output and service, and to express its desire to cooperate with architects in perfecting and maintaining a uniform standard of excellence in the electrical installation and equipment of all buildings. G-E INDEX TO SUBJECTS TREATED AND TO PUBLICATIONS REFERRED TO C-E1 Resources and Unified Responsibility. G-E 2 Suggestions for Specifying Electrical Equipment. C-E3 Universality of Production and Use. C-E4 Sources of Energy — -Electrical Apparatus Publications: G-E Bulletins Steam Turbines 42206,42201 Steam-Driven Generator 40500 Belt-Driven Generator 40400 Gas-Driven Generator 42400 C-E5 Control and Distribution. Publications: G-E Bulletins Switchboards “Standard Units” B-3303 Circuit Breakers 47502, 47503 Electrical Instruments 46013 Electrical Meters 42691, 46253, 46203 C-E6 Power Appliances — Electric Motors. Publications: G-E Bulletins Induction Motors 41302 Direct Current Motors (constant speed) 41013 Direct Current Motors (variable speed) A-4130 Direct Current Motors (crane and hoist) 48108 C-E7 Transmission — Wiring and Conduit Data Publications,* also Sprague Bulletin 49600 Sprague Pamphlets 117 Various Sprague Folders C-E8 Local Centers of Distribution — Panel Boards and Cabinets. Publications,* also Sprague Special Pamphlet, “Safety Panels’* G-E9 Switches for Every Use. Publications: See Supply Catalogue, Remote Control Switches, G-E Bulletin A-4070 G-EIO Sockets and Receptacles. Publications: See Supply Catalogues C-E11 Utilization ol Electrical Energy — Cook- ing and Heating. Publications: G-E Bulletins Ranges, Domestic B-3353 Disk Stoves, Domestic B-3410 Radiant Grill, Domestic Table B-3278 Ranges, Hotel Y-898 Broiler, Hotel Y-898 Ovens, Hotel Y-898 Toaster, Hotel Y-898 Air Heaters, Domestic B-3423 Luminous Radiator B-3329 Irons, Flat, Domestic. . B-3318 Irons, Flat, Tailors’ B-3394 C-E12 Hotel Equipment. Publications* C-E13 Special Transformers. Publications: G-E Bulletins Night Lamp B-3341 Bell Ringing Systems B-3400 C-E14 Fans. Publications: G-E Bulletins Desk Fans B-3367 G-E Ventilating Outfits'* G-E15 Battery Charging Outfits. Publication: G-E Bulletin B-3374 G-E16 Moving Picture Apparatus. Publications* G-E17 Illumination. Publications: Flood Lighting Projectors. G-E Bulletin 43850. Novalux Ornamental Units, 43503. I vanhoe-Regent catalogues and pamphlets. Bulletins of Edison Lamp Works of the G-E Company. G-E18 Generation, Transmission, Distribution and Application of Electric Power Everywhere. ♦Information may be obtained at our nearest office. See page 158. Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 ELECTRICAL FITTINGS AND SUPPLIES 6E 149 ITS SERVICE TO ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEERS G-E1 Resources and Unified Responsibility The factory, engineering and laboratory equipment of the General Electric Company is prac- tically unlimited. Therefore, it is able to manufacture complete lines of apparatus, appliances and devices which possess the important features of uniformity and interchangeability to a degree possible only in the products of a single large manufacturer. {A) Organization The organization of the General Electric Company comprises subsidiary corporations specializing in all features of installation equipment that make it possible for G-E products to be adopted from the source of elec- trical energy to its fullest utilization within and without any type of building, monumental, industrial, or residential. ( B) Standardized G-E Equipment It is entirely practical, therefore, for the architect to standardize with G-E equipment throughout. By this procedure all parts interrelate and much time and annoyance can be saved. The added advantage of hav- ing all electrical equipment provided by one company, ready for immediate installation and operation is obvious. G-E2 Suggestions for Specifying Electrical Equipment We believe that the sequence of presentation hereafter followed, the descriptions given, and the publications listed, will, with the known reliability of all G-E products and service, so impress architects that they may feel warranted in considering a paragraph similar to the following as most appropriate for inclusion in their specifications: Wherever makes or names are mentioned in this specification for generators , switchboards , motors , wiring , conduits, fittings, switches , receptacles and all other electrical appliances or devices , and any alternative choice is provided , it is to be understood that preference will be given to that estimate , not necessarily the lowest , which proposes to incorporate in the contract and the building the greatest num- ber of fixtures, fittings, and materials of a standardized line from one manufacturer under recognized names fully indentifiable on every piece or part of the equipment. This suggestion is made with the full consciousness of the fact that no other maker can so fully meet the conditions, under all usual circumstances, as the General Electric Company and in the belief that the greater the quantity of materials of one reputable manufacturer which is installed under any one contract the greater is the responsibility of manufacturer and contractor on the one hand and the better served are the interests of both architect and owner on the other hand. G-E3 Universality of Production and Use The products of the General Electric Company comprise practically every kind of apparatus and machinery used in the generation, transmission, distribution, and use of electrical energy. Its thousands of products, in use in all parts of the world, have established the G-E Trade Mark as the Guarantee of Excellence on Goods Electrical. As in the past the General Electric Company will continue to be foremost in all developments and improvements tending toward the perfec- tion of present electrical service and its extension {A) Engineering and Sales Departments Eor the convenience and use by architects, engineers, and the consuming public, in the cooperative develop- ment ot a universal service and the highest standards of efficiency for both original installation and upkeep, the G-E Company has established a complete chain of sales offices which are listed on last page. These departments and the engineering staff are prepared to assist architects and engineers in any way desired in the planning, selec- tion, and use of apparatus, materials, and devices most appropriate to each demand of service and to all climates, inspection and code requirements to which reference will be found under the various subdivisions. (B) Publications and Informative Data The G-E Company issues a complete series of publica- tions, in the form of Bulletins and Supply Catalogues, into new fields of usefulness. which are available to all architects and engineers. A list of those current is printed in connection with the In- dex for their convenience, and reference to these is made under the various subdivisions. In addition to these certain tables of capacities and dimensions, space requirements, and other data pertain- ing to general requirements will be found in the G-E pages of Sweet’s Architectural Catalogue (pp. 1425-1439 in 1917 edition) and recommendations, notes, and formulae of interest will be found in electrical information and data furnished by The Society for Electrical Development, Inc., also printed therein and referred to under 6A2 and elsewhere in this issue of the Journal. See also pages in Sweet’s of Sprague Electric Works (1440) and of Ivanhoe- Regent Works (1466-1467). It is a well recognized fact that a knowledge of the many functions which electricity performs in modern building practice is necessary to every architect. In this Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 150 ELECTRICAL FITTINGS AND SUPPLIES 6E GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY outline description of G-E facilities and service, the meth- ods of obtaining electric power, controlling it, and apply- ing it to various uses are described and illustrated with concrete suggestions which will aid in the preparation of electrical specifications for building construction. Com- plete detailed information will be found in the various G-E publications of interest structurally, under the G-E Index on p. 148. G-E4 Sources of Energy — Electrical Apparatus In designing an electrical installation it is essential to determine in advance whether central station current will be used or a complete power plant is to be installed. When central station current is available, it is generally conceded to be more economical, except in special cases, to use such power than to install a generating plant. In the latter case it is recommended that the cur- rent generated shall correspond to the class of current obtainable from the public service company, for in case of a breakdown of generating plant, central station power will be suitable, and there will be no occasion for interruption of service. In any case, it is wise to consult with the central sta- tion management, as they are always familiar with the latest regulations affecting the industry, both those of the local city administration and of the local underwriters’ inspection department. It is advisable also to confer with the latter authorities, the territorial jurisdictions of which are stated under 6A6. As a rule, alternating current is used when transmis- sion is over one-quarter mile, and where constant speed and constant service are required, and whenever lighting systems are the principal load. In buildings where stopping and starting of various machines will be frequent, and where a large number of adjustable speed motors are desired, or battery charging or electroplating is required, direct current is best adapted. {A) Where Central Station Power is Avail- able When power is purchased from a lighting or power company it is possible to connect incoming wires direct to switchboard. Suitable switchboard panels with main switch and meters for measuring current should be specified when ordering switchboard. When incoming current is not suitable for requirements, it will be neces- sary to change the form of the current to meet these con- ditions by using motor generator sets, rotary converters, transformers, or mercury arc rectifiers. Whenever such conditions are encountered, it is advisable to get in touch with the nearest G-E office which, will gladly give detailed information. For power stations supplying electric light and power to office buildings, machine shops, mills, etc., the Curtis steam turbines are admirably adapted for this class of work. Their operation is characterized by a minimum of vibration and noise. They are very compact, requiring minimum floor-space, headroom and attendance. The exhaust steam is free from oil and may be used for heating. Turbine sets are available in sizes ranging from 100 kw. to 50,000 kw. for alternating current, and from 15 kw. to any larger tor direct current. Publications: G-E Bulletins Steam Turbines 42206, 42201 Steam-Driven Generator 40500 Belt-Driven Generator 40400 ( B) Where Steam Power is Available When central station service is not available for small isolated plants requiring 100 kw. or less, the steam engine generating set is used. These sets were designed originally to meet the severe conditions of marine work, which demand light, compact, and durable sets of close regula- tion and quiet operation. These sets have been used extensively for both power and lighting service. When it is desired to provide tor taking power from an outside source in case of emergency, double-throw switches may be added to main panel of the switchboard equipment. For the production of electrical energy from mechanical sources of power, belt-driven generators are used. Such units are available in sizes up to 300 kw. for direct current and up to 500 kw. for alternating current. Publications: G-E Bulletins Steam Turbines 42206, 42201 Steam-Driven Generator . 40500, A4189 Belt-Driven Generator 40400 (C) Where No Power is Available For rural residences, hotels, farms, country estates, rural railroad stations, camps, etc., electrical power and light is obtained from the internal combustion engine- driven generator set. Several of these sets are on the market equipped with G-E generators. These types of generators are also designed, and are available, for direct connection to gas engines of other manufacturers. Publication: G-E Bulletin Gas-Driven Generator 42400 G-E5 Control and Distribution — Switchboard Data For the control and distribution of current the General Electric Company offers a complete line of switchboards for all systems of electric distribution. These boards are equipped with latest improved instruments and controlling, measuring, and other devices. All devices mounted on these boards are made by a single company, thus centralizing respon- sibility for the behavior of the entire switchboard and providing for the utmost efficiency in opera- tion. For the convenience or assistance of architects and consulting engineers, switchboard specialists are stationed in the principal branch offices of the Company. Architects and consulting engineers are invited to confer with these engineers in planning a switchboard to meet any unusual require- Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 ELECTRICAL FITTINGS AND SUPPLIES 6E 151 ITS SERVICE TO ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEERS ment or space condition. Sketches, detailed drawings, and specifications of any such special boards, or the adaptation of standard panels, will be furnished promptly on request. While the General Electric Company will make any switchboard to meet any and every con- dition or requirement, it recommends, in the interest of economy and efficiency, that, wherever possible, fullest utilization be made of the very complete lines of standard panels which it has developed on the unit principle, known as: (. A ) G-E Standard Unit Switchboards. These panels are so designed that they can be assembled in different com- binations, to fit any usual condition and to form a complete switchboard having a neat uniform appearance, both front and back, all parts on the back being easily accessible. They are constructed for both direct and alternating cur- rent, complete with all switches, instruments and other equipment necessary. They not only cost less than special boards but can be delivered quickly, completely equipped and ready for erection. This is the most advanced system of switchboard manu- facture and obviates the time and expense necessary when original specifications are drawn up for each individual installation by the architect, consulting engineer or con- tractor. Each panel is listed as a separate unit and has its own catalogue number. There are thousands of these “Standard Units,” and they are listed in 22 separate lines for different classes of service. ( B ) Construction Notes on Standard Panels (a) Panels . — All panels are of slate, those for isolated or small plants, of dull black marine finished slate, and for central station boards, of natural black slate. Slate is \ l /Z inches thick, with pi inch bevel. Widths vary from 12 to 32 inches; height of panel varies from 20 to 90 inches. The sizes being determined by the instru- ments and controlling devices. (Panels of marble can be substituted at prices which may be obtained from any of the G-E offices.) (, b ) Framework . — A complete supporting framework of 1 >4-inch pipe, with necessary fittings, is included for each panel. Total height never exceeds 90 inches. (c) Switches, Fuses , and Card-holders . — The sizes and types of switches furnished with each panel are determined by amount of current carried, and their number depends upon the number of circuits which they control. The fuses furnished in connection with switching apparatus open the circuits if overloads occur and protect the electrical apparatus. One card-holder to designate the different circuits should be specified for each switch. (d) Connections . — Each panel is furnished complete, unless otherwise specified, with small wiring on back of panel and with copper connections between the appliances which comprise the equip- ment of the panel. The connections from generator to panel and from panel to all distribution points are invariably made by the electrical contractor and are not furnished by the manufacturers. Publications . The “Standard LTnit” panel may be ordered direct from a bulle- tin. This is explained in G-E Index Bulletin No. 47001. Details of framework are covered in G-E Bulletin No. 47750. Rules governing the installation of switchboards will be found in the National Electrical Code, see Class A, Rules 3 and 4. Familiarity with all features of the Code, except details of manufacture, covered in Class D and sup- plemented by Underwriters’ Laboratories’ requirements and publications, is advisable on the part of all architects. The various rules epitomize the essential standards to be observed in installation and operation of all apparatus and devices. Publications: G-E Bulletins Switchboards “Standard Units” B-3303 Circuit Breakers 47502,47503 Electrical Instruments 46013 Electrical Meters 42691, 46253, 46203 G-E6 Power Appliances— Electric Motors The G-E motors cover a wide range of application of electric power to mechanical service. Constant and variable speed motors for both alternate- and direct-current service are built. Com- plete lines of these motors are manufactured, varying in size from 1-200 horsepower up to any requirement. Complete detailed information and illustrations pertaining to motors, with dimen- sions, space requirements and other data, will be furnished on request. State horsepower, voltage, frequency, etc., in making request. Motors suitable for mounting on walls or ceilings can be furnished for installations where it is desirable to economize space. Costs of installation can be greatly reduced by adhering to standard speeds. Contrary to the generally accepted idea, the cost of a motor of 1,800 RPM is less than that of a 1,200 RPM motor of the same horsepower. The 1,800 RPM motor is also smaller and lighter in weight. The G-E service is available to all in connection with motor problems, and only those best adapted to the service required will invariably be furnished. Publications: Induction Motors Direct Current Motors (constant speed) . Direct Current Motors (variable speed) . Direct Current Motors( crane and hoist) G-E Bulletins .... 41302 . . . . 41013 . . . . A-4130 . . . . 48018 Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 152 ELECTRICAL FITTINGS AND SUPPLIES 6E GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY G-E7 Transmission of Electrical Energy— Wiring and Conduit Data It is a well-known fact that electricity is the simplest and easiest form of power to transmit. An old building is readily provided with a system of concealed wiring. A new building should be designed to accommodate the future as well as the present uses of electricity. One of the most important movements in this regard is the increasing use of electrical devices which consume more power than allowed on lighting circuits and, therefore, require heavier wiring. In any event, these devices can usually be operated at a lower cost if a separate wiring system on a power cir- cuit meter is installed. Most electric companies give a lower rate when current is consumed on a special circuit in this manner, because such use represents a service furnished during the day when their equipment is not required to furnish current for the lighting service. (A) Power Plugs on Separate Circuits All power receptacles should be designed to take the same plug, and these should be made to fit only the power outlets, so as to prevent their attachment to the lighting circuits, which are not designed to carry the relatively heavy currents required by the power-consuming devices. ( B ) Locate Distribution Centers in Easily Accessible Places In planning various circuits, one should endeavor to locate distribution centers in easily accessible places, so that cutouts and switches controlling circuits can be grouped for convenience and safety of operation. The load should be divided as evenly as possible among the different circuits, and all complicated and unnecessary wiring should be avoided. (C) Provide for Future Uses in Installing Wires When installing wires, ample outlets should be pro- vided in all rooms for future use, to take care of the rapidly increasing use of electric devices of various sorts, included in which may be mentioned: electric vacuum cleaners, portable lamps, all kinds of heating apparatus and electric ranges and cooking utensils, small motors for various industries in office and other buildings, and for silver buffing, ice-cream making, sewing-machine operation dishwashers and washing-machine operation and for other conveniences in the home. (D) G-E Motor-driven Office and Home Devices As an indication of the almost unlimited possibilities in small electrically driven devices for home and office use it is of interest to note that there are on the market over three hundred of such with G-E motors attached. (FI) Study the Standard Symbols for Direc- tions and Suggestions For the greatest ultimate convenience and economy in the use of electricity, switches should be freely installed and receptacles placed at frequent intervals. Not only in the interest of standardization, but for the suggestions which will be afforded through the various conveniences which they provide for, it is recommended that the Standard Symbols for Wiring Plans as adopted by the National Electrical Contractors’ Association and the American Institute of /Architects be carefully studied at the time each installation is contemplated as well as followed in the marking of plans. These Symbols may be obtained or seen as indicated under “Standard Symbols and Charts,” 6E, 4, on page 79. (F) Consult our Engineers about Present and Future Uses of Electricity The National Electrical Code, in the General Sugges- tions which preface the Code, distinctly urges architects, when drawing plans and specifications, to make provisions for the channeling and pocketing of buildings tor electric light or power wires as well as for all other means of trans- mitting electrical energy. To this the General Electric Company, in the interest of affording all architects and owners the satisfaction which will eventually come with the fullest utilization of electrical energy in manners not now fully foreseen, repeats the further recommendation that a new building should be designed to accommodate the future as well as the present uses of electricity. The General Electric Company also offers the facilities of its engineering forces in forecasting these and in drawing attention to every present advantageous utilization. (Ci) The Question of Wire For the transmission of electrical energy wire in one form or another is invariably the conductor. From the source to the outlet, for whatever form of use, current must pass through insulated wire. Not only architects, but owners of buildings are now more fully alive to the desirability ol calling for wire by a given name or brand. The National Electric Code formulates the basis of manufacture which the Under- writers’ Laboratories elaborates upon in its requirements which become a precedent to its label service signifying compliance. But discriminating architects and apprecia- tive clients are no longer content to specify or pay for wire or conduit that is the “best quality or equal.” In addition to requiring the use of that which has passed the code and received the label, they encourage the use of that which in the competition of service and not of price aims to excel in one point or another the product that does not identify itself or its maker. More and more frequently a distinction is being made as to quality in materials of building construction, and stronger encouragement is being given to those producers who, in spite of competition, adhere to their standards of manufacture and make names for themselves under established brands. (11) Open Wiring and Conduit W ork Whether run “open” or in conduits, the quality demands of the wire must remain the best. There is an ever-increasing trend toward the use of conduits, whether flexible or rigid, in which to incase the wiring in all build- Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 ELECTRICAL FITTINGS AND SUPPLIES 6E 153 ITS SERVICE TO ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEERS ings — on this point the General Suggestions of the National Electrical Code state “The use of wire ways lor rendering concealed wiring permanently accessible is most heartily endorsed and recommended; and the method of accessible concealed construction is advised for general use.” The Quarterly and other publications of the National Fire Protection Association are replete with instances where open and inferior wire has been the accredited cause of fires. In Electrical Data , one of the latest publications of Underwriters’ Laboratories elsewhere referred to in the Journal, other instances are given. In the interests of safety and ultimate economy, conduit work is invariably recommended. Many cities now require this form of construction. Nelson E. Thompson in “Mechanical Equipment of Federal Buildings” described under 6L in his chapter on “Conduit and Wiring Systems” states that all wiring in Federal buildings is run in rigid metal conduits. (J) G-E Wires and Cables Wires and cables are manufactured by the General Electric Company in varieties suitable for all uses of the architect. This product includes cable with weatherproof, flameproof rubber (National Electric Code and better grades to meet severer requirements), paper, varnished cambric, or asbestos insulation, and with all special finishes. (a) Rubber Insulation. — Three types of rubber insula- tion have been standardized: Red Core, Tricoat, and 30 per cent Para (black or white core). In addition we are prepared to manufacture special types and grades of rubber-insulated conductors to meet unusual conditions. (b) Red Core is a high-class insulation used primarily on wires for house-wiring, and exceeds the requirements of the National Board of Fire Underwriters. (c) Tricoat insulation was designed for those desiring a very high-grade wire, somewhat better than Red Core, but less expensive than the 30 per cent grade. (d) jo per cent Para insulation meets the Specifications of the Rubber-Covered Wire Engineers’ Association and is the best rubber compound lor absolutely high-grade work. The core may be white or black, as desired. (e) Braided IV ire. — All wires and cables No. 8 B. & S. and smaller carry a single braid, while No 6. B. & S. and larger are regularly made with either 2 braids or a tape and 1 braid; which, in accordance with Underwriters’ requirements, is equal to double braid and suitable for conduit work. If tape and 2 braids are required, an extra charge will be made. (/) N. E. Code, Red Core, braided, twin wire is finished with talc, which assures ease in pulling wire into conduits; no extra charge made for this feature. All our braided, rubber-covered wires may be finished in this way, if desired, without additional cost. Our rubber-covered braided wires and cables are dis- tinguished by 1 red and 1 back thread woven parallel in braid. ( g ) Weatherproof and Underwriters' Cable. — Standard weatherproof wires and cables are manufactured strictly in accordance with the requirements of the National Board of Fire Underwriters, with 3 braids placed directly over the copper core, thoroughly impregnated with a black, weatherproofing compound, and then polished to remove all superfluous compound and give a smooth exterior finish. Double-braid weatherproof wire furnished on order. When the number of braids is not specified, wire with 3 braids commonly called triple braid, is always furnished; if double braid is required, requisitions or requests for quotations should so state. A stock of triple-braid wire is carried. (A") Steel Armored Conductors: A Safe and Economical Method of Wiring Old Buildings {also New) These consist of insulated wires with interlocking convex and concave galvanized steel strips wound spirally over the insulation. Recognizing the necessity for a system of wiring which would be flexible, safe, economical and easily installed without disfiguring walls, ceilings, or decorations in exist- ing buildings which were not originally wired for elec- tricity and in which it became desirable to have the com- forts and conveniences which electrical appliances afford, the Sprague Electric Works of General Electric Company eighteen years ago placed on the market a line of flexible armored conductors under the trade name “B. X.” These have been constantly adding to a well-earned enviable reputation. Specify Greenfield “B. X.” flexible steel armored conductors, which in addition to use in existing buildings are equally well suited for new work as they make a safe, economical wiring system. This Greenfield Sprague product is also made in cables known as “B. X. L.” which are covered by a continuous lead sheath over which the steel armor is wound. These are admirably suited for use in wet places and when embedded in concrete. Publication: Sprague Bulletin No. 49600. (A) Flexible and Rigid Conduits (a) Greenfield Flexible Conduit is equal in flexibility to the above mentioned armored wires or conductors and can be used in a great many cases where it would be imprac- ticable to use rigid conduit, particularly in finished build- ing work. This is made in Single Strip type and Double Strip type and is invariably furnished galvanized inside and out. For existing buildings the use of Double Strip Conduit is recommended on account of its extreme flexibility. See Sprague Bulletin No. 49600 for all data on these con- duits and for couplings, outlet, junction and switch boxes, covers and all fittings for conduits and armored conductors. {b) Greenfielduct is a rigid pipe or conduit developed by Sprague Works. It is treated on both the interior and exterior by a patented hot galvanized wiped process mak- ing the galvanization of both surfaces and pores thoroughly effective. The interior is afterward given a black Japan finish the accidental removal of which will not impair the integrity of the conduit. This conduit is easily bent for installation and is proof against rust, cracking, flaking, and caking. The enameling on the interior is not for the purpose of rust prevention as in some makes of galvanized conduits, but merely for identification of the product as an electrical conduit as required by the National Electrical Code, Rule 58-t. (c) Spragueduct is a black enameled rigid conduit of the highest type to be used where item of expense is a consideration. The use of the galvanized or Greenfielduct is recommended as the cost is but approximately 7E2 per cent more than the black pipe. See Sprague Pamphlet No. 117 and other folders for data on ( b ) and ( c ). Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 154 ELECTRICAL FITTINGS AND SUPPLIES 6E GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY ( M ) Sites and Methods of Installing Conduits (a) Code and Underwriters' Requirements The National Electrical Code prescribes the sizes, methods of elbowing, cutting, supporting and installing conduits, and the Underwriters’ Laboratories standards obtain in manufacturing and labeling. For the convenience of architects and engineers the National Electrical Contractors’ Association has pub- lished a chart diagrammatically illustrating the Code re- quirements. This may be obtained as mentioned under 6A \b. The brief summary and the table which follows will be of help in familiarizing readers with the more detailed requirements of the Code. (b) Circuits Permissible in One Conduit The same conduit must not contain more than four 2-wire or three 3-wire circuits of the same system, except by special permission of the Inspection Department and must never contain circuits of different systems. No conduit tube having an internal diameter of less than pi inch shall be used. All elbows or bends must be so made that the conduit, or lining of same, will not be injured. The radius of curve of the inner edge of any elbow not to be less than p/2 inches. Must have not more than the equivalent of four quarter bends from outlet to outlet, the bends of the outlet not being counted. (c) Supporting Conductors in Vertical Conduits In tall buildings special provision must be made to support the conductors in the vertical conduits, to remove their weight from their connections, and spacing of sup- ports in such cases is prescribed in the Code. In laying out conduit work, first ascertain the size and number of wires required, then take the size of conduit from the table in next column. C-E8 Local Centers of Distribution The next step in installation is the local distribution through the various circuits of the current brought by the feed-wires from the main source of control. {A) Panelboards G-E panelboards are compact and well finished, possess high-grade features throughout, and represent the latest and most satisfactory devices on the market. W e can furnish a complete line of standard panels and are prepared to furnish promptly special panels to meet the most exacting specifications. (a) Switches. — Individual circuits with the following arrangements can be supplied: Fused terminals. Knife switches, punched clip or sweated and pinned. Rotary snap switches, moulded covers. Push-button switches, moulded covers. Safety type rotary snap switches. Safety type push-button switches. Any of the above types may be fused between buses and switches, or outside of switches, with NEC enclosed, Edison plug or open link fuses. Publications: See Supply Catalogue, and for Remote Control Switches, G-E Bulletin A-4070. ( b ) Alains and Branches. — Elighest grade copper, having 98% conductivity, is used for the mains and branches. The main terminals, bus bars, switches, and fuses are designed for a capacity of 6 amperes per circuit on 2 to SIZE OF CONDUITS FOR THE INSTALLATION OF WIRES AND CABLES Number of Conductors in System One Conductor in a Conduit Size Conduit, Ins. Two Conductors in a Conduit Size Conduit, Ins. Three Conductors in a Conduit Size Conduit, Ins. Four Conductors in a Conduit Size Conduit, Ins. Size B & S Electrical T ra de Size Electrical Trade Size Electrical Trade Size Electrical Trade Size 14 V x X X 12 V y X X 10 V y X 1 8 y 1 I 1 6 V 1 IX iX iX 5 x iX IX 4 y 1 X IX IX 3 x iX T-X IX 2 y IX IX *x I y i y iX 2 OO 1 1 y 2 2 OO 1 2 2 zX OOO 1 2 2 zX OOOO CM 1 y 2 255 zX 200000 1 y 2 zX zX 250000 1 y z-X zX 3 300000 1 y zX zX 3 400000 1 x 3 3 3X 500000 iy 3 3 3X 600000 iX 3 3X 700000 2 3 X 3X 800000 2 3'X 4 900000 2 3'X 4 1000000 2 4 4 12^0000 z-X 4^ aX 1500000 z'X aX 5 1750000 3 5 5 2000000 3 5 6 — Panel Boards and Cabinets 2 wire and 3 to 3 wire 125-volt panels, and 3 amperes per circuit on 3 to 2 wire 125-volt and 2 to 2 wire 250-volt panels. Mains can be arranged for lugs only, NEC enclosed or open link fuses, or with fused or unfused main switch. ( c ) Frames. — By the use of a slate frame or set of barriers around the panel, a more finished appearance is given, as it separates the wiring in the cabinet from the active part of the panel. This frame consists of four pieces of slate mounted on the face of the panel and fastened to the back of the cabinet by adjustable corner irons. The slot in the frame opposite each terminal, through which the wire passes, permits the complete wiring of the panel before the slate frame is placed in position and simplifies the work of connecting the circuit wires. ( d ) Finishes. — Any finish desired or called for in specifications can be furnished, but the General Electric Company strongly recommends its No. 1, or dull black slate, with satin finished bar and branch connections. This is a very durable finish and renders the appearance of the panel very attractive. (B) Safety-type Panels This type of panel has been developed by Sprague Electric Works of the General Electric Company to meet an increasing demand for a strictly high-grade safety type of panel. It is so arranged that the switch compartment Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 ELECTRICAL FITTINGS AND SUPPLIES 6E 155 ITS SERVICE TO ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEERS is covered by a door, fastened with a spring catch, while the fuse compartment is covered by a larger door, supplied with a lock. By this construction only authorized persons may have access to that part of the panel which is alive. These panels are arranged for either push-button or rotary-snap switches, and NEC enclosed, open-link or Edison plug fuses in the branches. Salient features . — Switches operated without opening door exposing current-carrying parts. All live metal parts covered by lock door, elimin- ating possibility of shock to operator. Unit switch construction. Plates may be engraved with name or number of cir- cuit controlled. Recommended for use in all public places, department G-E9 G-E Switches for Every Use (A) G-E Lever and Knife Switches are con- structed to withstand severe and constant usage, and they will carry their rated capacity indefinitely without over- heating. Moreover, they embody certain other minor details of construction which, though not essential, add considerably to their efficiency. ( B ) Snap Switches . — The General Electric Com- pany manufactures a line of mechanically and electrically efficient snap switches in all standard rating, too numer- ous to be listed here. ( C ) G-E Flush Switches , both push-button and rotary types, are known for their absolute reliability. They are furnished with adjusting nuts, which feature insures accurate alignment. The locking type is recommended for use in public buildings, to prevent the switch from being operated by unauthorized persons. Flush switch plates can be furnished in any finish required. White enameled plates should be used with delicately tinted walls and woodwork, and in bathrooms and toilets. (D) Luminous Kadieye. — The self-luminous “Radieye” pull-socket pendant or switch-plate attachment enables one to locate the exact spot for turning on the light, even from across the room. G-EIO Sockets and Receptacles The standard and special lamp sockets made by this Company cover all possible requirements in electric installation. {A) G-E Quick Alake and Break Socket , 660 watts, 250 volts, fills a long-felt need for a key or pull socket which can be used interchangeably with keyless socket and switch control where electric heating devices and other small portables are used on lighting circuits. (B) G-E Locking Sockets and Receptacles afford a positive protection to lamps and also prevent the theft of current. When the key is removed, the screw shell of the socket swivels freely, preventing injury to either the lamp base or the socket if an attempt is made to remove the lamp without the key. stores, private residences, factories, or any place where the switches are likely to be operated by persons unfamiliar with the damage or possibility of personal injury caused by short circuit or accidental contact with live conductors. (C) Panelboard Cabinets. — The General Electric Company has developed a complete line of standard con- struction cabinets in steel and wood with solid and glass doors and with and without trims. These can be furnished in any color or finish desired. In addition to the standard line, special cabinets can be supplied to meet any requirement, but holding to the standards will effect an economy and facilitate prompt delivery. These attachments contain an actual radium composi- tion protected by glass. The luminosity is thus practi- cally permanent. The body is made of brass with all standard finishes and can readily be attached to either pull-socket chain or switch-plate without the aid of tools. (. E ) Removable Mechanism , Flush Push- Button Switch. — Constructed especially to comply with the restriction of the Underwriters in regard to hav- ing loose wires in buildings during erection. With this type of switch, only the porcelain box, with a temporary fiber cover, is installed with the wiring during plastering and other rough building operations. The removable mechanism, separately packed, is retained, ready for inser- tion as soon as there is no longer any danger of injury to it. (F) Remote Control Switch. — The Type R, Form C-2, electrically operated remote control switch can often be used to advantage to connect and disconnect lighting circuits, motors not subject to heavy overloads, vacuum cleaners, or other electrical devices located at a distance. It is especially adapted for use in large build- ings, libraries, theaters, halls, stores, etc., where control from a central point is desired. Publications: See Supply Catalogue. For Remote Control Switches, see G-E Bulletin A-4070. (C) Double Door Flush Receptacle. — When installed in the wall or baseboard, only the small porcelain flange of the plug is visible. Two perfectly fitting doors in the plate open to allow the insertion of the plug. (D) Flush Receptacles for Electric Portables. — This flush receptacle will take any medium screw base attaching plug. Catalogue No. GE002, for instance, is a miniature swivel plug, and is particularly well adapted to use with small electric portables in connection with recep- tacle, Catalogue No. 36817. The swiveling feature pre- vents the cord from twisting when the plug is screwed into the receptacle. The very complete line of wiring devices manufac- tured by this Company includes a variety of other flush re- ceptacles for use as outlets for various electric portables. For suggestion for use see Wiring and Conduit Data, G-E7C. Publications: See Supply Catalogue. Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 156 ELECTRICAL FITTINGS AND SUPPLIES 6E GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY C-E11 Util ization of Electrical Energy (A) Cooking and Heating A wide range of domestic appliances is now practical for the modern building. These devices are of vital inter- est to the architect in two ways. First, because the value of the complete structure as a working unit can be vastly increased by their use, and, secondly, because special wiring is invariably required and should be provided for in the original plans of the building. By installing sepa- rate wiring circuits and meter, as before stated, the charges for current consumption will be much lower than for lighting circuits. Since the limit established by the Underwriters is 660 watts for a lighting circuit wire, the architect can readily determine the advisability of a separate circuit by noting the wattage of the various devices which will probably be used. Kitchen ranges, three-unit and four-unit radiators, circulating water-heaters, and air-heaters, for instance, are above the 660-watt limit, and must, therefore, be con- nected to the special power circuit wire. The General Electric Company offers a complete line of electric heating and cooking appliances for domestic, hotel, and restaurant installations and industrial applications. ( B ) Electric Ranges. Are easy to operate, the heat is quickly available, and is readily regulated. They are clean, safe, and labor-saving, and their use promotes comfort and cleanliness. There is no fire requiring con- stant attention; no excess heat, smoke, or fumes, to vitiate the atmosphere. There is no longer need of continued scouring and scrubbing to keep cooking utensils clean and free from soot. Dust and dirt, together with the bother and burden of handling and storing coal and ashes, are entirely eliminated. The same current will always pro- duce the same temperature; therefore, other things being equal, uniform results are obtained. The electric range performs all kinds of cooking and baking. Ordinary cooking utensils are used with them. The broiler is combined with the oven, the meat being broiled by radiant heat from above. The cooking top is equipped with hot plates for boiling and frying and elec- tric cookers for steaming and slow cooking. (C) Flatirons . — 3-, 6-, 8-lb. sizes. With separate or attached stand. Full nickeled or with barffed base. (Z)) Tailors' Irons. — For tailors, clothing houses, and pressing-rooms in private residences, etc. Made in 1 2-, 1 5-, 1 8-, and 24- lb. sizes. ( F) Stoves. — Portable disks for many purposes. 4-in., single heat. 6-in. and 8-in., 3 heats each. (E) Hot Plate. — Does the same work as the ordinary gas hot plate. ( G) Toaster. — Convenient and ornamental for use on the dining-room table. Makes fresh toast as needed. Ten slices cost one cent. (H) Air-Heaters . — Particularly adapted for the heating of rooms in buildings or residences where the hea is to be used continuously. The heating units are so con- structed as to allow a free passage of air over the heating element, the heat being rapidly conducted away to the surrounding air. Heating units easily renewable. Snap- switch heat-control. (jl') dower Radiators . — Adapted for intermittent service, particularly in removing the chill before or after the heating system is in use. Ideal for nurseries and bath- rooms. Consists of a handsomely finished ornamental metal frame with a highly polished reflector, and two, three, or four luminous heating units. Safety from danger of fire or fumes. {K) Circulating Water-Heater. — The circulating water-heater may be readily connected with the ordinary kitchen hot-water tank. It is designed for low wattage continuous heating, but the larger wattages adapt it for intermittent use. No tank or piping furnished. Publications: G-L Bulletins Ranges, Domestic B-3353 Disk Stoves, Domestic B-3410 Radiant Grill, Domestic Table 8-3278 Ranges, Hotel . . . . Y-898 Broiler, Hotel ... Y-898 Ovens, Hotel Y-898 Toaster, Hotel Y-898 Air Heaters, Domestic . B-3423 Luminous Radiators B-3329 Irons, Flat, Domestic B-3318 Irons, Flat, Tailors’ B-3394 G-E12 Hotel Equipment The complete G-E line consists of ranges, boilers, bake- ovens, toasters, and all other desirable utensils. Informa- tion in detail may be obtained from the nearest G-E office. G-E13 Special Transformers For small devices, such as bells, toys, small lamps, etc , the use of batteries has been replaced by small trans- formers which give the required low voltages at a small cost and without attention. Transformers can be used only on alternating current systems. (A) For Night Light. — A miniature transformer (the All-nite-lite) is screwed to the lamp-socket in place of the ordinary lamp, and transforms the supply voltage to operate a 6-volt 2-c.p. bayonet base Mazda lamp, the same as used for automobile rear and speedometer lighting. Publications: G-F. Bulletin B-3341 ( B ) For Bell-Ringing Systems. — The Wayne bell-ringing transformer serves every ringing requirement- Catalogue No. 179541, for instance, is adapted for operat- ing household type electric bells, annunciators, door-open- ers, thermostats, etc. It has sufficient capacity to operate three 3-inch bells simultaneously. It has been approved by Fire Underwriters. A bell-ringing transformer should be included in all wiring specifications. Publications: G-Fl Bulletin B-3400 C-E14 Fans Fans for residences and offices are made in three sizes, 9, 12 and 16 inches in diameter, and with three-speed con- trol except the 9-inch, which has a two-speed control. Can be furnished for desk or wall mounting, either oscilla- ting or non-oscillating. These fans are quiet in running, light in weight, every efficient and durable. Made for dif- ferent voltages for both alternating and direct current. Publications: G-E Bulletin B-3402. For Ventilation oj Buildings by use of electric blowers, fans and exhaust fans, ask for Special Bulletin devoted to this subject. Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 ELECTRICAL FITTINGS AND SUPPLIES 6E 157 ITS SERVICE TO ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEERS G-E15 Battery Charging Outfits Electrically propelled vehicles demand reliable charg- ing equipments of high commercial efficiency. Battery charging equipments of all kinds can be furnished by the General Electric Company, either as individual charging sets with control panels for private garages or in large equipments for charging vehicle batteries in public garages. Publications: G-E Bulletin B-3374 [A) Individual V ehicle Charging Sets may be used for charging either Lead or Edison vehicle batteries. (B) Ignition Battery Charging Outfits can be supplied for home or garage use in charging automobile starting and ignition batteries. In the case of large garages it is best to take up individual requirements with the engineers of the General Electric Company. C-E16 Moving Picture Apparatus Fort Wayne Compensarcs for the production of vol- tage incident to the operation of moving-picture machines. Used for transforming direct or alternating current and transforming alternating to a usable direct current vol- tage. Simple to install; no sub-base or special founda- tions required; easily connected into circuit. G-E17 Illumination — Interior and Exterior Illumination has become one of the modern sciences. Its practice has developed the profession of illuminating engineering. The commercial demands for lighting efficiency, the varied effects both on the exterior and interior of buildings which may be produced by artificial lighting, and the development of a wide range of methods and devices for diffusing and directing light have neces- sitated specialized study such as now comes within the province of the illuminating engineer. There still remain the simple problems of modern lighting practice. It is not here possible to explain the comparatively easy calculations involved in the design of a simple lighting installation. For information on this subject the reader is referred to the numer- ous handbooks and publications listed under the subdivision 6H in the June issue of the Journal. Further information is always obtainable from reputable manufacturers of lamps and lighting appliances who issue such data in convenient and reliable form. Publications: The Ivanhoe-Regent Works of the G-E Company issues a complete catalogue on this subject, which is sent on application. See Bulletins of Edison Lamp Works of the G-E Company on Modern Lighting Methods in various Industries. (A) Arrangements of Lighting Systems — Interior Under the three following designations the lighting systems in modern practice are briefly outlined: {a) Local Lighting. — Denotes concentrated illumina- tion under small spaces, such as a lamp over a tool or machine or a piece of furniture. (b) General Illumination. — Denotes an attempt to dif- fuse the same intensity of light throughout an entire room. (c) Localized General Illumination or Group Lighting . — Denotes, roughly, a compromise between the two previous systems and suggests the placing of lamps to give proper direction of light and maximum intensity at important points. ( B) Types of Lighting Units (a) Direct Lighting.— Denotes a type of lighting unit such as the clear or frosted incandescent lamp, where the light is not deflected by the ceiling or other reflective surfaces. ( b ) Indirect Lighting. — Denotes a lighting unit, such as cove lighting or lamps concealed by inverted opaque reflectors, which reflect all the light on a ceiling or some other large surface, whence it is re-reflected in desired directions. ( c ) Semi-indirect. — Denotes a light in which a translu- cent reflector is used. By this means most of the light is reflected to the ceiling or any other large surface, while a small portion of the light is transmitted directly through the reflector. (C) Choice of a Semi-indirect Unit The type of lighting unit which is best is a matter which does not fall within our province and upon which we express no opinion. Present practice tends toward the use of the semi-indirect method, which is susceptible of wide variations according to the density of the bowl or reflector which governs their translucent quality. This density, in its direct application, is of course governed by the needs where it is used and each problem requires dif- ferent treatment. In order that the lights may be evenly deflected from the bowl to the ceiling, the fixture or hanger should be carefully calculated as to length, and the proper position of the socket accurately determined. Wherever feasible, glass should be used which is smooth on the inside and on the outside also, if possible. Rough glass collects dirt and is not easily cleaned. The suspension should be such as to eliminate all danger of falling glass and should provide convenient means for cleaning. Deco- rations should be very simple, avoiding deep crevices, which invite dust accumulation. ( D ) Exterior Lighting The G-E Novalux ornamental units are well designed and are practical units built to accommodate the Mazda C lamp. They are used for lighting streets and sidewalks and for throwing light upward to illuminate building fronts. They combine lighting efficiency with an attrac- tive appearance and are made for all standard lighting circuits and candle powers. Publications: Information may be obtained at our nearest office; see page 158. ( E) Flood Lighting Projectors Since the extensive use of flood lighting as applied to the exteriors of the buildings at the Panama-Pacific International Exhibition, the illumination of building exteriors has attained considerable prominence and popu- larity, due to the fact that the building and not the light- ing method is presented to the eye. The G-E Flood Lighting Projector is made expressly Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 158 ELECTRICAL FITTINGS AND SUPPLIES 6E GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY for this work and accommodates either the 200- or 400- watt Mazda C lamps, which also are made expressly for this purpose. Publications: See G-E Bulletin No. 43850 (F) For all Types of Illumination Complete equipment, including glassware and lamps, is furnished by the General Electric Company and its subsidiaries. For Opal Glass Reflector, Regent Semi-Indirect Bowls, Holophane Prismatic Reflectors and all other lighting units, as well as for general information on the subject of illumination, including that from concealed sources, con- sult various General Electric publications. (G) Lamps The Mazda is the standardized lamp for all general uses. Mazda is not the name of a thing but the mark of a service, centered in the General Electric Research Labora- tories at Schenectady, N. Y. The trade-mark, which is the property of the G-El Company, can appear only on lamps which meet the standard of Mazda service. G-E18 Generation, Transmission, Distribution and Application of Electric Power Everywhere Other products meeting every known requirement in electrical installation, as well as the equip- ment of buildings, are produced, including those for all industrial establishments, power-houses, hotels, apartment houses, residences and all other types of structures. As before mentioned, the engineering staff and various departments of the General Electric Company are available to all architects and engineers through the principal works and sales offices of the General Electric Company which are established through the United States, Canada and foreign countries. See below. The principal manufacturing plants of the General Electric Company are located at Schenec- tady, N. Y.; Lynn and Pittsfield, Mass.; Harrison, Newark and Watsessing, N. J.; Cleveland, Ohio; Erie, Pa.; and Fort Wayne, Ind. The total floor space is nearly 15,000,000 square feet. To insure correspondence against avoidable delay, all communications to the Company should be addressed to the sales office nearest the writer. THE SALES OFFICES OF THE GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY ARE AS FOLLOWS: Atlanta, Ga Third National Bank Building Baltimore, Md Lexington Street Building Birmingham, Ala Brown-Marx Building Boston, Mass 84 State Street Buffalo, N. Y Electric Building Butte, Mont Electric Building Charleston, W. Va Charleston National Bank Building Charlotte, N. C Commercial National Bank Building Chattanooga, Tenn. . . James Building Chicago, 111 Monadnock Building Cincinnati, Ohio Provident Building Cleveland, Ohio Illuminating Building Columbus, Ohio Columbus Savings & Trust Building "“Dallas, Tex Interurban Building Dayton, Ohio . Schwind Building Denver, Col First National Bank Building Des Moines, Iowa Hippee Building fDetroit, Mich Dime Savings Bank Building Duluth, Minn Fidelity Building Elmira, N. Y. Hulett Building *E 1 Paso, Tex 500 San Francisco Street Erie, Pa. . Marine National Bank Building Fort Wayne, Ind 1600 Broadway Hartford, Conn. . Hartford National Bank Building "’Houston, Tex Third and Washington Streets Indianapolis, Ind Traction Terminal Building Jacksonville, Fla Heard National Bank Building Joplin, Mo Miners’ Bank Building Kansas City, Mo Dwight Building Knoxville, Tenn Bank & Trust Building "“Southwest General Electric Company. fGeneral Electric Company of Michigan. For Hawaiian business address Catton Neill & Company, Ltd., Honolulu. For all Canadian business refer to Canadian General Electric Company, Ltd., Toronto, Ont. Los Angeles, Cal. .... 724 S. Spring Street Louisville, Ky Starks Building Memphis, Tenn Randolph Building Milwaukee, Wis. ... Public Service Building Minneapolis, Minn. . . 410 Third Ave., North Nashville, Tenn Stahlmann Building New Haven, Conn. . Second National Bank Building New Orleans, La .... Maison-Blanche Building New York, N. Y. . ...... 120 Broadway Niagara Falls, N. Y. Gluck Building "“Oklahoma City, Okla. Terminal Building Omaha, Neb Union Pacific Building Philadelphia, Pa. Witherspoon Building Pittsburgh, Pa Oliver Building Portland, Ore . . . Electric Building Providence, R. 1 . 112 Turks Head Building Richmond, Va. Virginia Railway and Power Building Rochester, N. Y. Granite Building Salt Lake City, Utah ...... Newhouse Building San Francisco, Cal Rialto Building Schenectady, N. Y G-F. Works Seattle, Wash. Colman Building Spokane, Wash . . Paulsen Building Springfield, Mass. . . Massachusetts Mutual Building St. Louis, Mo Pierce Building Syracuse, N. Y Onondaga County Savings Bank Building Toledo, Ohio Spitzer Building Washington, D. C ...... Evans Building Youngstown, Ohio Stambaugh Building For business in Great Britain refer to British Thomson-Houston Company, Ltd., Rugby, Eng. General Foreign Sales Offices: Schenectady, N. Y.; 120 Broadway, New York City; 83 Cannon St., London, E. C., Eng. FOREIGN OFFICES AND REPRESENTATIVES Argentina: Cia. General Electric Sudamericana, Inc., Buenos Aires; Australia: Australian General Electric Co., Sydney and Melbourne; Brazil: Companhia General Electric Co., Brazil, Rio de Janeiro; Cen- tral America: G. Amsinck & Co., New York, U. S. A.; Chile: Inter- national Machinery Co., Santiago, and Nitrate Agencies, Ltd., Iquique; China: Anderson, Meyer & Co., Shanghai; Colombia: Wesselhoeft & Wisner, Barranquilla; Cuba: Zalso & Martinez, Havana; England: General Electric Co. (of New York), London; India: General Electric Co. (of New York), Calcutta; Japan and Korea: General Electric Co. and Bagnall & Hilles, Yokohama; Mitsui Bussan Kaisha, Ltd., Tokyo and Seoul; Mexico: Mexican General F.lectric Co., Mexico City; New Zealand: The National Electric & Engineering Co., Ltd., Well- ington, Christchurch, Dunedin and Auckland; Peru: W. R. Grace & Col, Lima; Philippine Islands: Frank L. Strong Machinery Co., Manila; South Africa: South African General Fllectric Co., Johan- nesburg, Capetown and Durban. Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 BILLIARD TABLES AND BOWLING ALLEYS 5 L 159 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIllilllllllH Billiard Table Information for Architects We make seven sizes of billiard tables. The space required for each of these tables is listed below: Table Outside dimensions Room space required Length of cue used ayr x 5 2 ' 9 " X 4' 10” 10' x 12' 42 " 46” 5 l" 3 x 6 3 ' 4" X 5 ' 11 A" 1 1' x 14' 3 'A x 7 3 ' 11" X 1' 1" 12' x 15' 4 x 8 4 ' 7 " X 8 ' 5 " n' x 17' 14' x 18' 58” (standard cue) S 8" 58” 4 K x 9 4' n } 4 " X 9' iH" 5 x IO 5 ' sA" 8 " X I o' 1 A" 15' x2o' (regulation table) 1 6 ' X 22' (We recommend this size 6 x 12 (“English Table”) 6 ' X 12' 6 " 58" wherever possible.) For dimensions required to use two or more tables of any size or sizes, we will make suggestions and furnish complete information on request. Bowling Alley Information for Architects Below we present two drawings to show the minimum width required for a single pair of alleys, and the maximum width required when alleys are arranged in a larger series. T^oTE 73/=// / /Czrz-o'/e ty O/V ^?27//Y/?/?S>£>5 3 - 6 “- 9 ~f ~ 1 jOTZm 1,1.1 dd c '7 H w? y vv.a“ *LL£Y 0£O /~Zi " -+■///“ - 4 *—//#“ — * — /- 7 i“ \SPftCE CJ/y^EjO /0'~6^ : - ‘‘/)/y/5/offS s /o'- 7?OC>C,tt TiooRINQ 3 "'tq-"8£Ve r L£D Cembnt S-O t?r JVO'r£ 0 77 )/ 3 i. /. b/y Floozy. S- o" 4l ~pr =*a= 1 ZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZ2&^&ZZZ2Z. 'ZSZZZZZZZZZ^ZZZZZZZZZZZ. \A * ! ’. w ZA ' •, a. 1^2 'AlT)' ^ % r" < v > » A V/ty-> / 9 k"- i/i -///■ r- 7 i 7?£Qv/K>E& //-Si , , v W/r# /^ £>/y/s/ons ftequ/REs //-<:?: - The length, from back wall to the front of the approach, should never be less than 82 '-o". This allows for pit and swinging cushion q'-o"; for alley (to foul line) 63 '-o"; and for run-way 1 5 '-o". Space for players’ seats or for spectators should be in addition to the lengths and widths given. For installations of all kinds, we invite correspondence. We will gladly and without charge make suggestions and furnish complete information to help in the solution of any bowling-alley problem. The Brunswick-Balke-Collender Company 623-633 South Wabash Avenue, Chicago 29-35 West 32nd Street, New York City IIVIIHM Industrial Section illlilililllilillilllililllliillllilllliliiiiliiiiililliilllli: Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 .■ i: ■: I!,I ,i ,i ii :i';h: ;',i .,i;r ,i ii ,i ; ,i' ;i ,u ilir.l :uu,i .i'll n ;■ nil!.,l ,i I- ii ,U' im. N I'.i.-i ir.iM i: :: i.^ 160 ELEVATORS (Electric) 6F A. B. SEE ELECTRIC The A. B. See Electric Elevator Company Manufactures and Installs all Types of Electric Passenger and Freight Elevators: Single and Tandem Gear Drum Type, Single and Tandem Gear Traction Type, Heavy Duty Freight and Automobile Elevators, and Sidewalk Elevators (All of the above may be operated by direct or alternating current) Direct and 2-1 Gearless Traction Elevators (For operation under direct current only) THE DIRECT CONNECTED DRUM TYPE ELEVATOR The Direct Connected Drum Type Elevator machine consists of a winding drum, connected by worm gearing to an electric motor, all mounted on a cast-iron bed plate. A brake placed between the motor and gear housing is released electrically in operating the car and in the event of failure of current from any cause brings the car to a stop gradually and smoothly. Control. The elevator is operated by a controller, placed on or near the hoisting * machine, connected by conducting cables with a switch in the car. A safety switch in the car releases a circuit breaker on the machine, when opened, cutting off all current from the motor and stops the elevator. Freight elevators are frequently operated by means of a flexible hand-rope passing through the car and attached to the operating mechanism on the machine. Speeds. This type of elevator may operate at speeds of ioo feet to 400 feet per minute, the size of machine depending upon the lifting capacity, type of building, and character of service required. Location and Installation. The drum machine may be placed in the basement or over the elevator hatch, the latter arrangement being preferable. In an installation of this character steel guides are erected at the sides or corners of the hatchway attached to the building construction. The car is suspended in a steel channel girdle or frame, to which is attached the iron hoisting cables, the other end being fastened to the drum. Counterbalancing is effected by means of weights, running in steel guides, connected by cables to the oppo- site side of the drum. When the counterweight is in two sections the top section is connected to the car. In this arrangement two hoisting and four counterweight cables are used. A car safety is placed under the platform connected by means of a cable to a centrifugal governor at the top of the shaft. When the car exceeds a predetermined speed the governor acts and operates the safety, bringing the car to a gradual stop. An automatic stop motion on the machine provides means for stopping the car at the limits of travel. A slack cable safety is also provided to stop the motor if the car is obstructed in any manner while descending. Coiled spring bumpers are placed under the car and counterweight in the elevator pit. Safe Hoisting Attachment. In an office building, the character of which does not warrant the installation of a freight elevator, it is advisable to equip one of the passenger elevators with a safe hoisting attachment. The car girdle is equipped with a locking device to hold the car at the floors when loading and unloading safes. Automatic Push-Button Control. In residences and for private use the Automatic Push-Button controlled elevator is installed. This type is operated by push-buttons placed at each landing, with corresponding buttons in the car. The elevator shaft doors are provided with locks and switches so that only the door at which the car has stopped may be opened. The car can not run unless all the shaft doors and the collapsible gate on car are closed. Pressing a button in the car or at any floor will send or bring the car to the desired floor. This type of elevator is also suitable for use in small apartment houses where a regular operator is not required. GEARED TRACTION ELEVATOR MACHINE The Geared Traction Elevator machine is designed for installation over the elevator hatchway. A wide grooved sheave is bolted to the worm gear, both of which are mounted on a shaft running in large bearings. The general arrangement of the motor and gearing is similar to the drum machine. An idler is fastened under the machine foundation beams. A. B. See Single Gear Drum Elevator Machine iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 illlillHI ELEVATORS (Electric) 6F 161 lll|||||||il||||||||||lll|llllllilllllll!llllllllllllllli™^^ ELEVATOR INFORMATION The Cables, usually six, of mild steel, are attached to the car girdle, pass over the driving sheave, around the idler, return over the driving sheave and continue to the counterweight, to which they are fastened by means of adjustable shackles, providing equal tension on each cable. The Counterweight is composed of a steel frame fitted with adjustable weights and having suitable guide shoes. Compensating Chains, or Cables, are attached to the car and counterweight to compensate the changes in the weight of cables due to the varying position of car and counterweight in the shaft. Oil Buffers are provided in the pit under car and counterweight to bring the car to a stop at the extreme limits of travel. The Car Safety Speed Governor at top of shaft is equipped with A. B. See Single Gear Traction Elevator Machine a switch connected with a circuit breaker on the machine which dis- connects the main line current in the event of the governor’s tripping. An Automatic Stop Motion, consisting of a series of switches built as an integral part of the elevator car controller, is operated by cams in the hatchway in such a manner as gradually to stop the car at upper and lower limits of travel indepen- dently of the operator. Ultimate limit switches are provided at top and bottom of hatchway, to prevent car overrunning in either direction. A Controlling Switch is placed in the car for starting, stopping, varying the speed, etc. A safety switch also is provided for operating the circuit breaker to stop the car in case of emergency. Independent conducting cables connect the car switches with the machine controllers. The Speed of this type of elevator may be 1 50 feet to 450 feet per minute, depending upon the load and size of machine used. GEARLESS DIRECT TRACTION ELEVATOR The Gearless Direct Traction Elevator consists of a multipolar slow-speed motor, to the armature of which is attached the driving sheave and brake wheel, compactly mounted on a cast-iron bed plate, placed directly over the elevator shaft. The power from the motor is transmitted to the car without gears by cables con- necting the car and counterweight, passing over the driving sheave on the armature shaft, around an idler underneath and again over the driving sheave, to secure ample traction. Adjustable shackles are used to obtain proper tension on each cable. The Car Control, counterweight, oil buffers, etc., are similar to those outlined for the Geared Traction Elevator. This type of high-speed elevator runs 450 feet to 600 feet per minute. A magnetic speed governor regulates the revolutions of the motor. If the speed is excessive the governor operates the car safety device in the usual manner. The 2 to 1 Gearless Traction Elevator is adapted for department stores or for lifting heavy loads at speeds of about 400 feet per minute. In this method a sheave is provided on the crosshead of the car and counterweight under which the cables pass, the ends being anchored in adjustable shackles attached to the overhead beams. GENERAL INFORMATION GOVERNING INSTALLATIONS On Gearless Traction Installations a hand traveling crane with chain fall should be provided over each bank of elevators to facilitate handling when making repairs A trapdoor should also be placed in the penthouse floor so that the machinery may be lowered to the upper car landing, if necessary. Ample room should be provided in the penthouse or machine-room to provide access to the machinery for oiling and cleaning. When machines are placed overhead, it is very important that sufficient means of ventilating the penthouse be provided to prevent motors overheating. On overhead installations it is recommended that a concrete floor be placed over the hatchway, openings being left for the cables to pass through, to eliminate noise and prevent dust in the shaft from settling on the machine The owner’s work usually covers the following items: Provides shaft, enclosure, doors, and pit of proper depth at lower land- ing, supports for sheave beams or overhead machine foundation, track and support for traveling crane on traction installations; furnishes proper electric power, wiring and switches to bring current to elevator controller; provides outlet in shaft midway between bottom and top landings for light in car. Architects are urged to consult our nearest office for information concerning elevator problems. A. B. SEE ELECTRIC ELEVATOR COMPANY 220 Broadway, NEW YORK CITY Philadelphia Baltimore Boston Washington Hartford Cleveland Montreal Toronto !llllllllilllliMlil!llllflill!l!l!IM A. B. See Gearless Traction Elevator Machine Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 162 METAL LATH Nos. 3 and 4 «iu» This Association Offers a Real Service The Associated Metal Lath Manufacturers is an organization of the producers of metal lath for the purposes of promoting better conditions in the manufacture, distribution and the methods of using metal lath. The value of metal lath construction for resisting fire has been proven by fire tests conducted in different localities, and plans are now under way for a series of elaborate and complete tests by the Underwriters’ Laboratories. The acoustic properties of metal lath and plaster for parti- tions are being tested by the University of Illinois. Standard specifications for metal lath construction have been adopted by the Association. A handbook of metal lath construction, profusely illustrated, is distributed free of charge, and may be obtained by address- ing the Association office or any of the members listed below. Insure the construction that you may design by specifying your metal lath by weight as well as by gauge. Standardized Weights 24 gauge, 3.40 lbs. per sq. yd. 25 gauge, 3.00 lbs. per sq. yd. 26 gauge, 2.50 lbs. per sq. yd. 27 gauge, 2.33 lbs. per sq. yd. THE ASSOCIATED METAL LATH MANUFACTURERS 901 Swetland Bldg., Cleveland, Ohio AMERICAN ROLLING MILL CO., Middletown, Ohio THE BOSTWICK STEEL LATH CO., Niles, Ohio. THE GENERAL FIREPROOFING CO., Youngstown, O. NORTHWESTERN EXPANDED METAL CO., Chicago, 111. SYKES METAL LATH AND ROOFING CO., Niles, O. ■■■»«— — — — Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 THE BERGER MANUFACTURING CO. Canton, Ohio. CONSOLIDATED EXPANDED METAL CO'S Braddock. Pa. MILWAUKEE CORRUGATING CO., Milwaukee, Wis. PENN METAL COMPANY, Boston, Mass. TRUSSED CONCRETE STEEL CO., Youngstown. O. METAL LATH Nos. 3 and 4 163 ■ I ■■■Ill in mi mi Ill) in 1 inn ijiiiiiiib»iii:iiiibiiiiiii]iiiijiii[j Reproduced from the Metal Lath Handbook Various Details of Suspended Ceiling Construction Mr£GM F/fBff/C USED /N SUSPENDED CE/HN6 SUSPENDED CEILING CONSTRUCTION FS USED WITH CONCRETE ROOFS F/<£. 32- J A copy of this book will be forwarded upon request by any of the Member Companies or from the Commissioners. SUSPENDED CEILING SUSPENDED CF/L/P/6 jC ■Roof Seams S'-o‘ fo 6-o’C?/-s. 1 O 4 -J + — f l2‘- 1 -Stfx£Harjfer / T**aejB7 , 7 iLm FIG. 32-1 The Metal Lath Handbook recommends Metal Lath of 2 % lbs. weight. The Manufacturers are standardizing material of the following weights: 24 gauge . . .3.4 lbs. per sq. yd. 26 gauge . . . 2.5 lbs. per sq. yd. 25 “ 3.0 “ “ “ “ 27 “ ... 2 3 “ “ “ “ To insure a standard material being used upon their work, Architects would confer a favor by specifying the weight as well as the gauge of the Metal Lath they require. MEMBER COMPANIES The American Rolling Mill .... Middletown, Ohio The Berger Mfg. Co Canton, Ohio The Bostwick Steel Lath Co Niles, Ohio Consolidated Expanded Metal Companies Braddock, Pa. The General Fireproofing Co. . . . Youngstown, Ohio Milwaukee Corrugating Co Milwaukee, Wis. Northwestern Expanded Metal Co. 918-950 Old Colony Building, Chicago, 111. Penn Metal Co. . 201 Devonshire Street, Boston, Mass. The Sykes Metal Lath & Roofing Co. . . Niles, Ohio Trussed Concrete Steel Co Youngstown, Ohio THE ASSOCIATED METAL LATH MANUFACTURERS 901 Swetland Building, Cleveland, Ohio annum ■ Industrial Section null! Structural Service Book, Vol. T, 1917 164 METAL LATH Nos .3 and 4 mn—ii>Ti»m. Metal Lath and Plaster Construction The Associated Metal Lath Manufacturers have published a Handbook designed to place concisely before architects, contractors and others interested the best methods of using Metal Lath, giving illus- trations and descriptions of various types of the material and observations by the best authorities on construction affected by its use. In this Handbook are also given condensed records of various scientific experiments and reports of fire-tests made to determine fundamental data affecting the use of Metal Lath. A copy of this book will be sent to all architects making request for it by any of the member com- panies or the Publicity Bureau of the Association. (See addresses below.) Summary of Subjects Treated in the Metal Lath Handbook Report of Cleveland Fire-Test Report of New York Fire-Test Vertical Openings Beltways Elevator Enclosures Beam and Girder Protection Column Protection Suspended Ceilings Partitions Specifications Interior Plastering Specifications Exterior Plastering (Stucco) Overcoating Fire-Stops Cornice and Cove Furring Protection of Mill Construction The Cleveland Fire-Test fully described with official pyrometer readings, curves, etc., in the Hand- book was made in June, 1912, under the direction of Mr. Virgil D. Allen, Inspector of Buildings, who named as his committee to conduct the test, Mr. W. S. Lougee, City Architect; Prof. John H. Nelson, Case School of Applied Science; Mr. I.. H. Miller, Bethlehem Steel Co. This showed Metal Lath and plaster construction an efficient fire-stop after exposure to fire reaching 1929° Fahr. for two hours, and the application of water at fire-pressure thirty seconds after the fire was withdrawn. The New York Test was made July 17, 1914, by Prof. James S. McGregor, under the regulations of the Committee on Fire-Hazards of the Industrial Board of the New York State Department of Labor and was equally convincing. BELTWAYS. See description on page 165 V Noi/ (tor fas/eniny O) Tote 2 i ‘/ony cf net /ess /hen A/a. € mre [||P ^li'Anyh 1) <9— \ if -B | tV/red G/ass i( « 1 ) j r/z * Tee \ 1 ( \ f Wired G /ass ^ 1 5! \ } |*^ — 2 ' f/ny/e § \ |L didny/c M / L Conditions sometmres\ r eg a ire t/>/s pan*/ So be recessed //he Snatch 3 > to /Teop bear/ny oufs/de\. of enclosure J C.\'£‘L ay Screrr. P/a s for- f Permanent y. SKETCH n-. W/ndon/ (Att J'x S') (Framing) £ " Through 3o/ts\. ■ to fasten pane/s / 1 ' ' * 1 /Yasher- ShCFTCH 1. SEC TIONS OF PARTITIONS SHOWING FRA N1 1NG. ■Meta/ Lati . — tydrerv par/Xarr /s ccn//nu£ws fo . a than K>fT f introduce as a stiffener a 2 be" upriebf tagged to Jf /eng fh otparf/ton space those stiffeners //end orer ho/ fend after nut is screwed up tight ^/ Channe/s 3 /ft •morab/e rtna/e a/t round frame fo ho/d m *Siredg/**a 7'Pny/e Sft hgfh 4 -j' Softs or /neats about / 6" apart ~d/o.24-(5a. fietat Lath n to channe/s at /east entry '3 ~/4ng/e secure /y /ayyed to f to or and c citing SECT /ON D-D. 3 Chans*/ netted to 2 /day, to m fh g /fleets. cfs/T. head*, spaced 20 -' esparf £ Stone 3otfs(for attaching I ’Channe/s) spaced 24-’ apart intermediate he tee on meets 2 slny/e* SECTION 3 "3^ T/h C/ad //em \rao/e Fi///nyfcs (a-P/y Conrne&rtdh /och you? fed fur) /feary ^/id/ny 3o/t y y . ^- 2 .- 2 /h)j/et ('Peer y Spring L ate /? 1 F/P£ | DOOffS 2-P/u corer \d ivifh toc/f J jointed tn; \7 ft hgh. md/h\ fo a//omremo\ at of pa//ey. • •eyh £oft x J ( Latch not /ett . than /J*i’ Sc J fAroue/? bo/. tS. | Peary Jpr,ng /.afc A 1 /a m - 2~f/ng/es rise ted together miff} J /ft refs, countersue// /seeds, spaced 20 apart y ‘- , - *~/yferr Door Opening exceeds Sft. use a- "Channe/s for jambs and 2-2- ' ~~o/es for transom bar Threshold P/ate SKETCH 2. (Door & Pane/) SECTION ^Standard Details For Fire Retardant Belt Enclosures Pua 3TER4 MetauUath on Sttel Frame Partition Industrial Section Cuts/de face of Ear f/f/on^Ka Section FF SKETCH 3. fences s for 3ear/ng. SPFC/F/CPT/OA/S FO/? PL* STEF? F//PST COX 7~. - /part Fort /and Cement depart h/y dr a fed Lime, 2 2 parts sand. /I// part by ro/ume. a sac// of Cement bemy counted as ona cubic foot One pound of /ong hair or fibre per bay of Cement SECOND COAT. - Same as first coat with hair omitted. IF F/A//SU COA Tl - l/se f-port Cement /o 2k parts sand. FIG. 26-A FIG. 26-B Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 165 METAl. LATH Nos. 3 and 4. mi mi tin 111 111111111 111111111111 1 mi mm tin 1 1 mini 1111 1 mi 1 a 1 mini 1 mm B ■ BELTWAYS, continued The Associated Mutual Fire Insurance Companies (3A7), after much research, have had their Engi- neering Department design beltway protection with Metal Lath and plaster as shown by the cuts on page 164. Their Inspection Department also recommends this construction for non-bearing enclosures | of stairs and elevators, and for setting off" special hazards such as waste and oil supplies. Z7ETA/L Or ■*' HOLLO* METAL LATH PA/TT/T/OFT AHCHOXAGE FOB ELEVATOA SrAFTS, STA/F WCtii 4k. ELEVATOR ENCLOSURES The Bacon fire in Boston and the McCrory fire in Pittsburgh have emphasized the effi- ciency of Metal Lath and plaster for elevator enclosures; they have stood after fierce con- flagration monuments of their own efficiency, where brick walls had crumbled and steel beams were twisted. The importance of pro- tecting the elevator shafts is recognized; the figures show a form of anchorage that typi- fies the best in construction, one for hollow Metal Lath enclosure, the other for 2}4 inch solid wall. The materials in this type of wall yield naturally with the contraction and expansion, and their integrity is so assured that a constant can be used in computations. ELEVATOR SHAFTS, STA/R WELLS AMO OTHER VERT/ CAL. OREM//VG3 dTsZAZDsIPD CEZLZNG D£T/UL : > > • ' ^ ^ -*V . ■ '* & .• / A • A Ar y r f /> ? > a a , -RfeZa/ ZaZA yrirec/ 6 "£-inch. We use only such stones as are hard and lasting and will not deteriorate under weather conditions. All raw materials which enter into the composition of Elastica are of the highest grade obtain- able, and all are thoroughly analyzed before being used. Non-Conductor oj Heat and Cold: Elastica Stucco is an J absolute non-conductor of heat and cold. Magnesia is one of j the best insulation materials on the market today. Magnesia 1 is used for pipe-covering as an insulation, and Magnesia for | firebrick in steel mills where imperviousness to extreme heat is | absolutely necessary. It is used for refrigerating plants as an 1 insulation, as is cork. Elastica, being an absolute non-con- | ductor of heat and cold, makes the house warmer in winter and | cooler in summer. Elastica, because of its slight expansion when it sets, does not contract and crack, but makes an abso- lutely monolithic job and adheres closely to all openings around doors and windows, thus keeping out the cold weather. Fireproof: Elastica Stucco is absolutely fireproof. The use of Magnesite in steel furnaces and firebrick will confirm this. Possibly the least fireproof material in the composition of Elastica is the Silica glass sand. The fireproof qualities of Elastica make it a far better risk as a building material for insurance companies than other materials, and its use reduces the rate. Waterproof: Elastica is absolutely waterproof. We would advise disposition of this question by merely making a test of a sample which we will send on application. The waterproof- ness of Elastica will be readily apparent. Factory Mixed: Elastica is a factory-mixed product. This insures an absolutely uniform cement as to proportions of in- gredients and coloring matter. Every bag of cement is exactly the same. This has been one of the most vital drawbacks of stucco as a building material. In most other stuccos, the mix is left to an incompetent workman who mixes the material on the job. Every pound of material which enters into the com- position of Elastica is thoroughly weighed and mixed at the factory for an exact length of time in the most efficient mix- ing machine made. Variety of Finishes: Elastica may be obtained in a great ■iiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiH Industrial Section variety of finishes. The finish coat is made in green, red, buff, brown, or white; in addition, any dash may be applied over these colored backgrounds. There are 70 to 80 different finishes to select from. Effects are produced by the use of granite, quartz, and other dashes. Two or more colors may be used on a house. This gives a very pleasing contrast. Elasticity: Elastica Stucco possesses an elasticity which, considering the hardness of the material, is exceptional. Elastica, while being hard and possessing four or five times the tensile strength of Portland Cement, is elastic and will not crack unless an unusual amount of settling takes place or the building is not properly constructed: where the studding, sheathing, lath, etc., are not properly secured or nailed. Durability: Elastica is extremely durable and will not crack because: 1. Elastica is factory mixed. 2. Elastica is absolutely waterproof, and so does not per- mit of dampness penetrating the backing over which it is used. 3. Elastica expands slightly while setting, and weather changes have no effect on it. 4. Elastica takes up shrinkage and expansion of lumber without the material cracking. Various Constructions: Elastica can be applied over any construction now being used for buildings. It may be used with perfect satisfaction over brick, hollow tile, wood lath, or patent sheathings. We advocate using wood lath or patent sheathing, because Elastica gives perfect satisfaction over these less expensive wood constructions. Old Frame Buildings: There is also a large field for Elastica in old frame buildings. A frame house, properly kept up, must be painted every two or three years. By put- ting Elastica on these buildings, one eliminates the expense of repairing and painting. It gives the house a fireproof ex- terior, beautifies it, and makes it warmer in winter and cooler in summer. While the cost of stuccoing a frame building is greater than painting, in the long run it will be cheaper, because there is no future expense of upkeep. If the siding on a frame house is securely nailed, one may lathe diagonally over the siding, following regular wood-lath specifications. Covering a building with Elastica materially reduces the fire-insurance rates. Cost and Covering Capacity: One ton of Elastica, two coats, each coat JS^-inch thick, will cover between 85 and 100 yards to the ton, depending upon the construction over which it is used; over l)^-inch wood lath, lathed J^-inch apart, about 90 yards to the ton, or better, will uniformly be ob- tained; over patent sheathings, about 85 to 95 yards to the ton; and over tile or brick, between 75 and 90 yards, depending entirely upon the way the job is lined up. The dry rock dash will uniformly cover about 200 yards to the ton. From these estimates it is easy to figure the cost per square yard for ma- terial. In figuring the covering capacity, no allowance is made for openings, unless a single opening contains 6 square yards, or more, in which case it is deducted. Cost of Applying: Elastica can be applied a great deal cheaper per square yard for labor than other stuccos for the reasons: 1. That it is a factory-mixed product, eliminating a great deal of labor on the job in mixing ingredients. 2. Because it works easily under the trowel and covers many square yards more than other stuccos, giving a saving in tonnage. Freezing Weather: Elastica can be applied equally satis- factorily in warm weather or in weather below zero. It will not freeze. It is mixed with a Chloride of Magnesium, a chloride salt solution, and positively will not freeze under the severest weather conditions. Buildings may now be covered at any time during the year. Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 Illlllllllllllll 176 RADIATORS (Gas) 7J Ventilating Gas Radiators — — Hawks System A FLEXIBLE system ol individually gas- fired radiators, trim in appearance, resembling a steam installation. Use iron pipe or tile vents. Draw fresh air con- tinually into the room like a fireplace, but without draft. Advantages: positive ventilation; clean fuel; quick, economical, convenient heat, always ready. Construction simple, with no parts to get out of order. Efficiency high because of long circula- tion path for vented gases (see cut). Burner enclosed within radiator. Operate by natural draft, without fans. No water, steam, valves or gauges. Types in heavy cast iron, or 22-gauge, Rust-Resisting Armco Iron. See page 1318, Sweet’s catalogue, 1917, or drop us a card for further particulars. 6-Section No. 52. Cast Iron. 30 feet radiation < e HAWKS LINE OF 40USTRIAU APPLIANCES HUGO MFG. CO. DULUTH - - - MINNESOTA EM Section to show long circulation path Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 BOILERS 10 C 177 Smokeless heating boilers which burn cheap soft coal For factories, ware- houses, hotels, etc., in districts where soft coals are plentiful and low in price IDEAL Smokeless Down-Draft Boilers will prove a big factor in cutting down overhead expenses. IDEAL Smokeless Down-Draft Boilers Save on the coal bill and give plenty of heat are made of everlasting cast-iron, outwear steel boilers many years. Meet all requirements of smoke ordinances. Easy to run and clean. Tested in the leading soft coal markets for past five years and approved by all Smoke Inspectors. Ask for catalog “Ideal Smokeless Down- Draft Boilers” — and let us refer you to _ ^ _ . . , — 0 , , present installations of these famous Down-Draft Boiler, showing ample gas-spaces through boilers — to know first-hand about their the water grate, and the processes of smokeless com- l i # j bustion of soft coal between the double grates. Cleanliness and economy, A merican Radiator C ompany Sales branches and showrooms in all the large cities Battery of eight IDEAL Smokeless Down-Draft Soft Coal Boilers in Curtiss Aeroplane Factory at Buffalo. Self- contained; no brick-setting. Burns soft coal without smoke. Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 178 VENTILATION 10E and 10G P^pexifi^ation^} ventilation The Ohio Blower Company 9229 Detroit Ave., Cleveland, Ohio Branch Offices and agencies in principal cities from coast to coast Front View Swartwout Rotary Ball-Bearing Ventilator, glass top type, with type of base recommended Write for Ventilation Data Card giving ventilator and base specifications as described at right All ventilators to be of the Rotary Ball Bearing type, /Glass top \ r /galvanized [ . [Metal topj 1 I copper j resisting metal, all interior mem- bers of angle iron, hot galvanized after forming and punching. The ventilators to turn sensitively on accurately machined bronze bear- ings, employing bell metal balls, and counter-weighted on outside. The ventilators to be equipped with outside louver dampers to throw accumulated dirt outside of building, louver to be operated from within by brass chains over brass pulleys. Gauge of metal* to be The Ohio Blower Co., Cleve- land, Ohio, Standard, as furnished in Swartwout Rotary Ball-Bearing Ventilators at regular prices. Top of collar and bottom of hood to be stiffened with galvanized angle iron rings.** *If desired, give standard gauge as shown in table of dimensions on Standard Venti- lation Data Card, Sweet's Catalog or our Catalog — “The Gospel of Fresh Air.” **Follow with specifications for base — (see Data Card, “Sweet’s,” or catalog). HPO INSURE FRESH AIR to the structures you design there is no surer or more econom- ical method than to specify RING 0EA bale taR v Patented Write for Data Card. An 8K x 1 1 in. card, giv- ing fresh air requirements, table of capacities, venti- lator and base specifica- tions, etc., in quick refer- ence form. In writing for Data Card kindly use pro- fessional letterhead. Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 BOILERS 10C 179 When You Consider the Heating Boiler Sections 7 8 9 10 11 12 09 aj 09 03 09 P P P P P P c S >» S S >1 S >» s >> S Steam adiatio Carried O a .43 '3 IS a 0 0 ‘o O a .43 ■3 fS B 0 O 0 O a .2 B 0 O 0 C9 G *3 fS a 0 0 *3 O a 0 ‘3 fS B 0 O 0 C9 a 0 ’« SS B 0 O 'o w 43 w <19 w 0 w 09 w 43 H 43 c3 d c3 Cj c3 c3 ps Ph ps Ph PS PS 1000 62.0 3.1 61,0 2.7 60 0 2.3 59 0 2.1 2000 67.5 5.7 66.0 4.9 65.0 4.3 64.0 3.8 62.5 3.4 61.5 3.2 3000 71.0 8.2 70.5 6 9 69 5 6.0 08.5 5.3 67.5 4.8 60.5 4.4 4000 71.0 10.9 72.5 8.9 72.5 7.6 72.0 6.8 71.5 6.1 71.0 5.5 5000 67.5 14 4 69.5 11.7 72.5 9.6 73 . 5 8.3 74.0 7.3 74 0 6.6 6000 62 . 5 18.6 64.5 15.1 68.0 12.2 71.0 10.3 72.5 8.9 74 5 7.8 7000 59 . 0 19.2 62.5 15.5 65.5 13.0 07.5 112 70.5 9.7 8000 59.0 16.4 61 5 14.0 65 0 12.0 9000 59 0 14.8 13 14 15 16 17 18 2000 60.5 2.9 58.5 2.8 3000 65 . 5 4.0 63 5 3.8 61.5 3.6 59 5 3.5 4000 70 0 5.0 68.0 4.8 66 . 5 4.5 64.5 4 3 62.5 5.2 00.5 .4.9 5000 74 0 6.0 72.5 5.6 70.5 5.3 69.0 5.0 07.5 6.0 65.5 5.7 6000 76 . 0 7.0 75.5 6.4 74 0 6.1 72.5 5.8 71 5 6.8 70.0 6.4 7000 73.0 8.5 75.5 7.5 76.5 6.8 75.5 6.4 75.0 7.5 74.0 7.1 8000 69.0 10.2 72.5 8.9 75 . 5 7.9 77.0 7.2 77 . 0 8,4 77.0 7.8 9000 64.5 12.3 68.5 10.6 72.0 9.3 75.0 8.3 77 . 0 9.5 77.5 8.7 10000 60.0 14.7 64.0 12.6 68.0 llO 71.5 9.7 74.0 10.9 76.5 9.8 11000 59.5 15.0 64 . 0 12.8 68.0 112 71.0 12.5 74.0 111 12000 59 . 5 15, 1 04 . 5 12.9 68.0 14 3 71.5 12.5 13000 61 0 14.8 64 . 5 10.3 68.5 14.2 14000 61 .5 18.4 65.0 16.1 15000 61,0 18.4 Mills Water Tube Boiler of great assistance. They enable you to determine the number of sections and the efficiency at various rates of combustion. Size of boiler and grate area are not the important factors, for a boiler of the Mills design will supply the steam or hot water even though smaller than some other makes. Tables on all sizes of the Mills Boilers should be in the hands of the architect. RADIATION. EFFICIENCY AND RATE OF COMBUSTION No. 48 MILLS BOILER. From performance tests You want to know the one that will be of greatest efficiency at that rate of combustion which will give satisfactory service the greater part of the time. It is not safe to specify grate area, for not all boilers of the same grate area will supply the same amount of steam at the radiators, nor will all be of the highest efficiency. The character and location of fire surface, rate of fire surface to grate area, and details of construction are important. Cooperating with heating engineers, you will find the tables relating to The H. B. Smith Company WESTFIELD, MASS. NEW YORK PHILADELPHIA BOSTON 10 East 39th Street 1225 Arch Street 138 Washington Street No. 56-56 Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 ■ ■ I'i':' 1 :;.! ; ::!'M . .. h , lihii-j:, 1 11 180 llllllillllllllllllllllfllllllllllllllllllllllllllll iiiiiiiiiiiiiiin AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS 4A3 and 4F Mr. Architect and Master Builder: In creating modern buildings first consideration is given the requirements for safety of life and of the owner’s investment. Architectural beauty is considered as much as ever, only nowadays it does not transcend the practical. Fire is the greatest menace to safety of life and investments. Therefore the essentials of safety from fire are fundamental in building creation. AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS Provide essentials of safety from fire. Also provide many economic benefits They - — SAFEGUARD LIFE “The automatic sprinkler affords the largest degree of protection of life against fire.” — The National Fire Protection Association’s Sajety to Life Committee. Not a life lost in more than 20,000 fires in sprinkler-equipped buildings under conditions such as obtained in the Triangle and Diamond factory fires where 160 lives were lost! “Loss of life would not have occurred had the Triangle building been equipped with automatic sprinklers.” — Opinion oj New York Fire Department . More than 3,000,000 persons work daily under constant protection from fire by automatic sprinklers in factories and shops in North America. The 3,000 pictured at the right do. MAKE BUILDINGS FULLY FIRE-RESISTANT “Fireproof” buildings are proof against fire in that the materials of con- struction are incombustible and will not burn, but this physical property does not impart to the contents of buildings any mysterious power to resist fire. The Triangle factory fire happened in a “fireproof” building. It effectually exploded the delusion that a “fireproof” building is a sufficient assurance of safety, and showed that such a building is as a stove in which the contents are fuel and human beings potential cinders! Incombustible materials of construction offer passive resistance to fire while automatic sprinklers in discharging water when actuated by fire offer active resistance and, in consequence, protection to contents. MAKE SAFETY PAY DIVIDENDS; BETTER BUSINESS Automatic sprinklers reduce insurance cost from 40 to 90 per cent, accord- ing to construction, occupancy and location of buildings. In the average “fireproof” loft building in New York the reduction is 85 per cent. The announcement pictured at the right was in a grade-story show window of such a building. Moreover investments in sprinkler protection hold the record for brief periods of amortization and thereafter increase profits as much as 20 per cent. “Sprink'Iers are practically an insurance against vacant lofts; the un- sprinklered building cannot compete with the sprinklered building for tenants,” says a big New York renting agency. “We do not know of any investment that will yield the owner greater dividends in economies.” BUILDING 8(6ds Per Year. iUsJJl * CONSERVE CONSTRUCTION AND DECORATION ESTHETICS Architects sometimes object to automatic sprinklers because the exposed piping of ordinary systems does not always harmonize with the esthetics of interior construction and decoration. But this difficulty is easily overcome. Supply pipes can be concealed in construction work and sprinkler heads arranged so that they just protrude through the ceiling and ornamental devices serve to harmonize them with decorative schemes. How inconspicuous is a concealed sprinkler system is illustrated in the picture at the left, a view of the principal’s office in a completely sprinklered private school — only the sprinklers are visible. INFORMATION SERVICE DEPARTMENT National Automatic Sprinkler Association 80 Maiden Lane, New York, N. Y. ,1 i. 1 . Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 lull ■! I' ini 'I '■ II || I!'|I -|. r :■ 1, 1 :i 11 1 'i 'i 1 1 : i';N 1 n:'i 111 Mi' 1 11 1111 1111 1. h m 11 m 11 11 ' 1 'i ■; 1 ; 'i ; mi 1 ini' 1 1 ; 1: ih 11 ii.ii'n ■! -iT.i ill llliMIIIIII .'III..!', : .:,M!:|n"'.r|:"N;|ri-i ll ,l :in ;l, !!|J r. 'M, :! :i -Ml M l| .f :'|l , I.T-.iJ T : I'.:: M"l ; T' l [ I I !M"I I Ml ■ I ■! , 'i,r '■ f, i. i 'I .i'.-; : : ,l'!i , ' ll.::- : r , , AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS 4 A 3 and 4 I 7 181 pHllllllillllllllllllliiiiiiiilllHIIIIIlIlflllllllllllll^ Potential Power of Architects to Create Conditions Favoring Conservation C ONSERVATION now consumes the attention of the public— there is grave need of con- servation of the food supply — feeding is as necessary as fighting to win the war. Much food has been wasted by both feasting and fire. Mr. Hoover tells how to conserve the food supply by regulating consumption. The National Hoard of Fire Underwriters (New York) tells how to conserve food and other things from waste by fire in “Safeguarding Industry — A War-Time Necessity,” a book of common-sense rules for remedying conditions favoring the inception and spread of fire. The book is valuable to architects. A mere request will get a copy. Six conditions favor inception and spread of fire, says the book: (1) Disorder; (2) Ignorance and Carelessness; (3) Defective Equipment; (4) Faulty Construction; (5) Insufficient Protection; and (6) Lack of Defense. Architects are mainly responsible for conditions three, four, and five. Though only half the number, they comprehend many more factors of safety than the others. Therefore the potential power of architects to create conditions favoring conservation. The most vital condition concerns the control of fire. The book says: Common sense will tell you that almost all fires have small beginnings , from which arises the old saying that the first five minutes in fighting afire is worth more than the next five hours. This means that your means of extinguishing should be immediately accessible , in other words , that such means should be distributed throughout your premises so that at no point will they be far away . The most valuable of all devices for this purpose is the automatic sprinkler , which is too familiar to need description. It provides an immediate downpour of water at the exact place of the blaze , and generally extinguishes such a blaze at once. Insurance companies recognize this protection by making a large reduction in rates wherever buildings are well equipped with sprinklers. Among “Practical Suggestions for Reducing Fire Loss” is this: When properly installed , with an abundant and constant water supply at proper pressure , and the equipment maintained in a constantly operative condition , the automatic sprinkler has proven itself to be the most reliable and satisfactory fire extin- guishing device in use , being suitable for effective service in practically every class of structure and under nearly any condition of fire hazard arising from causes incident to occupancy or processes. It is therefore urged that such protection be installed in every structure where the nature of the occupancy is not such as to render these devices inoperative or ineffective. Today the design and equipment of buildings to resist and control fire is not only a practical necessity, but also a war- time necessity , and above all, A PATRIOTIC DUTY! ARCHITECTS SHOULD EXERCISE THEIR POTENTIAL POWER NOW! Information Service Department National Automatic Sprinkler Association 80 MAIDEN LANE, NEW YORK, N. Y. I 1 l!lll.ill:li:l II li :■ il i'M l.l'l:i U I'lml l.il ;! li l,.!,.l! I.ll.l ll I: l.'l it.l. I; U :l .1 ,C.I ,l.l.:l':rTJ ;l .u ;l , .1 i., i: 1 | 1 :I I.i i..i..Ij,i,U.i..i.I I U.U;! i.N:l.;.| i l.l 1.1, Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Voi . I, 1917 llll!!ll!lllill!llll!!IIII!ll!ll!lillil!llllilillil!lillllli]lilllllli!l!li!illllllll*lli!IIIIM 182 iiiiiii ( AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS 4A3 and 4 F Ill III ! 1 .1 II I'll. "!I I 1 . 1 '.■■'I'll- ir.l :hi IIWIMU.!' 1 ii.ij: Get the Fire or Get Away from It? Which is the Fundamental Principle of Safety? G ETTING away from fires, rather than “getting” fires before they get away, would seem to be regarded as the fundamental principle of safety from fire in the usual run of laws enacted to provide for this safety. The nature of these laws implies the expectancy that once a fire begins it inevitably progresses to a dis- astrous finish, for the laws provide mainly for means of getting out of buildings (exits) and give little, if any, consideration to getting control of fire before it gets out of hand. Whereas , to “ get ” the fire before it gets away is the fundamental principle of safety from fire! SAFETY POSSIBLE INSIDE BUILDINGS Safety laws virtually say this to those in whose interests they are enacted: “You cannot be safe from fire in any building; the only place of safety is outside buildings. The laws provide for exits whereby you may reach safety, and it is up to you to use this means of assuring your own safety.” EXIT REQUIREMENTS SHIFT RESPONSIBILITY Really, in this respect, laws shift responsibility of assuring absolute safety from fire from where it rightfully be- longs to the shoulders of those whom the laws are intended to protect. Those who are responsible for condi- tions of safety may well argue that in providing exits they have done all that is required of them, and ignore altogether the need of doing what is necessary to provide for the control of fire where it originates — the funda- mental requirement for safety from fire. CONTROL FIRE WHERE IT ORIGINATES Fire is controlled where it originates by water discharged from automatic sprinklers opened by the heat of the fire in about the same time as it takes to remark this fact. Automatic sprinklers, according to the authoritative records of the National Fire Protec- tion Association, have controlled, where they originated, 95.47 per cent of 18,795 ^ res during a period of twenty years. SPRINKLER PROTECTION MOST EFFICIENT WHERE LIFE-HAZARD GREATEST! But where life has been most seriously hazarded, sprinkler protection has been most effec- tive! Sprinklers successfully controlled 98.1 percent of 10,285 fires in fifty classes of property where life was most seriously hazarded — 2.63 per cent better than the general average! And in these fifty classes (36 per cent of total number listed) were 60 per cent of all the fires ! Which is quite sufficient justification for the National Fire Protection Association’s Life Safety Committee’s estimate of the value of automatic sprinkler protection as an assurance of safety to life from the hazard of fire: “ It is today an almost unquestioned fact that the automatic sprinkler affords the largest degree of protection of life against fire. The immense number of fires which have either been promptly extinguished or held in check by the quick operation of the automatic sprinkler definitely demonstrates this when the record is compared with similar fires startmg in buildings which had no sprinkler protection and in which large loss of life has resulted." And mark this. All of the hue and cry over exits is because of the loss of life in fires in buildings not equipped with sprinklers. In nearly 19,000 fires in sprinklered properties not a single life has been lost under such circumstances as obtained in the fearful holocausts in the Triangle waist factory in New York, the overall factory in Binghamton, and the Diamond candy factory in Brooklyn. Automatic Sprinklers “Get” the Fire Before It Gets Away — The Fundamental Principle of Safety from Fire Information Service Department National Automatic Sprinkler Association 80 MAIDEN LANE, NEW YORK, N. Y. Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIM AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS 4A3 and 4F 183 llllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllIM^ Why Gild “Fireproof?” ii I .fireproof,” popular fancy synonymizes with safety from fire; invests incombustible rl materials of construction with mysterious power to impart their characteristics of fire resistance to completed and occupied “fireproof” buildings. “It’s absolutely fireproof; it cannot burn,” is the familiar chatter of the owner of a “fire- proof” building containing enough fuel in combustible contents to steam a mammoth ocean liner several days. The Triangle Waist Factory fire which took a fearful toll of human life in a “fireproof” building, and the Edison Works fire which blazed unrestrained through nine “fireproof” buildings in seven hours, completely gutting them, are sufficient examples of the fact that it is not the function of a “ fireproof ” building to safeguard contents The merits of “fireproof” construction are beyond question, but whatever these merits they cannot comprehend incombustible building materials as a sufficient assurance of safety from fire in an occupied “fireproof” building. “Maximum fire protection,” a manufacturer of an incombustible building material announced, would be assured by the use of it. How so, when maximum protection against fire comprehends not only the incombustion of construction materials but also active control of fire, and all that can be expected of incombustible construction materials is passive resist- ance? They cannot, by any stretch of fancy, be considered as having any effect whatever on the burning of combustible contents. Complete Fire Resistance is made possible by automatic sprinklers. The fire-activated automatic discharge of water right where it is needed most, in the heart of a fire, not only actively resists the flames in combustible contents but also fortifies the passive resistance of the materials of construction. Last fall, in a New York suburb, a sevpn-story “fireproof” storage warehouse experienced a fire which is comprehensively epitomized in this conclusion in a report prepared by Ira H. Woolson, consulting engineer to the committee on construction of buildings, National Board of Fire Underwriters: “The one fact which stands out above all others in connection with this fire is that a suitable sprinkler system would have saved the concrete building with its contents and probably have controlled the fire in the frame building. It is one more demonstration of the folly of depend- ing upon fire-resistive construction alone to protect inflammable contents of a building from fire. The owners had evidently made sincere efforts to have a very safe structure. It was in general well built; wired glass windows were provided on all sides; the protection of vertical open- ings was standard; double approved fire doors were provided on communicating doorways; sets of fire pails properly filled were scattered about each floor, but were useless because of the smoke which entered the building preceding the fire. With all these precautions the building is today badly wrecked; a large proportion of the contents is ruined either by fire or water, and a total property loss of $125,000 or more has been sustained. Only a portion of this is covered by insurance and the business of the owners will be more or less paralyzed for many months. All this could have been saved by a comparatively small invest- ment in sprinkler protection.” A “FIREPROOF” BUILDING IS— COMPLETELY— WHEN SPRINKLERED Information Service Department National Automatic Sprinkler Association 80 MAIDEN LANE, NEW YORK, N. Y. .■ ,! || I, r.i!.,ih.„ ii.!;KN„i.,ii.i!.ii.Mi,: .1 1 .in .1 1, 1 .u: u; nn : u..i.i ii.r u 1 ini .1.1 ,in n.i: 11 Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 1 ilium mi iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiim DOORWAY THE STEARNS HOUSE at Bedford, Mass. Built in 1 802. Reuben Duren, Architect. The front elevation of this house was shown in Vol. I, No. 2 of the White Pine Monographs. WOOD iiiiiiniiiiiilliiilliii 5 D ■Mr HpHREE essentials for success in home-building are — a ^ practical plan, artistic design and good workmanship. But without the fourth essential — proper selection of materials —the other three are of little avail. l ake the matter ol lumber. All woods are not equally good lor all uses. One is good for one purpose — another for another. Select woods lor their proper uses, and you will have no disappointments. White Pine For the outer covering ol a house — subjected to the rigorous onslaught ol rain and snow, heat and cold, sun and wind— no other wood is so durable and holds its place so well, without warping, splitting, rotting, or opening at the joints, as White Pine. Address IV HITE PINE BUREAU , Representing 2 1 44 Merchants Bank Buildings St. Paul , Minn. The Northern Pine Manufacturers’ Association of Minnesota, Wisconsin and Michigan, and the Associated White Pine Manufacturers of Idaho I Industriai Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, iiiiiiiiiiiiii 9*7 lllll!l!lll!llllll!l!l!!!!!lllll|!ll!l||||||!ill||l!l!lllliy ';(llllllllllll!ll!(llllllllllllll!llllllll!||llll!ll!llllll!|l!ll!llllll!lilljll|!l||lil!ll!!IIIW lIllllllllllllllillllltllllillllllllllllllllllllH WOOD $D ilillilililiililiiiiiiil llllllllllllllllllllllllilllllllliilllllllllllllllllllllllillllllllM OAK The Wood Used from Time Immemorial UNIVERSALITY Oak has been regarded as the king of the forest from the earliest days. Its manufacture into lumber was a pioneer phase of the hardwood industry of the country. By reason of respectful familiarity there is an inbred accuracy in handling Oak among those who work in woods. Oak is strong, tough, enduring and beautiful. Its application to all forms of building con- struction, adornment, and equipment is practically without limitation — so infinite are its possibilities. CHARACTERISTICS AND EFFECTS The Oaks in this country are commercially divided into two varieties — the White Oak and the Red Oak. In height they range from 60 to ioo feet, and in diameter from i to 6 feet. The growth is from southern Maine and southwestern Quebec to central and southern Ontario, the lower Peninsula of Michigan, southern Wisconsin and southern Minnesota, and to southern Nebraska and Kansas, southern and northern Florida and Texas, and to the Gulf. The leaves of nearly all varieties of White Oak have rounded lobes while those of the Red Oak are invariably pointed. The bark of the White Oak is also an aid in identification, as from its whiteness it gained its name. The medullary rays of no wood in the world are more utilized to commercial advantage than those of the Oak. Quartersawing is for the purpose of bringing them out and producing the beautiful figured effect so much admired by all. They are the bright streaks, clearly visible to the naked eye, in the end of an Oak log, radiating from the center outward like the spokes of a wheel. By quartersawing, the rays are cut edgewise and appear as bright streaks or flakes, often called mirrors, on the surface of the board. IN HOME-BUILDING In its charming simplicity, Oak will be in style and good taste for all time to come, and its choice for interior finish, paneling trim, doors, furniture, and floors insures the quality that gives a friendly atmosphere to the home. IN PUBLIC BUILDINGS Oak doors and interior trim for public buildings are desired, not only because of Oak’s historic excellence as a cabinet wood and its inborn trait of “staying put,” but also because by its use the best results may be obtained without the experimentation required with woods less thoroughly standardized. There is no other wood which will better withstand the very hard usage to which doors, interior trim, flooring, paneling and furniture are put to in public buildings. THE OAK MANUFACTURERS’ ASSOCIATION From the felling of the trees in the forest and the selection of logs by size and quality, the manufacturers of Oak lumber are now enabled to take the fullest advantage, by cooperative work, of the experience gained through long years of training. With mechanical appliances of the very best type for specified methods of sawing — by piling and seasoning according to the best established practice — and through following approved standards of inspection and grading, the manufacturers of Oak lumber are able to offer a product and assure a service in accordance with the highest state of the art in the growth and uses of Oak. We have now in preparation a booklet about Oak which will shortly be ready for distribu- tion. It, and the service of the Association, are at the command of those desiring information pertaining to this premier hardwood. The American Oak Manufacturers’ Association Bank of Commerce & Trust Building MEMPHIS, TENN. iilitiiiliU!llll]||l!lllllllin:iilli!li:iili!iii!]|i]li:ii]i::i i::i' i ll! m i:::i i :i ; ; ; 1 :: , .,! : :■ ::i i 1 .1 : i : : : : . ,:! : ii.n r ri ,! : :i :u .1:1 .! h ;i :■ i 1 : i j ii ; | :: 'j :: ;i ,' j Industrial Section 185 |||!!I!III|||||||N> Structural Service Book, Voi . 1 , 1017 186 WOOD D5 JUNE / - 19/5 “ ' a i i 5 £ S I - * ‘ r* S 111 Ini H t/UNE es-/s?/s These two photo- graphs show the rapid progress made in the construction of the pat- tern shop of the Allis- Chalmers Manufactur- ing Company. No Time Lost Here Waiting for Delayed Material. One Million F eet of Southern Yellow Pine Used. * Yes Sir! Mill Construction! Would you build — now a new Shop, Factory, Foundry, Mill, Warehouse? What is your chance to obtain structural material promptly — NOW ? The time-saving, money-saving, trouble-saving course open to you is to erect the Standard Mill -Construction type of building — employing, for interior framing and floors, sturdy, durable, dependable Southern Yellow Pine Unlimited quantities of highest grade Southern Yellow Pine, in all its forms, are available now, including heart timbers meeting completely every requirement of the Density Rule, formulated by the U. S. Forest Service and adopted as stan- dard by the Southern Pine Association, the Society For Testing Materials, and the United States Navy Department. Standard Mill-Construction, employing Southern Yellow Pine, is the most ECONOMICAL as well as the most SERVICEABLE type ol industrial struc- ture. Properly sprinklered.a mill-constructed building is rated lar more lire sale than a non-sprinklered building ol so-called "fire-prool” type. Our new hook, “Mill-Construction,” an authoritative and comprehensive work on modern building, is ready for distribution, 1 A copy will be sent you, gratis, promptly on request. Southern Pine Association 2092 Interstate Bank Bldg., New Orleans, Louisiana el:-.: Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 lilllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllilllllllllM WOOD 5 D 187 pilllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll D Lj a 1 ^ /71.T TTV/T “ The wood unsurpassed for XV-tl/J-J LJLJIVI Interior Finish” Characteristics , uses and effects: Commercially the term “red gum” applies to the heart wood of the red gum tree. In Europe this wood is known as red gum, satin walnut and hazelwood. Unselected gum, or sap gum, may be partially heart wood and partially sap wood or all sap wood. Red gum is furnished in either plain or quarter-sawed lumber and veneer, as is the unselected, or sap gum. Red gum selected for figure can also be supplied in both lumber and veneer. Gumwood is adaptable to a great variety of uses including the best grades of the richest colored and highly figured panels used in artistic architec- tural woodwork of all kinds. The effects that can be obtained by staining are varied and unusually attractive. Red Gum has become a leading cabinet wood be- cause of its beauty, adaptability and fine workable qualities. Selections of lumber or veneer may be made to meet special requirements, either of highly figured wood or plain wood, quarter-sawed or plain sawed. Veneer is also manufactured in sliced and rotary cut. Below see illustrations of two pieces cut from Gum Wood showing the range from the simplest plain-sawed plain wood to the quarter-sawed figured wood, the latter a veneer. Between these there are many varia- tions, as explained and illustrated in “Technical In- formation about Red Gum.” “ America's Finest Cabinet Wood" No. 2 No. 2 — Shows plain sawed Red Gum, plain wood (commonly termed Plain Red Gum, but when plain-sawed plain wood is de- sired it should be specified as "Plain Sawed Red Gum, plain wood”). This is a fine example as it runs by the car load. How- ever, not all plain sawed Red Gum, plain wood, is perfectly plain, as most Red Gum shows some stripe effects and color tones. Its character is soft and delicate, and finished natural or stained, is very pleasing and attractive. Millions of feet are used, both in this country and abroad, for interior finish, fur- niture, etc. No. 7 No. 7 — A panel of quarter-sawed Red Gum veneer, figured wood, matched. All Red Gum, whether figured wood or plain wood, quarter-sawed or plain sawed, has a rich, reddish-brown color, with a character as soft and delicate as the sheen of fine satin, and quarter-sawed figured Red Gum veneer offers possibilities for matching figure known to no other wood It produces a great variety of markings and color tones, and selections of flitches may tbe made to meet the individual taste of*the designer. It has the combined beauty of Circassian Walnut and Mahogany, yet has a distinctive character peculiar to no other wood. The Gum Lumber Manufacturers’ Association was organized three years ago with headquarters at Memphis, Tenn. The Association now has a membership composed of one hundred and thirty of the leading gum manufac- turers. It has become a power which has lifted gum to a leading place among the cabinet woods. The Gum Lumber Manufacturers’ Association has carried on a scientific study of the best methods of manu- facturing, caring for and kiln-drying gum lumber. During the last three years, since the Gum Lumber Manufacturers’ Association began a general publicity campaign in behalf of red gum, its use has increased more than one hundred per cent, in our domestic markets, and at the present time it is giving universal satisfaction. This is due entirely to a thorough understanding of the wood, which begins with the progressive lumber manufacturer, includes the appreciative discernment of the architect and ends with the gratified client. Publications: — The Association has prepared and will gladly send to Architects and other readers of The Journal , either or both of its Booklets, entitled: “Red Gum Facts,” “Technical Information about Red Gum,” which are referred to under sub-divisions in this issue. It offers its facilities and service, and samples when desired, to all those desiring the fullest information, facts and recommendations pertaining to the use of Gumwood where its use is best, whether in large work or small. GUM LUMBER MANUFACTURERS’ ASSOCIATION 1339-44 Bank of Commerce and Trust Building - MEMPHIS, TENN. Illlllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll^ llllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllli Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 g ini 188 VARNISH 12E iiboh^ Murphy Varnish Company Chestnut and McWhorter Streets NEWARK, N. J. 50 West 22nd Street CHICAGO, ILL. THE DOUGALL VARNISH COMPANY, LIMITED, MONTREAL, CANADIAN ASSOCIATE Transparent Interior Nogloss Interior Var- Semi-gloss Interior Transparent Floor Velvet Floor Varnish. Transparent Spar Varnish. Univernish. White Enamel. Semi-gloss Enamel. Enamel Undercoating. Konkreto. Products. Murphy Varnish. Murphy NISH. Murphy Varnish. Murphy Varnish. Murphy Murphy Murphy Murphy Murphy Murphy Murphy Scope. The Murphy Varnish Company has been in exist- ence over half a century. It supplies most of the rail- ways, the manufacturers of fine furniture, pianos, auto- mobiles, and the other large consumers who are experts in the use of varnish. We make over 200 kinds of var- nish — it being true to-day, as it always has been, that no one varnish can be used for all purposes. Architectural Varnishes. The varnishes and enamels described below are those which time and experience have proven best for fine architectural work. Murphy Transparent Interior Varnish — A fine transparent lustrous varnish which brings out the grain of the wood, flows freely, covers a great deal of surface, rubs easily, and keeps its full beauty for many years. Used extensively in fine residences, hotels, public build- ings, office buildings and wherever fine woodwork needs to be beautified, protected and made sanitary. $4 a gallon. Murphy Nogloss Interior V arnish — This var- nish, used for the final coat over Murphy Transparent Interior, gives a rubbed effect without the labor of rub- bing. Beautifully shows the grain of the wood. Can be used alone by applying the proper number of coats. $4 a gallon. Murphy Semi-gloss Interior Varnish — As the name implies, it is half way between the Nogloss rubbed effect and the Transparent Interior (unrubbed) and gives a slightly rubbed appearance. $4 a gallon. Murphy Transparent Floor Varnish — A fine free-flowing varnish that rubs easily, producing a very smooth, beautiful surface. Does not flake off; is not affected by reasonable exposure to moisture, air, or water. It can be covered year after year with a new coat, TRADE SYMBOL whenever required, without removing the original coat.' Stands the wear of passing feet; is not affected by heavy furniture rolled over it and is, besides, the most enduring of floor varnishes. Used in thousands of fine homes, hotels, office buildings, etc. $4 a gallon. Murphy Velvet Floor Finish — For final coats only over Transparent Floor Varnish when a semi-gloss finish is desired. Has the effect of wax without the slipperiness, and requires no rubbing. $4 a gallon. Murphy Transparent Spar Varnish — A fine durable outdoor varnish for all outside work except floors. It is moist ureproof, endures heat and cold, and resists grit and smut as long as any varnish possibly can. It lasts a long time and remains attractive as long as it lasts. $5 a gallon. Murphy Univernish — A varnish for many uses — for inside and outside work and for floors. Proof against hot or cold water, steam, hot dishes, alkali, alcohol, ammonia, etc. Nothing turns it white. For these reasons, it is a particularly good varnish for places which are unduly exposed to rough use. While the name suggests its all-round use where these qualities are desired, it is not, and no one varnish can be, the best varnish for every technical purpose. Univernish does, however, approximate the good quali- ties of many fine varnishes and may be relied upon for elegant finish and durability. Murphy Univernish stands the extremes of weather wonderfully, does not thicken in the can, nor clog the painter’s brush; it works easily and flows out smooth. Do not apply Univernish over shellac or liquid fillers. $4.50 a gallon. Murphy White Enamel — A pure white enamel of the finest grade and long life. It can be used either indoors or outdoors — dries hard for indoors and wears wonderfully well for outdoors. Can be tinted, of course. $6.50 a gallon. Murphy Semi-gloss Enamel — As a final coat over Murphy White Enamel it produces a beautiful semi-gloss effect without the expense of rubbing. $>6.50 a gallon. Murphy Enamel Undercoating — Dense cover- ing, flat drying. Is used for foundation coats for Murphy White Enamel. Much more suitable for this work than lead-and-oil. If colored enamel surface is wanted, the second and succeeding coals should be colored to match the enamel. 84 a gallon. Murphy Konkreto — For the sanitary treatment of concrete or cement floors, walls, or ceiling. Gives smooth surface. Prevents them from wearing, dusting and getting mouldy. Makes them as easy to clean and keep clean as tiling. $4.50 a gallon. iniiiM Industrial Section ■III Him a 1111 mini Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 VARNISH 12E 189 : i:.: 1 "ii:ii"::'rii;.i :i !i:l:;l!il.i 'ii:i : n»;'i:;i:!lii: Book on Varnish and Enamel. We will furnish any architect, on request, our book on Architectural Varnishes and Enamel, and place him on our lists to receive bulletins and such other literature as we may prepare from time to time. Free Educational Murphy Books. Rare woods. Eight and one-half by eleven inches in size. An artistic and useful repository of rare wood finishes. Architectural Varnishes and Enamels. Pocket edition, alike helpful to architects, painters and owners. Beautiful Eloors and How to Care for Them. The House That Found Itself. An illustrated story of how a house was made into a home. Beautiful Boats and How to Care for Them. A handsome book illustrated in color indicating the uses of Murphy Transparent Spar Varnish — the brineproof varnish. Murphy Linoleum Varnish. Murphy Finishing System for Carriages and Motor Cars. Pure Colors Ground in Oil. Specification Guide for Varnish and Enamel. Below is a convenient reference guide to specifica- tions for varnish and enamel. To any architect who de- sires a copy of these specifications we shall be glad to send them. We urge that not only the maker be named, but the particular kind of varnish desired. It is not sufficient, for example, to say “Murphy Varnish.” We make many grades, each one the best for its special purpose, but no one the best for every purpose. We do not recommend the phrase “or equal” in any specification. It results in the use of inferior var- nish. We believe that the clients’ interest, your own. and each bidder’s interest will be better served by speci- fying directly what you want, whether it is Murphy Varnish or some other make. The slight difference in cost between good varnish and poor varnish is more than offset by the longer life of good varnish, by its saving of labor in application and the greater area covered, and a skillful painter, es- timating on a definite basis, will always want the quality varnish. Specifications for Wood Finishing Materials — All materials shall he of the manufacture of the Murphy Varnish Company and delivered at the mill or building in the original containers for inspection by the ar- chitect. Preparation — All woodwork shall be thoroughly dry and all stains, finger marks or other blemishes carefully removed before any finish is applied. Back Priming — All back surfaces of woodwork shall be primed at the mill with 1 coat of paint, consisting of 15 lbs. of pure red lead to 1 gal. of pure boiied linseed oil. well brushed out. Interior Natural Finish — All oak {or other open grain wood. 1 ;) finishing woodwork shall be prepared for varnishing with a coat of Murphy Filler No well wiped off the surface. Note — All open grain woods should have the pores filled, in order to present a smooth surface for varnishing, unless an open pore effect is especially desired. All birch {or other close grain woods) finishing woodwork shall be prepared for varnishing with a coat of Murphy Shellac- quer. white or orange as the case may require. Note — All close grain woods are thinly shellacked to prevent undue absorption or sinking. Fillers should not be used on close grain woods. (A) Rubbed Finish — All oak finishing woodwork shall be given 3 coats and birch 2 coats of Murphy Transparent Interior Varnish, allowing ample time for drying between coats. Under- coats shall be lightly sandpapered and final coat, except in serv- ice portions of house, shall be rubbed down with pumice and water, and then with oil. Note — Woods in italics are variable. The birch or other dose grain wood is given only 2 coats of varnish, because the Shellacquer is the equivalent of a third. A flowed-on gloss finish is the more practi- cable for the service portions of the house, and naturally more eco- nomical. {B) Rubbed Effect, Dull — All oak finishing woodwork shall be given 3 coats and birch 2 coats of Murphy Nogloss In- terior Varnish, allowing ample time for drying between coats. Undercoats shall be lightly sandpapered and final coat flowed on. (C) Rubbed Effect, Semi-gloss — All oak finishing woodwork shall be given 3 coats and birch 2 coats of Murphy Semi-gloss Interior Varnish, allowing ample time for drying between coats. Undercoats shall be lightly sandpapered and final coat flowed on. Note — . 4 , B and C are alternatives. B and C give a rubbed effect without any rubbing. Exterior Natural Finish — The oak entrance doors and frame shall be given a coat of Murphy Filler No well wiped off the surface, and 3 coats of Murphy Transparent Spar Varnish. Ample time shall be allowed for drying between coats; undercoats shall be lightly sandpapered and final coat left in the gloss. Note — Parts in italics are variable. Exterior varnish is generally left in the gloss, but may be rubbed, if desired, after hardening for a week. Wood Floors — All oak {or other open grain woods) floors shall be prepared for varnishing with a coat of Murphy Filler No well wiped off the surface. (. 4 ) Gloss Finish — All wood floors shall be given 3 coats of Murphy Transparent Floor Varnish, allowing ample time for drying between coats. Undercoats shall be lightly sandpapered and final coat shall be left in the gloss. Note — If a rubbed finish is desired, substitute for the words in italics the following: ( B ) Rubbed Finish — Rubbed down with pumice and water and then with oil. (C) Rubbed Effect — All wood doors shall be given 2 coats of Murphy Transparent Floor Varnish and 1 coat of Murphy Velvet Floor Finish, allowing ample time for drying between coats. Under coats shall be lightly sandpapered and final coat flowed on. Note — . 4 , B and C are alternatives. C gives a rubbed effect with- out any rubbing. A flowed-on gloss finish is the more practicable for the service por- tions of the house and naturally more economical. To a great extent, a gloss finish is used in the main portions also, as the gloss is soon toned down, due to the periodic wiping with damp cloths to remove the dust. Enamel Work — The finishing woodwork in ( state room or rooms) shall be given 1 coat of pure white lead and linseed oil paint and 3 coats of Murphy Enamel Undercoating, each coat lightly sandpapered. (A) Gloss Finish. — Follow the above with 2 coats of Murphy White Enamel, flowed on evenly. (B) Rubbed Finish — Follow the above with 2 coats of Murphy White Enamel, flowed on evenly, the latter coat rubbed down with pumice and water to a semi-gloss or dull finish as directed. (C) Rubbed Effect — Follow the above with 1 coat of Murphy White Enamel and 1 coat of Murphy Semi-gloss Enamel, each coat flowed on evenly. Note — A, B and C are alternatives. C gives a rubbed effect with- out rubbing. SiiiiiiiitiiniiiiiiiiMiiiiiiiiiiiinjiiiiiiiiiiHiiniiiui iibiiiiiiii 1111 inmiimi iiiiiiiiiii Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 190 STAINS 12D W alls finished with Cabot’s Old Virginia White. Roof stained with Cabot's Creosote Stains. J. W. O’Connor, Architect, New York Cabot’s Creosote Shingle Stains The original and standard shingle stains. Soft, rich and transparent coloring effects, guar- anteed wearing qualities, thorough preservation of the wood. The thoroughly reliable stain, proved by thirty-five years’ use under all conditions. Cabot’s Old Virginia White The Modern Architectural Outside White The clean, brilliant "whitewash white” effect of Old Virginia White has real distinction. It is a softer and yet a brighter white than paint, and its texture and color-values are essentially different in character from the heavy, hard paint coating. This makes it especially appropriate for the modern "Colonial,” because it gives the house at once the aspect of well-groomed old age — a result that it would take years to accomplish with paint. Cabot’s Old Virginia Tints 'This softness and textural quality have led many of the leading architects to call for the same compound in tints, and Cabot’s Old Virginia Tints are now made in a wide variety of delicate shades. The tones are almost pastel-like in quality, and the effects produced are most unique and pleasing. Cabot’s Stucco Stains For staining and rainproofing cement buildings. Rich colorings, without gloss or shine, and with no coating to chalk or peel. Cabot’s Waterproof Brick Stains Made in various colors, for faded, off colored or uneven brick, and colorless for waterproof- ing only. Cabot’s Sheathing and Deafening “Quilt” Warmer, more permanent, and cheaper than back-plaster. The most scientific, sanitary, and perfect heat insulator and sound deadener ever made. Conservo Wood Preservative For preserving posts, sills, planks and all similar woodwork. Dampproofing An adhesive damp course for direct plastering. Full information on request Samuel Cabot, Inc., Chemists Boston 1133 Broadway, New York 24 W. Kinzie Street, Chicago Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 FLOOR HARDENER 1E10 piiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii 191 L. SONNEBORN SONS, Inc. MAKERS OF IAPIDOIITH ■mmi TRADE MARK The Liquid Chemical Hardener for Concrete Floors 262 Pearl St. NEW YORK SPECIFICATIONS Concrete Floors Harden and dustproof all concrete floors with Lapi- dolith, manufactured by L. Sonneborn Sons, Inc., New York, as per the following directions: Clean the floor of all dust, dirt, and oil. Flush on and distribute Lapidolith evenly with a long-handled white- wash brush. Allow the concrete to dry thoroughly between applications, i. e. allow several hours or longer for drying. Dilute Lapidolith with water for well-laid dense floors. First application: i part Lapidolith to 2 parts water Second application: 1 part Lapidolith to 1 part water Third application: 2 parts Lapidolith to 1 part water Following is a form whose chief merit is its brevity. Unless the contractor has had previous experience with Lapidolith, it is safer to include the directions as given above. Concrete Floors Top dressing for all concrete floors to be hardened with L. Sonneborn Sons’ Lapidolith floor hardener, which is to be applied in strict accordance with the manufacturers’ directions. REMARKS Lapidolith Lapidolith is a liquid | I | I LI chemical which renders I I 111 ■ ■ n i r baaBass trade: mark b.Mi concrete floors hard, dustproof, wearproof and watertight. When applied to old concrete floors, Lapidolith will prevent further dusting and disintegration. Advantages of Lapidolith Prevents dusting and wear of floors, because the texture of the floor, after this chemical has permeated it, is as hard as granite. Lapidolized floors take on a fine surface finish under service. After Lapidolith is used, floors will not crumble or dust, thus saving cost of expensive repairs to machinery and injury to merchandise. The labor cost of applying Lapidolith is negligible. Only unskilled labor is required, and an average man should be able to cover from 10,000 to 15,000 square feet per day with one application. Covering Capacity of Lapidolith One gallon will cover 80 to 100 square feet with three applications. This will vary according to porosity of the cement. Three applications are sufficient to harden the ordinary floor. Tests of Lapidolith Abrasion Test on Bauschinger Apparatus. — Cubes, two weeks old, treated with Lapidolith and untreated, showed the following results after 200 revolutions of the abrasion disc: Untreated sample weighed before the test . .750 grams After the test 429 grams Loss 43 per cent, or 321 grams Treated sample weighed before the test . . 770 grams After the test 742 grams Loss only 3 per cent, or 28 grams Permeability Test.- —Water was forced, under 30 pounds pressure, through sections of pipe, 1 in. deep and 6 ins. in diameter, filled with concrete treated with Lapidolith and untreated concrete. Concrete used was composed of 1 part IlllflllitllllllllJIlllllilllfllllllllllllllllllllJlllllIllllllllIIIIIIllEJ of Portland cement and 3 parts of 20-30 Ottawa sand. Figures below express in cubic centimeters the water which permeated the bodies of concrete in given times: Water permeated the Water permeated the Time U ntreated Concrete Lapidolized Concrete i minutes . . .1.132 cu. cm. . . .0.135 cu. cm. 30 minutes .0.186 cu. cm. . 0.074 cu. cm. 60 minutes . .0.174 cu. cm. . . 0.046 cu. cm. Guarantee of Lapidolith The chemical change effected by Lapidolith is guaranteed to be permanent. CEMCOAT The Sanitary Washable Wall Coating SPECIFICATIONS FOR CEMCOAT For exterior and interior walls or for floors apply two coats. Allow two days before floors are subjected to heavy wear. How to Apply. — Clean the surface to be coated of all dirt and grease. Thoroughly stir the Cemcoat with a broad paddle, before using, so as to mix the pigment and vehicle, and do not allow any sediment to remain at the bottom of the container. Apply the Cemcoat with a flat wall-brush, working it well into the pores so as to secure an even and well-bonded coat. If any thinning is necessary, use only a little turpentine. Cemcoat for Interior and Exterior Use Cemcoat is an ideal enamel -like wall- and floor -coating, in white and colors. Absolutely free from all poisonous ingredients. It forms an even, non- porous surface which accords no lodgment for dust and cannot be injured by soap and water, or even water applied by a hose. The pigment and vehicle used in Cemcoat produce a tough wear-resistant and smooth surface to which dust and smoke will not adhere and which can easily be maintained in a perfect, sanitary condition. Cemcoat for Interior Walls. — Not affected by extreme cold, steam or water; prevents oil-, water-, and lime-stains, and will not crack, crumble or wear off. White Gloss Cemcoat. — Reflects all the light and dissem- inates it equally throughout the room. It does not turn yellow. Unlike enamel it needs no under coat, thus lessening the cost. Covering Capacity. — One gallon of Cemcoat will cover 200 to 250 square feet of surface with two coats and requires no filler or primer. Colors. — Made in any desired shade. The following standard colors are always in stock: Gray, red, green, stone, brown, terra-cotta, cream, white, concrete, moss-green, maroon, and black. Cemcoat for Exterior Walls. — Used effectively onbrick, tile, slate, stone, wood shingles, canvas or felt, and on plaster or concrete. It seals the pores and minute cracks on the surface, and, on account of high degree of elasticity and intense adhesion to surfaces, is not affected by expansion or contraction of building material and will not peel oil or crack. Lasts in- definitely and will remain waterproof under the most try- ing conditions. For walls where moisture must not be allowed to penetrate, Cemcoat is the logical coating. Cemcoat for Flooring. — When a decorative effect is desired, concrete floors may be treated with Cemcoat. It renders them not only attractive, but also free from dust and dampness. iiniwiiHiniiiiiiiiiiiiiniM Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 Industrial Section aillllllMllllllllllllllllllllllllllili PAINT (Steel and Iron Preservative) 1I 8 SOLVAY PROTECTIVE PAINTS AND DAMP-PROOF COATING Biltmore Hotel, New York City. Steel protected by Solvay Hydraulic Paint. Warren & Wetmore Architects Terry & Tench Co., Inc. Steel Contractors This is the type of buildings using Solvay Paints and Damp-proofing THE SOLVAY PROCESS COMPANY SEMET-SOLVAY COMPANY Department of Special Products SYRACUSE, N. Y. ii;;i.iNi:i::i.ii;! Industrial Section ii!:niitiiiiiiiii!iiiiiiii!iiiiiiiii!iiiniiiiifiiniim Structural Service Book, Vol. I, IQ 17 30 E. 42nd St. NEW YORK CITY Tel. Murray Hill 2491 332 So. Michigan Ave. CHICAGO, ILL. Tel. Harrison 3580 60 State St. BOSTON, MASS. Tel. Fort Hill 4990 PAIN T (Damp-proofing and Metal Preservative) iD and i IK 193 MEANS PROTECTION PRESERVATION PERMANENCE W HETHER you design amphitheatres or bungalows, skyscrapers or dairies, bridges or residences, great factories or tiny garages, there’s an “R. I. W.” to safeguard the investment. Architects are invited to avail themselves of the services of our technical staff and the facilities of our distributors. “R. I. W.” Tockolith (Patented) The gray Portland Cement paint, used as a priming coat on metal. Permanently protects metal against corrosion. Can he applied over in- cipient rust. No. 112 “R. I. W.” Damp -Resisting Paint Black, water-proof, ren- ders metal impervious to moisture, acids, alkalies or electrolysis. Recommended as second coat over “R. I. W.” Tocko- lith on metal not exposed continually to the action of light and to the elements. Valuable where steel is to be imbedded in masonry. “R.I.W.” Cement Filler and Cement Floor Paint (Patented as to Portland Cement, February 27, 1906 1 A preservative and deco- rative treatment for con- crete floors to render them wear-proof, oil-proof and water-proof. Twelve stan- dard shades; special shades to order. “R. I. W.” Hospital and Laboratory Enamel A hard- usage, white enamel. Water-proof, acid- proof, stain-proof, fume- proof. Will not turn color. Meets most rigid sanitary requirements. TOCH Products do protect. They also preserve and beau- tify. It costs more ulti' lately to leave Toch Products out of a structure than to put them in. “R. I. W.” Liquid Konkerit Primer, and Liquid Konkerit (Patented as to Portland Cement, February 27, 1906) Cement paints for damp- proofing and beautifying brick, cement and concrete walls. Also used on interior of such walls as a decora- tive finish. White, also any color desired. “R. I. W.” Toxement (Patented) A lubricating, colloidal powder to be mixed with Portland Cement. Reduces number of voids to the minimum. Makes Portland Cement construction absolutely water-proof. No. 110 “R.I.W” Damp -Resisting Paint Black, water-proof, alkali- proof. Excellent for backing lime- stone, granite, marble, etc. Protects against chemical action and discoloration. “R. I. W.” Marine Cement A black, water-proof com- position. Used for damp-proofing exterior foundation walls and footings. Applied cold with brush. Best filling for seams, water -proofing between decks, or wood sleepers laid in concrete. Write for descriptive literature Department S. TOCH BROTHERS Technical and Scientific Paint Makers Since 1848 320 Fifth Avenue, New York WORKS: New York; London, England; Toronto, Canada Industrial Sf.ction Structural Service Boo OL. I, KJI7 194 PAINT (Steel and Iron Preservative) I F8 " Many pigments actually stimulate rust- S OME paint ingredients speed cor- rosion ! No single pigment or pre- pared paint gives fullest protection against all rust stimulating agents, and at the same time adequate resistance to paint-destroying agents that cause an early breakdown of the paint film, permitting rusting agents to attack the metal. Utmost protection against rust and ut- most durability of a protecting paint body is only obtainable by a painting process. Patton’s Ironhide is a two-paint, rust- proofing process. Both paints are inhibi- tive, impervious to all rusting agents. Each paint has special qualities, filling properties, adhesiveness, elasticity, resistance to abra- sion and vibration and inertness to paint destroying fumes, gases, acids, etc. Each is a scientific, highly standardised paint. In combination they provide an enduring, rust- proofing armor which maintains protection at lowest cost. Get this book “The Theories of Rust” — and a full des- cription of Patton’s Ironhide, the rust-proofing process. This book is worthy of your files and will command the respect of your own tech- nical knowledge. Write for it today. PATTON PAINT COMPANY Milwaukee Wisconsin Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 Industrial Section iiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiinuiiiini PAINT, VARNISH, AND ENAMEL 12E 195 SPECIFICATIONS Property of John Doe PAINTING — All painting shall be done with In other words, all painting shall be done with an eye to permanent beauty. Matheson White Lead and pure linseed oil form a paint that stretches and shrinks with surface changes without cracking. It endures for years, resisting all weather attacks and retaining its good looks. “Matheson” is especially suited for interior walls and woodwork. Any tint, texture or finish is obtainable. MATHESON LEAD COMPANY 559-571 Vernon Avenue Long Island City, N. Y. Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 iiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiimiiiiiiiM 196 STUCCO BOARD 11D6 A few FACTS about BISHOPRIC STUCCO BOARD CRBO- 5OTE.0 LATH DOVB- TAIL LOCK The Stucco Job that Lasts Look at the illustration of Bishopric Board. Note how the Stucco is dovetailed into the lath. The Stucco and Bishopric Board are practically Welded together into one solid piece. The Stucco can’t let go — it’s clinched to the lath. The lath are creosoted, imbedded in Asphalt Mastic on a background of heavy fibre-board. Nails through each and every lath hold the Stucco Board firmly to the frame-work. Bishopric Board can’t sag and crack the stucco. The fibre-board, Asphalt Mastic and creosoted lath give ab- solute protection against heat and cold, wind and weather. They form a construction that is waterproof, vermin- proof and sound-proof. Directions for Applying Keep Bishopric Board dry, protected from rain and dampness, until ready to apply. When applied, nail thoroly as fast as put on so that rain will not twist lath strips before they are fastened. When thoroly fastened, water cannot harm them. In fact, in dry weather they should be sprinkled before applying stucco. When fastening Bishopric Board, have lath strips cross the grain of under sur- face at right angles. If fastened direct to studding the lath, of course, should be horizontal. There is really no need for using seven-eighth inch sheathing, as the Stucco Board is a sheathing. Bishopric Board is making Stucco finish more popular. It is providing a background that is dependable — that prevents unsightly cracks and breaks and that gives added life to the entire structure. That is why architects, contractors, builders and owners all over the country, who take the trouble to investigate its merits, specify and use Bishopric Board. In applying Bishopric Board, be sure to nail securely with No. 6 galvanized wire nails, direct to the studs 1 6 inches apart, over sheathing on new work, or over siding on old work. This will insure the board against buckling or warping. Bishopric Board comes in rolls four feet wide of twenty-five foot lengths each. Write (or our tree book, “Built on the Wisdom of Ages,” illustrating homes, apartments, factory and public buildings finished in stucco on Bishopric Board. It contains letters from architects, builders and users, and extracts from reports of scientific tests. It also gives full instructions for making a stucco mixture that will last. With this book we send free samples of Bishopric Board. Write today, investigate for yourself, be convinced. The Bishopric Manufacturing Co. 914 Este Ave. Cincinnati, Ohio Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 ENGINEERING SERVICE iE$ 197 ?■ . r* ■ , : ' 3 * Engineering Service Extends Appreciation of Reinforced Concrete A Cathedral of reinforced concrete that withstands earthquake shocks For the past twenty years our engi- neers have been perfecting patented types of reinforced concrete con- struction to carry out their work suc- cessfully. This work has widened the field of application until today reinforced concrete makes available the best material and type of construction for a large variety of building requirements. This ornate cathedral with its arches and vaults is not exceptional. Perfect results are obtained here as well as in the plain manufacturing building shown below, where smooth ceilings not only eliminate corners around which fire can work, but insure speed of erection, building safety, ample light and ventilation. It is hardly within reason to expect an architect to maintain an organization capable of handling all the details of this highly specialized work. We are therefore offering through architects an engineering service on a fee basis without obligation to use our own or any other particular products. * *• V it' ' We are able to give patent protection on practically all types of reinforced con- crete construction. We can handle work through any one of the branch offices in the different parts of the country. We can turn the force of our entire organization on one job to assist the architect to execute his commission in an unbelievably short time. | . - ;.T -U'- -i. If Corrugated Bar Company, Buffalo, N. Y, Boston New York Syracuse Philadelphia Detroit St. Louis Chicago St. Paul Houston Atlanta A plain factory building of reinforced concrete Designers and Patentees of Types of Reinforced Concrete Construction, Corr-Plate Floors and Flat Ceilings, Corrugated Bars and Corr-Mesh for scientific reinforcements ENGINEERING SERVICE DEPARTMENT This service is carefully explained in bulletins prepared by our engineers, covering service rendered on the following kinds of buildings: Factories Warehouses Hotels Hospitals Machine Shops Office Buildings f Industrial Section Structural Service Book Voi.. I, 1917 m-' J'. N ii 1 i "i:r .ii, n,i' j.:i'!,n ,i'.i!.i!-,i ,■ 1 . : i- r 198 iiiimiiiiiiiiiiiiiii! mniiiiiiiiii IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIHH CEMENT AND CONCRETE iEanduCi lllilllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllltllllllllllllllllllllllll The Atlas Portland Cement Company NEW YORK, N. Y. BRANCH OFFICES Chicago, 111. Philadelphia, Pa. Boston, Mass. Minneapolis, Minn Des Moines, Iowa St. Louis, Mo. Dayton, Ohio Savannah, Ga. WORKS Northampton, Pa. Hannibal, Mo. Hudson, N. Y. PRODUCTS: Atlas Portland Cement. A gray cement of the highest quality, strength and uniformity; tested in our own labora- tories and guaranteed to more than meet all requirements of standard specifications. Atlas-White. A true Portland Cement of the same strength, uniformity and high quality as gray Atlas, but pure white in color and absolutely non- staining; tested in our own labora- tories and guaranteed to more than meet all requirements of standard specifications. Atlas-White Mixtures. When white mor- tar or delicately tinted mortar is de- sired, white sand must be used. This is difficult to obtain in some localities. We therefore prepare three different Atlas-White mixtures consisting of Atlas-White Non - staining Portland Cement and fine white silica sand in different proportions as follows: Atlas-White Mixture No. I — Composed of i part Atlas-White and I part fine white silica sand. Atlas-White Mixture No. 2— Composed of I part Atlas-White and 2 parts fine white silica sand. Atlas-White Mixture No. j — Composed of i part Atlas-White and J parts fine white silica sand. These mixtures come to the work in bags ready to be mixed with water. Uses of Products and Suggestions for Specifications Atlas Portland Cement may be used for structural work, plain and reinforced, for stucco, and for all uses where a uniform high-grade Portland Cement is demanded. It more than meets the requirements of all standard specifications and, in fact, is recognized as “the standard by which all other makes are measured.” Atlas-White : For Stucco (See modern stucco specifica- tions in “Early Stucco Houses,” and “Color Tones in Stucco” listed below under “publications.”) For setting , backing and pointing. Atlas- White Portland Cement makes ideal mor- tar for setting, backing and pointing all stone, marble, tile and other material where stain is to be prevented or where a white or clearly tinted mortar is desired. How to specify mortar for backing or setting stone , marble , and other masonry: All to be set shall be thoroughly cleaned and wet down. All mortar used for setting and backing shall be composed of one part Atlas-White Portland Cement, three parts clean sharp sand [and one-tenth (or less but not exceeding one-tenth) part of hydrated lime] all measured by volume. Water and all tools used for mixing shall be absolutely clean. Mortar shall be spread to within one inch of face to allow for pointing. il!llli;illii!lltll!l!i!:illlllllli>i!!i:li:ll llll lllillllllllllllfflUIOUlllBlllllllllllllllllllllllHIHffllllMIM Industrial Section IUUULi Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 llllllllllllllllllll!IU!ll!!l!lll!lllllllllllll!llll!llllllllllllllll!l!!l!lllllllllil!ll!IIIIIIIIIIII!llll!l!llll!lllllll!IIIIIIIIIIII!lll!!llllillllllll!IIIIIIIIIIII^ Illllllllllllliillli I! Illlll Illlllllllll mill illllllllllllilllllllili PIMMM CEMENT AND CONCRETE iEand nCi 199 Hill! ■■■iiiim^^ No more mortar shall be mixed at one time than can be used within one hour after mixing. How to specify mortar for pointing stone , marble and other masonry: All joints shall be thoroughly raked out and cleaned to a depth of at least % of an inch. Before actual pointing, the joint shall be washed out and thoroughly wet. All mortar used for pointing shall be composed of i part Atlas-White Portland Cement, and i part fine white silica sand (Atlas-White Mixture No. i, may be used). The joints shall be (Here specify character of pointing, whether stuck, bead, flush, sunk, pointed, etc.) and according to more explicit directions of the architect. No more mortar to be mixed at one time than can be used within one hour after mixing. All water and tools used for mixing shall be absolutely clean. No pointing shall be done in freezing weather or when work is exposed to hot sun, unless protected. How to specify for laying floor tile: On top of the structural floor or base, lay a y 2 inch bed of mortar composed of one part Atlas -White Portland Cement, three parts clean sharp sand, and one-tenth part hydrated lime. This mortar to be spread over a space of about six feet square only at one time and carefully leveled. On this bed of mortar lay the tile, which have first been well saturated with clean water. The mortar must be stiff enough not to work up between the joints. After this work has been allowed to harden (two days is usually sufficient time) the tile are to be scrubbed with clean water, and the open joints thoroughly grouted with neat Atlas-White Portland Cement mixed with water to the consistency of thick cream. When this grout begins to stiffen, the excess mortar on the surface of the tile shall be carefully rubbed off and the floor left per- fectly clean. (Although it is common practice to use neat cement for the grout, a thin mortar of one part Atlas-White and one part clean fine sand is sometimes used.) How to specify for setting and pointing wall tile : (No. i) On the wall surface or base, spread a 3 ^ inch bed of mortar composed of one part Atlas-White Portland Cement, two parts clean sharp sand, and one-tenth part hydrated lime. This mortar to be spread over a space of about six feet square only at one time and carefully leveled and plumbed. On the bed of the mortar set the tile which have been well saturated with clean water. The mortar must be stiff enough to stay in place and not to work up between the joints. (No. 2) Each piece of tile shall be well saturated with water and “buttered” on the back with mortar, composed of 1 part Atlas- White Portland Cement, three parts clean sharp sand, and one-tenth part hydrated lime. The tile shall then be set in place and tapped until firmly seated and plumb. After this work has been allowed to harden (about two days is usually sufficient) the surface of the tile shall be well scrubbed with clean water and the joints filled with neat Atlas-White Portland Cement mixed with clean water, stiff enough to stay in place on the vertical surface. The excess mortar on the surface of the tile shall be thoroughly rubbed off and the work left perfectly clean. Note: When mortar is to be colored, the coloring material should be mixed thoroughly while dry with the cement and sand, and until the mixture is uniform in color. The coloring matter should never measure more than one-tenth the volume of cement. Atlas Service to Architects: We have compiled valuable information on concrete and the uses of cement and shall be glad to cooperate with architects who so desire, in the solution of their problems in the best use of cement, in developing the most economical layouts for reinforced concrete construction and with other suggestions. Publications : Early Stucco Houses (including stucco specifications) Color Tones in Stucco (including stucco specifica- tions) Concrete on the Farm. Concrete in Highway Construction. Reinforced Concrete in Factory Construction. Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 Industrial Section 200 CONCRETE PILES iC aymond How arc they made ? Answers A permanent shell is placed in the ground and is then filled with concrete; the shell protecting the concrete from distortion and damage. The cost depends entirely upon the number of piles involved and local condi- tions at the site. From 20 to 40 piles per eight - hour shift can be placed under usual con- ditions. Raymond Concrete Piles can be placed as close as 2 feet 6 inches on centers. Raymond Piles will sup- port from 30 to 50 tons each, depending upon local Building Ordinances. The average length depends upon the soil penetrated, and varies from 18 to 40 feet. Raymond Method 1 A collapsible mandrel or core, measuring 8" in di- ameter at the point and increasing in diameter .4" per foot of length, is expanded. O This expanded core is “ encased ina sect io nal , spirally reinforced, sheet steel shell and is now ready for driving. 3 The combined core and shell is driven into the ground to sufficient pene- tration. The core is then collapsed and withdrawn from the shell. 4 The shell — which remains in the ground — is then carefully inspected as it is to be the receptacle of the GREEN concrete. 5 Carefully prepared con- crete is now poured into the shell, thus forming a complete Raymond Pile, perfect from tip to top. Simple, isn't it? Raymond Concrete Pile Company New York 140 Cedar Street Raymond Concrete Pile Company of Canada, Ltd., Montreal, Canada Branch Offices in all Principal Cities Chicago 111 W. Monroe Street How are they made? See Answer No. i What do they cost ? See Answer No. 2 * e- * * How fast can they be placed? See Answer No. 3 * * ** 1 How close can they be placed? What load will they carry? What is their average length? | See Answer No. 4 See Answer No. 5 See Answer No. 6 1 * — * . 1 1 — — X Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 Industrial Section GRANITE 2E1 201 ANNOUNCING THE National Building Granite Quarries Association INCORPORATED T O afford aid and protection to the members thereof as an assembly of business men; — promote and further the use and sale of granite for building purposes; — secure the co-operation of the manufacturers of building granite in their relations with each other for the purpose of furthering the general welfare of the building granite industry; — guard the common interest of members as affected by legislation; — protect said members against oppressive, arbitrary, or unjust administration of unfair tariff laws, and against arbitrary and unjust discrimination of freight rates and classifications; — gather and disseminate practical and useful information relating to building materials generally, and to building granite in particular; — promote harmonious relations between employers and employees, for the pur- pose of furthering the use of granite in competition with other building stones and materials; — promote and secure better and more uniform contract conditions; — collect and disseminate credit information; — stimulate the activity of invention both in processes and tools; — purchase, own, hold, lease, convey, mortgage, pledge, transefr, or otherwise acquire or dispose of real and personal property, or rights of every class and description, or any interest therein necessary or desirable for carrying out the aforesaid objects and purposes. The above extracts from the Constitution and By-Laws of this Association comprise its purposes and objects. JOHN S. McDANIEL, Secretary 31 State Street, BOSTON, MASS. LIST OF Bodwell Granite Company, Rockland, Maine Booth Bros. & Hurricane Isle Granite Co. 208 Broadway, New York, N. Y. H. E. Fletcher Company West Chelmsford, Mass. John L. Goss Corporation 166 Devonshire Street, Boston, Mass. Lemmerman & Hoffman Granite Co. Mount Airy, N. C. Lovejoy Granite Co. - Milford, N. H. Maine & New Hampshire Granite Corp’n North Jay, Maine Mount Airy Granite Cutting Co. Mount Airy, N. C. MEMBERS The New England Granite Works Westerly, R. I. The North Carolina Granite Corp’n Mount Airy, N. C. Rockport Granite Co. - Rockport, Mass. Rodgers Granite Corporation 271 West 125th St., New York, N. Y. J. D. Sargent Granite Co., Inc. Mount Airy, N. C. The John Swenson Granite Co. Concord, N. H. Webb Pink Granite Co. - Milford, Mass. Woodbury Granite Co. - Hardwick, Vt. Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 GRANITE 2 E 1 202 giiiiiiiitiiinfifiiiiiiiiiiiriiiiiiii* ! Milford Massachusetts Granite WEBB PINK MILFORD WEBB WHITE MILFORD WEBB BUFF MILFORD WEBB PRODUCTS Milford, Mass. Granite for Commercial and Monumental Buildings and Memorials. Rough, Cut, Rubbed or Polished. DESCRIPTION OF WEBB GRANITES The Webb Pink Milford is a distinctive, warm-toned Pink granite, having a uniform distribution of clear, black spottings, which contribute to the clean, clear-cut appearance, which has made Milford Granite a famous building material. This granite does not take on a cold appearance, but grows warmer, more pleasing, as it ages. The Webb White Milford has the same characteristics as the Webb Pink, except that the general cast of color is Creamy White, producing a clear, white appearance in the mass, without losing its warmth of tone. This granite does not darken with age, because of its unusual hardness and low absorptive tendency. The Webb Buff Milford is a new prod- uct, similar in characteristics to the Pink and White, but having a predominating, soft- toned Bull' background, which is peculiar to itself. This granite is adapted more par- ticularly to special work, rather than to large work, as it requires careful selection and matching. GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS These Granites are hard, compact, close- grained granites, adapted equally well to fine mouldings and carving, or to bold mem- bers and large spaces. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH Webb Milford Granites rank as the strongest of building granites, having an average compressive strength of approxi- mately 30,000 pounds to the square inch. FACILITIES AND SERVICE The Webb Pink Granite Company owns about 350 acres of Quarry Land in Milford, Mass. All the quarries are fully equipped with Electric Power, Compressed Air, and Heavy Duty Derricks. The large Cutting Plant is fully equipped with electric cranes and crane cars, for hand- ling, and the most modern devices and tools for Cutting, Sawing, and Polishing granite. The Plant and Organization are planned for Service and Fine Workmanship. Time schedules are maintained religiously, Ser- vice being our specialty. Special Note. — Monoliths and blocks of large size are readily quarried and finished; the only limit as to size and weight being that of transportation. SOME CONTRACTS EXECUTED New Post Office, New York City. McKim, Mead and White Wilmington Public Buildings, Wilming- ton Op I John D. Thompson, Jr. lUU, M-sCim Palmer, Hornbostel & Jones, Associated New Equitable Building, New York City. E. R. Graham Lexington Street Building, Baltimore, Md. Parker, Thomas & Rice Union Station, Baltimore, Md. Kenneth Murchison U. S. National Bank, Johnstown, Pa. Mowbray & Uffinger Peoples Gas Building, Chicago, III. D. H. Burnham & Co. Centennial Memorial Monument, Chi- cago, 111. Henry Bacon WEBB PINK GRANITE COMPANY MILFORD, MASS. IllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllillllllllM Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 MONUMENTS AND MAUSOLEUMS 2E1 203 §1 IIIIIIIIIIIIII1IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIH lllllllllllllllllllllllllli lllllllllllllll Presbrey-Coykendall Company 198 BROADWAY t 1 NEW YORK Quarry and Works: Barre, Vt. Manufacturers and Builders of Monuments and Mausoleums Practically speaking, there is no standard specifica- tion for mausoleum work. The essential point to bear in mind first and last is that this class of building differs from almost any other in that it will never be inhabited. The building will stand practically uncared for or have to withstand the elements for a long period without attention. This demands a construc- tion which will require a minimum of care, the best results being more readily obtained in a compara- tively small building holding no greater number of catacombs than can be spanned in the roof by stones within the limit of transportation. A consideration of this will show that the building of very large, such as community mausoleums is more or less a wasted effort, as at best, owing to the construction their size calls for, they can have only a very limited life. The present-day condition of those hitherto in use in South America and some of the European countries, now being dis- carded, is a practical illustration of their futility. The first part to give way under the stress of the weather is, of course, the joints, and by reason of this we avoid as far as possible all exposed joints on the base course or stylobate, as the case may be. and on the roof. Such joints as can not be avoided we make raised and cover with either bronze or stone. The same applies in a lesser degree to the joints in the wall. Where the architect feels that he must have a building in small units to give scale, this can be readily obtained by the use of false joints and still use large stones. The rules of the Woodlawn Cemetery, New York, require for exterior walls that the stone be not less than 10 inches thick and hold their face size the full thickness of the wall. The only satisfactory material for the exterior walls is granite and the best interior finish is from the same material, but in most cases marble is desired for the interior at least, and wainscoting should not be less than 2 inches thick, doweled and set in cement mortar and securely anchored to walls. Ceiling slabs not less than 1 Yt inches thick. These should be supported by bronze per- forated rosettes anchored to the under side of the roof with bronze suspension rod and lewis. Elaborate systems of drainage for the catacombs, especially those involving mechanical features, are not imperishable and little better than useless; in fact, the New York state laws do not allow any drainage systems from the catacombs, but insist that they be as far as pos- sible separately sealed and all interments must be in metal- lined boxes hermetically sealed. Excerpt from Woodlawn Cemetery Company’s rules and regulations: The catacombs should be at least 7'-6" long, 2'-8" wide and 2' -2" high in the clear. Catacombs which have marble fronts opening at the side may be constructed as follows: Ends 2" slate rabbeted on the inside rear vertical edges for back slate, and on the front vertical edges for the marble JOHN R. BEGEM AN MAUSOLEUM Just completed, at Woodlawn Cemetery. Ferdinand Prochazka, Architect. Cut from light Barre granite at our plant in Barre, Vermont, and erected by us tablet. The rabbets at the back should be Y" deep. The rab- bets at the front should be Y" deep at one end of the cata- comb and 1 fi" deep at the other end to allow the tablets to slide back and be taken out. The rabbets for the tablets m ly be cut on the vertical stiles instead of on the tablets if so desired. The backs of the catacombs to be i" slate, shelves 2" slate, large enough to fully cover the top edges of rear and end slates. All four corners of the catacomb stack to be braced against the outside walls by brick piers. The marble tablets to be not less than 1 " finished thickness. The posts or vertical stiles at the ends of catacombs to be not less than 2" thick by 5" wide, securely doweled or anchored at both top and bottom of the post and at the top cf each catacomb. The rails to be not less than 2%" thick by 6" wide and long enough to run back of the vertical stiles and lap 2" on the slate at each end, the back edge of rail rabbeted to rest at least Y” on top of the slate shelf, or both rail and shelf rabbeted. All parts to be set in cement mortar. To avoid the bad effects of condensation, ventilation should be liberally provided, not only in the auditorium, but between the marble wainscoting and outer walls. Inlets should be provided in outside wall leading into the space behind catacomb stacks and wainscoting, and outlets pro- vided in the ceiling of the auditorium and in the upper part of walls to cause circulation of air as much as possible. We try to avoid the use of reinforced or large masses of concrete for any intergal part of the superstructure or the support of roofing. Most problems can generally be worked out to use granite instead. As for foundations, it has generally been found satis- factory to simply use concrete walls under the main build- ing 6 feet deep and 4 feet deep under the catacomb stacks and flooring. The use of granite in one or more slabs for floor obviates the necessity of providing a founda- tion for the floor other than the walls, taking care of the catacomb stacks. We are at all times willing to answer questions or assist architects in developing practical plans for mauso- leums or monuments. lllllllIIIII!!llllllllllIII!llllllll!IIIIIIIII!lllllllilllllIMIIIIIIIIIIM^^ Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllillllllillllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllM IllllllllllllllllilllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllW !IImIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII!III!IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII!IIIIIM 204 SLATE 2 K 1 iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii NORTH BANGOR SLATE CO. BANGOR, PA. QUALITY : Bangor slate is renowned for toughness, durability, non-porosity, and fissility, or the quality of splitting readily. Plates as large as 7 x 5 feet may be split into ^-inch thicknesses. COLOR : U. S. Geological Survey, Bulletin 586, of 1914, says: “The slate is very dark gray and to the unaided eye has a fine texture and a very smooth cleavage surface with but slight luster. It contains some magnetite and is sonorous.” GRADES : Genuine No. 1 Bangor Slate: The best roofing slate quarried in commerical quantities, as to smoothness, strength, and quality. Split to about A-inch thickness, or thicker if desired, with smooth sides and square corners. No. 1 Ribbon: Contains one or more “ribbons,” so placed as to be covered in laying and presents a roof similar to No. 1. No. 2 Ribbon: Contains several “ribbons,” some of which cannot be covered in laying. No. 2 Clear: A slate without “ribbons” and made from rough beds. DIMENSIONS: Thicknesses: Vary from to inch with A inch as average. Sizes: Range from 6 x 12 to 24 x 14 inches. This Com- pany makes about twenty different sizes. Sizes best adapted to plain roofs are the large wide slates such as 12 x 16 to 24 x 14 inches. Larger sizes make less joints, use less nails, and are more quickly laid; therefore, are the most economical. Strength: A-inch thick slates give full weather-pro- tection and are strong enough to be walked on. Weights: A-inch thick slates will weigh, on the roof, about 6 ]/2 pounds per square foot; G-inch thick weighs 8^4 pounds. Actual weight of J^-inch thick is pounds per square foot. SLATE FOR FLAT ROOFS: A flat slate roof gives what we believe to be the most serviceable and economical roof, in the end. It is fire- proof, weatherproof, and affords a surface that is not injured by being walked on. Costs: Slate roofs cost more than some others at first, but we believe they are cheapest in the end. Costs vary with freight rates, labor, and the size and thick- ness desired. Sizes and Finish: Favored slates for flat roofs com- prise 6x8, 7x9, x 10, 7X 1 1, 8x12 and 9X 13 inches all fs inch thick. For slate tile roofs we recommend 10 x 10 and 12x12 inches in size, and yf to j/g inch in thickness as desired. The under surface of slate tile is planed. The upper surface may be planed or rubbed. The edges are sawed. STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF THE NORTH BANGOR SLATE CO. Adopted May 1, 1916, for GENUINE BANGOR SLATE ROOFS FOR FLAT SURFACES FOR USE OVER CONCRETE : Note: — When incline exceeds one (1) inch to one (1) foot, special specifications will be furnished upon request. Specifications and diagrams for use over board sheathing will also be furnished upon request. The roof deck shall be left, by other contractors, smooth, firm, dry, properly graded to outlets, and free from loose material, all ready for the roofer to proceed, as follows: First. Coat the concrete uniformly with Specifica- tion Pitch. Second. Over the entire surface lay two (2) plies of Specification Tarred Felt, lapping each sheet seventeen (17) inches over preceding one, mopping with Speci- fication Pitch the full seventeen (17) inches on each sheet, so that in no place shall Felt touch Felt. Third. Coat the entire surface uniformly with Specification Pitch. Fourth. Over the entire surface lay three (3) plies of Specification Tarred Felt, lapping each sheet twenty- two (22) inches over preceding one, mopping with Specification Pitch the full twenty-two (22) inches on each sheet, so that in no place shall Felt touch Felt. Fifth. Spread over the entire surface a uniform coat- lllllllllillillllllilinilllllfllllllllllH Industrial Section ing of Warren’s No. 144 Genuine Bangor Roofing Asphalt, using an average of fifty (50) pounds to one hundred (100) square feet, into which, while hot, thor- oughly embed Genuine Bangor Slate; grade size inches by inches (grade and size to be inserted); Slate to be perfectly dry when placed. Flashings shall be constructed as shown in detailed drawing. The roof may be inspected before the Slate are applied by cutting a slit not less than three (3) feet long at right angles to the way the Felt is laid. The cut can be repaired by sticking five (5) thicknesses of Felt over it, and the spot will then be as strong as any part of the roof. Note. — We advise incorporating the full wording of the specification and inserting roofing details in plans in order to avoid any misunderstanding. If an abbreviated form is desired, the following is suggested: Roofing : Shall be a Genuine Bangor Slate Roof for Flat Surface (for use over concrete) laid as directed in printed specification, issued May 1, 1916, or as printed in the Structural Service Book of the American Institute of Architects, Vol. I, 1917, page 204, using the materials specified, and subject to the inspection requirement. xmmurnmtmmm Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllM GYPSUM 3D5 and 4 Bi 205 , ririi'iLi-.r 1'irn 11 1'rriirn n' 1 r r r.i 11 ; r ! 1 .1 h ,1 . Pyrobar Gypsum Tile. For partitions, furring, vent ducts, and steel protection. Tested and recommended by the National Board of Fire Underwriters as a fire- proofing material. It weighs 40 % less than Clay Tile. Pyrobar Reinforced Roof Tile. Made of Structolite (structural gypsum). The Tile are permanent and tests show that they excel any other fireproof roof as a nonconductor of heat. Their light weight and long spans save steel. They are very quickly erected. Pyrobar Gypsum Floor Tile. For long span, reinforced concrete joist floor construction. A thoroughly tested, economical fireproof floor system. U. S. G. Cement Plaster, to be mixed with sand at the job. U. S. G. Wood Fibre Plaster, requiring the addition of water only. U.S. G. Prepared (sanded) Plaster, including Adamant Wall Plaster. U. S. G. Keene’s Cement. Made in two grades, “Regular” and “Fine.” Equal in quality to imported Keene’s. U. S. G. Prepared No-Lime Trowel Finishes. These finishes are very much harder than lime putty finish, are easily troweled, are made in various grades, in white or gray colors, and require the addition of water only. U. S. G. Prepared Sand Float Finishes. Same as U. S. G. Prepared Trowel Finishes except that they have a granular surface. U. S. G. Gauging Plasters, for putty finish. U. S. G. Bond Plaster. A prepared material recom- mended for plastering interior concrete surfaces. U. S. G. Moulding Plasters. Ajax Caen Stone Cement. A substitute for genuine French Caen Stone. Ivory Hydrated Finishing Lime. A high magnesium, snow-white lime from Genoa, Ohio. Sackett Plaster Board. A heat-insulating, sound- deadening, fire-resisting lathing material. Jester Sackett Hollow and Solid Partitions and Suspended Ceilings. An economical and thoroughly incombustible construction consisting of Sackett Plaster Board applied to channel irons. Sheetrock Wall Board. A uniform wall board of gypsum, made in lengths up to 10 feet. Doesn’t warp nor burn. Specifications for PYROBAR Gypsum Partition Tile Partitions. — Unless otherwise specified or shown, all partitions shall be built of United States Gypsum Company’s PYROBAR Gypsum Tile, of thickness indi- cated on plans. All partitions shall be started on the fire- proof floor, and the tile shall be set plumb, leaving both faces of partitions straight and true. All partitions shall be wedged at ceiling and slushed in with mortar. Furring. — All outside walls, where shown on plans, shall be furred with PYROBAR Gypsum Tile, of thick- ness and type indicated on plans, laid up against the wall, and where 2-inch solid or hollow furring tile is used, the same shall be securely spiked to the wall every square yard with iod steel cut nails. Column Protection. — All exposed interior columns shall be covered with solid PYROBAR Gypsum Tile, of thickness indicated on plans and in accordance with specifications. Shafts, Openings and Ducts. — Construct all pipe chases, dumbwaiter shafts, heating and vent ducts, etc., where shown on plans, with 2-inch solid PYROBAR Gypsum Tile. Mortar and Laying. — All PYROBAR Gypsum Tile shall be laid up in mortar composed of any brand of United States Gypsum Company’s Cement Plaster — one part of plaster to three (3) parts of clean, sharp, dry sand, thoroughly mixed. No mortar shall be retempered. All tile shall be laid with full flush joints to a line, with horizontal beds uniformly level on each course. Fill all joints, chinks and crevices between the tile and other work which shall be well slushed in. Frames. — The carpenter contractor shall set the rough bucks for openings ahead of the contractor for this work, so as to cause no delay. These bucks shall be left plumb and true by the carpenter, and shall be made of 2-inch lumber of the same width as the thickness of the partition, and there shall be jhg-inch by 2%-inch grounds nailed to the bucks forming a rabbet to receive the PYROBAR Tile. Anchor the partition at the wall by driving spikes into the wall in the joints at the top of each course. Plastering. — Use U. S. Gypsum only (not Portland Cement or lime) applied according to directions of manufacturer. PRODUCTS OF THE UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO. Special literature describing any of the above mentioned materials sent upon request. We will gladly answer technical questions on roof, partition, or floor construction. UNITED STATES GYPSUM COMPANY World’s Largest Makers of Gypsum Products 205 W. Monroe St., CHICAGO NEW YORK CLEVELAND MINNEAPOLIS KANSAS CITY SAN FRANCISCO iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiim Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 Industrial Section IIIIIIIIII!IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIUIIIIII!IIIII!II[III!!IIIII!IIIII!I!IIIIIIII^ 206 Piiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiih imih^ TERRA COTTA 3D Attention is directed to the jftfctral (granite Ccrra Cotta in the new Public Service Building, Baltimore 'Parser, Thomas & T^ice, jdrchilects J. Henry SXliller, Inc., {Builders T HE four elevations are con- structed solidly of this material from the fourth story dentil course up to and including the main cor- nice— one of the largest contracts ever executed in granite terra cotta. The terra cotta reproduces ex- actly the color, texture and general appearance of the natural pink Milford Granite used in the lower stories. Special attention is called to the size and straightness of the indi- vidual pieces of terra cotta. Federal Granite Terra Cotta, in which this company specializes, is the result of many years’ experiments. It has all the advantages of natural granite and greater durability and fire^resisting qualities in addition. Manufactured by JFetieral Cerra Cotta Co. Trinity Bldg., New York Book Bldg., Detroit Industrial Section lllll!ll!lllllllll>liUlllliillllllllllllllll!llllllllil!linilillllll(llll)IIIUIIIini[linillllllll!llilllllllllIlfiillll)!!l!ll!lllllilll depending on s/ge and fype of ouffif des/red. A door or pane/ af fop far access fo fhe mochine shou/d be provid- ed. 5mg/e face dumb waiter cars are carried in sfock in catalogue s/ges w/th one hinged she if or two so/id sbe/va. Doub/e face cars tvifh two so/id she/ves tin /ess of her wise ordered sing/e face cars are furnished tvifh one hinged she /f and doub/e face cors with fwo so/id she /ves. Dumb waiter guide runs boffi for car and weigh/ are a /ways fastened with wood screws. Ne ver use nai/s for fhis purpose f/f / east one door open- ing suff/c/enf/y /arqe fo odm/f car info we// musf o/ways he provid- ed unfi / offer ouffif is insfa/ied (Z) FRONT /i))SID£ ELEVATION. ELEVATION POVSLE FACE D W. DESIGN NOTE (i/) ELEVATION AT 'A CORNER POST O N (5) ELEVATION AT '3' CORNER ROSTO V/. <3) ELEVAT/ON ATC~ CORNER POST OW. SINGLE FACE PLAN. DES/OM NOTE hi he re ver pass ib/e dumb wo iter shafts shou/d ba designed e if her s/ng/e face as No./, Z 6 7 or doub/e face as No. 2,3 68 fo insure fhe ufmosf safisfaef/on. No. 2 above shows fhe I front e/evotion of e/f her s/ng/e or doub/e face shaff. (D 'K I DOU8LE FACE PLAN . h/here abso/u/e/y necessary fo have door openings in adjacent sides of we//, /ocofe and /denfify each door ond specify door chief Zy used Corner posf dumb- waiter, wifh doub/e face machine can be operated in both directions from o// doors by reversing one hand rope as shown in No.4^S,6,& 9. Corner post dumb waiter, sing/e face machine shown No. C. 6/0 can be operofed /V*=**n2 L — V — ■"1 3 1 Z^ vk — . one in both directions from front on/y. Dpecify right or /eft for s/de door : Dumb waiter may be con venter // y towered from the side door. it is much better to arrange the out fit either s/ng/e foce os 7&7 or doub/e face and u&8 /fposs/b/e "nil CORNER POST PLAN. CORNER POST PLAN. OPERATED FROM OPERATED AT ONE FRONT THREE 8/ DES PLAN. C E/LED NELL h/here we// is sheathed ins/de with boards the guide runs ore fasten- ed direct to th/s sheath- ing with wood screws. C/eor inside dimensions if we// are 3’ /arger than outside dimensions of car. PLAN . PLASTERED NELL Where we// is p/ostered inside, the verfica/ studs are a /mast never /oca fed exact /y where required for the guide runs j there fore it /s odvisob/e to have horijonfa/ br/dging or cots in both sides of the enc/os- ure 30" on centers, to whrch go/de runs ore secured by tong screws passing through /oth and piaster C/eor ms/de dimensions of shaft are 3 ‘/arger than outside dim e ns ions of the car PLAN. PLASTERED IN ELL If here horigonta/ bridg- ing as shown on p/on No. /2 has not been provided /f /s necessary to put hor/gonto/ c/eots on the face of the piaster 30*00 centers to which guide runs ore fastened by means of wood screws A //owing for /"c/eats on each side, the outside width of cor wi/i be 3" /ess thon net ins/de width of the we// 3“ being a //ow- ed for the guide runs, counter weight, c/earonce etc PLAN. PLASTERED WELL Horigonfo/ c/eots as show/) in p/an No. /3 are freyuenf/y objeef/onob/e because they make /itt/e she /ves on which dust coi/ects This ob/eef/on is overcome where it is poss/b/e fa secure verf- / co / c /eating back of the guide runs as shown m p /on No. 74 A//ow/ng for fc/eofs on each side, the outside wic/fh of cor wi/i be 3 "/ess than net inside width of we// : 3" being taken for thegu/de runs, weights, c/eorance etc PL A N. P/RE PROOF NELL in fire proof we//s c/eot- ing may be put in horizon- ta/iy as shown in p/an Mo 73 or vcrf/co//y as shown in p/an No 74 The /after is preferab/e where the construction perm/fs the f/rrn fastening of the yertica/ c/ eating. hi here c/eot/ng /s p>uf In befo/ e we// /s p/ostered ins/de, fhe piaster may be brought f/ush with race of c /eating as shown in pi an No. 73 above The obove show various S/ng/e Foce Dumb h/o/fer enc/osures, hovmg a// door openings m front The cor in a S/ng/e face we// is three inches /ess in depth than fhe dapth of the we// from the front to the rear: in Doub/e Face we//s, construction ond arrange- ment are the same except that an extra inch is required between the fronts for fhe second hand rope, /n Doub/e Foce we//s therefore fhe cor is four inches /ess in depth thon the net inside measurement of the we// from front to fronf Copyright /9iC by 3aotsw/CK A4 +cmiwm Womzacc lllllllllllllHllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll^ Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii^^ 222 PIPE (Cast I ron) oL and i i B6 -there’s nothind like C for all Hou i «?.-:= v . r'<* " *• — r -v- *^>c ■■ ^.■f^n^.' : ISIOOR POLLACK Pres JOHN C O NEILL. Sec y A Thus TELEPNO* 454 455 MOI POLLACK & O’NEILL. Inc STEAM HEATING HOT WATER HEATING CONTRACTING PLUMBERS SAN1TARV examinations . AND AND SMOKE TEST APPLIE Specifications and literature will be mailed upon request by any or all of the following independent and competing makers of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings National Pipe & Foundry Co., Attalla, Ala. Reading Foundry & Supply Co. - Reading.Pa. Salem Brass & Iron Mfg. Co., Salem, N. J. Sanitary Co. of America - Linfield, Pa. Somerville Iron Works - New York, N. Y. Standard Foundry Co. - Anniston, Ala. Superior Mfg. Co. - - Bessemer, Ala. Union Foundry Co. - - Anniston, Ala. Weiskittel & Son Co., A. - Baltimore, Md. Wetter Mfg. Co., H. - Memphis, Tenn. Abendroth Brothers - Port Chester, N. Y. Alabama Pipe & Foundry Co. ------ Anniston, Ala. American Foundry & Pipe Co. Penns Sta., Pa. Anniston Foundry Co. - Anniston, Ala. Bessemer Soil Pipe Co. - Bessemer, Ala. Campbell Mfg. Co. - - Gadsden, Ala. Casey-Hedges Co., The, Chattanooga, Tenn. Central Foundry Co. - New York, N. Y. Charlotte Pipe & Foundry Co. ------ Charlotte, N. C. Coosa Pipe & Foundry Co. ----- Birmingham, Ala. Crown Pipe & Foundry Co., Jackson, Ohio Gadsden Pipe Co. - - Gadsden, Ala. Haines, Jones & Cadbury Co. - Philadelphia, Pa. Johnson Co., J. D. - New York, N. Y. Krupp Foundry Co. - - Lansdale, Pa. Medina Foundry Co. - - Medina, N. Y. National Foundry Co. of N. Y., Inc. Brooklyn, N. Y SANITARY ENGINEERS ALL AGREEMENTS ARC CONYlNGEh STRIKES. INTERFERENCE, ACCIOE* OTHER UNAVOIDABLE DELAYS I AND OVER WHICH We HAVE NO C' 3200 Broadway ESTIMATES OO NOT INCLUDE ROCK EXCAVATING UNDER ANYCONDITION new YORK. June 28, 1917. Central Foundry Co., 90 West Street, City. Dear Sirs: At the present time, we are completely overhauling the building #799 Park Av., C^.y, which was constructed some twenty six (26) years ago.. • . ^3 Our contract with the owners, permits us to use all pipe etc. found in good condition. The cast iron of this building is in such good shape, we will use same over again. After explaining these facts to your Mr. W.A.Crotty, he advised us to write to you giving you the Information, knowing it might be of Interest to you to know about same. If you care to visit the building and get samples of the pipe we will be glad to arrange for your representative to meet our man. In our opinion, it vindicates the statement we have made for many years, viz., "Cast iron is more serviceable than wrought iron for waste and vent" . We trust this will be entirely satisfactory and of some interest to you, we are, JCON/B Very truly yours, POLLACK kOJEILL, Inc. Pej Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Voi . I, 1917 What a leading The cast iron is in such 3ood shape, we will use same over a^ain’ 'Cast Iron is more serviceable "than wrought iron for ^architects /^PLUMBERS ENGINEERS ^BUILDERS VseC AST IRON SOIL PIPE for Soil Lines Vent Lines Leader Lines Waste Lines No corrosion - No menace of leaking sew age and sewer gases - No tearing out of floors and walls after pipe is installed I/seCAST IRON SOIL PIPE for House Drains House Sewers No pollution under cellars -No stoppage by tree roots - No danger of breakage- byjar or settlement - No costly replacements CAST IRON SOIL PIPE LASTS LONGER THAN THE BUILDING ST IRON SOIL PIPE e Drainage M |ttf| Iff E -JB Han •mki PIPE (Cast Iron) qL and 1 1 B 6 223 I \m stkiai Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 19 •" "il I! II Mil I' h 1. 1' li'll ,1 J'llM.'l^h || II li.ll il HIT I; h IH^!< I' li.li.l. I I: !< 224 DOORS AND SHUTTERS (Metal) 4 CandiiB 7 iiiiiiiiiiiii]nii!iiiiiiiiiiiiiiii!iiiiiiniiii!iiiiiiiiinii!ii]iiiiiuii!iiiii!iiii!!!i!iiiii!iiiiii!iiiii!niiiiriiniiiii!iiiiiii!iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiii!iiiiniiiiiiiiimii Pennsylvania R. R. Freight Station, Philadelphia, Pa. Installation showing addition of Metal Trim for Interior Finish EVANS “ALMETL Fire Doors and Shutters (Pat. Pending) are rapidly being recognized and adopted as standard equipment for fire wall open- ings, wherever safety is the first consid- eration. Of rigid, all-steel and asbestos construc- tion, they are light in weight, cost very little to maintain and secure the lowest insurance rates. They have been adopted by the United States Government for use in the Panama Canal Zone besides being used by such prominent industrial corporations as the Pennsylvania Railroad, New York Central R. R., Liggett & Myers Tobacco Co., Roebling Wire Works, and many others. Fully Approved by The Underwriters’ Laboratories, Chicago Fac- tory Mutual Laboratories, Boston and National, State and Municipal Authorities. ‘STAR” Ventilators Send for our Descriptive Catalogue “Merchant’s Old Method” Roofing Tin Merchant s-Evans O? NEW YORK BALTIMORE ATLANTA PHILADELPHIA CLEVELAND wheeling CHICAGO ST. LOUIS KANSAS CITY lllll»lllllilllllllllllllllll!IIIIlllllllll!llllllllllllllllllll(llinilllM!iainnillllllll!!lilll!llllllllllllllllillll|[|l!l|[||illllllll!llllllllll!lllllll!IIH^^^ Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 PIPE (Wrought Iron) pL, 10J, and 11B6 225 An Investi g ation of Pi pe Corrosion in 125 Apartment Buildings O'- 6 cJ' c ' 1 9VP 6 oYI W 0 '- V2.S V ^ Bulletin No. 30, size 8^'' x 11", 16 pp., containing a complete report on this investigation, will soon be published. It gives the names of 125 old apartment build- ings, the kind of pipe installed, when installed, amount of repairs and replacements to date in hot and cold water mains and risers. The life of iron, steel, and brass pipe in hot water mains is clearly indicated by the law of averages, and a great mass of other specific information of the greatest value is brought to light. Send for your copy nozv A. M. Byers Company Established 1864 PITTSBURGH, PA. New York Chicago Boston Houston Los Angeles Industrial Section Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917 226 IliiiMHI BRICK (Face) 3D Industrial Section iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiuiiiitiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiuiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiuiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiuiiiniHiiiiiiiv Structural Service Book, Vol. I, 1917